Amar Bhutani

&
Sister Marina

~!!!!!!~
 Published by :
RaviDder Singla • SoDs
Educational Publishers and Book Sellers
(Adjoining Greeters' Junction)
410, Model Town Market,
Jalandhar City.-144003 (punjab)
Ph. (0) 0181-2461681 (M) 0-94173-88196
E-mail : arundhi99@hotmail.com
w.-ae:u , .......,..,.

All Rights Reserved

No part of this book may be reproduced or transmitted by any means

without the prior permission of the Publishers.

This Guide Book has been published and printed for the benefit of
students for improvement in their grade, studies and research work.
However this book has been written very carefully but if any error
or omission, mistake has remained then your suggestion is welcome.
We will try to improve in the new edition. No damage or compen-
sation shall be paid by the publisher in any consumer forum or any
court. Subject to Jalandhar Jurisdiction.

~ 315/-
(RuPu.s 1BREE llotatm FlnD.N ONLY}
(No lillll ... boalls)

Data Processing at: Printed at:

DEV GRAPHICS Beston Printers
JALANDHAR CITY. Laxmi Pura
Jalandhar City
J
{

OUR OTHER MOST USEFUL BOOKS

5::~·. :l'.'lll~ 3.~.:~ 'fll! s.:~·. ""'"" ~ "41itt , . ~~ ~~\;l\\11•~~ s., ... ~ v ~ ..
s -\,)~ 11\)1., .. fh .. tJ u,
IL 5E 5\t l~BL 5 S i i.{ \it'il ..~ )...~C·~ I.C 5 f ~Hl~Bloi I C.S E. SHl~Bl S

:..ltc»•· 8.<·<~ .,,

lC~ E s.Jt, ik"· llf c,,,fi., S"h Tit"' oi B~ ' "" s,,t, ""'' til ·\ llrh .l
SHUSL).!. It P 'U. i~ ,,u vk-.. t Setin) Bh"" • 1D•· Ct P" l 1·\ PC.)

Sult rio" of Co" I Soh TJo, .. ut Stl! H G p p.. Sotut~.>, .. ot Sd' '' G p p..
(R.S. -\GGIRt~>ll C~,d 1J l\d orfw~.. C.\\J1J ~ , J Ol,HR"
SoluTio" of AlliEd Soh.: rmv. of Sdlllj-1., C p.p., Solltlll'li'> oll\1tm-.J .. t 1 ~~~~~ SoluTio.- ol A•io lo .\ l
(ViR>f J. Dl.\1) C.\111d1d A~d OTiu R\ Cv,dul, Ptf\Mb~n '"'" olllllt'>
D.N . 1\uNdn• '' "' onlo11"

SoluTio.- of MoRNiNG SoluTioNs BASEd 0• SoluTiONS BASEd o, SoluTioNS BASEd 0•

STAR I.C .S.E. SyllAbus I.C.S.E. SyllAbus I.C.S.E . SyllAbus

SoluTio.s of Goy•l SoluTioNS of GoyAl SoluTiONS of FRANk Solu11o.- of

•• d OThERS •• d OThERS EMU MAihEMAIICS CoMpUTER ApplicAiioNS

Check For More Products on www.arundeepselfhelp.com

f acezook www facebook com/ArunDeepsSelfHelpSenesForlcseCbse
 CoNTENTS
1. Periodic Table - Periodic Properties 1-52
and Variations of Properties
2. Chemical Bonding 53-94
3. A: Acids, Bases and Salts 95-141
B: Analytical Chemistry 142-153
Use of Ammonium and
Sodium Hydroxide
4. Mole concept and Stoichiometry
A: Gay Lussac's Law-Avogadro's 154-175
Law-Mole concept
B: Percentage Composition - 175-232
Empirical and Molecular formula
.Calculations Based on
Chemical Equations
5. Electrolysis 233-281
6. Metallurgy 282-330
7. Study of Compounds 331-470
A: Hydrogen Chloride 331-361
B: Ammonia 362-400
C: Nitric Acid 401-433
D: Sulphuric Acid 434-470
8. Organic Chemistry 471-551
9. Practical Chemistry 552-576
Chart - 8 Give Reasons - 577-590
State Observations

-··
I
r119?eriodic ~a&[e -9?eriodic 9?roperties
~ and C{)ariations of 9?roperties
Classification of Elements- One hundred and fourteen elements
are known till date and many may be known in future. Each element
shows different properties due to different kinds of atoms constituting
them. It is difficult to study the properties and uses of all the elements
individually. Therefore these have been classified into groups based
on similarities in their properties.
Earlier efforts of classification :
1. Dobereiner [1815) : The earliest effort concerning classification I
grouping of elements is that Dobereiner in 1815. He reported, "There
are a few triads of chemically similar elements. When these elements
are arranged in order of increasing atomic masses. The middle element
has the atomic mass and properties roughly the average of two
elements."
Element Atomic mass

l
Lithium 7

~=
Potassium
23

39
7+39 = 23
2

Chlorine 35.5

Bromine

Iodine l 79.9

127
Table: (Bobereiner triads of elements)
35.7 + 127 = 81 25
2 .

This method was discarded since it did not hold true for all elements.
2. Newland (1864) :Newland arranged in order of increasing atomic
mass. In such an arrangement he observed that the properties of
eighth element is a kind of repetition of first. This is called law of
octaves.
Table : Elements arranged according to Newland's Law of octaves.

l!ijlttl Arun Deep~ Sim. Chemistry X

S.No. 2 3 4 5 6 7
Element Li Be B c N 0 F
S.No. 8 9 10 11 12 13 14
Element Na Mg AI Si p s Cl
It was discarded as it failed to leave : spaces fo:· undiscovered
elements.
Mendeleeff (1869) : ' He arranged elements in increasing order of
atomic masses. Mendeleeff formulated a periodic law. "Properties
of the elements are a periodic function of their atomic weights.
This method could not justify the position of certain elements, rare
earth's and isotopes.
Moseley [1912] : Moseley arranged elements in increasing order
of their atomic numbers.
Elements were arranged in a modified table called Modem Periodic
table.
He stated that the properties of elements were periodic functions of
their atomic numbers.
Method removed most of the defects ofMendeleeff's periodic table.
Modern Periodic Table : Long form of the periodic table :
Mendeleeffhad arranged elements in the periodic table on the basis
of their atomic masses.
Moseley modified Mendeleeff's periodic table. That classification
of elements be done according to atomic number not on atomic mass.
Physical and chemical properties depend on the number of electrons
and their arrangement.
Atomic number is equal to number of electrons in the energy shells
of an element.
Properties of the elements are periodic function of their atomic number
i.e. the number of protons or the number of electrons present m
the neutral atom of an element.
Salient features of the Modern Periodic table : A periodic table
shows arrangements of elements based on Periodic Law.
Long form periodic table consists of 18 vertical columns known as
groups and 7 horizontal row knows as Periods.
Arun Deep~ Sim. Chemistry X
-Groups :Modem periodic table has 18 vertical columns called groups.
-Elements in a group have same number of valence electrons.
-The chemical properties of an atom are largely determined by its
valence electrons.
-Each vertical column accommodates elements with the same outer
electronic configuration having similar properties.
-18 vertical columns consists of groups I to 17 and 18 (zero group)
-Groups I to VII are subdivided into A and B.
-Group 1, 2 and 13 to 17 [lA to VIlA] are called normal elements
-Groups 3 to 12 [IB to VII and VIII] an called transitional elements.
-Group 18 (zero) - noble or inert gases
Periods : The horizontal rows in the periodic table are called Periods.
- There are seven periods.
-The first period consists oftwo elements Hydrogen and Helium.
-Lithium, beryllium, boron, carbon, nitrogen, oxygen, fluorine and neon
constitute second period.
-The elements of first period have only one shell i.e. K.
The elements of second and third periods have 2 (K and L) and 3 (K,
L and N) shells and so on.
Reactive metals are placed in groups I (lA) and 2 (II A).
Transition elements (metals) are placed in the middle.
Non metals are placed in upper right comer of the periodic table.
PERIOD IN THE MODERN PERIODIC TABLE: There are
seven horizontal rows of elements arranged in increasing order of
atomic numbers.
Period numbers are I, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6 or 7 signifies the number of electron
shells of an element.
Period - I elements : Hydrogen- I shell
Period- 2-Lithium (3Li) have 2 shells.
Property trends of elements from left to right in a period :
Properties of elements that depend uppn the electronic configuration
change regularly along the periods.
Period - I Hydrogen [H-group (lA)] and Helium LHe - group, 18
(0)]
11'3<1 Arun Deep's Sim. Chemistry X
Groups : There are 18 vertical columns, with eight main groups.
Group numbers signifies the number of valence electrons of an element.
Group 1 (IA) elements have [valence electron 11 Na (2, 8, 1)
Group 2 (IIA) elements have 2 valence electrons 12Mg (2, 8, 2) etc.
Transition elements : Consists of metals. They have similar
properties.
Inner Transition elements : Two horizontal rows of metals, rare
earth and radioactive of 14 elements each.
Noble gases - of group 0 are inert having stable configuration.
ALKALI METALS- Group I (IA) and Halogens- group-17 (VIlA)

lA (Elements) 17 (VII) A/Elements

Elements Lithium, sodium, Fluorine, chlorine
potassium, rubedium, bromine, Iodine
caesium, francium.
Valency univalent univalent (7 valence electron)

rre
(1 valence electron)
Highly reactive, Highly reactive, highly
electro positive, light electronegative, non-
and soft metals. metals, in solid, liquid
gas form.
Condudivil:y C·ood CO;Ii.h· ,~r of Non-conductors of
heat and electricity heat and electricity.
Electro Low High
negativity
Reducing/ strong reducing strong oxidising nature.
oxidising nature.
nature
Periodic Properties : The arrangements of elements in increasing
order of their atomic number in the modem periodic table is based on
modem periodic law i.e. "Properties of elements are periodic functiong
of their atomic numbers."

A run Deep's Sim. Chemistry X

Periodicity in properties of elements means :
--occurrence of characteristic properties of elements at defmite intervals.
-elements are arranged in increasing order of their atomic number.
Periodic Properties : The properties which appear at regular intervals
in the periodic table are called periodic properties such as :
1. Atomic radii 2. Ionisation potential
3. Electron affinity 4. Electronegativity.
-Non metallic and metallic character
-Density, melting and boiling points, Nature of oxides ; oxy acids,
hydrides.
L Atomic size : Atomic size refers to the radius of an atom. The
atomic radius may be visualised as the distance between the centre of
nucleus and the outermost shell of the isolated atom.
-Along a period the atomic radius decreases in moving from left to
right. It is due to an increase in nuclear charge which pulls the electrons
towards it.
Trends in Atomic radii (N) Across periods from left to right

Elements Li Be B c N 0 F Ne
2,1 2,2 2,4 2,4 2,5 2,6 2,7 2,8

Atomic 1.55 1.12 0.85 0.77 0.70 0.66 0.64 1.12

radius(N)
radius (A")
Number of shells remains same :
Atomic size unaffective.
Atomic radii -decreases
Down a Group e.g. group I (lA) Akali metals.
Elements Atomic radius Trend in atomic radii
Li (2, 1) 1.55 1. Number of shells increases
Na (2, 8, 1) 1.91 2. Nuclear charge increases
K (2, 8, 8, 1) 2.35 3. Atomic size I radii increases.
Rb (2, 8, 18, 8, 1) 2.48 -Increase in no. of shells-
Cs (2, 8, 18, 18, 8, 1) Dominates over -Increase in
nuclear charge

Arun Deep's Sim. Chemistry X

2. Ionisation Potential : The energy required to remove a loosely
bound electron from outermost shell of an isolated gaseous atom.
The unit of ionisation potential is electron = eV.
Factors which affect the ionisation potential :
(i) Atomic size increases and Ionisation potential decreases.
(ii) Nuclear charge increases and ionisation potential also increases.
Trends in Ionisation potential
(a) Across a period from left to right:

Element Li
(2, 1)
Be
(2, 2)
B
(2, 3)
c
(2, 4)
N 0
(2 , 6)
F
(2, 7)
Ne
(2, 8)
(2, 5)

Ionisation 5.4 9.3 8.3 11.2 14.5 13.6 17.4 21.4

potential
(e V)

Atomic radii- decreases, Ionisation potential increases

Nuclear charge - increases, Ionisation potential - increases.
(b) Trends in Ionisation Potential- Down A Group
Elements Ionisation Trends in Ionisation potential
Li 5.4 1. Atomic radii - increases
(2, 1) Ionisation Potential-decreases
Na 5.1 (No. of shells increases)
(2, 8, 1)
K 4.3 2. Nuclear charge - increases
(2, 8, 8, 1) Ionisation potential -
should increase
Rb 4.2 -Increases in atomic raddi
(2, 8, 18, 8, 8, 1) -Dominates over
Cs -Incease in nuclear charge :
(2, 8, 18, 18, 8, 1) 3.9 ·: Overall ionisation potential
- Decreases
3. Electron -Affinity : The amount of energy released when an atom

Arun Deep's Sim. Chemistry X K~"61iz1

 in the gaseous state accepts an electron to form an anion.
(a) Factors which affect in the electron- affinity:
(i) Atomic size increases - Electro-affinity decreases.
(ii) Nuclear charge increases- Electron affinity increases.
TRENDS IN ELECTRON AFFINITY :
(a) Across a period from left to right- e:g. in period- 2

Elements Li
2,1
Be
2,2
B
2,3
c
2,4
N
2,5
0
2,6
F
2,7
Ne
2,8

Electron ~.61 exception -0.30 -1 .25 exception -1.48 -3.6 noble

affmity Halogen gas
(eV)
Atomic radii - Decreases ; Electron affinity - increases
Nuclear charge - increases ; Electron affinity - increases
(b) Down a Group e.g. Group 17(VII A) - Halogens
Elements Electron Trend in electron affinity
affinity
F - 3.60 Atomic radii - increases ;
(2, 7) Electron affinity decreases
Cl - 3.80 (No. of shells increases)
(2, 8, 7) _
Br Nuclear charge increases Electron affmity
(2, 8, 18, 7) - 3.50 should increase.
I -Increase in atomic radii- Dominates
over -Increase in nuclear charge
(2, 8, 18, 18, 7) - 3.20 : . Overall electron affinity- Decreases

4. Electro negativity - The tendency of an atom to attract electrons to

itself when combined in a compound.
Factors which affect the electronegativity
Atomic size increases Electronegativity - decreases
Nuclear charge - increases Electronegativity- increases
Trends in Electronegativity
Across a period from left to right e.g. period - 3

[ZJ Arun Deep's Sim. Chemistry X

 Na
Elements 2,8,1 Mg AI
2,8,3
Si
2,8,4
p
2,8,5
s
2,8,6
Cl
2,8,7
Ar
2,8,8
2,8,2

Electro- 0.9 1.2 1.5 1.8 2.1 2.5 3.00 Halogen

negativity noble gas
Atomic radii - Decreases ; Electronegativity - increases
Nuclear charge- increases ; Electronegativity- increases
(b) Down a group - e.g. Group - 17 (VII A) - Halogens
Elements Electronegativity Trend in electronegativity
F 4.0 (i) Atomic radii increases
(2, 7) Electronegativity - decreases
a 3.0 (ii) Nuclear charge- increases
(2, 8, 7) Electronegativity - should increases
Er 2.8
(2, 8, 18, 7)
I 2.5 -Increase in atomic radii-Dominates (2, 8,
18, 18, 7) over -Increase in nuclear charge
:. Overall electronegativity- Decreases

(c) Metallic and Non-metallic character

Metallic character : an atom is said to be metal if it loses one
or more electrons when supplied with energy.
Non-metallic character: an atom is said to be non-metallic if it

l
gains one or more electrons when supplied with energy.
Factors influencing metallic and non-metallic character :

Atomic size of - mcreases, Non-metallic

Metallic
an atom character character
-mcreases -decreases
Ionisation -mcreases Non-metallic
[Metallic
potential character character
-decreases -mcreases
Trends in Metallic and Non-Metallic Character
(a) Across period from left to right : e.g. period - 3

Arun Deep's Sim. Chemistry X l<'8 'I

Elements Na
2,8,1
Mg
2,8,2
AI
2,8,3
Si
2,8,4
p
2,8,5
s
2,8,6
Cl
2,8,7
Ar
2,8,8

Character metal metal metal metalloid Non- Non- Non- noble

(Akali) metal metal metal gas

Atomic radii - Decreases Metallic character - Decreases

Non-metallic character- increases
Ionisation - increases Metallic character - Decreases
Potential- (left to right) Non-metallic character- Increases
Down a Group- e.g. Group 14- (VA)
Elements Metallic/Non-metallic Trend in Metallic/ Non:metallic
c Non-metal Atomic radii [ Metallic character
2,4 - increases - mcreases
Si Metalloid Non-metallic
2,8,4 [hamcto< - increases
Ge Metalloid Ionisation Metallic character
2,8, 18,4 Potential -increases
Sn Metal -Decreases [ Non metallic
2, 8, 18, 18, 4 character
Pb Metal -Decreases
2, 8, 18, 18,
18,4
Down a group- e.g. Group- 14 (IV A)
Elements Metallic Trend in Metallic/Non-metallic
Non-metallic
c
2,4 Non-metal As discussed in down a group
Si Metalloid Atomic radii -Metallic character
2, 8,4 -increases increases
-Non-metallic character
-Decreases
Ge Metalloid Ionisation Metallic character
2, 8, 18,4 potential - mcreases
- Decreases Non metallic
character- Decreases
ld9''1 Arun Deep's Sim. Chemistry X
 Sn Metal Elements at the bottom of a group -
are most metallic, have large atomic
2,8, 18,18,4 size, lowest l.P., electrons are thus
Pb Metal loosely held and- will form ions
2,8,8, 18,18,4 from metals most readily
5. Other Physical Properties Like - Density, Melting and
Boiling Points. Density, melting and boiling point exhibit some periodicity
with change in atomic radii and ato~ic volume ofelements .
• (a) Down a group : Density, increases. m.p. and b.p - decreases

Element Li Na K Rb Cs
Density/ml 0.54 0.97 0.86 1.53 1.87
m.p.oc. 181 98 63 39 28.5
b.p. oc 1347 880 766 688 705
Across a period : Density and M.P. increases gradually
Elements Li Be B c N 0 F
Density glml 0.5 1.8 2.3 2.2 - - -
m.p. oc 181 1277 2030 3727 -210 -219 -220
Chemical Properties
Across a period varies from Down in group
Oxides strongly basic ~ strongly acidic Acidic
,!,
Basic
Hydroxides strongly basic ~ atmospheric Less basic
strongly
basic
Oxyacids weak oxyacids ~ strong strong
oxyacids oxyacids
,!,
weak
oxyacids

Arun Deep's Sim. Chemistry X 11\:tO§I

Hydrides strongly basic ~ strongly Less
acidic -acidic
J,
More
acidic

For Objective and ICSE Board Type Questions

Questions (Solved)

1. Boron, Aluminium, Gallium, Indium, Thallium are elements

in the Periodic Table.
[Boron is the first member of the group and Thallium is
the last.]
Answer the following questions in relation to the above
group of elements :
(i) Which element has the most metallic character ?
Ans. Thallium
(ii) Which element would be expected to have the highest
electro-negativity ?
Ans. Boron
(iii) If Aluminium is 2, 8, 3 [elec. conf.], how many electrons
are there in the outer shell of Thallium?
Ans. 3
(iv) The atomic number of Boron is 5. Write the chemical
formula of the compound formed when boron reacts with
chlorine.
Ans. BCI 3
(v) Will the elements in the group to the right of this Boron
group be more metallic or less metallic in character ?
Justify your answer.
Ans. The elements in the group to the right of this boron group will be
non-metallic. This is because of decrease in the size of atom.
!'l"'JR! Arun Deeps Sim. Chemistry X
1. Which of the following is generally true ?
A Atomic size increases from left to right across a period.
B Ionization potential increases from left to right across a
period.
C Electron affinity increases going down a group.
D Electronegativity increases going down a group.
Ans. B : Ionization potential increases from left to right across a period.
2. (i) Name the first and last element in period 2.
Ans. First element is lithium (Li) and the last element is Neon (Ne).
(ii) What happens to the atomic size of elements on moving
from top to bottom of a group ?
Ans. Atomic size increases as we move from top to bottom.
(iii) Which of the ~lements has the greatest electron affinity
among the halogens.
Ans. Chlorine (Cl)
(iv) What is the common feature of the electronic
configurations of the elements in group 17[Vll A].
Ans. All of them have seven valence electrons.
3. If an element has a low ionisation energy then it is likely
to be ............. (metallic I non-metallic).
Ans. Metallic
4. If an element has seven electrons in its outermost shell
then it is likely to have the ..... (largest I smallest) atomic
size among all the elements in the same period.
Ans. Smallest
5. (i) Be, Mg, Ca, Sr, Ba are group 2 metals. Which of these
metals will form ions most readily and why ?
Ans. Barium will form ions most readily.
As we move down the group atomic size increases due to
addition of new shell in every period. As a result effective nuclear
charge decreases. The hold of nucleus on the valence electron
also decrease which leads to decrease in ionisation energy and
Arun Deep :r Sim. Chemistry X 1,12 I
 ions are fonned easily.

Be

Mg

ll
Ca

Sr

0
Br t.t...

(ii) What property of an element is measured by

electronegatiyity?
Ans. Electronegativity of an element is its relative tendency to attract
the shared pair of electrons towards itself in a covalent bond.

1. Among Period-2 elements -

Lithium Carbon
Fluorine Neon
State the one which has high electron affinity.
Ans. Fluorine
2. Group numbers
lA IIA IliA IVA VA VIA VIlA 0
1 2 13 14 15 16 17 18
Li D 0 J Ne
A Mg E Si H .K
B c F G L
Some elements are given above in their own symbol
and position in the periodic table, while others are
shown with a letter. With reference to the table :
l -13 I Arun Deep s Sim. Chemistry X
 (1) Which is the most electronegative ?
Ans. J (which is fluorine) is the most electronegative element.
(it) How many valence electrons are present in G ?
Ans. G has group no. 15 or VA that means it will have 5 electrons
in its outermost shell.
(iit) Write the formula of the compound between B and H.
Ans. B has 1 valence electron so its valency will be + 1. It will
be represented as B 1+
H has 6 valence electrons so its valency will be- 2. It will
be represented as H2-

Chemical formula= s 1+ H2-

x
[l!2!:]
(iv) In the compound between F and J, what type of bond
will be formed ?
Ans. Since F belongs to 14th group or IVA group. It has four
valence electrons which means it will share electrons and
the bond will be covalent.
(v) Drilw the electron dot structure·•lor the compound
formed between C and K.
Ans. C has two valence electrons and K has seven valence
electrons K needs 1 electron to complete its octet and C
needs to lose 2 electrons

:K~C~.K:
!

3. Define the following terms : Ionization potential

Ans. Ionization potential : Ionisation action potential is the
amount of energy absorbed to remove one or more electrons
from the valence shell of an isolated gaseous atom.

Arun Deeps Sim. Chemistry X 0!]

 1. Select the correct answer from A, B, C and D.
(t) The number of electrons in the valence !outermost)
shell of a halogen is -
A: 1 B: 3 C:5 D: 7
Ans. D : 7
(ii) Select the right answer - (i) Electronegativity across
the period - increases/decreases
Ans. Increases
(iit} Non-metallic character down the group - increases/
decreases
Ans. Decreases
2. Atomic number of an element is 16
State {t) To which period it belongs.
(it) The number of valence electrons in the element
(iit} is the element a metal or non-metal
Ans. Atd'mic no . (16) ~ 2 , 8, 6
, K L M
(i) 3 period (Because it has three shells)
(ii) 6 valence electrons (Valence electrons are present 111

outermost orbit)
(iii) Non metal (elements having 5, 6, or 7 valence electrons are
nonmetals)
3. Define the terms :
(t) Ionisation Potential
(ii) Electron affinity.
Ans. (I) Ionization potential : Ionisation action potential is the
amount of energy absorbed to remove one or more electrons
from the valence shell of an isolated gaseous atom .
The unit of ionisation potential is electron= eV.
(it} Electron- Affinity : The amount of energy released when an
atom in the gaseous state accepts an electron to form an anion .
[]]] A run Deeps Sim. Chemistry X
 Factors whil'h affect in the electron - affinity :
(i) Atomic size increases- Electro-affinity decreases.
(ii) Nuclear charge increases- Electron affinity increases.

l. Give reasons - The oxidising power of dcnH·nts

inc•·eases from left to right along a period.
Ans. Oxidising power means to accept electrons.
As we move from left to right along a periodic table. the size of
element decrease, hold of nucleus increases. incoming elel'tron
is accepted easily thus oxidi sing power of clement increases.
2. (i) Across a period, thc ionization potential
....................... (increases, decreases, •·emains same.)
Ans. mcreases
(ii) Down the group, electron affinity ................. (inc•·eases,
decreases, remains same).
A ns. decreases
3. Choose the correct answer from the choices given
(i) In the periodic table alkali metals are placcd in the
group ............. .
A: B:11 c: t7 n: ts
Ans. A:
(ii) Which of the following properties do not match with
elements of the halogen family?
(a) They have seven electrons in their valence shell.
(b) They are highly reactive chemically.
(c) They are metallic in nature.
(d) They are diatomic in their molecular form.
Ans. (c) They are metallic in nature.
4. State the group and the period of the element having
three shells with three electrons in valence shell.
Ans. If three shells ~ element belongs to third period.
Arun Deeps Sim. Chemistry X []]]
 If three valence electrons -4 element belongs to 13 group.

1. Select the clement in period 3 whose electron affinity is

zero -
(A) Neon (B) Sulphur
(C) Sodium (D) Argon
Ans. (D) Argon
2. Give reasons :
(1} Ionisation potential of the clement increases across a
period.
(ir) Alkali metals arc good reducing agents.
Ans.
(i) Atomic size decreases and nuclear charge increases, this makes
removal of electron difficult. Hence, more energy is required
to remove electron, thereby increasing electron potential.
(ii) They have greater tendency to loose electron which makes
them good reducing agents.
3. There arc three elements E, F and G with atomic numbers
19, 8 and 17 respectively.
Classify the clements as metals and non-metals.
Ans. E (Atomic number- 19) : 2, 8, 8, I
F (Atomic number- 8) : 2, 6
G (Atomic number- 17) : 2,8, 7
Eisa metal while F and G are non-metals.
4. Name : A metal present in period 3, group 1 of the
periodic table.
Ans. As the metal belongs to 3rd period, it will have three energy
levels. As it is present in Group I, it will have one electron in
the valence shell. Therefore, electronic configuration of the
metal is 2, 8, I and atomic number= 2 + 8 + I = II .

D1J A run Deeps Sim. Chemistry X

 Hence, the metal is Sodium(N a).

I. Among Pcriod-2 elements - Lithium C: ·t·bnn ; C hlo.-ine;

Flou.-ine -
State the one which has high electro n a ffin ity.
Ans. Fluorine has highest electron affinity

2.
--
Group lA IIA IliA IVA VA VIA VliA 0
number 1 2 13 14 15 16 17 18
2nd period Li D 0 J Ne
Jrd period A Mg E Si H K
4th period R T I Q u y

In the above table - H does not represent hydrogen.

~ome elements are in their own symbol & position in
the periodic table while others are shown with a letter.
Identify:
(i) The most electronegative element .
(ii) The most reactive element of group 1.
(iii) The element from period 3 with least atomic size.
(iv) The noble gas of the fourth period.
(v) How many valence electrons are present in Q ?
(vi) Which element from group 2 would have the least ion-
ization energy ?
(vii) In the compound between A and H what type of bond
is formed and give its molecular formula.
Ans. (i) J (ii) R
(iii) M (iv) Y
(v) 5 (vi ) T

Arun Deep s Sim. Chemistry X

 (vii) Ionic bond. Formula is A11-l.
3. Identify: The element which has the highest ionization po-
tential.
Ans. Helium.

1. Choose the correct answer from the choices given :

(i) Ionisation Potential increases over a period from left to
right because the:
(A) Atomic radius inct·eases and nuclear charge increases
(B) Atomic radius and nuclear charge decreases
(C) Atomic radius increases and nuclear charge decreases
(D) Atomic radius decreases and nuc.l ear charge increases.
Ans. (D) Atomic radius decreases and nuclear charge increases.
(ii) An element A belonging to Period 3 and Group II will
have,
(A) 3 shells and 2 valence electrons
(B) 2 shells and 3 valence electrons
(C) 3 shells and 3 valence electrons
(D) 2 shells and 2 valence electrons
Ans. (A) 3 shells and 2 valence electrons
2. Atomic number of an element Z is 16. Answer the
following:
(1) State the pet·iod and group to which Z belongs.
(it) Is Z a metal or a non-metal ?
(iit) State the formula of the compound between Z and
Hydrogen. What kind of a compound is this?
Ans. An element Z has atomic number 16
{i) Period- 3 group- 16 or VIA (as E.C. 2, 8, 6)
(ii) Z is a non-metal.
(iii) Formula between Z and hydrogen is H2Z. The kind of compound
is covalent.

(J]] Arun Deeps Sim. Chemistry X

 3. In the activity series of metals-M is a metal above
hydrogen in the in the activity series and its oxide has
the formula M 20. M2 0 when dissolved in water fot·ms
the corresponding hydroxide which is a good conductot·
of electricity. In the above context answer the following:
(i) What kind of combination exists between M and 0?
(it) State the number of electrons in the outermost shell of
M?
(iii) Name the group to which M belongs.
Ans. (i) M and 0 combine with electrovalent bond .
(ii) One (iii) Group I
4. Give one words or phrase for : The amount of energy
released when an atom in the gaseous state accepts an
electron to form an anion.
Ans. The amount of energy released when an atom in the gaseous
state accepts an electron to form an anion ~ Electron
Affinity.
5. Match the options A to B with the statements (1) to (ii):
A metal (1) The metal that forms two types of ions
B iron (il) An element with electronic configuration 2,
8, 8, 3
Ans. A metal (ii) An element with electronic configuration 2, 8,
8, 3
8 iron (i) The metal that forms two types of ions

1. Among the elements given below, the clement with the

least electronegativity is:
(A) Lithium (B) Carbon
(C) Boron (D) Fluorine
Ans. (A) Lithium
Lithium is an element with the least electronegativity.
2. (a) Arrange the following as per the instructions given
in the brackets:
Arun Deeps Sim. Chemistry X [][]
 (i) Cs, Na, Li, K, U.b (increa~ing order of metallic
character).
(ii) Mg, Cl, Na, S, Si (decreasing order of atomic size).
(iii) Na, K, Cl, S, Si (increasing order ionization energy)
(iv) Cl, F, Br, I (incr·casing onler of clcctr·on affinity) [4]
Ans.
(i) Li < Na < K < Rb < Cs
(ii) Na > Mg > Si > S > Cl
(iii) K < Na < Si < S < Cl
(iv) I < Br < F < Cl
3. Select a covalent oxide of a metalloid from the following:
S0 2, Si0 2, Al 20 3 , MgO, CO, Na 20.
Ans. Si0 2
4. The metal of Group 2 in the periodic table from top to
bottom are Be, Mg, Ca, Sr, and Ba.
(i) Which one of these elements will form ions most
readily. Give reasons.
(ii) State the common feature in the clectr·onic configuration
of all these elements given.
Ans. (i) In group 2, the atomic size increases down the group. As
the atomic size increases, the nuclear charge decreases. Due
to thi s, electrons of the outermost shell lie further away from
the nucicus making the removal of electrons easy. So, Ba will
form ions readily.
(ii) All the clements have 2 electrons in their valence shell.

I. Select the correct answer from A, B, C and D : An

element with the atomic number I9 will most likely
combine chemically with the element whose atomic
number is :
(A) I 7 (B) 11
(C) I8 (D) 20
Ans. (A) 17
[]I] Arun Veeps Sim. Chemistry X
 2. Identify the term in each of the following :
(i) The tendcnc) of an atom to attt·act dectrons to
itself when combined in a compound.
(it) The electrons present in the outermost shell of an
atom.
Ans. (i) Electronegativity (ii) Valence electrons
3. Write the correct symbol > (greater than) or < (less
than) in the statements :
(t) The ionization potential of Potassium is ........ that of Sodium.
(it) The electronegativity of Iodine is ............ that of Chlorine.
Ans. I. < (less than) 2. < (less than)
4. Use the letters only written in the Periodic Table given
below to answer the questions that follow :

I II I ll I V V VI VI I II
~ -
I,
,,.,
-o -
to·)
'--
1: ( j J /M
-- 1---
.2 } ~
~

~4 T I ! I TI
:
5 I I .I I
I I
i I I
(t) State the number of valence electrons in atom J.
(it) Which element shown forms ions with a single negative
charge?
(iii) Which metallic element is more reactive than R'!
(iv) Which clement has its electrons arranged in four shells?
Ans. (i) J ~ (5 valence electrons)
I
(ii) M ~ (7 valence electrons) so it forms a uninegative ion
(iii) T
(iv) T
5. Fill in the blanks by selecting the correct word
(1) If an element has a low ionization energy then it is
likely to be ............ (metallic I non-metallic).
(it) If an element has seven electrons in its outermost shell

Arun Deeps Sim. Chemistry X (][]

 then it is likely to have the ............ (largest I smallest)
atomic si;Le among all the clements in the same period.
Ans. (i) If an element has a low ionization enerb'Y then it is likely to be
metallic.
(ii) If an clement has seven electrons in its outermost shell then it
is likely to have the smallest atomic size among all the
elements in the same period.
2017
1. Select the co.-rect answer - The ener·gy required to
remove an electr·on from a neutral isolated gaseous
atom & convert it into a positively charged gaseous in
ion is called . !electron affinity, ionisation
potential, electronegativityl
Ans. The energy required to remove an electron from a neutral
isolated gaseous atom & convert it into a positive ly charged
gaseous in ion is called ionisation potential.
2. Match the atomic number· 2, 4, 8, 15 & 19 with each of
the following -
(t) A solid non-metal belonging to the third period.
(il) A metal of valency J.
(iii) A gaseous element n·ith valency 2.
(iv) An element belonging to Group 2.
(v) A rare gas.
Ans.
(i) Atomic number 15 (solid non-metal belonging to the third
period)
(ii) Atomic number 19 (metal of valet,cy I)
(iii) Atomic number 8 (gaseous element with valency 2)
(iv) Atomic number 4 (element belonging to group 2)
(v) Atomic number 2 (a rare gas)
3. Arrange the following as per the instruction in the
brackets -
[]TI A run /Jeeps Sim. Chemistry X
 (1) l-Ie, A r·, N<· II ncrcasing order of lht~ nu m hn of ckd ron
shells f.
(ii) Na, Li, K flncr·casing ionisation cncrg~ f.
(iii) F, Cl, Br· !Increasing electroncgativityf.
(iv) Na, K, Li flnncasing atomic sil'.cf.
Ans. (i) lie, Ill:, Ar (increasing number or l:k:ctron sllt:lls)
(ii) K, Na, Li (increasing ionisation energy)
(iii) Br, Cl , F (increasing electronegativity)

(iv) Li, Na, K (increasing atomic sizt:)

1. Give one word or a phrase for the following stat ements:

The energy released when an electron is added to a
neutl·al gaseous isolated atom to form a negativ ely
char·ged ion.
Ans. Electron affinity
2. Give a reason for :
(1) lner·t gases do not form ions.
(ii) Ionisation potential increases acr-oss ~• pcr·ind, from left
to r-ight.
Ans. (i) Inert gases do not limn ions because they have cnmplctely
filled octet. They arc extremely stable. lien ee, they
neither loose, nor gain electrons.
(ii) As we move from left to right a period, the atomic sizl:
decreases due to the increase in nuclear charge thus
more energy is required to remove the electron, hence
ionisation potential increase.
3. In Period 3 of the Periodic Table, clement B is placed
to the left of element A. On the basis of this information,
choose the correct word fr·om the brackets- to complete
the following statements :
(1) The clement B would have (lower/higher) metallic

Arun Deep :~ Sim. ( 'hemist1y X 1m

 character than A .
.'(it) The element A would probably have (lesser/higher)
electron affinity than B.
; (iit) The element A would have (greater/smaller) atomic size
1 than B.
Ans.(i) Higher - Reason : Metallic character decreases from left to
right across the period.
(ii) Higher - Reason : Electron affinity increases from left to
right across the period.
(iii) Smaller - Reason : Atomic size decreases from left to right
across the period.

IAdditional Questions (Solved) I

1. State the fundamental property on which the modern
periodic table or long form of periodic table is based.
Ans. Properties of the elements are periodic function of their atomic
number.
2. State the important salient features of the modern periodic
table. State how separation of elements and periodicity
of elements forms an important feature of the modern
periodic table.
Ans. Phys:cal and chemical properties of elements are periodic
funct!ons vftheir atomic number.
Salient }~eatures of Modern Periodic Table -
(i) This table has a eighteen veritcal columns called groups or
families·.
(ii) The groups are lA to VIlA, IB to VIIB, VIII (three columns)
and zero group.
According to the latest recommendations of the International
Union of Pure and Applied Chemistry (I.U.P.A.C.), the groups
are numbered 1-18.
(iii) The group number is assigned to an element depending upon
the number of the valence electrons.
(iv) Elements included in the same group of the periodic table have
rnJ A run /Jeep~- S im. Chemist/ }' X
 similar outer electronic configuration and constitute a family of
chemically similar elements.
3. What are 'periods''. State the correlation of a period
number with the elements of that period.
Ans. Modem periodic table has seven horizontal rows called periods.
There is a gradual change in properties with increase in atomic
number in the periodic table.
4. Name the elements in correct order of their increasing
atomic number present in the first, second and third short
periods of the periodic table. State each elements
electronic configuration.
Ans. (1) Elements of first period
Name of Atomic Electronic configuration
the Element number (Z)
K L M
Hydrogen I 1 - -
Helium 2 2 - -

(it) Elements of the second period

Name of Atomic Electronic configuration
the Element number (Z)
K L M
Lithium 3 2 1 -
Beryllium 4 2 2 -
Boron 5 2 3 -
Carbon 6 2 4 -
Nitrogen 7 2 5 -
Oxygen 8 2 6 -
Fluorine 9 2 7 -

Neon 10 2 8 -
(iii) Elements of the third period

A run Deep's Sim. Chemistry X I'26' 1

Name of Atomic Electronic configuration
the Element number (Z)
K L M
Sodium 11 2 8 1
Magnesium 12 2 8 2
Aluminium 13 2 8 3
I

Silicon 14 2 8 4
Phosphorus 15 2 8 5
Sulphur 16 2 8 6
Chlorine 17 2 8 7
Neon 18 2 8 8
5. Give a reason why
(a) completion of each period is logical
(b) period-2 elements are 'called bridge elements'.
Ans. (a) Completion of each period is logical since each period begins
with Group 1element having one electron in outermost shell
and ends with Group 18 element having filled outermost shell
with 8 electrons.
(b) Li, Be, B, C are called Bridge elements because they
show similarties in properties diagonally with the period of the
next group.
(j. State the property trends in general on moving from left
to right in a period of the periodic table.
Ans. The property trends in general on moving from left to right in a
period of the periodic table are :
(i) Number of valence electrons increases by one
(ii) Metallic character decreases while non-metallic character
increases (with the exception ofNoble gases).
(iii) Atomic radius - decreases.
(iv) Electron affinity- increases.
(v) Electronegativity - increases (with the exception of Noble
gases).
(vi) Ionisation potential- increases.
l~2'h,f Arun Deep's Sim. Chemistry X
 7. State i] the bonding and state of chlorides of period-3 -
group 1 [lA], 15[VA], 16 [VIA] and ii] the bonding and
character of oxides of period-3 - group 1 [lA], 13[IIIA]
and 16[VIA].
Ans.
(i)
Group 1 15 16

Element of Period 3 Na p s
Formula of Chloride NaCI PCI 3, PCI 5 SCI 2 , S2 CI 2

Nature of Bonding Electrovalent Covalent Covalent

Physical State Solid Gas/Liquid Liquid

(ii)
Group I 13 16

Element of Period 3 Na AI s
Formula of Chloride Na 2 0 Alp 3 S0 2 , S0 3

Nature of Bonding Electrovalent Electrovalent Covalent

Physical State Solid Solid Gases

' the Modern Periodic Table? What
8. What are 'groups',Pf
does the 'group number' signify.
Ans. There are 18 vertical columns in the Modern periodic table.
These vertical columns are called Groups.
It signifies the same electronic configuration and similar
properties.
9. State the type of elements present in
(a) group 1[IA]
(b) group 2 [IIA]
(c) group 3 to 12 [IB to VIIB and VIII]

Arun Deep~ Sim. Chemistry X []§]

 (d) group 13 to 16 [IITA to VIA]
(e) group 17 [VIlA]
(f) group 18 [0].
Ans. (a) Group-1 [IA] Alkali metals
(b) Group-2 [IIA] Alkaline Earth metals
(c) Group-3 to 12 IB to VII B to VIII -Transition elements-
metals.
(d) Group 13-16 [Ill B to VI A] - Post Transition elements.
(e) Group 17 (VII A) Halogens.
(f) Group 18 (0) Noble gases.
10. What are transition elements an<J inner transition
elements. State the position of the inner transition
elements. State why noble gases are considered
unreactive elements.
Ans. Transition elements - Elements belonging to Group 3 to 12
are called transition elements. Transition elements consists of
metals lying between strongly electropositive metals on a left
and least electropositive elements on the right. They all have
similar properties.
Inner transition elements : Inn er transition elements are
the elements belonging to Group 3 in 6th and 7th period.
They form two series i.e. Lanthanide series and Actinide series.
They consists of two Horizontal rows of metals at the bottom
of the table.
The gases of zero group (Noble gases) are unreactive because
they have a stable electronic configuration.
11. State the characteristics which remain similar and those
which show a transition on moving down a sub-group.
Ans. Characteristics which remain similar on moving down a
group/ sub-group are :
(i) Valency of electrons.
(ii) Chemical properties.
Characteristics which show a transition or moving down a
group are :

[]§] Arun Deep's Sim. Chemistry X

 (i) Metallic character increases down the group.
(ii) Number of electron shells increases down the group.
(iii) Atomic size increases down the group.
(iv) Ionisation potential decreases down the group.
(v) Electron affinity decreases down the group.
12. Compare the properties of the elements of group 1[IA]
i.e. alkali metals and group 17 [VIlA] i.e., halogens.
Ans.
Properties Group lA Group t 7 (VII A)
Elements Lithium, sodium, potas- Fluorine, chlorine,
sium, rubedium, caesium. bromine, iodine,
astatine.
Valency Univalent i.e. 1 valence Univalent i.e. 7 valence
electrons. electrons.
Conductivity Good conductors of heat Bad or non-conductors
& electricity. of heat & electricity.
Reducing/ Strong Reducing agents. Strong Oxidising
agents.
Oxidising Nature They are electron donors. They are electron
acceptors.
Electro negativity Low electronegativity High electronegativity.
They have Electro- They have Electro-
positive character, which negative character,
increases from Li to Cs. which decreases
from F to I.
13. Expla~n the term (a) periodicity in properties of elements
(b) periodic properties (c) periodicity of elements.
Ans. (a) Periodicity in properties of elements means occurrence
of characteristic properties at definite intervals in the modern
periodic table, when elements are arranged in increasing order
of their atomic number.

A run Deep's Sim. Chemistry X I;3Q I

 (b) Periodic properties : The properties which appear at regular
intervals in the periodic table are called periodic properties.
Periodic Properties are :
• Atomic radii • Ionisation potential
• Electron affinity • Electronegativity
• Non Metallic and Metallic character.
• Density • Melting and boiling points.
(c) Periodicity of elements : Occurrence of elements with similar
chemical properties at definite intervals when elements are
arranged in increasing order of their atomic numbers is called
periodicity of elements.
14. State the reasons for periodicity of elements in periods
and groups.
Ans. Reasons for Periodicity in properties in periods and groups.
(i) After definite intervals of atomic number, similar valence shell
electronic configuration occurs.
(ii) Properties of elements depend upon the number and
arrangement of electrons in various shells including valence
shells.
(iii) In the same period, sub-group, increases or decreases, in a
particular property is due to gradual change in electronic
configuration in the arranged elements.
15. Explain the meaning ofthe following periodic properties:-
a] atomic radius b] Ionisation potential
c] electron affinity d) electronegativity e] non-metallic
and metallic character.
Ans. (a) Atomic radii: It is distance between the centre of the nucleus
and outer-most shell of the atom.

Atomic Radius

I 31' I Arun Deep~ Sim. Chemistry X

 (b) Ionisation potential (I.P) : It is the amount of energy required
to remove an electron from the outer most shells of an isolated
gaseous atom.
(c) Electron affinity : It is an amount of energy released when
an atom. in the gaseous state-accepts an electron to form an
anton.
(d) Electro-negativity : It is the tendency of an atom to attract
electrons to itself when combined in a compound.
(e) Non-metallic and Metallic character : In terms of electron
loss or gain, an element is a Non-metal if it gains one or more
electrons if it gains one or more electrons, and a Metal if it
loses one or more electrons.
16. State the factors which affect the atomic size of elements
in a periodic table. In period 2 from left to right, state
which element has the largest atomic size and which
element has the smallest, giving reasons.
Ans. Factors affecting the atomic size are:
(i) Number of shells : As number of shells increases, atomic
size i.e. the distance of the outermost shell from the nucleus
also increases.
(ii) Nuclear charge : As nuclear charge increases, atomic size
decreases. This is because a greater nuclear charge means a
greater attraction between the nucleus and the electrons in the
outermost shell.
Lithium(Li) has the largest Atomic size and Fluorine (F) has
the smallest Atomic size in period 2.
This is because on moving across a period, number of shells
remains the same but the nuclear charge increases by one at
each step.
1 7. Explain the trend in atomic radii on moving down a group,
with reference to the alkali metals in Group 1 [lA].
A run Deep's Sim. Chemistry X I 32 ·I
 Ans. Atomic radii increases
Element J.P. Trends in ionis - Down a group
[eV] ation potential
Li 5.4 Atomic Radii -Ionisation Potential
2, 1 -increases -Decreases
Na 5.1 (no. of shells
2, 8, 1 in~reases)

K 4.3 N4clear charge -Ionisation Potential

2, 8, 8, 1 -increases -should increase
Rb · 4.2
2, 8, 18, 8, 1 -increase in atomic radii-Dominates over
Cs 3.9 :. Overall ionisation
2,8, 18, 18,8, 1 potential - Decreases
18. State the factors w~ich influence or affect the ionisation
potential of elemen& in a periodic table.
Ans. The factors which influence the ionisation potential of an
element are :
(i) As Atomic size increases ionisation potential decreases.
(ii) As Nuclear charge increases ionisation potential increases.
19. Explain the trend in general of ionisation potential of
elements
(a) on moving from left to right across a period
(b) on moving down a group.
Give reasons for the change in the periodic trend in each
case.
Ans.(a) Ionisation potential increases across a period left to right.
Reason :
The nuclear charge increases -
The nuclear attraction on the outer electrons increases.
Hence the outer electrons are more firmly held .
.·. Ionisation potential increases.

r
.33 'I Arun Deep ~ Sim. Chemistry X
---- · ------------------==~----------~-----------
 (b) Ionisation potential decreased down 1 group.
Reason : Atomic size increases
The nuclear attraction on the outer electr<J'lS decreases.
Hence the outer electrons are loosely held .
.·. Ionisation potential decreases.
20. State the factors which affect (a) electron affinity
(b) electro negativity of elements in a periodic table.
Ans. (a) Electron affinity is the tendency of an atom tc accept
electrons.
The Factors affecting the electron affinity are :
(i) Atomic size : As the atomic size increases electron affinity
decreases.
Reason : A small atom takes up electrons more easily than a
large atom since nucleus has greater attraction on the nucleus.
(ii) Nuclear charge : As the nuclear charge increases electron
affinity increases.
Reason : More the nuclear charge, more is the tendency of an
atom to accept electrons.
(b) Electronegativity is the tendency of an atom to pull the shared
pair of electrons towards itself in a covalent compound.
The factors affecting electronegativity of an element are :
(i) Atomic size : More the atomic size less is the electronegativity.
Reason : A small atom will pull the shared pair of electrons
more than a large atom.
(ii) Nuclear charge : More the nuclear charge, more is the
electronegativity.
Reason : A greater nuclear charge means more attraction on
the shared pair of electrons.
21. Explain the trend in general of
(z) electronaffinity
(il) electronegativity of elements- a] on moving from left to
right across a period ; b) on moving down a group. Give
reasons for the change in each periodic trend.
Arun Deep~ Sim. Chemistry X I 3it .I
Ans. (z) General variations of electron affinity in the Periodic
table: Electron affinity, in general, increases with increase in
nuclear charge and decreases with increase in atomic size. 1

(a) Variations in a Period: On moving across a period from left

to right, atomic size decreases while nuclear charge increases.
Both of these factors increase the electron affinity. Thus electron
affinity, in general, increases from left to right on moving across
a period in the period table.
(b) Variation in a Group :On moving down a group from top to
bottom, both atomic size and nuclear charge increase. However,
the effect of increase in atomic size dominates over the effects
of increase in nuclear charge. Thus, electron affinity, in general,
decreases from top to bottom on moving down a group in the
periodic table.
(iz) General variations of electronegativity in the periodic
table : Electronegativity increases with increase in nuclear
charge and decreases with increase in atomic size.
(a) Variations in a Period: On moving across a period from left
to right atomic size decreases while nuclear charge increases.
Both of these factors increase the electronegativity. Thus
electronegativity, in general, increases from left to right on
moving across a period in the periodic table.
(b) Variations in a Group: On moving down a group from top to
bottom both atomic size and nuclear charge increase. However,
the effect of increase in atomic size dominates over the effect
of increase in nuclear charge. Thus electronegativity, in general,
decreases from top to bottom on moving down a group in the
periodic table.
22. With reference to the alkali metals in Group 1 [lA] and
the halogens in 17 [VIlA] explain the trend in ionisation
potential, electron affinity and electronegativity on moving
down the groups in the periodic table.
Ans. (z) Trends in periodic properties (Group 1)
Group 1 elements are Li (At. no.= 3), Na (At. no.= 11 ), K(At.
no.= 19), Rb(At. no.= 37), Cs (At. no. =55).
(a) Trend in ionisation potential :On moving down the group,
I'35G
I Arun Deep~ Sim. Chemistry X
 ionisation potential decreases, i.e., ionisation potential decreases
in the order: Li > Na > K > Rb > Cs.
Reason : On moving down the group, atomic size, as well as,
nuclear charge increases.
However, the effect of increase in atomic size dominates over
the effect of increase in nuclear charge. As such ionisation
potential decreases down the group.
(b) Trend in electron affinity : On moving down the group,
electron affinity decreases, i.e., electron affinity decreases in
the order:
Li > Na > K > Rb > Cs.
Reason : Same as that in ionisation potential.
(c) Trend in electronegativity : On moving down the group,
electronegativity decreases, i.e., electronegativity decreases in
the order: Li > Na> K > Rb > Cs.
Reason : Same as that in ionisation potential.
(iz) Trends in periodic properties (Group 17) : Group 17
elements are F (At. no. = 9), Cl (At. no. = 17), Br (At. no. =
35) and I (At. no.= 53).
(a) Trend in Ionisation potential : On moving down the group
ionisation potential decreases, i.e. ionisation potential decreases
in the order : F > Cl > Br > I.
Reason : On moving down the group, atomic size number of
shells as well as nuclear charge increase. However, the effect
of increase in atomic size dominates over the effect of increase
in nuclear charge. As such ionisation potential decreases down
the group.
(b) Trend in electron affinity : On moving down the group,
electron affinity, in general, decreases. However, the actual
order of change in electron affinity is : F < Cl > Br > I.
Reason : Same as in case of ionisation potential.
(c) Trend in electronegativity : On moving down the group,
electronegativity decreases, i.e., electronegativity decreases in
the order: F > Cl > Br > I.
Reason : Same as in case of ionisation potential.

Arun Deep~ Sim. Chemistry X @$,)

 23. State the factors which affect the metallic and the non-
metallic character of elements in a periodic table.
A:ts. Factors affecting metallic/non-metallic character in a periodic
table : (i) When atomic size increases, metallic character
increases (ii) When ionisation potential increases, non-metallic
character increases.
24. Explain the trends from metallic to non-metallic character
of the different elements the first three periods.
Ans. The ease with which an element loses one or more of its electrons
is called its metallic or electropositive character. On the other
hand, the ease with which an element gains one or more
electrons is called its non-metallic or electronegative
character. It mainly depends upon atomic size and ionisation
potential.
Trends in metallic/non-metallic character in the first three periods.
(i) Atomic radii decreases Metallic character - Decreases
Non metallic character- Increases
(ii) Ionisation potential Metallic character - decreases
-Increases Non-metallic character-increases
25. Explain with reasons the trends in metallic and non-
metallic character down a group.
Ans. The ease with which an element loses one or more of its electrons
is called its metallic character. On the other hand, the ease
with which an element gains one or more electrons is called its
non-metallic character. It mainly depends upon atomic size
and ionisation potential. More the atomic size and lesser the
ionisation potential, more is the metallic character. However,
the reverse is true for non-metallic character of an element.
In a group atomic size increases while ionisation potential
decreases as we move down a group. Thus, down a group
metallic character increases while non-metallic character
decreases. For example, the first five elements of Group 14
are C (At. No.= 6), Si (At. No.= 14), Ge (At. No.= 32), Sn
(At. No. = 50) and Pb (At. No. = 68).
Out of these C (At. No.= 6) is a non-metal, Si (At. No. = 14)
and Ge (At. No. = 32) are metalloids while Sn (At. No. = 50)

l"37cl Arun Deep~ Sim. Chemistry X

 and Ph (At. No. = 68) are metals.
26. State how density and melting points of elements varies
across a period and down a group.
Ans. Density, in general, increases with increase in atomic number.
As such density increases as we move down a group from top
to bottom.
Trend in melting point is different for metals and non-metals as
is clear from the change in melting point in Group I or Group 2
(groups which contain only metals), and Group 17 or Group 18
(groups which contain only non-metals). In groups which contain
only metals, m.p. decreases down the group while in groups
which contain only non-metals, m.p. increases down the group.
Thus in group I, m.p. is in the order ; Li > Na > K > Rb > Cs
while in Group 17, m.p. is in the order :
F2 > Cl 2 < Br2 < I2
2 7. State the general trend in periodicity in properties of
oxides, hydroxides, oxy-acids and hydrides of compounds
of elements across a period and down a group.
Ans. Oxides, hydroxides and oxy-acids : Metals form basic
oxides. If these oxides are soluble in water, they form metal
hydroxides (alkalies). Metalloids form amphoteric oxides, which
show both acidic and basic character : Non-metals generally
form acidic oxides. These oxides, when dissolved in water, form
oxy-acids.
Variations in a Period : On moving from left to right in a
Period, metallic character decreases while non-metallic
character increases. Thus elements of Group I, 2 and 13 form
basic oxides and their basic character decreases along the period.
Elements of Group 14, 15, 16 and 17 generally form acidic
oxides. The acidic character of these oxides increases along
the Period. For example, acidic/basic character of oxides
elements of period 3 is as follows:
Group I Group 2 Group 13
Nap, NaOH MgO, Mg(OH) 2 Alp 3, Al(OH) 3
Basic character decreases
Most basic Least basic/Amphoteric

Arun Deep's Sim. Chemistry X l 3,8"(

 Group 14 Group 15 Group 16 Group 17
Si02 , H 2 Si03 Pp 5, Hl0 4 S0 3 , H 2 S04 Clp7 , HCl0 4
Acidic character increases
Least acidic Most acidic
Elements of group 18 do not form oxides.
Variation in a Group : On moving down a Group, metallic
character increases while non-metallic character decreases .
Thus, on moving down the group basic nature of oxides and
hydroxides increases (for Group 1, 2 and 13), while acidic nature
of oxides and oxy-acids generally decreases (for Group 14, 15,
16 and 17).
For example, in Group 2, Ba(OH) 2 is a much stronger base
than Mg(OH) 2 , while in Group 15, H 3 P0 4 is a much weaker
acid than HNOr
Hydrides : Metals of Group 1, 2 and 13 form ionic hydrides
which are strong reducing agents. Non-metals of Group 14 to
17 form covalent hydrides which can be acidic, basic or neutral.
Along a period, the acidic character of these hydrides increases.
For example, in 3rd period.
Group 14 Group 15 Group 16 Group 17
HCI
Acidic character
Neutral Weakly acidic increases
Strongly acidic

Down the group, the basic nature of these hydrides decreases

while acidic nature increases.
For example in Group 15,

Acidic

1
Acid ic
Bas ic character decreases/
Acidic character increases

28. State the relation between atomic number and atomic

mass for light elements. State which elements are
considered radioactive giving reasons.

[][] Arun Deep ~ Sim. Chemistry X

 Ans. For light elements,
Atomic mass= 2 x Atomic number
In other words, for light elements
Number of neutrons (n) =Number of protons (p)
Thus for light elements, nip "" 1
For example, in 10Ne 20 , p = 10 ; n = 20- 10 = 10. Thus nip =
10/10 = 1
For heavier elem ~nts, nip > 1. For example, in 17CP7, p = 17
and n = 37- 17 = 20
Thus, nip= 20i17 = 1.176
If nip > 1.5, the nucleus of the elements becomes unstable and
the element becomes radioactive. For example, in radioactive
92 U
235 , p = 92 and n = 235 - 92 = 143.

Thus, nip = 143i92 = 1.554.

29. Answer the following :-
a) Name or state the following with reference to the
elements of the modern periodic table.
1. The alkali metal in period 2 and the halogen in period 3.
Ans. Lithium, chlorine.
2. The noble gas having duplet arrangement of electrons.
Ans. He
3. The noble gas having an electronic configuration 2, 8, 8.
Ans. Ar
4. The number of electron shells in elements of period 3.
Ans. 3
5. The valency of elements in group l[IA).
Ans. one
6. The metals present in period 3 and the non-metals present
in period 2.
Ans. Metals present in period 3 areNa, Mg and AI.
Non-metals present in period 2 are C, N, 0 and F.
7. The group whose elements have zero valency.

A run Deep ~ Sim. Chemistry X 1--40·'1

Ans. Inert gases i.e. Group 18
8. The non-metal in period 3 having a valency 1.
Ans. Cl
9. The formula of the hydroxide of the element having
electronic configuration 2, 8, 2.
Ans. Mg (OH)2
10. The formula of the hydride of the halogen in period 3.
Ans. HCI
11. The formula of the sulphite of the element in period-3,
group 1 [lA).
Ans. Na 2S0 3
12. The element in period-3 which does not form an oxide.
Ans. Argon
13. The bonding [i.e. electrovalent or covalent) of the oxide
of the element in period-3 group 16 [VIA).
Ans. Covalent
14. The character of the hydroxide of the element in period-
3 group 13 [IliA).
Ans. Amphoteric
15. A light element in period-3 with a neutron/proton ratio
around 1.
Ans. Magnesium (Mg), Since the atomic mass ofMg is 24 .305 .
And it has 12 protons and 12.305 neutrons.
:. N/p ratio= 1.02 (which is nearest to 1)
16. The element with the least atomic size from carbon,
nitrogen, boron and beryllium.
Ans. Nitrogen
17. The element, from the elements Li, Na, K, having the
least number of electron shells.
Ans. Li
18. The element from the elements C, 0, N, F, having the
maximum nuclear charge.
Ans. F.
l"4'1t l //run Deep~ Sim. Chemistry X
 19. The element from the elements Be and Mg having a lower
nuclear charge.
Ans. Be ' '
20. The element from the elements flborine and neon having
a higher electron affinity.
Ans. F
21. The period and group to which the element 'X' with
electronic configuration 2, 8, 8, 2 belongs.
Ans. Group 2, period 4
22. The more electronegative element from the elements
Ar, S, Cl of period-3.
Ans. Cl
23. The element with the largest atomic size from the
elements of period-1, 2 and 3.
Ans. Sodium (Na)
24. The element with the highest ionisation potential from
the elements of period 1, 2 and 3.
Ans. Helium (He)
25. The element from the elements Li, Na, K which has
maximum metallic character.
Ans. Potassium
26. The element with maximum non-metallic character from
the elements of period-2.
Ans. Sulphur
2 7. The more non-metallic element from the elements S, P,
Cl and Ar.
Ans. Cl (Chlorine)
28. The more non-metallic element from the elements 'X'
and 'Y' having elec. config. 2, 8, 5 and 2, 8, 6 respectively.
Ans. 'Y' 2, 8, 6
29. The periodic property which relates to the amount of
energy required to remove an electron from the
outermost shell of an isolated gaseous atom.
Ans. Ionisation potential

Arun Deep~ Sim. Chemistry X l42d

 30. The periodic property which refers to the character of
element, which loses electron/s when supplied with
energy.
Ans. Metallic property.
b] Fill in the blanks with the appropriate word/sin each case.
1. Periods are .......... [5, 6, 7] horizontal rows of elements
in the periodic table and an element with three electron
shells and two electrons in its valence shell belongs to
period •.•..•.••• [6, 3, 1] and group .......... [3, 6, 2].
Ans. Periods are long [5, 6, 7] horizontal rows of elements in the
periodic table and an element with three electron shells and
two electrons in its valence shell belongs to period 3 [6, 3, 1]
and group 2 [3, 6, 2].
2. Across a period the valence electrons .......... while down
a subgroup they .......... [remain same/increase by 1].
Ans. Across a period the valence electrons increase by 1 while
down a sub-group they remain same [remain same/increase
by 1].
3. Across a period, the electropositive character .......... and
down a group the electronegative character ......... .
[increases/decreases]
Ans. Across a period, the electropositive character decreases and
down a group the electronegative character decreases.
4. Elements at the extreme left of the modern periodic table
are .....•..•. reactive, while elements on the extreme right
[group 18 (0)] are ....•..... reactive [least/un/most].
Ans. Elements at the extreme left of the modem periodic table are
most reactive, while elements on the extreme right [group 18
(0)] are unreactive.
5. Elements of group 1 [lA] are strong .......... [oxidising I
reducing] agents since they are electron ......... .
[acceptors/donors].
Ans. Elements of group I [lA] are strong reducing [oxidising I
reducing] agents since they are electron donors [acceptors/
donors].
I '43 I A run Deep's Sim. Chemistry X
 6. The element in group 17 [VDA] which is a liquid at room
temperature is .....•.... [F, Cl, Br, 1].
Ans. The element in group 17 [VIlA] which is a liquid at room
temperature is Br [F, Cl, Br, I].
7. Periodicity in properties is observed in elements after
definite intervals due to similar .••...••.. [electronic
configuration, number of valence electrons, atomic
numbers] of elements.
Ans. Periodicity in properties is observed in elements after definite
intervals due to similar Number of Valence electrons
[electronic configuration, number of valence electrons, atomic
numbers] of elements.
8. Across a period the nature of oxides and hydrides varies
from •......... to .......... [acidic I basic] while the strength of
oxy-acids .......... [decreases/increases] from left to right.
Ans. Across a period the nature of oxides and hydrides varies from
basic to acidic while the strength of oxy-acids increases from
left to right.
9. Nuclear charge of an atom is the .......... [negative/positive]
charge on the nucleus of an atom, equivalent to the atomic
.......... [number, mass] of an atom.
Ans. Nuclear charge of an atom is the positive charge on the nucleus
of an atom, equivalent to the atomic number of an atom.
10. Atomic size of neon is .......•.. [more/less] than the atomic
size of fluorine.
Ans. Atomic size of neon is more than the atomic size of fluorine.
11. Atomic size across a period .•...•.••• [increases/decreases]
with increase in nuclear charge of the element.
Ans. Atomic size across a period decreases with increase in nuclear
charge of the element.
12. With increase in nuclear charge the •uclear attraction
for outer electrons .......... [increases/decreases], hence
ionisation potential •......... [increases/decreases J.
Ans. With increase in nuclear charge the nuclear attraction for outer
electrons increases, hence ionisation potential increases.
A run Deep's Sim. Chemistry X WM1
 13. Increase in nuclear charge of an atom .......... [decreases/
increases] the tendency .of the atom to lose electrons.
Ans. Increase in nuclear charge of an atom decreases the tendency
of the atom to lose electrons.
14. Elements with stable electronic configuration e.g. neon
have an electron affinity value of .......... [1, 0, -1]
Ans. Elements with stable electronic configuration e.g. neon have
an electron affinity value of 0.
15. An atom with a small atomic radii takes up electrons
.......... [less/more] readily than an atom with a large radii.
Ans. An atom with a small atomic radii takes up electrons more
readily than an atom with a large radii.
16. If combining atoms of a compound have nearly similar
electronegativities the bond between them is ......... .
[electrovalent/covalent].
Ans. If combining atoms of a compound have nearly similar
electronegativities the bond between them is covak nt.
17. Elements with low electro negativity are usually ......... .
[metallic/non-metallic].
Ans. Elements with low electronegativity are usually metallic.
18. An atom is said to be a non-metal, if it .......... [gains/loses]
one or more electrons.
Ans. An atom is said to be a non-metal, if it gains one or more
electrons.
19. Atoms with .......... [small/large] atomic radii and ......... .
[high/low] ionisation potential tend to gain electrons.
Ans. Atoms with small atomic radii and high ionisation potential
tend to gain electrons.
20. Element 'X' in period 3 has high electronaffinity and
electronegativity. It is likely to be a .......... [metal/non-
metal]
Ans. Element ' X ' in period 3 has high electron affinity and
electronegativity. It is likely to be a non-metal.
21. Element 'B' in period 2 is to the right of element 'A'.

I 45A A run D eep's Sim. Chemistry X

 Element 'B' is likely to be .......... [more/less] non-metallic
in character than element 'A'.
Ans. Element 'B' in period 2 is to the right of element ' A' .
Element ' B' is likely to be more non-metallic in character than
element ' A' .
22. Element 'Z' in sub-group 2[ITA] is below element 'Y' in
the same sub-group. The element 'Z' will be expected to
have .......... [higher/lower] atomic size and •......... [more/
less] metallic character than 'Y'.
Ans. Element 'Z' in sub-group 2[IIA] is below element 'Y ' in the
same sub-group. The element 'Z' will be expected to have
higher atomic size and more metallic character than ' Y'.
23. Argon in period 3 is likely to have a .......... [larger/smaller]
atomic size than chlorine and its electron affinity value
would be .......... [greater/lesser/zero] compared to
chlorine.
Ans. Argon in period 3 is likely to have a larger atomic size than
chlorine and its electron affinity value would be zero compared
to chlorine.
24. Across a period- Atomic size and metallic character ......... .
while I.P., E.A., E.N. and non-metallic character ......... .
and nuclear charge .......... [increases/decreases]. Down
a group-Atomic size and metallic character .......... while
I.P., E.A., E.N. and non-metallic character .......... and
nuclear charge .......... [increases/decreases]
Ans. Across a period- Atomic size and metallic character decreases
while I.P., E.A., E.N. and non-metallic character increases
and nuclear charge increases. Down a group-Atomic size and
metallic character increases while I.P., E.A., E.N. and non-
metallic character decreases and nuclear charge increases.
(c) Give reasons for the following :
1. In the same period or subgroup a gradual change in a
particular property may be seen.
Ans. In the same period or sub group a gradual change in particular
property is due to the gradual change in electronic configuration
in the arranged elements.
A run Deep~ Sim. Chemistry X I 46 .I
 2. Atomic size of group 18 [0 group] elements is more than
the atomic size of group 17 [VIlA] elements.
Ans. In group 18 [0 group] inert gases, the outermost shell is
completely filled resulting in force of repulsion increasi ng in
atomic radii.
3. Ionisation potential increases with increase in nuclear
\ charge of the elements.
Ans. With increase in nuclear charge the nuclear attraction on the
outer electrons increases. Hence the outer electrons are tightly
held resulting in an increase in ionisation potential.
4. Electron affinity of noble gas elements is zero.
Ans. Noble gas elements have completely filled outer-shell. Such
electronic contfgUrations are highly stable and as such noble
gases find it difficult to accept electrons. Thus electron affinity
of noble gas elements is zero.
5. Phosphorus, sulphur and chlorine are electronegative
elements of the periodic table.
Ans. The three non-metallic elements P, Sand Clare present at the
end of period 3 in the modern periodic table. Along a period
nuclear charge increases while atomic size decreases. Both of
these factors increase the electronegativity. Thus these elements
have highest electronegativity.
6. Sulphur is placed in group 16 [VIA], chlorine in group
17[VIIA] but argon in group 18 [0 group] of the periodic
table.
Ans. Electronic configurations of S, Cl and Ar are :
K, L, M
S (At. No.= 16) : 2, 8, 6
Cl (At. No.= 17) : 2, 8, 7
Ar (At. No.= 18) : 2, 8, 8
With 6 electrons in the outermost or valence shell, Sis placed in
Group 16. In the same way Cl with 7 electrons in the valence
shell is placed in Group 17 and Ar with 8 electrons in the valence
shell is placed in Group 18.

WJ Arun Deep's Sim. Chemistry X

 7. Fluorine is the most electronegative element of the
periodic table.
Ans. Except for noble gases, electronegativity increases along a
period from left to right and decreases down a group from top
to bottom. Therefore, fluorine present at the upper right hand
corner of the modern long form of the periodic table has highest
electronegativity.
8. Atoms with large atomic radii and low ionisation potential
are more metallic in nature.
Ans. Metals are electropositive in nature i.e. , they can lose one or
more electrons easily. Atoms with large atomic radii and low
ionisation potential can easily lose one or more electrons as the
nuclear pull on the outer electrons is less. As such, these atoms
are more metallic in nature .
9. A decrease in ionisation potential of an element leads to
a decrease in non-metallic character of the element.
Ans. Due to decrease in ionisation potential tendency to lose electrons
increases. This results in an increase in metallic character and
a corresponding decrease in non-metallic character. Thus
elements with lower ionisation potential are less non-metallic in
nature.
10. Atomic size decreases across a period but increases down
a group of the periodic table.
Ans. As we move along a period from left to right in the periodic
table, number of shells remains the same while nuclear charge
increases by one at each step. Due to increase in nuclear charge
electrons in the outermost shell are attracted with increasing
force resulting in a gradual decrease in atomic size along a
period.
As we move down a group from top to brrom, number of shells
as well as nuclear charge increases. However, this effect of
increase in the number of shells dominates over increase in
nuclear charge. As such, atomic size increases down a group
in the periodic table.

A run Deep's Sim. Chemistry X [ill

 I Unit Test Paper !-Periodic rlibk]
Q.l. In period 2, element 'A' is to the right of element 'B'.
1. The element 'A' would probably have a ......... [smaller/
larger] atomic size than 'B'.
Ans. The element ' A' would probably have a smaller atomic size
than 'B'.
2. The element 'B' would probably have ......... [lower/higher)
ionisation potential than 'A'.
Ans. The element 'B' would probably have lower ionisation potential
than 'A'.
3. The element 'A' would have ......... [lesser/higher]
electron affinity than 'B'.
Ans. The element' A' would have higher electron affinity than 'B'.
4. Nuclear charge of element ' B' would be ........ [less/more]
than element 'A'.
Ans. Nuclear charge of element ' B' would be less than element
'A'.
5. If an element 'C' had a low electro negativity and ionisation
potential it would have more tendency to ............ [gain/
lose] electrons.
Ans. If an element 'C' had a low electronegativity and ionisation
potential it would have more tendency to lose electrons.
Q.2. With reference to period 3 of the periodic table- State :
1. The type of bonding of the element with electronic
configuration 2, 8, 7.
Ans. With metals, it will form ionic bond and with non-metal, it will
form covalent bond.
2. The formula of the chloride of the element with electronic
configuration 2, 8, 4.
Ans. Si C14
3. The nature of the oxide of the alkaline earth metal in the
period.
Ans. Strongly basic
Q[J Arun Deep's Sim. Chemistry X
 4. The number of electrons in the "l)enultimate shell of the
element with valency - 1.
Ans. Number of electrons in the penultimate \\·ith configuration 2, 8,
l.
5. The electronic configuration of the ..Jement whose
hydroxide is a weak base.
Ans. Magnesium hydroxide [Mg (OH) 2] 2, 8, 2
Q.3. With reference to group 1[IA] of the periodic table- fill
in the blanks with the correct word :
The elements are ... ..... [light/ heavy] ...... .. [metals/non-
metals} since their atomic size is ............ [large/small}. The
energy binding the atoms is ........ .. . [high/low] and hence
the elements have .... .... [high/low] melting points. The
melting points of the elements .... .... .. . [increases/decreases}
down the subgroup. The electropositive character .. ......
[increases/decreases] down the subgroup and the elements
are strong .. .. .. .. .. ... [reducing/ oxidizing] agents. The
elements with electronic configuration 2, 8, 1 will have
.. .......... .. .. [higher/lower} electronaffinity and ........ ........ .
[smaller/larger} atomic size than the element with electronic
configuration 2, I.
Ans. The elements are light metals since their atomic size is large.
The energy binding the atoms is low and hence the elements
have low melting points. The melting points of the elements
increases [increases/decreases] down the subgroup . The
electropositive character increases down the subgroup and
the elements are strong reducing agents. The elements with
electronic configuration 2, 8, I will have lower electron affinity
and larger atomic size than the element with electronic
configuration 2, 1.
Q.4.Match the elements in column 'X' with the correct group
they belong from column 'Y'. ·
'X' 'Y'
1. Element with atomic number 19 A : Group 18 [0 group]
2. Element with electronic B : Group 16 [VIA]

Arun Deep~ Sim. Chemistry X l·BO l

 configuration 2
3. Element with a valency of -2 C : Group 1 [lA]
4. Element 'P' which loses D: Group 17 [VIlA]
3 electrons to form cation
5. Element 'Q' in period - 3 E : Group 13 [III A]
which has the highest
electron affinity.
Ans.
l. Element with At No. 19 (C) Group l(IA)
2. Element with electronic (A) Group 18 (0 group)
Configuration 2
3. Element with valency of-2 (B) Group 16 (VI A)
4. Element ' P' which loses (E) Group 13 (Ill A)
3 electrons to form a cation .
5. Element Q in period- 3 (D) 17 (VII A)
which has the highest
electron affinity.
Q.S. Give reasons for the following :
1. Occurrence of characteristic properties of .elements takes
place at definite intervals in the modern periodic table.
Ans. This is due to recurrence of similar valence shell electronic
configuration after a difference of 2, 8, 18 or 32 in atomic
numbers.
2. Properties of elements are periodic functions of their
atomic numbers and not atomic weights.
Ans. Atomic number of an element is equal to the number of protons
(or electrons in case of a neutral atom). Physical and chemical
properties of elements depend on the number of electrons and
their arrangement. Thus, properties of elements are periodic
function of their atomic numbers and not atomic weights ..
3. Atomic size of an elements depends on the nuclear
charge of that element.
1.·51' I Arun Deep's Sim. Chemistry X
 Ans. If there is no change in the number of shells (i.e., in a period),
atomic size depends upon nuclear charge. More the nuclear
charge, smaller is the atom.
4. Down a gr·oup electronegativity should increase with
increase in nuclear charge but it is seen that the
electronegativity decr·eases.
Ans. Down a group, nuclear charge as well as number of shells
increase. Due to increase in nuclear charge electronegativity
should increase. On the other hand, due to increase in number
of shells, electronegativity should decrease. However, the effect
of increase in number of shells dominates over increase in
nuclear charge. As such , on moving down a group ,
electronegativity decreases.
5. If combining atoms have nearly similar electro-
negativities the bond between them is covalent.
Ans. If two combining atoms differ in their electronegativities then
the atom with lower electronegativity gives electron (or
electrons) while the atom with higher electronegativity accepts
these electrons resulting in the formation of ionic bond. On the
other hand, if two combining atoms have almost similar
electronegativities then such transference of electrons cannot
take place. In such a case covalent bond is formed by mutual
contribution and mutual sharing of electrons.
Q.6. Arrange the following elements as per the guidelines in
brackets.
1. Na, Cl, Mg, P [in decreasing order of atomic size]
2. C, Li, F, N [in increasing order of electronegativity]
3 Cl, AI, Na, S [in increasing order of ionisation
potential]
4. Li, F, C, 0 [in increasing order of electron affinity]
5. Ar, He, Ne [in increasing order of number of electron
shells]
Ans. (1) Na, Mg, P, Cl (2) Li, C, N, F
(3) Na, AI, S, Cl (4) F, 0, C, Li
(5) He, Ne, Ar

Arun Deep's Sim. Chemistry X [][!

lm Chemicar CBondlno
Two or more atoms of the same or different elements chemically
combine to form a molecule. e.g. two atoms of oxygen combine
to form a molecule of oxygen (0 2) and two atoms of hydrogen
and one atom of oxygen combine together to form a molecule
of water (Hp).
How do atoms combine to form molecules : The atoms of
elements, which do not have an octet of electrons in their
outermo~'>t shell, tend to do so either by transfer or sharing of
electrons with other atoms. During this the atoms combines
one another to form molecules. Thus the tendency of atoms of
elements to attain an octet is the cause of their chemical reactivity
and formation of a chemical bond . The fonnation of chemical
bond between two atoms is accompanied by a decrease of
energy.
Formation of a chemical bond : The formation of a chemical
bor.d between two atoms takes place either by.
Transfer or sharing of electrons with each other. The reasons
for chemical bonding is the driving force for atoms to combine
with other atoms to attain a stable electronic configuration of
nearest noble gas.
Types of chemical bonding :
Electrovalent or Ic nic bonding: 2. Covalent bonding:
Ionic or Electrovalent Bond : A bond formed by transfer of
electrons is known as Ionic or Electrovalent bond.
The chemical bond formed as a result of transfer of one or
more electrons from
- The metal atom of a metallic- electropositive element
- atom of non-metallic- electronegative element
Electrovalency- The number of electrons donated or accepted
by the valence shell of an atom of an element so as to achieve
stable electronic configuration is called electrovalency. e.g. Mg
[][} A run Deep~ Sim. Chemistry X
 (2, 8, 2) loses 2 electrons- valency+ 2; 0 (2, 6) gains 2 electrons
- valency - 2.
Formation of a chemical bond between sodium chloride
- Sodium chloride is formed on a result of transfer of one valence
electron.
Metallic sodium atom ~( Na electronic configuration (2, 8, 1)

Chlorine non-metallic atom (i ct electronic configuration in

(2, 8, 7)
- Sodium atom attains stable electronic configuration of the
nearest noble gas Neon (2, 8)
- by losing one electron to form Sodium ion Nat +Chlorine atom
attain stable electronic configuration
- by gaining one electron to form chloride ion ci-
Ionic equation (Formation of sodium chloride)
Na - Jet - ~ Nat+ (oxidation)
Cl + Jet - ~ Clt - (2, 8 reduction)
(2, 8, 7) (2, 8, 8)
Na + Cl ~ Nat + CJI- ~ NaCl
Electronic structure
Na·+:'~): --~ [N~ 1 l¢}:]'~ NaCI
Orbit structure

Na-ato m Cl-atom
Befo re combin ation
® ~ Na Cit-

Afte r co mb inat io n (NaC I compo und )

Calcium oxide formation : Calcium oxide is formed on a

result of transfer of two electrons.
* Metallic calcium atom ~~ Ca electronic configuration 2, 8, 8, 2.

* Non metallic oxygen atom- ~6 0 electronic configuration (2, 6)

A run Deep's Sim. Chemistry X 1M]

Attainment of stable electronic configuration :
(a) Calcium atom attains stable electronic configuration
- by losing two electrons and because a positively charged Ca2+
ion- (cation).
Oxygen atom attains stable electronic configuration.
- by gaining two electrons and becomes a negatively charged ion
(anion) 0 2- .
Ionic Equation
Ca - 2e- ~ Ca2+ (oxidation)
(2, 8, 8, 2) (2, 8, 8)
0 +2e- ~ 0 2- (reduction)
(2, 6) (2, 8)

Ca + 0 ~ Ca 2+ + 0 2- ~ CaO
Electron dot structure :

Ca ~:~: ~ [Ca] 2+ +~:Q:f~ Ca 0

(2, 8, 8, 2)
Orbit structure :

~·z(@)
Ca·a tom
O· atom
Rcto rc combination
~@) Ca" 0
Alier co mbin atio n CaO compound

Co-valent Bonding- Covalent bonding is formed by sharing

of electrons by two same or different atoms.
One atom is generally non-metallic.
Covalent bond may be (i) single, (ii) double, (iii) triple.
(i) Formation of Hydrogen (Non-polar covalent compound).

Atom ~ H - it needs one electron to achieve a stable

configuration

[][] A run Deep~ Sim. Chemistry X

H· + ·H ~ H :H ~ H-H ~Hz
(One shared pair of electrons- Single covalent bond)

orbit structural diagram

®+(@~~
H atom H atom Hydrogen Molecule

(ii) Chlorine (non-polar covalent compound)

Chlorine atom tj CI electronic configuration (2, 8, 7)
-It needs one electron to attain stable configuration

:c1· + ·Cl: ~ :c1 q:~[Cl - Cl]~Clz

(One shared pair ofelectrons-
Cl-atom C l- atom Si ngle cova lent bond)

Structural Diagram

~--····-~ ~
~- -····-~~VJ
C l-atom C l-ato m

(iii) Oxygen : Oxygen atom ~6 0 electronic configuration 2, 6

When two oxygen atoms contributes two electrons so as to
have two shared pair of electrons between them thereby both
atoms attain stable octet structure resulting in the formation of
double bond [0 = 0] between them .
Fonnation of oxygen molecule.

:o: + :o: ~ :o: :o: ~ (o = OJ -~ o2

0-atom 0-atom Two shared pair of electrons-
Double covalent bond

·-~-----
~ --- /::Y~
I I o ,;r---,-,-11\ o
,~
~t
.. ' i W' o :: u
0-atom 0-atom Oxygen mol ecule

(iv) Nitrogen - non-polar covalent compound : Nitrogen ~4 N

A run Deep~ Sim. Chemistry X [][]
 electronic configuration (2, 5). When two nitrogen atoms come
close, each contributes three electrons to share to attain stable
octet structure resulting in formation of triple bond (N = N)-
N2.
N: + :N:~
• •
N~N~N=N~N2
l!..!J

Three shared pair of electrons-

Triple covalent bond

N-atom N-atom N itrog~n molecule

(v) Formation of water: Hydrogen : H electronic structure I.

Oxygen ~6 0 electronic structure 6 needs two electrons to

complete octet.
When a molecule of water is formed, each of two hydrogen
atoms share one electron pair with oxygen atom.

H atom 0 atom H atom Water molecule

(H -atom) (0-atom) (H-awm) Two single-covalent bonds (wate r)

(vi) Formation of Methane : Carbon atom ~2 C electronic

configuration (2, 4)

Hydrogen :H
When a molecule of methane is formed one atom of C shares
four electron pairs, one with each of four atoms of Hydrogen

[[[] A run Deep~ Sim. Chemistry X

 @ H-atom

H-atom ®-$® H-atom --->

® H-atom

H.
+
H
H
X X I
H • + x C x + • H ~ H • x C x • H or H - C - H or CH4
X X I
+ H
H Four single- covalent bonds
H

Coordinate bond : Polar covalent bonds

Formation of Ammonia

Ammon ia molecule

C-atom + 3 H-atom
Electrovalent Compounds : The compounds containing
electrovalent bonds are called electrovalent compounds .
Properties of electrovalent compounds :
1. Physical nature: Ionic or electrovalent compounds are solids
relatively hard : These compounds are generally brittle and break
into pieces.
2. Solubility : Ionic compounds are generally soluble in water
and not soluble in alcohol or ether.
3. Melting and boiling points: As they are closely held together
by strong interionic attractions are generally crystalline. They
have both high melting and boiling point.
4. Electric conductivity: Since movement of ions in ionic solids
is not possible ionic compounds in solid state do not conduct
Arun Deep's Sim. Chemistry X I 58J
 electricity. However in molten state or aqueous state ionic
compounds conduct electricity.
COVALENT COMPOUNDS: The compounds formed by
covalent bonds are called covalent compounds.
Properties of Covalent compounds
1. State: Covalent compounds can exist in solid, liquid or gas.
2. Solubility: Covalent compounds are generally soluble in non-
polar solvents like ether, benzene etc.
3. Melting and boiling points: They are held together by weaker
forces as compared to ionic compounds. So they have low
melting and boiling points.
4. Electroconductivity: Covalent compounds are poor conductor
of electricity because they do not contain free ions.
Difference between ionic and covalent compounds :
Ionic compounds Covalent compounds
l. State : Generally crystalline 1. State : Exists in solids, liquids
solids due to strong force of a and gases, due to weak force of
attraction and are closely packed attraction.
2. Solubility : Soluble in water. 2. Solubility: Soluble in inorganic
Water has the capacity to solvents like- benzene, alcohol.
weaken the force of attraction.
3. Melting and Boiling points. 3. Melting and Boiling points.
High melting and high boiling Low melting and Boiling points.
point. Strong electrostatic force Less amount of energy is required
between ions, large amount of to break weak forces of
energy is required to break the attraction.
force of attraction.
4. Conduction of electricity : 4. Conduction of electricity :
Non conductors- in solid state Non conductors - They do not
- conductor in aqueous state due contain free electrons.
to weakened force.
5. Electrolysis : Can be electr- 5. Electrolysis : Cannot
olysed in molten state. electrolysed because they are
insoluble in water.

I 59 I Arzm Deep's Sim. Chemistry X

6. Dissociation : Undergoes 6. Dissociation :Undergoes
electrolytic dissociation. ionization, fonnation of ions
from molecules

e.g. NaCI ~ Na+ + CI- e.g. HCI ~ H 1+ + CI 1-

IQUESTIONS I
2007
1. Name the charged particles which attract one another to
form electrovalent compounds.
Ans. Ions - cations and anions are oppositely charged particles,
which attract one another to fonn an electrovalent bond.
2. How are electrons involved in the formation of a covalent
compound.
Ans. Covalent bond is fanned by sharing of electrons.
3. The electronic configuration of nitrogen is 2, 5. How many
electrons in the outer shell of a nitrogen atom are not
involved in the formation of a nitrogen molecule.
Ans. 2 electrons in the outer shell of each nitrogen atom are not
involved in sharing during fonnation of nitrogen molecule.
4. In the formation of magnesium chloride (by direct
combination between magnesium and chlorine), name the
substance that is oxidized and the substance that is reduced.
Ans. Mg- oxidized
Cl-reduced.
2008
1. State which is not a common characteristic of an electrovalent
compound? A. High melting point. B. Conducts electricity
when molten. C. Consists of oppositely charged ions.
D. Ionizes when dissolved in water.
Ans. D. Ionizes when dissolved in water.
2. State the terms defined in each case: A bond formed by -
(a) a shared pair of electrons, each bond ing atom
contributing one electron to the pair. (b) a shared pair of
electrons with both electrons coming from the same atom.
Ans. (a) Covalent bond (b) Coordinate bond

Arun Deeps Sim. Chemistry X !][]

 2009
1. The one which is composed of all the three kinds of
bond (ionic; covalent and coordinate bond) is :
(A) Sodium chloride (B) Ammonia
(C) Carbon tetrachloride (D) Ammonium chloride
Ans. (D) Ammonium chloride
2. Draw the structural formula of carbon tetrachloride
and state the type of bond present in it
Ans.

Cl
It has four I
(C- Cl) covalent /c~
bonds
C::l I Cl
Cl

Type of bonds present in carbon tetrachloride is covalent.

2010
1. Select the correct answer from A, B, C and D - Metals
lose electrons during ionization - this change can be
called: (A) Oxidation (B) Reduction (C) Redox
(D) Displacement
Ans. (A) Oxidation
2. Select the right answer from the choice -
covalent bond I ionic bond I covalent & coordinate
bond for each of the following - (i) Sodium chloride
(ii) Ammonium ion (iii) Carbon tetrachloride
Ans.(i) Ionic bond.
(ii) Covalent and coordinate bond
(iii) Covalent bond
2011
1. (t) In covalent compounds, the bond is formed due to
........... (sharing/transfer) of electrons.

[]I] A run Deeps Sim. Chemistry X

 (il) Electrovalent compounds have a ........(low/high) boiling point.
(iil) A molecule of ....•...... contains a triple bond. (hydrogen,
ammonia,nitrogen)
Ans. (i) sharing (ii) high (iii) nitrogen
2. Draw an electron dot diagram, showing the lone pair effect
for formation of- NH4+ ion from NH3 gas and H 1+ ion.
Ans. H • H+ + 1e-
1 Proton 1 Proton
1 Electron 0 Electron
Ammonia has one lone pair of electrons
which is donated to hydrogen atom
forming a co-ordinate bond. The arrow
represents a co-ordinate bond. The
arrow points from the donor to the
receptor atom.
3. Give reasons - Hydrogen chloride can be termed as a
polar covalent compound.

Pure covalent bond exists between two elements which have

similar electronegativities. In hydrogen chloride, chlorine being
more electronegative attracts the shared pair of electrons towards
itself as a result hydrogen acquires partial po~itive charge and
chlorine gets partial negative charge. Thus, hydrogen chloride
can be termed as a polar covalent compound.

1. Draw an electron dot diagram to show the structure of

hydronium ion. State the type of bonding present in it.
H
0 0

Ans. H ~ o+~ It has coordinate (dative covalent) bonding

0 0

A run Deep :S Sim. Chemistry X · [][]

 2. There are three elements E, F, G with atomic numbers
19, 8 and 17 respectively. Give the molecular formula of
the compound formed between E and G and state the
type of chemical bond in this compound.
Ans. Chemical formula EG, Chemical bond is ionic bond.
2013
1. A chemical term for . A bond formed by a shared pair of
electrons with both electrons coming · from the same
atom.
Ans. (i) Coordinate bond
2. Among the compounds identify the compound that has
all three bonds (ionic, covalent and coordinate bond).
(A) Ammonia (B) Ammonium chloride
(C) Sodium hydroxide (D) Calcium chloride
Ans. (B) Ammonium chloride has all the three electronic bonds
3. State which is not a typical property of an ionic compound?
(A) High melting point
(B) Conducts electricity in molten and in the aqueous solution
state
(C) Are insoluble in water
(D) Exist as oppositely charged ions even in the solid state.
Ans. (C) Ionic compounds are generally insoluble in water
4. Compare carbon tetrachloride and sodium chloride with
regard to solubility in water and electrical conductivity.
Ans. Carbon tetrachloride is insoluble in water and is not conducting
in nature.
Sodium chloride is soluble in water and is conducting in nature
in aqueous state or molten state.
2014
1. Compound 'X' consists of only molecules. 'X' will have -
(A) A Crystalline hard structure
(B) A low (m.p.) melting point and low (b.p.) boiling point
(C) An ·ionic bond

[][! A run Deeps Sim. Chemistry X

 (D) A strong force of attraction between its molecules.
Ans. (B) A low (m.p.) melting point and low (b.p.) boiling point
" 2. The molecule which contains a triple covalent bond is :
(A) ammonia (B) methane (C) water (D) nitrogen
Ans. (D) nitrogen
3. Give word/phrase for : Formation of ions from molecules.
Ans. Formation of ions from molecules~ Ionisation.
4. Give a reason why covalent compounds exist as gases, liquids
or soft solids?
Ans. As they have weak force of attraction between their molecules.
2015
1. Bonding in A: CCI4 B: ~ ; C:HCI; D:NH4CI- involves
coordinate bonding.
Ans. D : NH4Cl (Ammonium chloride). The bond formed between
the nitrogen atom in ammonia and the chloride ion is a coordi-
nate bond.
2. Give scientific reasons : Carbon tetrachloride does not
conduct electricity.
Ans. Carbon tetrachloride is made of individual covalently bonded
molecules, CCI 4 • In addition, the charged particles (ions) are
absent in CCI 4 which could conduct electricity. So, CCl 4 does
not conduct electricity.
3. Explain the bonding in methane molecule using electron
dot structure.
Ans. Formation of methane molecule - Non-polar covalent
compound:
Atom Electronic Nearest To attain stable electronic
configuration noble gas configuration of nearest noble
gas
Carbon 126C [2,4] Neon [2,8] Carbon needs four electrons
to complete the octet
Hydrogen IIH [1] Helium [2] Hydrogen needs one
electron to complete the dupl et
Arun Deep s Sim. Chemistry X [EJ
 One atom of carbon shares four electron pairs, one with each
of the four atoms of hydrogen .

H
HI
. H
H:~:H H-C-H
H· ·C· ·H or
I
H H
H
Before combination (4 [H] After combination
and I [C] atom) (CH4 - Methane molecule)
4. An element L consists of molecules.
(i) What type of bonding is present in the particles that make
up L?
(ii) When L is heated with iron metal, it forms a compound
FeL. What chemical term would you use to describe the
change undergone by L?
Ans.(i) Covalent bonding is observed in atoms which are similar. Hence,
covalent bonding is present in the particles which make up
element L.
(ii) When Lis heated with iron metal, it forms a compound FeL.
Here, oxidation of Fe and reduction ofL occur as follows:
Fe ~ Fe2+ + 2e- (Direct combination or synthesis)

1. Fill in the blanks with the choices given in brackets.

Electrovalent compounds have •.•••••••••. (high/low) melting
points.
Ans. Electrovalent compounds have high melting points.
2. Elements W, X, Y, Z have electronic configurations
W = 2, 8, 1 ; X = 2, 8, 7 ; Y = 2, 5 ; Z = 1
(i) What type of bond is formed between :
(a) WandX (b) YandZ
(iz) What is the formula of the compound formed between :
(a) XandZ (b) WandX
[][] Arun Deep~ Sim. Chemistry X
 Ans. {i) 1. electrovalent 2. covalent
(ii) 1. z+' x-' 2. WH x-'
X
z X w
X X
3. Draw an electron dot diagram to show the ~1rmatio n of
ammonium ion [Atomic No. : N = 7 and H = 11
Ans. N(7) ~ 2, 5 H(l) ~ 1

H x~H' -;.[H x~ x Hl+

•X
~[H-Z- H]+ •X I
H 11
Ammonium ion

2017
1. Fill in the blanks from the choices in brackets - The
compound that does not have a lone pair of electrons is
_ __. [water, ammonia, carbon tetrachloride]
Ans. The compound that does not have a lone pair of electrons is
carbon tetrachloride.
2. Choose the correct answer - Which of the following is a
common characteristic of a coval~nt compound.
A. High melting point B. Consists of molecules
C. Always soluble in water
D. Conducts electricity when it is in the molten state.
Ans. B. Consists of molecules
3. State the type of bonding in the following molecules-
(I) Water ; (iz) Calcium oxide
Arun Deeps Sim. Chemistry X l 66,1
Ans. (i) Water ~ covalent bond.
(ii) Calcium oxide~ ionic bond or electrovalent bond.
4. Draw an electron dot diagram to show the formation of
each of the following compounds - (1) Methane
(iz) Magnesium chloride [H = 1, C = 6, Mg = 12, Cl = 17]

(ii)

.•.....e-. ...... •• ••........

e- .••

crion Mg• ion crion

Magnesiwn chloride

2018
1. Give one word or a phrase for - Process of formation of
ions from molecules which are not in ionic state.
Ans. Ionisation
2. Give a reason for- Ionic compounds have a high melting
point.•
Ans. Ionic compounds have ions held strongly by electrostatic forces
of attraction. These strong forces need more energy to be
broken apart. Hence, they have high melting point.
3. Fill in the blanks with the correct choice given in
brackets - Ionic or electrovalent compounds do not
conduct electricity in their state. (fused/solid)
Ans. sol;1
4. State what do you understand by the term- 'lone pair of
lliJ Arun Deep :S Sim. Chemistry X
 electrons'.
Ans. The unshared pair of electron that does not nonnally take
part in a chemical reaction is known as lone pair.

~lone
~- pairof
~ N ~ electron

®- bondpair

5. Draw the electron dot diagram of the - Hydronium ion.

(H = 1, 0 = 8)
Ans. Hydronium ion
Formation of proton :
H(l)- le- ~ H+ H(l) ~ H•
Structure of water 0 (8) ~ ~ 6 :

XX
H-@-H
XX
Formation of hydronium ion
+
XX XX
H-@-H

H
I
Hydronium ion

I Additional Questions I
1. State the force which holds two or more atoms together
as a stable molecule.
Arun Deep's Sim. Chemistry X li68J
 Ans. Chemical bond.
2. Draw the geometrical atomic structure representing the
electronic configuration of atoms of elements of
(a) Period-2
(i) group 14 (IV A)- carbon (at. no. 6)
(ii) group 15 (VA) - nitrogen (at. no. 7)
(iii) group 16 (VI A) - oxygen (at. no. 8)
(b) Period-3
(i) group 1(IA) - sodium (at. no. 11)
(ii) group 2(ITA) - magnesium (at. no. 12)
(iii) group 17(VIIA) - chlorine (at. no. 17)
(c) Period -4 group 2(ITA)- calcium (at. no. 20).
Ans. (a)

(i)
~ (ii) @ (iii)@
Carbon Nitrogen Oxygen
12 14 16
p = 6, n = 6 p = 7, n = 7 p = 8, n = 8
Elec. conf. 2, 4 Elec. conf. 2, 5 Elec. conf. 2, 6

(b)(i)~
Sodium
(ii)
~
Magnesium
(iii)
~
Chlorine
23 24 35, 5
p = 11, n = 12 p = 12, n = 12 p = l7,n = 18
Elec. conf. 2, 8, 1 Elec. conf. 2, 8, 2 Elec. conf. 2, 8, 7

Calcium
40
p = 20, n=20
Elec. conf. 2, 8, 8, 2
I 69;1 Arun Deep's Sim. Chemistry X
 3. What is meant by the term 'chemical bond' and 'chemical
bonding'.
Ans. Chemical bond: The linkage or force which acts between two
or more atoms to hold them together as a stable molecule is
called a chemical bond.
Chemical bonding : The concept of chemical bond is called
chemical bonding.
4. State why -noble gases are unreactive while atoms of
elements other than noble gases are chemically reactive.
Ans. Because they have stable electronic configuration that is their
outermost shell is complete.
5. State the reasons for chemical bonding between two
atoms and the methods involved for achieving the same.
State how 'duplet and octet' rules are involved for an
atom to achieve stable electronic config.
Ans. The driving force for atoms to combine is related to the tendency
_of each atom to attain stable electronic configuration of nearest
noble gas. For an atom to achieve stable electronic configuration
it must have ;
Either two electrons in its outermost shell (if it is the first shell-
nearest noble gas - He) - Duplet rule.
OR
Eight' electrons in its outermost shell (if it is not the first shell-
all noble gases other than He have eight electrons in their
outermost shell)- Octet rule.
Methods for achieving chemical bonding
A stable electronic configuration for two combining atoms,
resulting in chemical bonding between them is achieved by
following two ways.
(a) Electron transfer: This involves transference of valence
electrons from one atom (metal) to another (non-metal)
leading to the formation of electrovalent or ionic bond.
This results in the formation of electrovalent or ionic
compound.
(b) Electron sharing : This involves sharing of pairs of

Arun Deep's Sim. Chemistry X I 70 ,J

 electrons between two atoms (both non-metals). This leads
to the formation of covalent bond. The compound so
formed is called a covalent compound.
6. State the type of compounds formed by transfer of valence
electrons from one atom to another, and explain the
method of formation of the same. State the role of
'cations' and 'anions' in their formation.
Ans. The type of compounds formed by transfer of valence electrons
from one atom to another is ionic or electrovalent compounds.
The atom which loses electron is generally a metallic atom
while the atom which gain electrons is generally a non-metallic
atom.
The metallic atom loses electrons to attain stable electronic
configuration and becomes a cation. For example,
Na ~ Na+ + e-
2, 8, I 2, 8
The non-metallic atom gains electron to attain stable electronic
configuration and becomes an anion. For example,
F+e- ~ F-
2, 8, 7 2, 8, 8
The cations and anions so formed are oppositely charged ions,
which attract one another to from an electrovalent or ionic bond.
This results in the formation of electrovalent or ionic compound
(NaF).

Electrostatic forces
of attracting

Cation Anion
The bond formation is due to the electrostatic forces of attraction
between two oppositely charged ions.
/

7. Define the terms :

(i) Electrovalent or ionic bond
(ii) Electrovalent or ionic compound.
I··7·1~,j A run Deep's Sim. Chemistry X
 Ans. (i) Electrovalent or ionic bond: The chemical bond formed
between two atoms by transfer of one or more electrons
from the atom.
(ii) Electrovalent or ionic compound : The chemical
compound formed as a result of transfer of one or more
electrons from atom.
8. What is meant by the term 'electrovalency'. State why
Na (at. no. 11) has a electropositive valency of +1 and Cl
(at. no. 17) an electronegative valency of -1.
Ans. Electrovalency : The number of electrons donated or accepted
by the valence shell of an atom of an element so as to achieve
the stable electronic configuration is called electrovalency, stable
configuration of nearest noble gas i.e., Ne (Z = 10)
Na ~ Na++e-
(2,8,1) (2,8)
As sodium (Z = 11) loses one electron to achieve it has an
electrovalency of+ 1
C1+e- ~ Cl-
(2,8,7) (2,8,8)
As chlorine (Z = 17) gains one electron to achieve stable
configuration of nearest noble gas i.e., Ar (Z = 18) it has an
electrovalency of- 1.
9. State three differences between 'X' and 'X 1H i.e. an atom
and an ion.
Ans.
Atoms- 'X' Ions- XI+
Electrically- neutral particles Electrically-charged particles
[cations, anions]
May or may not exist - Exist- independently in solution
independently
Outermost shell - may or Outermost shell-have complete
may not have duplet or octet. duplet or octet.
10. Explain the terms 'oxidation' and reduction' with
reference to an atom or ion.
Arun Deep's Sim. Chemistry X I ~ 72JI
Ans. Oxidation : Loss of one or more electrons by an atom or ion is
called oxidation.
For example,
Na ~ Na+ + e-
Fe2+ ~ Fe3+ + e-
Mg ~ Mg2+ + e-
Reduction: Gain of one or more electrons by an atom or ion
is called reduction.
For example,
F + e- ~ F-
0 + 2e- ~ 0 2-
Cu2+ + e- ~ Cu+
Zn2+ + 2e- ~ Zn
11. State which of the following are oxidation reactions and
which are reduction reactions.
(a) (i) Cu ~ Cu2+ + 2e- (ii) Cu2+ + 2.,.. ~ Cu
(iii) Sn4+ + 2.,.. ~ Sn2 + (iv) 2Cl- ~ Cl2 + 2e-
(v) Fe2+ ~ Fe3+ + le- (vi) X+ 2e- ~ X2-
(vii) Y - le- ~ Y'+ (viii) Z 3 + + le- ~ Z 2+
Ans. Oxidation reactions :
(iii) Sn4 ++ 2e- ~ Sn 2+ (vi) X + 2e- ~ X2- ;
(vii) Y - Ie- ~ Y' + (viii) Z3 + Ie- ~ Z2+
Reduction reactions :
(i) Cu ~ Cu2+ + 2e- (ii) Cu 2+ + 2e- ~ Cu
(iv) 2Cl- ~ Cl 2 + 2e- (v) Fe + ~ Fe + + Ie-
2 3

(b) (i) Zn ~ Zn2+ (ii) s ~ sl-

(iii) Sn2+ ~ Sn (iv)Fe 2+ ~ Fe3 +
Ans. (i) Oxidation (ii) Reduction (iii) Reduction (iv) Oxidation
12. Explain with the help of
(i) an ionic equation
(ii) electron dot structural diagram
(iii) atomic or orbital structural diagram the formation of the
1>73:.1 A run Deep's Sim. Chemistry X
 following.
(a) Sodium chloride (b) Calcium oxide
(c) Magnesium chloride.
(at. nos. Na = 11, Cl = 17, Ca = 20, 0 = 8, Mg = 12)
Ans. (a) Formation of Sodium Chloride
(i) Ionic equation
Na - le'- ~ Na'+ (oxidation)
(2, 8) (2, 8, 1)
Cl + le'- ~ Cl'- (2, 8 reduction)
(2, 8, 7) (2, 8, 8)
Na + Cl ~ Na'+ Cl'- ~ NaCl
(ii) Electron dot structure
·~· • 1+ • • I-
Na + ·~J :--~ [N~ [:~!:]--~ NaCl
(iii) Atomic or Orbit structural diagram

~~~~~
Na-atom Cl-atom
Before combination
e Cl
After combination (NaCI compound)

(b) Formation of Calcium Oxide

(i) Ionic Equation
Ca - 2e- ~ Ca2+ (oxidation)
(2,8,8,2) (2, 8, 8)
0 + 2e- ~ 0 2- (reduction)
(2, 6) (2, 8)

Ca + 0 ~ Ca2+ + 0 2- ~ CaO
(ii) Electron dot structure :

Ca :8~: ~ [Ca] 2+ +~:Q~ 2-~ Ca 0

(2, 8, 8, 2) (2, 6) Calcium Oxide

Arun Deep~ Sim. Chemistry X

 (iii) Atomic or Orbit structural diagram

Ca-atom Before combination

~@ ca·· o--
After combination CaO compound

(c) Formation of Magnesium Chloride

(i) Ionic Equation
Mg 2e- ~ Mg2+ (oxidation]
[atom] [cation]
[2,8,2] [2, 8]
2Cl + 2e- ~ 2CI- [reduction]
[atom] [cation]
[2,8,7] [2, 8, 8]
Mg + 2Cl ~ Mg2+ + 2Cl'- ~ MgCl 2
(ii) Electron Dot Structure

·ct:
/••
~ [Mg]2+ + 2[:Ci:t~ MgCl2
Mg: + ..
~.Ci:
[2. 8, 2] [2, 8, 7] Magnesium
Magnesium Chlorine chloride
atom atoms

(iii) Atomic Or Orbit Structural Diagram

Cl-atom Mg-atom Cl-atom

l>f'lSJ,] A run Deep's Sim. Chemistry X

 Before combination

~ ~ ~After
C l 1 ~ion Mg'•ion CJ'"ion
combination [MgCI,]

13. Fill in the blanks with the appropriate word /s from the
brackets.
(i) NaCI an electrovalent compounds is formed as a result
of transfer of ......... (one, two, three) valence electrons
from metallic sodium to non-metallic chlorine atom. CaO
is similarly formed as a result of transfer of ......... (one,
two, three) valence electron/s from metallic calcium to
non-metallic oxygen and magnesium chloride by transfer
of ......... (one, two, three) valence electron/s from ........ .
(one, two) magnesium atom/s to ...••.•.• (one, two) chlorine
atom/s.
Ans. NaCl an electrovalent compounds is formed as a result of
transfer of one valence electrons from metallic sodium to non-
metallic chlorine atom. CaO is similarly formed as a result of
transfer of two valence electron/s from metallic calcium to
non-metallic oxygen and magnesium chloride by transfer of
two valence electron/s from one magnesium atornls to two
chlorine atom/s.
(ii) Covalent compounds are formed by sharing electron pairs
between non-metallic atoms. Non-metallic atoms having
.... ,....., ..... valence electrons (4, 5, 6, 7) share one, two or
three pairs of electrons respectively.
Ans. Covalent compounds are formed by sharing electron pairs
between non-metallic atoms. Non-metallic atoms having 7, 6,
5 valence electrons (4, 5, 6, 7) share one, two or three pairs of
electrons respectively.
14. Define or explain the terms :
(i) covalent or molecular bond
(ii) covalent or molecular compound
A run Deep~ Sim. Chemistry X 1:;7S,'J
 (iii) Covalency
(iv) Shared pair of electrons.
Ans. (i) Covalent bond :The chemical bond formed due to mutual
sharing of electrons between the given pairs of atoms of
non-metallic elements. In the bond formed by a shared
pair of electrons, each bonding atom contributing one
electron to the pair. Depending on number of. electron pairs
shared bond is single[-], double[=], or triple [=]covalent.
(ii) Covalent compound : The chemical compound formed
due to mutual sharing of electrons between the given pairs
of atoms forming a covalent bond is called covalent
compound.
(iii) Covalency : The number of electron pairs which an atom
shares with one or more atoms of the same or different
kind to achieve stable electronic configuration is called
covalency. .
(iv) Shared pair of electrons : A pair of electron.: which is
shared betw~en two atoms resulting the formation of a
covalent bond is called a shared pair of electrons.
15. Give two differences between the covalent compounds -
methane (non-polar) and HCl (polar)
Ans.
Non-polar covalent compound Polar covalent compound
(Methane, CH4) (HCl)
I . Covalent compounds are said to 1. Covalent compounds are said
be non-polar when shared pair to be polar when shared pair
of electrons are equally of electrons are unequally
distributed between the two distributed between the two
atoms. atoms.
2. No charge separation takes 2. Charge separation takes place.
place.
The covalent molecule is The atom which attracts
symmetrical and electrically electrons more strongly
neutral. develops a slight negative
L7TI Arun Deep's Sim. Chemistry X
 charge while the other
develops a slight positive
charge.

H
I
H-C-H &+ 0-
I H-Cl
H Hydrochloric acid gas
Methane

16. Explain with the help of-

(i) electron dot diagram
(ii) atomic or orbital structural diagram - the formation of
the following molecules, stating the valency of each
element involved.
(a) Hydrogen (b) Chlorine
(c) Oxygen (d) Nitrogen
(e) Water (f) Methane
(g) Carbon tetrachloride (h) Ammonia
(i) Carbon dioxide
(at. nos. H = 1, C = 6, N = 7, 0 = 8, CI = 17)
Ans. (a) Formation of Hydrogen molecule ~)

(Non-polar covalent compound).

Atom 1H - it needs one electron to achieve a stable

configuration
(i) Electron Dot Structure

H· + ·H ~ H:H ~ H-H
(One shared pair of electrons· Single covalent bond)

(ii) Atomic or orbit structural diagram

®+(@~~
H atom H atom Hydrogen Molecule

A run Deep's Sim. Chemistry X li:i$8!,1

(b) Formation of Chlorine (Cl 2)
(non-polar covalent compound)
Chlorine atom ijci electronic configuration (2, 8, 7)
-It needs one electron to attain stable configuration
(i) Electron Dot Structure

:cr + ·Cl: ~ :c1 . Cl: ~[Cl- Cl]~ Clz

• • (One shared pair of electrons-
Cl-atom Cl-atom Single covalent bond)

(ii) Atomic or orbit structural diagram

rC\\-------~
~--····--©~v:J
~
Cl-atom Cl-atom 1CI
2 molecule

(c) Formation of Oxygen molecule (02 )

Oxygen atom ~6 0 electronic configuration 2, 6
When two oxygen atoms contributes two electrons so as to
have two shared pair of electrons between them thereby both
atoms attain stable octet structure resulting in the formation of
double bond [0 = 0] between them.
(i) Electron Dot Structure

:o: + :o:~ :o::o: ~(o=O] ~o 2

0-atom 0-atom Two shared pair of electrons-
Double covalent bond
(ii) Atomic or orbit structural diagram

0 -atom 0-atom Oxygen molecule

(d) Formation of Nitrogen Molecule (N2 )

(non-polar covalent compound)

Nitrogen ~4 N electronic configuration (2, 5). When two nitrogen

f"'l9f A run Deep~ Sim. Chemistry X
 atoms come close, each contributes three electrons to share to
attain stable octet structure resulting in formation of triple bond
(N =
N) - N 2•
(i) Electron Dot Structure
N: + :N:~ N~N~N=N~N2
Three shared pair of
electrons-
Triple covalent bond
(ii) Atomic or orbit structural diagram

N-atom N-atom Nitrogen molecule

(e) Formation of Water molecule {H2 0)

Hydrogen l H electronic structure 1.

Oxygen ~6 0 electronic structure 6 needs two electrons to

complete octet.
When a molecule of water is formed, each of two hydrogen
atoms share one electron pair with oxygen atom.
(i) Electron Dot Structure
X •• • X • • •x
H + .Q: + H ~H xQ.· H or H - 0 - H ~ H 20
(H-atom) (0-atom) (H-atom) Two single-covalent bonds (water)

(ii) Atomic or orbit structural diagram

H atom 0 atom H atom Water molecule

(f) Formation of Methane moleucle (CH4 )

Carbon atom ~2 C electronic configuration (2, 4)

.dn n Deep~ Sim. Chemistry X ~
 Hydrogen :H
When a molecule of methane is formed one atom of C shares
four electron pairs, one with each of four atoms of Hydrogen
(i) Electron Dot Structure

H
• H
+ • H
X X 1
H • + x C x + • H-----+ H· x C x •H or H - C - H or CH4
X X I
+ H
H H Four single- covalent bonds

(ii) Atomic or orbit structural diagram

@ H-atom

H-atom @)-~ H-atom --->

~ H-atom
Coordinate bond : Polar covalent bonds
(g) Formation of Carbon Tetrachloride (CCI4)
Carbon ~2 C (2, 4) Carbon needs- four electrons to attain-
stable octet.
Chlorine ~; Cl (2, 8, 7) Chlorine needs - one electron to attain
- stable octet.
(i) Electron Dot Structure

..
·Cl:
·c1:
+ ·· Cl
X X I
:ci·
• •
+ x Cx+ ·Ci: ~
X • •
r:1- x c x ·Ci:~Cl-C-Cl ~CCl4
• • X • • I
+ Cl Four single-
covalent bonds

gj Arun Deep~ Sim. Chemistry X

 (ii) Atomic or orbit structural diagram

<i)cl-atom

@.:--$.:(~ Cl-atom ~
Carbon
Cl-atom tetrachloride
molecule

~ Cl-atom
(h) Formation ofAmmonia molecule (NH3)
Electronic configuration ofH (Z = 1) and N (Z = 7) are
K L
H (Z = 1): 1,
N (Z = 7): 2 5
Hydrogen has one electron in its outermost shell and nitrogen
has five electrons in its outermost shell.
(i) Electron dot diagram

Or H-H-H
I
H

(ii) Atomic or orbital structural diagram

"';:
+

Ammonia molecule

C·atom + 3 H·atom

(i) Formation of Carbon dioxide (C02)

Carbon - C (2,4) Carbon needs- four electrons to attain -
Arun Deep~ Sim. Chemistry X ~82:1
 stable octet.
Oxygen 0 (2, 6) Oxygen needs - two electron to attain -
stable octet.
(i) Electron Dot Structure

0 + :c: + :o: -------+ :o: :C: :o: or O=C=O

Oxygen Carbon Oxygen Carbon dioxide molecule
atom atom atom

(ii) Atomic or orbit structural diagram

®H-atom

®lCt~@ ~
H-atom vcH-atom
"'" electrons
Lone pair of

17. Give reasons for the following :

(i) Molecules of hydrogen and chlorine have single covalent
bonds between their atoms while oxygen has a double
covalent and nitrogen a triple covalent bond respectively.
Ans. Hydrogen- Each of the two H atoms contributes one electron
so as to have one shared pair of electrons between them.Both
atoms attain stable- duplet structure, resulting in the- formation
of a -single covalent bond [H-H] between them.

Hatom H atom Hydrogen molecule

Chlorine- Each of the two Cl atoms contributes one electron

so as to have one shared pair of electrons between them. Both
atoms attain stable- octet structure, resulting in the- formation
of a- single covalent bond [CI - Cl] between them.
I' 831 Arun Deep~ Sim. Chemistry X
 Cl atom Cl atom Chlorine molecule
Oxygen - Each of the two 0 atoms contributes two electron
so as to have two shared pair of electrons between them. Both
atoms attain stable- octet structure, resulting in the- formation
of a - double covalent bond [0 = 0] between them.

0 atom 0 atom Oxygen molecule

Nitrogen- Each of the two N atoms contributes three electron
so as to have three shared pair of electrons between them.
Both atoms attain stable - octet structure, resulting in the -
=
formation of a - tripple covalent bond [N N] between them.

N atom Natom Nitrogen molecule

(ii) A molecule of methane has four single covalent bonds.
Ans. Methane - Non -polar covalent compound
Atom Electronic Nearest To attain stable
configuration noble gas electronic configuration
of nearest noble gas
Carbon Neon [2, 8] Carbon needs- four
electrons to attain - stable
octet.

Arun Deep~ Sim. Chemistry X

Hydrogen \H [1] Helium [2] Hydrogen needs - one
electron to attain- stable
duplet.
* When a molecule of ' CH/ is to be formed -
One atom of carbon thus - shares four electron pairs - one
with each of the four atoms of hydrogen.
Formation of Methane Molecule can be represented by
Atomic or orbit structural diagram

@ H-atom

H-atom ~-@ H-atom -

~ H-atom
Before combination After combination
[4 [H] and 1 [C] atom] [CH4 - methane molecule]

H. H
+ • H
X X I
H• + x Cx + •H ~ H•xCx•H or H - C - H
X
+ .
X
H
I

H Four single-
H covalent bonds

(iii) Formation of ammonia involves one atom of nitrogen

sharing three electron pairs one with each of the three
atoms of hydrogen.
Ans. Ammonia - Polar covalent compound
Atom Electronic Nearest To auain stable
configuration noble gas electronic configuration
of nearest noble gas
Nitrogen \N
1 [2,5] Neon [2;8] Nitrogen needs - three
electrons to attain - stable
octet,
l\!85!;~ Arun Deep~ Sim. Chemist ry X
Hydrogen 11H [I] Helium [2] Hydrogen needs - one
electron to attain - stable
duplet.
* When a molecule of 'NH3 'is to be formed -
One atom of nitrogen shares three electron pairs one with
each of the three aioms of hydrogen.
Formation of Ammonia Molecule can be represented by
Atomic or orbit structural diagram

®H-atom

®-~-®--
~H-atom
H-atom It
Lone pair of electrons
Before combination After combination [NH3
[3[H] and 1 [N] atom] - ammonia molecule]

H
H
+ H
X X I
H • + x N x + •H ~ H • x Nx • H or H- N - H
XX XX . Three single-
[one pmr] covalent bonds
18. Explain the terms (a) Lone pair of electrons.
Ans. Lone pair of Electrons - are a pair of electrons not shared
with any other atom.
(b) Coordinate bond. Explain diagrammatically the lone pair
effect of:
(a) The nitrogen atom of the ammonia molecule leading to
the formation of ammonium ions (NH4 t
Ans. Coordinate Bond : It is a type of covalency which involves
one of the combining atoms contributing both of the shared
electrons. i.e. a bond formed by a shared pair of electrons with
both electrons coming from the same atom.
Arun Deep's Sim. Chemistry X h86 I
 Formation of Ammonium Ion - NH/

H H H +
X• I
H; 9.N ©+ w+ ~ { H x N: H}+ or {H - N~H}
X• I
H H H
Ammonia Hydrogen Ammonium Ion
Molecule Ion
NH 3 + H I+ ~
NH I+
4
+ ow- ~
..,.--- NH40H
Ammonia From water Ammonium Hydroxyl
gas molecule wn ton
(b) The oxygen atom of \he H 2 0 molecule leading to
formation of hydronium (H3 0Y and hydroxyl ions (OH)-
Ans. Formation of Hydronium Ion [H3 0]+ and hydroxyl [OH)-
Ions

H ~0 ---+ H }+
H x·o 0J
X•
+ HI+-+{Hx·;: H}+ or
lone pair
{H -
l on~·pair
""
Water Molecule Hydrogen Hydronium Ion
Ion
Hp + ~ Hp+[hydronium ion]
H
I+
+ H
Water Molecule Hydroxyl Ion
OH 1- +
19. Give reasons for the -following :
Electrovalent compounds are soluble in water, insoluble
in organic solvents, good conductors of electricity in
molten or aq. solution state, have high melting points
and undergo electrolytic dissociation on passage of
electric current, while covalent compounds are soluble
in organic solvents, insoluble in water, non-conductors
F8:7 I Arun Deep's Sim. Chemistry X
 of electricity, have low melting points and undergo
ionisation on passage o,f electric current.
Ans. (i) Solubility- *Soluble- in water, *Insoluble- in organic
solvents.
Reason : Water [polar solvent] has a high dielectric constant
i.e. capacity to weaken the force of attraction, thus resulting in
free ions. Organic solvents [non-polar] have low dielectric
constants and do not cause dissolution.
(ii) Conduction of Electricity -*Solid state- Non-conductors,
*Molten or aq. soln. state - Good conductors
Reason : Strong electrostatic force keeps ions in fixed position
in the - solid state.
The force is weakened in the molten state and disappears in
so ln. state, hence free ions formed migrate to -oppositely charged
electrodes.
(iii) Melting and Boiling Point- * High melting point and high
boiling point.
Reason : Strong electrostatic force of attraction between ions.
Large amount of energy - required to break the force of
attraction.
(iv) Electrolysis - * Can - be electrolysed in molten/aq. soln.
state. Reason on electrolysis the ions being charged are attracted
towards the respective electrodes.
(v) Dissociation - * Undergoes electrolytic dissociation -
on passage of electric current. Process involves -separation
of ions already present in the ionic compound.
e.g. NaCl ~ Na 1+ + C 1- [in molten state]
Properties of covalent compounds :
(i) Covalent compounds are soluble in organic solvents but
insoluble in water.
Reason : Organic solvents the benzene, carbon tetrachloride,
hexane are non-polar in nature. Non-polar solvents dissolve
non-polar covalent compounds (like dissolves like). Thus, water
-a polar solvent cam1ot dissolve non-polar compounds.
Arun Deep's Sim. Chemistry X f 88 'I
 (ii) Covalent compounds are non-conudctors of electricity.
Reason :Non-polar compounds (like CCI4 ) contain molecules
and not ions. Hence non-polar covalent compounds do not
conduct electricity. Polar covalent compounds (like HCl) when
dissolved in water produce ions and hence conduct electricity.
(iii) Covalent compounds have low melting points.
Reason : The intermolecular forces of attraction in covalent
compounds are weak van der Waals forces. Thus less amount
of energy is required to break these forces of attraction resulting
in a lower melting point.
(iv) Polar covalent compounds undergo ionisation when
dissolved in waer. Such a solution can be electrolysed by
passing electricity through it.
Reason : Polar covalent compounds (like HCI) dissolve in polar
solvents like water (like dissolves like). This results in ionisation.
HCl (aq) ~ H+ (aq) + CI- (aq)
When electricity is passed through such a solution, ions migrate
towards oppositely charged electrodes and are discharged.
2H+ (aq) + 2e- ~ H2 (g) At cathode
2CI- (aq) ~ Cl 2 (g)+ 2e- At anode

IUNIT TEST pAPER,-' 2 I

Q.l. Give reasons for the following :
1. NH3 gas a covalent compound does not conduct electricity
but its aq. soln. NH40H is a weak electrolyte.
Ans. Ammonia (gas) is a covalent compound.

H-N-H
I
H
As there are no ions present in it, it does or conduct electricity.
Ammonia gas di$solves in water to give an aqueous solution of
ammonium hydr0xide.

lt89;1 Arun Deep~ Sim. Chemistry X

 NH 3 (g) + ~0 ([) ~ NHpH (aq)
Ammonium hydroxide is a weak electrolyte which ionises to a
small extent to give ammonium ions and hydroxide ions.
NHpH (aq) ~ NH/ (aq) + OH- (aq)
Due to the presence of these ions an aqueous solution ofNH3
gas in water conducts electricity.
2. MgCI 2 is soluble in water but insoluble in acetone, while
methane is insoluble in water, but soluble in acetone.
Ans. MgCI 2 is an ionic compound. Thus it can easily dissolve in polar
solvents like water (like dissolves like). On the other hand it
does not dissolve in a non-polar solvent like acetone.
Methane (CH4) is a non-polar covalent compound. Thus it does
not dissolve in polar solvents like water. On the other hand, it
can easily dissolves in non-polar solvents like acetone.
3. Iron displaces copper from a solution of a copper salt.
The reaction is deemed as a redox reaction.

Ans. Fe (s) + CuS0 4 (aq) ~ FeS04 (aq) + Cu (s)

Ionic equation for the reaction can be written as ;

Fe (s) + Cu 2+ (aq) ~ Fe2+ (aq) + Cu (s)

In this reaction iron loses two electron and is oxidized to Fe 2+.

Fe (s) ~ Fe2+ (aq) (-2e-) (Oxidation)

On the other hand Cu 2+ gains two electrons and is reduced to
copper.

Cu 2+ (aq) ~ +2e- ~ Cu (s) (Reduction)

Thus the given reaction is a redox reaction.
4. A non-metallic atom (at. no. 9) forms a molecule of the
same, containing a single covalent bond.
Ans. Electronic configuration of non-metallic element (say X) with
atomic number 9 is ;
K L
X (Z = 9): 2, 7

A run Deep~ Sim. Chemistry X

 Thus it requires one electron to complete its octet and attain
stable structure of nearest noble gas (Ne ). To do this each of
the two 'X' atoms contributes one electron so as to have one
shared pair of electrons between them. Both atoms attain stable
doublet structure, resulting in the formation of a single covalent
bond between them as shown below :

:X: + :X: ~ :X: X: or :X - X: or X

• • • • • • • • • • • • 2

5. In the formation of MgO the magnesium atom (at. no.

12) loses two electrons from its valence shell.
Ans. Electronic configuration ofMg (Z = 12) is;
K L M
Mg (Z = 12) : 2 8 2
Magnesium is a metal. Its compound with non-metallic oxygen
is an electrovalent compound. Therefore, in the formation of
magnesium oxide, magnesium atom loses two electrons from
its valence shell to attain the stable octet structure of nearest
noble gas (Ne ).
Mg . ~ Mg2+ + 2e-
(2, 8, 2) (2, 8)

Q.2. With reference to a molecule of water, fill in the blanks

with the correct word. (at. no. of H = 1, 0 = 8)
Water is a ......... (non-polar/polar) covalent molecule in
which the atom of ......... (hydrogen/oxygen) attracts
electrons more strongly towards itself. The water molecule
shows the presence of ......... (double/one single/two single)
covalent bond/s and ......... (one/two) lone pair of electrons
present in the ......... (hydrogen/oxygen) atom.
Ans. Water is a polar covalent molecule in which the atom of oxygen
attracts electrons more strongly towards itself. The water molecule
shows the presence of two single covalent bond/s and two
lone pair of electrons present in the oxygen atom.
Q.3. Complete the table given below :

lli~M.WI A run Deep's Sim. Chemistry X

Element Element 1YJleofbond Formula of
likely in molecule of compound
A:At. B,:At. AandB
no=20 no.=8
A:At. C:At. AandC
no.=20 no.= 17
D:At. D:At. DandD
no.=9 no.=9
E:At. F:At. EandF
no.= 12 no.=16
G:At. F:At. GandF
no.=1 no.=16
Ans.
Element Element 1YJleofbond Formula of
likely in molecule of compound
A:At. B:At. A and B Electrovalent CaO
no=20 no.=8
A:At. C:At. A and C Electrovalent CaC~
no.=20 no.= 17
D:At. D:At. D and D Covalent N2
no.=9 no.=9
E:At F:At. E and F Electrovalent MgS
no.= 12 no.= 16
G: At. F:At. G and F Covalent f\S
no.=l no.= 16
Q.4. Fill in the blanks with the correct word from the brackets:
1. The bond between two elements in group 17(VIIA) of
the periodic table is likely to be ......... (ionic/covalent)
Ans. The bond between two elements in group 17(VIIA) of the
periodic table is likely to be ionic.
2. In the reaction of Cl2 + 2Kl ~ 2KC1 + ~ the conversion
of 21 to 12 is deemed as ......... (oxidation/reduction)
Ans. In the reaction ofC1 2 + 2Kl ~ 2KC1 + 12 the conversion of21 to
12 is deemed as oxidation.
Arun Deep's Sim. Chemistry X ~
 3. The covalent molecule containing three single covalent
bonds is •......•. (water/methane/ammonia)
Ans. The covalent molecule containing three single covalent bonds
is ammonia.
4. The molecule of water combines with a ......•.• (hydrogen
atom/proton/hydrogen molecule) to form a hydronium ion.
Ans. The molecule of water combines with a proton to form a
hydronium ion.
5. For formation of an electrovalent bond between elements
'X' and 'Y' which are a metal and non-metal respectively,
X should have a ......... (high/low) ionization potential and
'Y' a •........• electron affinity.
Ans. For formation of an electrovalent bond between elements ' X'
and 'Y' which are a metal and non-metal respectively, X should
have a low ionization potential and 'Y' a high electron affinity.
Q.5. Electronic configuration of the following elements are
given :
1. Sodium - Na = 2, 8, 1 2. Hydrogen - H = 1
3. Carbon - C = 2, 4
4. Chlorine = Cl = 2, 8, 7 5. Lithium - Li = 2, 1
State which of the compounds given below :
(a) have high/low boiling points,
(b) are soluble/insoluble in organic solvents.
A : Hydrogen chloride
B : Sodium chloride
C : Sodium hydride
D : Lithium chloride
E : Carbon tetrachloride
Ans. A: Hydrogen chloride -low boiling point; Insoluble in organic
solvents.
B : Sodium chloride- High boiling point ; Insoluble in organic
solvents.
C : Sodium hydride - high boiling point ; insoluble in organic
F93JI Arun Deep's Sim. Chemistry X
 solvent
D : Lithium chloride- high boiling point ; insoluble in organic
solvents
E: Carbon tetrachloride -low boiling; soluble in organic solvents.
Q.6. A compound has a formula= "H2Y". Y denotes a non-
metal. State the following :
1. The electronic configuration of Y.
Ans. 2,6
2. The valency of Y.
Ans. 2 (Two)
3. The bonding present in '~Y'.

Ans. Covalent
4. The bonding present in the compound formed between
potassium (l9 19K) and 'Y'.
Ans. Ionic
5. The formula of the compound formed between calcium
e
0 Ca) and Y.
20

Ans. CaO.

A run Deep~ Sim. Chemistry X V9A&J

 A; Acids, Cfiases and Sa£ts

Acids : The term acids were derived from the Latin word
meaning sour.
"An Acid is a compound which reacts with hydronium ions of
an acid to give salt and water.
e.g. HCI + H2 ~ Hp+ +Ct-
Types of Acids : 1. Organic Acids- Acids derived from plants
e.g. citric, oxalic, acetic acid.
2. Inorganic acids :Acids derived from minerals e.g. HCI, H2 SO4 ,
HN0 3 •
3. Hydra acids : Acids containing Hydrogen and non-metallic
element other than oxygen. e.g. HCI, HBr, HI
4. Oxyacjds :Acids containing hydrogen and oxygen e.g. HN0 3,
H 2 S0 4 •
Properties of Acids :
1. Soluble in water and have sour taste.
2. Turn blue litmus red.
3. Tum methyl orange solution pink.
4. Tum alkaline pink phenolphthalein solution colourless.
Classification of Acids
1. On the basis of strength : Strength of an acid depends on
the concentration of the hydronium ion (Hp+) present in an
aqueous solution of an acid.
(i) Strong Acid : is an acid which dissociates almost completely
in aqueous solution- producing high concentration of hydrogen
(H+) ions (RO+)
,
HN0 3 + Hp ~ Hp+ + N0 3-
H2 S04 + 2Hp ~ 2Hp+ +SO/ -
Examples : Hydrochloric, Sulphuric and Nitric acid.

I 95 I //run Deep's Sim. Chemistry X

 (ii) Weak Acid: is an acid which dissociates partially in aqueous
solution -low concentration of!H+I or ~o+ ions.
C~ COOH ~ CH3 coo- + H+
Examples :Acetic acid, Citric acid, Carbonic acid.
2. On the basis of concentration of Acids :
(i) Concentrated Acids : having a relatively high percentage of
acid.
(ii) Dilute acids : having a relatively low percentage of acid in its
aqueous solution (less than/1 mole/litre)
3. On the basis of basicity of acids :
BASICITY OF ACIDS: The number of hydrogen ions (H+)
which can be produced per molecule of the acid in aqueous
solution.
1. Monobasic Acid : Ionize in aqueous solution- to produce one
hydrogen ion per molecule of the acid. They dissociate in- one
steps in aqueous solution.
HCl + H2 ~ Hp+ + Cl- Basicity = 1
2. Dibasic Acid :A Dibasic acid has two replace able hydrogen
ions and on ionisa,tion in water produce two hydronium ions
IH+I per molecule of the acid and form one acid salt and one
normal salt.
Example : H2 SO4 is a dibasic salt
H2 S04 + Hp ~ Hp+ + HS04-
HSO4- + H20 .------.
.---
H3o + + SO4 2-
For two types of salts

NaOH + H2 S04 ~ NaHS0 4 + Hp

Acid salt

2NaOH + H2 S04 ~ Na2 S04 + 2Hp

(Normal salt)
3 . Tribasic Acid : Ionize in aqueous solution- to produce three
hydrogen ions per molecule of the acid or contains three
rep laceable hydrogen ions per molecule of the acid.

A run D eep} Sim. Chemistry X r96 I

 l-l
~.,
PO4 + H20 .....---
_____.. H 3o+ + H2PO4 I-
H2 PO4 I- + H2
0 . _____..
.----3
H o+ + HPO42-
HPO4-2 + H2
0 . ._____..
----3
H o+ + PO4 3-

H3 PO4 + H2
0 .____,_
.----3
3H o+ +PO43- =Basicity= 3
Bases : A base is a compound which reacts with hydronium
ions of an acid - to give salts and water.
Bases are oxides or hydroxide of a metal
e.g. ZnO, PbO, Fe (OH)2, Cu (OH)2
Properties of Bases
I. Have bitter taste
2. Turns red litmus blue
3. Turn acidic pink methyl orange soluble to yellow. ·
4. Turn phenolphthalein solution to pink.
Classification of bases :
(A) Strength of an Alkali : Depends on the concentration of the
hydroxyl ions (OH-)present in an aqueous solution of the alkali.
1. Strong Alkali: is an alkali which dissociates almost completely
in aqueous solution producing- high concentration ofHydroxyl
(OH- 1) ions
NaOH [aq.] ~ Na+ +OR-
Examples : Lithium, Sodium and Potassium hydroxide.
2. Weak Alkali: is an alkali which dissociates- only partially in
aqueous solution producing a -low concentration of hydroxyl
(OH-) ions.
NHpH[aq] ~ NH4 + +OR-
Examples : NHpH, Ca (OH)2
(B) ON THE BASIS OF CONCENTRATION :
(i) Concentrated Alkali : is an alkali having a relatively high-
percentage of alkali in its aqueous solution.
(ii) Dilute Alkali : is alkali having a relatively low- percentage of
alkali in its aqueous solution.

I 9'7J Arun Deep's Sim. Chemistry X

On the basic of acidity of bases :
Acidity of a base : The number of hydroxyl ions (OH-) which
can be produced per molecule of the base in aqueous solution
or the number of hydrogen ions with wh ich a molecule of a
base combines.
1. Monoacidic basis : Ionizes in aqueous solution to produce
one hydroxyl ions per molecule of the base.
- They dissociate in one step in aqueous solution.
NaOH[aq] ~ Na+ + OH- . Acidity= I
Examples : NaOH, KOH, NHpH
2. Diacidic base : Ionizes aqueous solution to produce two hydroxyl
ion per molecule of the base.
Ca(OH) 2 [aq] ~ Ca2+ + 20H- . Acidity= 2
Examples : Ca(OH)2 , Zn(OH), Cu(OH) 2
3. Triacidic Base: Ionizes in aqueous solution- to produce three
hydroxyl ions per molecule of the base.
Examples: AI(OH) 3, Fe (OH) 3 (water insoluble) . Acidity= 3
HYDRONIUM AND HYDROXYL IONS :
Arrhenius Theory :Acids are substances which dissociate in
aqueous solution to give H+ ions.
Lowry- Bronsted's Theory
Acids are proton donors - Bases are proton acceptors. (Proton
=H+)
Formation of~(Y(Hydronium) ion from Acid in aqueous
solution.
The water molecule : Hp is a polar covalent molecule and
exhibits charge separation
The H atoms carries a slightly positive charge and oxygen slightly
negative charge. Oxygen atom in water have two pair of
electrons not shared with any atom.
2 o-
o+x/:0\ or Hx·R·+x H or~
H •• X He)+

Lone pair of electrons in water molecule.

A run Deep~ Sim. Chemistry X I 8'8 ·1
 Formation of OH- (Hydroxyl) ion from Alkali (NH3 in
aqueous solution)

+ r +
H
X
1-r\ 2o- 0+
H H
x• I
o+H x- ·N:
• o- + H-
o+ 0
•• - H •
.I ~ H x N: H or H- N- H + OH 1-
x• I
x o+ H H
H

Ammonia molecule Water molecule Ammonium ion Hydroxyl

ion
A proton i.e. H+ion released from water adds to the lone pair
of electrons forming a co-ordinate covalent bond.
Preparation of Acids
Acids from Non metals
Combination ofHydrogen with non-metals

+ 2HC1

+ 2HI

Hydrogen + Non-metal Acid

2. From Acidic oxides : Acidic oxides dissolve in water to give
an acid.

~ H 2C0 3

~ H 2S0 3

Acidic oxide + water ~Acid

3. From salts: Normal salts of more volatile acids are displaced

by a less non-volatile acid.
< 200 °C
KHS0 4 + HN03
k9~9il Arun Deep~ Sim. Chemistry X
 < 2oo•c
NaHS0 4 + HCI
Normal salt + Sulphuric ~ Acid + Displaced
acid [cone.] salt volatile acid
4. By oxidation of Non-metals : Non-metals e.g. sulphur is
oxidised by cone. HN0 3 to H2 S04 •
S + 6HN0 3 ~ ~S0 4 + 2Hp + 6N02
CHEMICAL PROPERTIES OF ACIDS :
I. Acids neutralize bases to give salt and water.
NaOH + HCI ~ NaCI + Hp
2. Acids react with active metals- to liberate hydrogen
Zn + 2HCI ~ ZnCI 2 + H2
3. Reaction with Chlorides, Nitrates, Bicarbonates, and
Carbonates with Acids :

NaCI + H2 S04 (cone.) < 200 •c NaHS0 4 + HCI

Na2C03 + HCI(dil) ~ 2NaCI + Hp + C0 2

NaN0 3 + H2 S04 (cone) < 200 •c NaHS0 4 + HN0 3

CHEMICAL PROPERTIES OF BASES :
1. Reactions of Ammonium salts : Alkalis- react with Ammonium
salts on heating- liberate Ammonia
NH 4CI + NaOH ~ NaCI + NH3 + Hp [NHpH]
FeCI 3 + 3NaOH ~ 2NaCJ + Fe(OH)3 (red brown ppt.)
USES OF ACIDS : 1. Boric acid - eye wash
2. Citric acid- Food preservation
3. Carbonic acid- Flavouring drinks
4. Acetic acid -Cooking
5. Ink-stain remover- oxalic acid
USES OF BASES : I . Sodium hydroxide - Manufacture of soaps
2. Calcium Hydroxide- In softening water
3. Ammonium Hydroxide - Removing grease
stains from clothes
Arun Deep~ Sim. Chemistry X ktoaJ
SALTS : A salt is a compound formed by partial or complete
replacement of H+ ( aq) ions of an acid by metal.
Or
A salt is a compound formed by the replacement of ionizable
hydrogen atoms of an acid partially or wholly by a metal or
ammonium ion.

2NaOH + H2 S04 ~ NaHS0 4 + Hp (Partial replacement)

2NaOH + H2 S04 ~ Na2 S04 + Hp (Complete replacement)

Classification of Salts :
(a) Acid Salts: Formed by partial replacement of hydrogen ion of
an acid molecule by basic radical.

NaOH + H2 S04 ~ NaHS04 + Hp

Contain replaceable (H) atom.
(b) Normal Salt: Formed by complete replacement of replaceable
hydrogen ion of an acid molecule by basic radical.

2NaOH + H2S04 ~ Na2 S04 + 2Hp

(Normal Salt)
Does not contain any replaceable Hydrogen atom.
(c) Basic Salt: (i) Basic copper nitrate Cu (OH) N0 3
(ii) Basic copper chloride Cu (OH) Cl.
Contains - A cation, A hydroxyl ion, an anion
(d) Double Salt : (i) Mohz's salt FeS04 (NH4 ) 2 S0 4 , 6Hp
(ii) Alum - K2 S04 • Al 2 (S0 4 ) 3 • 24Hp
(e) Mixed Salt: (i) Sodium potassium carbonate
NaKCO., (Two basic radicals)
Bleaching Powder CaOCI 2 (Two acid radicals)
(f) Complex Salt: (i) K2 (Hg1 4 ) : k+ =simp[ ion
Hg1 4 Complex ion
Sodium silver cyanide
Na[Ag (CNz}]

l1 Ofl A run Deep's Sim. Chemist ry X

SOLUBILITY OF SALTS
SOLUBLE SALTS INSOLUBLE SALTS
I. All - Na+, K+, NH/ Salts 1.-
2. All- Nitrates, Nitrites 2.-
3. All- Bicarbonates 3. KHC0 3, NaHC0 3 ,
(sparingly soluble)
4. All - Sulphates 4. All- Sulphites, Sulphides
5. All- Chlorides 5. All- Carbonates
6. All ·- Phosphates
INDICATORS - Indicators are weak organic compounds
which change colour in accordance with the pH of the solution.
Indicators dissociate slightly in solution producing ions and
undissociated molecules. The colour of ions produced is dependent
on the hydrogen ion concentration or pH of medium.
Types of indicators
1. Common acid-base indicators : e.g. litmus, methyl orange,
phelophthalein indicators- whether a solution is acidic or alkaline.
2. Universal Indicators : e.g. mixture of organic dyes or mixed
indicators e.g. pH paper or solution- indicates the strength or pH
range of acidic or alkaline solution, can be used for determining
the strength of acidic/basic solutions.
COLOUR CHANGES : By Indicators : (Acid-base)
Indicators Colour change
Neutral Acidic Alkaline
Litmus Purple Red Blue
Methyl orange Orange Pink Yellow
Phenolphthalein Colourless Colourless Pink
(alkaline) Pink Colourless Pink
Colour changes by universal indicators.

PH range oj1 [2 [3[4ls 6 7j8j9jJOjlljl2jl3jl4

~ c 0 .....
Colour -o (].)
co (].)
(].)
co ~
--
(].) 0 ::J
0::: c (].)
..... co -o 0
change
0
ell
..... ~ :.::; -c >
Arun Deep~ Sim. Chemistry X 11021
Utility of Indicators - pH values
1. Agriculture : The pH is tested for the soil.
2. Dairies: A change in pHof milk from pH 6.6 indicates that milk
has turned sour.
3. Technology : Bio-chemical and organic reactions are carried
out under controlled pH.
4. Medicines : pH value of urine and blood is taken for diagnosis
of various diseases.
pH values of some common substances
Acid solution pH Alkaline solutions pH
1. Dil HCI (.IN) 1.0 l. Human Blood 7.3
2. Oil H2 S04 (.IN) 1.2 2. Albumin 7.9
3. Acetic acid 2.9 3. Sodium Hydroxide[. IN] 13 .0
4. Tartaric acid 3.5 4. Sea water 8.5
5. Lactic acid 6.6
PREPARATION OF SALTS
Preparation of soluble salts :
(A) Neutralization : e.g. CuS0 4 , ZnS0 4 , Cu (N0 3 ) 2, Pb (N0) 2
Insoluble oxide
CuO + H2 S04 ~ CuS0 4 + Hp
Insoluble hydroxide
Cu(OH) 2 + H2 S04 ~ CuS0 4 + 2Hp
Pb(OH) 2 + 2HN0 3 ~ Pb (N0) 2 + 2Hp
(B) Neutralization (Titration Involved)
Type of reaction- Soluble base+ Acid ( dil)
e.g. -All Na, K, NH 4 Salts
NaOH + HCl ~ NaCl +
NHpH + HCl ~ NH 4 Cl +
(C) SIMPLE DISPLACEMENT:
Type of reaction
Active metal+ Acid (dil.)
e.g. FeS04 • ZnS0 4 , MgCI 2 etc.
h103:1 Arun Deep's Sim. Chemistry X
Active metal
Iron

Zn + H 2S04 ~ ZnS04 + H2
Mg + 2HCI ~H2 MgCI 2 +
(D) DIRECT COMBINATION or Synthesis
2Fe + 3CI 2 ~ 2FeCI 3 (soluble)
metal non-metal

2Ag + Cl 2 ~ 2AgCI
Zn + s ~ ZnS
Pb + S ~ PbS
(E) DOUBLE DECOMPOSITION PRECIPITATION
Pb(N0)2 + 2NaCI ~ 2NaN0 3 + PbCI 3 .J,
Lead nitrate Sod. chloride Sodium nitrate Lead [II] chloride
(white ppt)

CaCI 2 + Na2C0 3 ~ 2NaCI + CaC0 3 .J,

Pb(N0 3 ) 2 + Na2 S04 ~ 2Na N0 3 + PbS0 4 .J,
Lead sulphate
PREPARATION OF SPECIFIC SALTS :
Method of Preparation : By action of dilute acid on a soluble
hydroxide.
Sodium sulphate is a soluble salt prepared by the action of dil.
H2SO4 on Sodium Hydroxide.
Procedure. By neutral ising alkali with acid. Take calculated amount of
NaOH (25 cm 3 ) in flask. Add few drops of phenolphthalein to it
with the help of pipette.
2NaOH + H2S04 ~ Na2 S0 4 + 2Hp
Fill the burette with dil. H 2S04 upto zero mark from the burette and dil.
H2SO4 drop by drop into the flask with constant stirring until pink colour
just disappears. Transfer contents of flask to evaporating dish to
evaporate water. On cooling crystals of [Na2SO4 • 10 Hp] are obtained.
Na2 S0 4 + 10 Hp ~ [Na2 S04 • IOHp]

Arun Deep~ Sim. Chemistry X 1·1041

 Evaporotc

~
~
Crystals of Na:zS04.10H20

PREPARATION OF COPPER SULPHATE [CuS0 4

15: • 5H 20]
1. Take dil. H2S04 in a beaker.
2. Add copper oxide or hydroxide to it and heat slowly.
3. Filter the solution obtained to remove residual matter.

4. Evaporate the filtrate in an evaporating dish to the point of

crystallization.
5. Cool the hot saturated solution till crystals.
Lead Chloride : Method of Preparation :
1. Take lead Nitrate crystals and dissolve them in water in beaker.
2. Add to it an aqueous solution of Sodium Chloride. Stir it. A white
precipitate oflead chloride is formed .
3. Filter the precipitate with the regular washing cold water.
4. Take the filtrate in a evaporating dish and heat it slowly till the

ft<15l A run Deep's Sim. Chemistry X

 crystals appears. Needle shaped crystals of lead ch Iori de are
Obtained. SODIUM CHLORIDE

(1) ~SOL~ION (2) FILTER

~
LEAD NITRATE
SOLUTION

•
WATER OF CRYSTALLIZATION : The amount of water
molecules which enter into loose chemical combination with one
molecule of substance crystallization from its aqueous solution.
e.g. CaS0 4 • 2Hp (Gypsum), Na2 S04 • lOHp
(Sodium sulphate)
Deliquescence : Water sol uble salts - exposure to the
atmosphere, absorb moisture from atmosphere and change in
liquid.
The phenomenon is called is deliquescence and salt deliquescent.
e.g. Anhydrous CaCI 2, ZnCI 2 , Fe Cl 3 •
EFFLORESCENCE : Crytalline hydrated salts which on
exposure to the atmosphere- loose their water of crystallization
partly or completely and change into a powder.
e.g. CuS0 4 • 5Hp, Na2 S04 • lOHp, Na 2C03 • lOHp

IEQUATION WORKSHEET I
l. ACIDS - Ions present in acids
a. Definition - Dissolves in water
HCI ~ H++CJ-
yielding hydronium ions
[H+ + Hp ~ up+]
1. Hydrochloric acid HCI + H20 ~
~
H3Q + + Cl-

Arun Deep~ Sim. Chemistry X

2. Nitric acid ____.:.. H3o+ + NO 3-
HNO 3 + H20 ~
3. Sulphuric acid
b. Classification
4. Monobasic acid [Basicity= l] HCl (aq) ~ W + cr-
5. Dibasic acid [Basicity = 2] H 2 SO 4 (aq) ____.:..
~
2H+ + SO 42-
6. Tribasic acid [Basicity = 3]
c. Preparation of acids
7. From non-metals H 2 + CL 2 -t 2HCI
8. From acidic oxides C0 2 + Hp -t H 2C03
S0 3 + H 20 -t H 2S04
Pp 5 + 3Hp -t 2H3 P0 4
9. From normal salts

KN0 3 + H 2S0 4 <200'C KHS0 4 + HN0 3

NaCI + H2 S0 4 <200'C NaHS0 3 + HCI

10. By oxidation of non-metals
S + 6HN0 3 -t H 2S0 2 + 2Hp + 6N0 2 [g]
d. Properties of acids
ll . Neutralizes bases CuO + H2S04 -t CuS0 4 + H 20
NaOH + HCI -t NaCI + Hp
Reaction with
12. Chlorides and nitrates

NaCI + H2 S04 <200'C NaHS0 4 + HCI(Hydrogen chloride(

[cone.)

<200'C NaHS0 4 + HCI!Nitric acid!

[cone.]
13. Carbonates and bicarbonates
Na 2 C0 3 + H2 S04 (dil.) -t Na 2 S04 + Hp + C02 [g]
2NaHC0 3 + H2S0 4 (dil.) -t Na 2S0 4 + 2H 20 + 2C0 2 [g]

11'071 Arun Deep~ Sim. Chemistry X

 14. Sulphites and bisulphites
Na2S03 + 2HC1 ~ 2NaCI + Hp + S01 [g]
NaHS0 3 + HCl ~ NaCI + Hp + S01 [g]
15. Active metals Zn + 2HC1 ~ ZnCI1 + U1 [g]
2. BASES - Ions )~resent in bases
a. Alkali - dissociates yielding hydroxyl ions
16. Sodium hydroxide NaOH [aq.] ~ Na+ + ou-
17. Ammonium hydroxide NHpH [aq.] ~ NU/ + ou-
b. Classification
18. Monoacidic base [Acidity= l]
KOH [aq.] ~ K+ + ou-
19. Diacidic base [Acidity = 2]
Cu(OH) 2 [aq.] ~ Cu2+ + 20U-
c. Preparation of bases
20. From metals
21 . From metallic oxides and metals
Kp + Hp ~ 2KOU
2K+ 2Hp ~ 2KOU + U1
22. From salts

AIC1 3 + 3Na0H ~ 3NaCI + AI(OU)3 .,!..

FeS0 4 + 2NaOH ~ Na 2S0 4 + Fe(OU)1 .,!..

23. By thermal decomposition
ZnC0 3 ~ ZnO + C02[gl
2Pb(N0 3) 2 ~ 2Pb0 + 4NOJg] + 0 2 [g]
d. Properties of bases
24. Neutralizes acids
PbO + 2HN0 3 ~ Pb(N03 ) 2 + Up
Fe(OH)2 + HCI ~ FeCI2 + up

Arun Deep's Sim. Chemistry X H08l

 Reaction with
25. Metallic salts solution

CuC1 2 + 2NaOH ~ 2NaCI + Cu(OH) 2 ..)...

FeC1 3 + 3NaOH ~ 3NaCI + Fe(OH)3 ..)...

26. Ammonium salts

NH4Cl + NaOH ~ NaCI + Hp + NH 3 [g]

2NH 4Cl + Ca(OH) 2 -> CaCI 2 + 2NH 3 + 2Hp[g]
3. SALTS - Ions present in salts
27. Normal salt [formation]
2NaOH + H 2S04 ~ Na 2S04 + 2Hp
[excess] Sulphuric acid Noarmal salt

Acid salts [formation]

NaOH + H 2S04 ~ NaHS0 4 + Hp
[insufficient] Sulphuric acid Acid salt

Preparation of salts - General methods

Direct combination - synthesis
28. Iron & chlorine - salt iron [III] chloride
2Fe + 3CI 2 ~ 2FeCI3
29. Zinc & sulphur - salt zinc sulphide
Zn + S ~ ZnS
Displacement -
Action of dilute acid on active metals
30. Iron - salt iron [II] sulphate
Fe + H 2 S04 ~ FeS0 4 + H 2 [g]
3 1. Zinc - salt zinc sulphate
Zn + H2 SO 4 ~ ZnSO 4 + HJg]
32. Magnesium - salt magnesium chloride
Mg + 2HC1 ~ MgCI 1 + H 2 [g]

l109l Arun Deep's Sim. Chemistry X

 Precipitation - by double
decomposition of two salt solutions
33 . Lead nitrate and sodium chloride

Pb(N03) 2 + 2NaCl ~ 2NaN03 + PbCI 2 ~

34. Calcium chloride & sodium carbonate

CaC1 2 + Na2C0 3 ~ 2NaCI + CaC03 ~

Neutralization -
Action of dilute acid on insoluble base
35 . Oxide- salt copper sulphate
CuO + H2 S04 ~ CuS0 4 + H 20
36. Hydroxide - salt copper sulphate
Cu(OH)2+ H2S0 4 ~ CuS0 4 + 2H 20
Neutralization - [Titration)
Action of dilute acid on an alkali
3 7. Hydroxide - salt sodium chloride
NaOH + HCl ~ NaCI + Hp
38. Hydroxide - salt ammonium chloride
NHpH + HCl ~ NH 4 Cl + H 20
Action of dilute acid on -
carbonate & bicarbonate
39. Carbonate- salt lead nitrate
PbC03 + 2HN03 ~ Pb(N03) 2 + Hp + C0 2
40. Carbonate - salt copper chloride
CuC0 3 + 2HC1 ~ CuCI 2 + H20 + C0 2
41 . Bicarbonate - Salt potassium sulphate
KHC0 3 + H2S04 ~ K 2S04 + 2H 20 + 2C02 [g]

A rzm Deep's Sim. Chemistry X r110l

 IQUESTIONS I
2004
1. Which of the methods, A, B, C, D or E is generally used
for preparing the chlorides listed below from (i) to (v)
(A) Action of an acid on a metal
(B) Action of an acid on an oxide or carbonate
(C) Direct combination
(D) Neutralization of an alkali by an acid
(E) Precipitation (double decomposition)
(i) Copper (II) chloride (ii) Iron (II) chloride
(iii) Iron (III) chloride (iv) Lead (II) chloride
(v) Sodium chloride
Each method is to be used only once.
Ans. (i) B (ii) A (iii) C (iv) E (v) D
2005
1. Match from A to F:
A : Acidic oxide, B : Alkali,
C : Amphoteric oxide, D : Basic oxide,
E : Deliquescence, F : Efflorescence
(i) The property of spontaneously giving up water of
crystallization to the atmosphere.
(ii) A compound, soluble in water and the only negative
ions in the soln. are hydroxide ions
Ans. (i) F : Efflorescence (ii) B : Alkali
2. What is observed when, neutral litmus soln. is added to
sodium hydrogen carbonate solution.
Ans. NaHC0 3 + Hp ~ NaOH + H2 C0 3
[strong alkali] [weak acid]
Alkaline Purple to - Blue
3. The preparation of lead sulphate from lead carbonate is
a two-step process.
(Lea d sulphate cannot be prepared by adding d il ute

IITIIJ Arun Deep's Sim. Chemistry X

 sulphuric from lead carbonate.)
(i) What is the first step that is required to prepare lead
sulphate from lead carbonate.)
Ans. Treatment with dil. nitric acid to form soluble lead nitrate.
(ii) Write the equation for the reaction that will take place
when this first step is carried out.

Ans. PbC03 + 2HN03 ~ Pb(N0)2 + Hp + C02 i

Insoluble
(iii) Why is the direct addition of dil. H 2 SO 4 to PbC03 an
impractical method of preparing lead sulphate.
Ans. Direct addition of dil. sulphuric acid to lead carbonate will lead
to deposition of lead sulphate on the surface oflead carbonate
which stops further reaction of sulphuric acid on it.
4. Fill in the blanks : An acid is a compound which when
dissolved in water forms hydronium ions as the only
(1) ..... ions. A base is a compound which if soluble in
water contains (2) ..... ions. A base reacts with an acid to
form a (3) ..... and water only. This type of reaction is
known as (4) ..... .
Ans. ( 1) Positive (2) Hydroxyl (3) Salt (4) neutralization.
5. Acid dissolve in water to produce positively charged ions.
Draw the structure of these ions
Ans.

+ +
· f.r H H
x .~ + X X
~ ~ \8 s- i i
.
:o: + H = Cl ~ :0: H Or :O: H + Cl-
X X X
H H H

6. Name the ion other than ammonium ion formed when

ammonia dissolves in water. Give one test that can be
used to detect the presence of the ion product.
Arun Deep's Sim. Chemistry X 11121
Ans. Hydroxide ion.
2006
1. Mention the colour changes observed when the following
indicators are added to acids : (i) Alkaline phenolphthalein
solution. (ii) Methyl orange solution (iii) Neutral litmus solution
Ans. (i) Pink solution becomes colourless
(ii) Orange solution changes to red or pink (iii) It turns red
2. Which of the following hydroxides is not an alkali -
(Choose from the choices A, B, C and D)
(A) ammonium hydroxide (B) calcium hydroxide
(C) copper hydroxide (D) sodium hydroxide
Ans. (C) Copper hydroxide
2007
1. Complete the blanks from the list given :
Ammonia, Ammonium, Carbonate, Carbon dioxide,
Hydrogen, Hydronium, Hydroxide, Precipitate, Salt, Water.
A solution X turns blue litmus red, so it must contain
(i) .... ions ; another solution Y turns red litmus blue and
therefore, must contain (ii) ••.••• ions. When solutions X
and Y are mixed together the products will be a (iii) ....
and (iv) ..... If a piece of magnesium were put into solution
X, (v) ..... gas would be evolved.
Ans. (i) hydronium, (ii) hydroxide, (iii) salt, (iv) water, (v) hydrogen
2. Match the following:
Column A Column B
1. Acid salt A. Sodium potassium carbonate
2. Norf\lal salt B. Alum
3. Complex salt c. Sodium carbonate
4. Double salt D. Sodium zincate
5. Mixed salt E. Sodium hydrogencarbonate
Ans. Column A Column B
1. Acid salt E. Sodium hydrogen bicarbonate
2. Normal salt C. Sodium carbonate

[fjl] Arun Deeps Sim. Chemistry X

 3. Complex salt D. Sod>tmzincate
4. Double salt B. Alum
5. Mixed salt A. Sodium pc'" assium carbonate
3. Write balanced equation for formatit, of PbCI2 from
Pb(N03 ) 2 soln. and NaCI soln.

Ans. Pb(N03) 2 + 2NaCl ~ PbC12 + 2NaN03

2008
1. What is the term defined i) A base which is sduble in
water.
Ails. Alkali.
2009
1. The acid which contains four hydrogen atoms -
(i) Formic acid (ii) Sulphuric acid
(iii) Nitric acid (iv) Acetic acid
Ans. (i) Acetic acid
2. A black coloured solid which on reaction with dilute
sulphuric acid forms a blue coloured solution is :
(A) Carbon (B) Managanese (IV) oxide
(C) Lead (II) oxide (D) Copper (II) oxide
Ans. (D) Copper (II) oxide
3. Solution A is a strong acid, Solution B is a weak acid,
Solution C is a strong alkali
(i) Which solution contains solute molecules in addition
to water molecules ?
Ans. Solution B- weak acid
(ii) Which solution will give a gelatinous white precipitate
with zinc sulphate solution? The precipitate
disappears when an excess of the solution is added.
Ans. Solution C- strong alkali
(iii) Which solution could be a solution of glacial acetic
acid?
Ans. Solution B- weak acid
Arun Deeps Sim. Chemistry X !:IH]
 (iv) Give an example of a solution which is a weak alkali.
Ans. Ammonium hydroxide- weak alkali
4. Write the equation(s) for the reaction(s) to prepare
lead sulphate from lead carbonate.

Lead carbonate Nitric acid Lead nitrate water carbon dioxide

Pb(N03h + H 2S04 ~ PbS04 + 2HN03

Lead nitrate sulphuric acid Lead sulphate Nitric acid
5. Define the following terms : Neutralization
Ans. Neutralisation : The reaction in which an acid reacts with
a base to form salt and water is known as neutralisation.

Example : NaOH + HCl ~ NaCl + H20

base acid salt water
2010
1. A : Nitroso Iron (II) sulphate
B : Iron (III) chloride C : Chromium sulphate
D : Lead (II) chloride E : Sodium chloride.
Select from A, B, C, D and E -
(i) A compound soluble in hot water but insoluble in cold
water.
(ii) A compound which in the aqueous solution state,
is neutral in nature.
(iii) A deliquescent compound.
Ans. (i) Lead (II) chloride (ii) Sodium chloride
(iii) Iron (II) chloride
2. Select the correct answer from A, B, C and D-
(i) A weak organic acid is :
A : Formic acid B : Sulphuric acid
C : Nitric acid D : Hydrochloric acid
Ans. A: Formic acid
(ii) A complex salt is :

III§] A run Deep :S Sim. Chemistry X

 A : Zinc sulphate B : Sodium hydrogen sulphate
C : Iron (II) ammonium sulphate
D : Tetrammine copper (II) sulphate
Ans. D : Tetrammine copper (II) sulphate
3. Give an equation for the conversions
(i) ZnS0 4 to ZnC0 3 (ii) ZnC03 to Zn(N03h
Ans. (i) ZnS0 4 + Na 2 C0 3 ---+ ZnC0 3 + Na 2 S0 4
zinc sodium zmc zmc
sulphate carbonate carbonate sulphate

zinc nitric zinc water carbon

carbonate acid nitrate dioxide
4. A: NaOH sol. : B: weak acid C : Dil. H 2S0 4
Select the one which contains solute ions and molecules.
Ans. (i) Solution C (ii) Solution A (iii) Solution B
5. Give balanced equation/s for the preparation of the
following salts :
(i) Copper (II) sulphate from CuO.
(ii) Iron (III) chloride from Fe.
(iii) K 2 S0 4 from KOH sol.
(iv) Lead (II) chloride from PbC0 3 (give two equations).
Ans. (i) CuO + H2 S0 2 ~ CuS0 4 + H20
Copper (II) oxide Copper sulphate
(ii) 2Fe + 3Cl 2 ~ 2FeC1 3
Iron Chlorine . Ferric chloride
.. ') 2KOH + H SO
(m Temp. above
2 4 2oo•c
Potassium hydroxide Potassium sulphate
(iv) • PbC03 + 2HN0 3 ~ Pb(N0 3h + H2 0 + C0 2
Lead carbonate Lead nitrate
(Insoluble salt) (Soluble salt)

A run Deeps Sim. Chemistry X

 Lead nitrate Lead chloride
2011
1. Write the balanced chemical equation : Lead nitrate
solution is added to sodium chloride solution
Ans. Pb (N0 3 ) 2 + 2NaCl ~ PbC1 2 + 2NaN03
2. Name the method used from the list :
A : Simple displacement B : Neutralization
C : Decomposition by acid D : Double decomposition
E : Direct synthesis
For preparation of the following salts -
(1) Sodium niirate (il) Iron (III) chloride
(iii) Lead chloride (iv) Zinc sulphate
(v) Sodium hydrogen sulphate.
Ans. (i) Sodium nitrate (B) Neutralisation
(ii) Iron (III) chloride (E) Direct synthesis
(iii) Lead chloride (D) Double decomposition
(iv) Zinc sulphate (A) Simple displacement
(v) Sodium hydrogen sulphate (C) Decomposition by acid
2012
1. Match the following :
Column A Column B
1. Acid salt A. A. Ferrous ammonium
sulphate
2. Double salt B. Contains only ions
3. Ammonium hydroxide C. Sodium hydrogen sulphate
solution
4. Dilute hydrochloric acid D. Contains only molecules
5. Carbon tetrachloride E. Contains ions and
molecules
Ans. Column A Column B
1. Acid salt A. C. Sodium hydrogen sulphate
solution
IJif1 A run Deeps Sim. Chemistry X
 2. Double salt A. Ferrous ammonium
sulphate
3. Ammonium hydroxide E. Contains ions and
molecules
4. Dilute hydrochloric acid B. Contains only ions
5. Carbon tetrachloride D. Contains only molecules
2013
1. Select the words given below which are required to
correctly complete the blanks -
[ammonia, ammonium, carbonate, carbon dioxide,
hydrogen, hydronium, hydroxide, precipitate, salt water]:
(i) A solultion M turns blue litmus red, so it must contain
(i) ............ ions ; another solution 0 turns red litmus
blue and hence, must contain (ii) .•..•. ions.
(ii) When solution M and 0 are mixed together, the prod-
ucts will be (iii) ............ and (iv) ............
(iii) If a piece of magnesium was put into a solution M,
(v) ............ gas would be evolved.
Ans. (i) hydronium (ii) hydroxide (iii) salt (iv) water (v) hydrogen.
2. Give a suitable chemical term for :
(i) A salt formed by incomplete neutralisation of an acid by
a base.
(ii) A definite number of water molecules bound to some salts.
Ans. (i) Acid salt (ii) Water of crystallisation
3. Choosing the substances from the list given :
dil. Sulphuric acid, Copper, Iron, Sodium, Copper (II)
carbonate, Sodium carbonate., Sodium chloride, Zinc nitrate
Write balanced equations for the reactions which would
be used in the laboratory to obtain the following salts :
(i) Sodium sulphate (ii) Zinc carbonate
(iii) Copper (II) sulphate (iv) Iron (II) sulphate.
Ans. (i) Sodium sulphate
Na2C03 + H 2S04 ~ Na2S04 + Hp + C02
(ii) Zinc carbonate

Arun Deeps Sim. Chemistry X [TIID

 Zn(N0) 2 + Na2C0 3 ~ ZnC03 + 2NaN03
(iii) Copper (II) sulphate
CuC03 + H2 S04 ~ CuS0 4 + Hp + C0 2
(iv) Iron (II) sulphate.
Fe+ H2S0 4 ~ FeS04 + H2
4. Identify : An acid which is present in vinegar.
Ans. Acetic acid or ethanoic acid .
2014
1. Fill in the blank from the choices given :
The basicity of Acetic Acid is _ _ (3, 1, 4)
Ans. The basicity of Acetic Acid is 1.
2. Draw the structure of the stable positive ion formed when
an acid dissolves in water.
Ans. HCI + Hp ~ Hp++ CJ-
H-0-H
I
H
3. State the inference drawn from the following
observations:
Salt S is prepared by reacting dilute sulphuric acid with
copper oxide. Identify S.
Ans. The compound or saltS is copper sulphate CuS04
CuO + H2 S04 ~ CuS0 4 + Hp
4. Give balanced chemical equations to prepareation of the
following salts:
(i) Lead sulphate-from lead carbonate.
(ii) Sodium sulphate-using dilute sulphuric acid.
(iii) Copper chloride-using copper carbonate.
Ans. (i) Lead sulphate from lead carbonate.
PbC03 + HN0 3 ~ Pb(N03) 2 + Hp + C02
Pb(N03 ) 2 + H 2S04 ~ PbS04 + 2HN0 3
(ii) Sodium sulphate using dilute sulphuric acid.
Na2C03 + H2 S04(dil) ~ Na2 S04 + Hp + C0 2
(iii) Copper chloride using copper carbonate.
l:TIID Arun Deeps Sim. Chemistry X
 CuC0 3 + HCI(dil) ~ CuCI 2
(Insoluble)

2015
1. Give balanced chemical eq nations for the following conversions.
Fe~ FeCI3
Ans. 2Fe + 3Cl 2 Heat 2FeCI 3
2. From the list of salts- AgCI, MgCI2 , NaHS0 4 , PbC03 ,
ZnC03 , KN0 3 , Ca(N03 ) 2
Choose the salt that most appropriately fits the descrip-
tion given below:
(i) A deliquescent salt. (ii) An insoluble chloride.
Ans. (i)A deliquescent salt= MgCI 2 (ii) An insoluble chloride= AgCI
3. From the following list of oxides - S0 2, Si0 2, Al 20 3 ,
MgO, CO, Na 2 0 -
Select an oxide which dissolves in water forming an acid.
Ans. 80 2
2016
1. Fill in the blank : Higher the pH value of a solution, the
more ............ (acidic I alkaline) it is.
Ans. Higher the pH value of a solution, the more alkaline it is.
2. Match the following salts given below :
(i) Pb(N03 ) 2 from PbO (ii) MgCI 2 from Mg
(iii) FeCI3 from Fe (iv) NaN03 from NaOH
(v) ZnC03 from ZnS0 4
With their correct method of preparation from : A, B, C,
D and E. (A) Simple displacement (B) Titration
(C) Neutralization (D) Precipitation (E) Combination
Ans. Column I Column II
(i) Pb(N0 3 ) 2 from PbO (C) Neutralization
(ii) MgCI 2 from Mg (A) Simple displacement
(iii) FeCI 3 from Fe (E) Combination
(iv) NaN0 3 from NaOH (B) Titration
(v) ZnC03 from ZnS0 4 (D) Precipitation
Arun Deep's Sim. Chemistry X l120l
 2017
1. Fill in the blanks from the choices given in brackets -
When a metallic oxide is dissolved in water, the solution
formed has a high concentration of ions. [H+,
H o+ OH-]
3 '

Ans. When a metallic oxide is dissolved in water, the solution formed

has a high concentration of OH- ions.
2. Choose the correct answer from the options - (i) to
increase the pH value of a neutral solution, we should
add: A. An acid; B. An acid salt; C. An alkali; D. A salt.
(ii) Anhydrous iron [III] chloride is prepared by:
A. direct combination; B. Simple displacement;
C. Decomposition; D. Neutralization.
Ans. C. an alkali
3. Write a balanced chemical equation for the preparation
of each of the following salts:
(z) Copper carbonate, (iz) Ammonium sulphate crystals.
Ans. (i) CuSOiaq) + Na2C03(aq) ~ Na2S0iaq) + CuC0 3(s)
(ii) 2NHpH(aq) + H2 S04(aq) ~ (NH 4 ) 2S04 + 2Hp
2018
1. Give one word or a phrase for the statements : The
property by which certain hydrated salts, when left
exposed to atmosphere, lose their water of crystallization
and crumble into powder.
Ans. Efflorescence
2. State one relevant observation for the following:
Anhydrous calcium chloride is exposed to air for sometime.
Ans. Anhydrous calcium chloride absorbs moisture becomes moist
and loose its crystalline form showing its deliquescent nature.
3. Fill in the blank with the correct choice given in the bracket
-The salt prepared by the method of direct combination
is (iron (II) chloride/ iron (III) chloride)
Ans. iron (III) chloride
ITm Arun Deep s Sim. Chemistry X
 4. Three solutions P, Q and R have pH value of 3.5, 5.2
and 12.2 respectively. State which one of these is a :
(i) weak acid? (it) strong alkali ?
Ans. P = 3.5
Q = 5.2
R= 12.2
14
. .------11------DF-+----
Strongly 3.5 5.2
7 ----------~~----·~
12.2 Strongly
Acidic Basic
weak Strong
acid alkali
(i) Weak acid = Q (ii) Strong alkali = R
5. Write a balanced equation for the preparation of each of
the following salts: [2]
(i) Copper [II] sulphate from copper carbonate.
(it) Zinc carbonate from zinc sulphate.
Ans. (i) CuC03 + H2S04 --+ CuS0 4 + Hp + C02 t
(ii) ZnS04 + Na 2S03 --+ ZnC03 + Na2S04

IAdditional Questions I
1. Define the following as per ionic theory with examples
and ionic equations wherever relevant
(i) acid (ii) base (iii) alkali (iv) neutralization
Ans. (i) Acid- An acid is a compound which when dissolved in
water yields- hydronium ions (~O+) as the only positively
charged ion
HCI + Hp ~ Hp+ + CJ-
(ii) Base - A base is a compound which reacts with
hydronium ions of an acid- to give salt and water
CuO + 2HCI ~ CuCI 2 + Hp
(iii) Alkali- An alkali is a compound which when dissolved
in water yields Hydroxyl ions (OH-) as they are negatively
charged ions.

Arun Deep's Sim. Chemistry X 11221

 NaOH (aq.) ~ Na+ + OR-
Alkali is a base soluble in water.
(iv) Neutralization - I H+ I ions of an acid completely or
combine with IOH-1 ions of a base to give salt and water
only.
Acid + Base ~ Salt + Water
HCl + NaOH ~ NaCl + Hp
2. Differentiate between :
(i) Organic and inorganic acids
(ii) Hydracids and oxyacids with examples.
Ans. (i) Organic acids - Those acids which are derived from
plants, e.g., citric acid, acetic acid, tartaric acid
Inorganic acids- Acids derived from minerals e.g. HC1 2,
H 2 S0 4
(ii) Hydracids -Acids containing hydrogen and a non-metallic
element other than oxygen. e.g. HCl, HBr, HI.
Oxyacids -Acids containing hydrogen, another element
and oxygen. e.g. HN0 3 , H2 S04 •
3. State on what basis does the strength of an acid and an
alkali depend on.
Ans. Strength of acids depends upon concentration of hydronium ion
IH 30+1 present in an aqueous solution of an acid. Strength of
alkali depends on the concentration of the hydroxyl ions IOH-1
present in an aqueous solution of an alkali.
4. Differentiate between (i) strong and weak acid (ii) strong
and weak alkali with suitable examples and ionic
equations.
Ans. (i) Strong Acid - Is an acid which dissociates - almost
completely in aqueous solution thereby producing a- high
concentration of hydrogen [H+] ions [or Hp+ions]
HN0 3 + Hp Hp+ + N0 3-
~S04 + 2H20 2Hp+ +SO/-
[contains almost-only ions]

11231 Arun Deep's Sim. Chemistry X

 Examples: Hydrochloric, Sulphuric and Nitric acid
Weak Acid - Is an acid which dissociates - only partially
in a aqueous solution thereby producing a - low
concentration of hydrogen [H+] ions [or Hp+ ions].
CRCOOH
, CRCoo- + W ~

[contains - molecules and ions]

Examples: Acetic, Citric, Carbonic and Formic acid.
(ii) Strong Alkali - Is an alkali which dissociates - almost
completely in aqueous solution thereby producing a- high
concentration ofhydroxyl [OH-] ions.
NaOH [aq] Na+ + OH-
KOH [aq] K+ + OH-
[contains almost- only ions]
Examples: Lithium, Sodium and Potassium hydroxide
Weak alkali- Is an alkali which dissociates- only partially
in aqueous solution thereby producing a -low concentration
ofhydroxyl [OH-] ions.
NHpH [aq] NH/ + OH-
[contains- molecule and ions]
Examples: Ammonium hydroxide and Calcium hydroxide.
5. Name the ions formed when - HCI ; HN0 3 ; H 2S0 4 ;
CH3 COOH ; NaOH and NH 4 0H ionise in aq. soln.
:\ ns. HCI (aq) + Hp (I) ~ Hp+ (aq) + CJ- (aq)
Hydronium ion Chloride ion
HN0 3 (aq) + Hp (I) ~ Hp+ (aq) + N0 3- (aq)
Hydronium ion Nitrate ion
H2 S04 (aq) + 2Hp (I)~ 2Hp+ (aq) +SO/- (aq)
Hydronium ion Sulphate ion

Hydronium ion Acetate ion

NaOH (aq) ~ Na+ (aq) + OH- (aq)
Sodium ion Hydroxyl ion
NHpH (aq) ~ NH/ (aq) + OH- (aq)
Ammonium ion Hydroxyl ion

A run Deep's Sim. Chemistry X 11241

 6. State giving reasons which is a stronger acid- dil. HCI or
cone. H 2 C03 •
Ans. Dil. HCl is a stronger acid than cone. H2C03 •
Reason : HCl ionises almost completely in aqueous solution
thereby producing a high concentration ofH3o +ions in aqueous
solution. On the other hand, H2C0 3 ionises to a very small
extent producing a low concentration ofH30 + ions. More the
concentration of H 30 + ions in solution, stronger is the acid.
Hence dil. HCl is a stronger acid than cone. H2C0 r
7. State why the basicity of acetic acid is one and acidity of
calcium hydroxide is two.
Ans. Basicity of an acid is the number of hydrogen ions which can
be produced from one molecule of the acids on complete
dissociation. Acetic acid, CH3COOH gives one W per molecule
the acid, hence acetic acid is monobasic i.e., its basicity is one.
CH 3COOH (aq) ~ CH3COO- (aq) + W (aq)
Acidity of a base is the number of hydroxyl ions which can be
produced from one molecule of the base on complete dissocation.
Ca(OH) 2 (calcium hydroxide) gives two hydroxyl ions per
molecule of the base, hence calcium hydroxide is diacidic i.e.,
its acidity is two.
8. Give three reasons with equations wherever required,
why sulphuric acid is a dibasic acid.
Ans. Sulphuric acid (H 2S04 ) is a dibasic acid as explained below:
(i) It ionises in aqueous solution to produce two hydrogen
ions per molecule of the acid.
OR
It contains two replace all hydrogen ions per molecule of
the acid.
H2 S04 (aq) ~ 2H+ (aq) +SO/- (aq)
(ii) It ionises in two steps in aqueous solution as shown below:
H2 S04 (aq) + Hp (!) -~ Hp+ (aq) + HS0 4- (aq)
HS0 4- (aq) + Hp (!) ---+ H30 + (aq) +SO/- (aq)
H2S0 4 (aq) + 2Hp (!) ---+ 2Hp+ (aq) +SO/- (aq)

11251 A run Deep's Sim. Chemistry X

 (iii) It forms two types of salt, i.e., normal salt and acid salt as
shown below :
H2 S04 (aq) + NaOH (aq) ~ NaHS0 4 (aq) + Hp ([)
Acid salt
H2 S04 (aq) + 2NaOH (aq) ~ Na2 S04 (aq) + 2Hp
Normal salt
9. State how acids are defined as per Arrhenius's and Lowry
- Bronsted's theory.
Ans. Arrhenius Theory -
Acids are substances which -dissociate in aqueous solution to
give H+ ions.
Strong acids dissociate - almost completely, while weak acids
dissociate partially.
10. Oxygen atom in water has two 'lone pair of electrons'.
Explain the meaning of the term in italics. With the help
of an electron dot diagram show the formation of
hydronium ion and ammonium ion from a water molecule
and an ammonia molecule respectively.
Ans. A pair of electrons not shared with any other atom for bond
formation is called a lone pair of electrons. In water, the central
atom -oxygen has two lone pair of electrons as shown ahead:

-t' I
Or H- o:~ Two lone
1 pairs of
H electrons

Structure of water molecule

Formation of hydronium ion (H3 0+) : When an acid is
dissolved in water the proton (H+) released by the acid add
onto the lone pair electrons of the oxygen atom of a water
molecule. The proton (H+) accepts the lone pair of electrons
forming a coordinate bond (shown by an arrow).
HCI ~H+ +CJ -

Arun Deep~ Sim. Chemistry X !'126j

 H- o: + li---7
I
H
Water Proton . Hydronium ion

Formation of ammonium ion (NH/) : When ammonia gas

is dissolved in water, the proton released by water adds onto
the lone pair of electrons of the nitrogen atom of the ammonia
molecule. The proton (H+) accepts the lone pair of electrons
forming a coordinate bond (shown by an arrow).
HO
2
H+ + OH-

Ammonia Proton Hydronium ion

11. State how you would obtain :

(i) Sulphuric acid from an acidic oxide
(ii) KOH from a basic oxide.
Ans. (i) Sulphuric acid from acidic oxide
S03 + Hp ~ H 2 S04
Sulphur trioxide Sulphuric acid
(Acidic oxide)
(ii) Kp + Hp ~ 2KOH
Potassium oxide Potassium
(Basic oxide) hydroxide
12. State two chemical properties each with equations of a
solution containing (i) H+ ions (ii) OH- ions.
Ans. (i) Properties of a solution containing H+ ions : Acids
when dissolved in water produce H+or ~o+ ions. Typical
chemical properties of aqueous solution of acids are :
(a) Neutralisation : H+ ions react with OH- ions from .
alkalies to give water

!i;t2ua . A run Deep~ Sim. Chemistry X

 H+ + OH- ~ Hp
(From acid) (From alkali) Water
(b) Reaction with active metals : Active metals like
AI, Zn, Fe, etc., react with dil. acids (HCl, H2 SO4 ) to
give hydrogen gas. In this reaction H+ is reduced to
H2 by the active metal. For example,
Zn ~ Zn 2+ + 2e-
2H+ + 2e- ~ H2 t
Zn + 2H+ ~ Zn 2+ + H2
(ii) Properties of solution containing OH- ions : Alkalies
when dissolved in water produce OH- ions. Typical reaction of
aqueous solution of alkalies are ;
(a) Neutralisation : OH- ions react with H+ ions from
acids to give water.
OH- + H 20
(From alkalies) (From acids) Water
(b) Reaction with solutions of metallic salts
Hydroxides of metals other than Group 1 and 2 are
generally insoluble in water. Such hydroxides are
precipitated from their respective salt solutions by
OH- ions. For example,
Fe3+ + 30H- ~ Fe(OH)3
(From FeCI) Red brown ppt.
13. Give equations for the decomposition of a metallic
(i) chloride (ii) nitrate with cone. H 2 SO4 •
Ans. (i) Reaction of cone. H 2 SO4 with metallic chloride :
NaCI(s) + H2 SO/conc.) NaHS0 4 + HCI t

2NaCI(s) + H2 SO/conc.) Na2 S04 + 2HCI t

(ii) Reaction of cone. H 2 SO4 with metallic nitrate :
KN0 3 (s) + H2 SO/conc.) < 2 oo·c KHS0 4 + HN0 3 t

2KN0 3(s) + H2 SO/conc.) > 2 oo·c K 2 S0 4 + 2HN0 3 t

14. State in the above reactions a reason for the formation of
Arun Deep~ Sim. Chemistry X 11281
 the respective acids from cone. H 2 SO4 •
'
Ans. The reason for the formation of the respective acids from cone.
H2 S04 is the volatility of the acid formed. At room temperature
or above HCI is a gas while HN0 3 , which is a liquid at room
temperature, volatileses at the reaction temperature (:::::: 200°C).
15. Convert (i) NaHC0 3 (ii) Na 2C03 to unstable carbonic
acid by action with dil. ~SO 4•
State the reason why ammonia is evolved when an
ammonium salt and alkali are heated.
Ans. (i) 2NaHC0 3 + H2 S04 (dil.) ~ Na2 S04 + 2H2C03
(ii) Na2C03 + H 2 S04 (dil.) ~ Na2 S04 + H2C03
Ammonia is evolved when an ammonium salt and alkali are
heated.
NH4Cl(s) + Ca(OHMs) ~ CaC1 2(s) + Hp(g) + N~(g)

This is because a non-volatile base, Ca(OH)2 displace a volatile

base, NH40H which decomposes to given NH3 and H20 ..
16. Define pH value. What would you say about the pH of a
solution in which (i) H+ aq. ions = OH- ions
(ii) evolves C02 when heated with Na2 C03
(iii) OH- ions > H+ aq. ions.
Ans. pH value : The pH value of a solution is defined as the negative
logarithm (to the base 10) of the hydrogen ion concentration
expressed in mol L- I . Thus,
pH = -log 10 [H+]
Where [H+] stands for hydrogen ion concentration in mol L-I.
(i) A solution in which [H+] = [OH-], is neutral with pH= 7.
(ii)A solution which evolves C02 with NaC0 3 is acidic in
nature with pH < 7.
(iii) A solution in which [OR-] > [H+] is basic in nature with
pH >7.
17. State whether litmus is a common acid-base indictor or a
universal indicator.
Ans. Litmus is a common acid-base indicator. It is not a universal
indicator.
l::l a~U Arun Deep~ Sim. Chemistry X
 18. State the colour change in a neutral litmus in presence of
(i) acidic (ii) alkaline medium.
Ans. Neutral litmus is purple in colour
(i) In acidic medium colour of neutral litmus changes from
purple to red.
(ii) In alkaline medium colour of neutral litmus changes from
purple to blue.
19. State the colour change in a universal indicator e.g. pH
paper on
(i) slightly acidic soil
(ii) slightly alkaline soil
(iii) dairy milk
(iv) human blood tested for medical diagnosis.
Ans. (i) In slightly acidic soil colourofuniversal indicator changes
to yellow.
(ii) In slightly alkaline soil colour of universal indicator changes
to blue.
(iii) In dairy milk colour of universal indicator change to green.
(iv) In human blood colour of universal indicator changes to
green (pH= 7.3).
20. Define (i) salt (ii) normal salt (iii) acid salt.., with relevant
examples and equations.
Ans. (i) Salts :A salt is a compound formed by partial or complete
replacement of the replaceable hydrogen ions of an acid
by a metallic ion or ammonium ion.
NaOH(aq) + H2S0iaq) ~ NaHSO/aq) + Hp (l)
(Partial repalcement)
2NaOH(aq) + H2 S04(aq) ~ Na2 SO/aq) + 2~0 (l)
(Complete replacement)
(ii) Normal salt: The salt formed by complete replacement
of the replaceable hydrogen ions present in a molecule of
the acid by metallic or ammonium ion. For example,
2NaOH(aq) + H2 SOiaq) ~ Na2 S0laq) + 2Hp (l)
(Normal Salt)

Arun Deep's Sim. Chemistry X f1,3Q]

 2NaOH(aq) + H2C03(aq) ~ Na2C0 3(aq) + 2Hp (l)
NHpH(aq) + HCl(aq) ~ NH4Cl(aq) + Hp (l)
(iii) Acid salt: The salt formed by partial replacement of the
replaceable hydrogen ions present in a molecule of the
acid by metallic or ammonium ion. For example,
NaOH(aq) + Hl0 4(aq) ~ NaHlOiaq) + Hp (l)
2NaOH(aq) + Hl0 4 (aq)~Na2 HP0iaq) + 2Hp (/)
KOH(aq) + H2 S04(aq) ~ KHSOi aq) + Hp (l)
NHpH(aq) + H2 C0 3 (aq)~NH4 HC0 3 (aq) + ~0 (l)
21. State:
(i) the formation
(ii) the components of - a basic salt.
State which of following salts is an - acid, normal or basic
salt.
(i) bleaching powder
(ii) potassium mercuric iodide
(iii) sodium sulphite
(iv) sodium hydrogen sulphite
(v) sodium silver cyanide
(vi) basic lead nitrate
(vii) potassium zincate
(viii) alum
(ix) calcium bicarbonate
(x) basic copper chloride
(xi) trisodium phosphate.
Ans. (i) Formation of a basic salt : A basic salt is formed by
partial replacement of hydroxyl group of a diacidic or
triacidic base with an acid radical (or an anion other than
OH-).
(ii) Components of a basic salt : A basic salt contains a
~.:ation (other than H+ion), a hydroxyl ion (OH- from base)
and an anion (other than OH- ion). For example,

l'13H Arun Deep~ Sim. Chemistry X

 CuOH)NO.> Cu(OH)Cl
Basic copper nitrate Basic copper chloride
(i) Bleaching powder, Ca0Cl2 (Normal salt/Mixed salt)
(ii) Potassium mercuric iodide, KiHgl 4 )
(Normal salt/Complex salt)
(iii) Sodium sulphate, Na2S04 (Normal salt)
(iv) Sodium hydrogen sulphite, NaHS0 3 (Acid salt)
(v) Sodium silver cyanide, Na[Ag(CN) 2 ]
(Normal salt/Complex salt)
(vi) Basic lead nitrate, Pb(OH)N03 (Basic salt)
(vii) Potassium zincate, K 2Zn0 2 (Normal salt)
- (viii) Alum or potash alum , K 2 S0 4 .Al 2(S0 4 ) 3 .24H 2 0
(Normal salt/Double salt)
(ix) Calcium bicarbonate, Ca(HC03 ) 2 (Acid salt)
(x) Basic copper chloride, Cu(OH)Cl (Basic salt)
(xi) Trisodium phosphate, Nal0 4 (Normal salt)
22. Name three (i) sulphates (ii) chlorides insoluble in water
and - two (i) oxides (ii) carbonates soluble in water.
Ans. (i) Three sulphates insoluble in water
Lead sulphate (PbS0 4 ) , Calcium sulphate (CaS0 4 ) , and
Barium sulphate (BaSO 4 ) .
(ii) Three chloride insoluble in water
Silver chloride (AgCI), Lead chloride (PbCl2 ) , and Mercury
(I) chloride (H~C l 2 or HgCl).
(i) Two oxides soluble in water
Sodium oxide (Nap), and Potassium oxide (Kp)
(ii) Two carbonates soluble in water
Sodium carbonate (Na2C0 3) , and Ammonium carbonate
[(NH 4 ) 2COJ .
23. State the method only, generally used for the preparation
of the following salts
(i) Zn(N03) 2 (ii) NH 4 Cl
(iii) ZnS0 4 (iv) ZnS
A run Deep's Sim. Chemistry X [1321
 (v) CaC03 (vi) FeCl3
(vii) PbC1 2 (viii) Pb(N03 ) 2 •
Ans. Salt Method of preparation
(i) Zn(N0 3 ) 2 Neutralisation of insoluble base by
acid/Decomposition of insoluble
carbonate by acid
Neutralisation (titration) of soluble
base by acid/Decomposition of soluble
carbonate by acid
(iii) ZnS0 4 Neutralisation of insoluble base by
acid/Decomposition of insoluble
carbonate by acid
(iv) ZnS Direct combination (Synthesis)/Double
decomposition (Precipitation)
(v) CaC0 3 Double decomposition (Precipitation)
(vi) FeCl 3 Direct combination (Synthesis)
(vii) PbC1 2 Double decomposition (Precipitation)
(viii) Pb(N0 3 ) 2 Neutralisation of insoluble base by
acid/Decomposition of insoluble
carbonate by acid
24. Give balanced equations for the preparation of the
following salts -
(a) (i) CuSO 4 (ii) NaHS0 4
(iii) Na 2 SO 4 (iv) FeS0 4
(v) BaS0 4 (vi) PbSO 4 - using dil. H 2 SO 4
(b) (i) NaHS0 4 (ii) CuSO 4 - using cone. H 2 SO 4 •
Ans. (a) Using dil. H 2 SO 4
(i) CuO (s) + H2 S04 (aq) ----+ CuS0 4 (aq) + 2Hp (l)
(ii) NaOH (aq) + H2 S04 (aq) ----+ NaHS04 (aq) + Hp (l)
(iii) 2NaOH (aq) + H2 S04 (aq)----+Na2 S04 (aq) + 2Hp (l)
(iv) Fe (s) + H2 S04 (aq) ----+ FeS04 (aq)+ H2 (g)
(v) BaCI 2 (aq) + H2 S04 (aq) ----+ BaS04 (s) + 2HCI (aq)
(vi) Pb(N0 3 ) 2 + H2 S04 (aq) ----+ PbS0 4 (s) + 2HN03 (aq)

l$1'331 Arun Deep's Sim. Chemistry X

 (b) Using cone. H 2 S0 4
(i) NaOH (aq) + H2 S04 (conc.~NaHS0 4 (aq) + ~0 (l)
(ii) Cu(s) + 2H2 SOiconc . )~ CuSOiaq) + S02 (g) + 2Hp
CuO(s) + H2 S04(conc.) ~ CuS0 4(aq) + Hp (l)
25. Starting from insoluble ZnO how would you obtain
insoluble ZnC03 by precipitation.
Ans. ZnO (s) + 2HCl (aq) ~ ZnCI 2 (aq) + Hp (l)
ZnCI 2 (aq) + Na2C0 3 (aq) ~ ZnC03 (s) + 2NaCI (aq)
Dissolve zinc oxide in minimum quantity of dil. HCI. Add to it a
saturated solution ofNa2C03 in water till no more precipitation
takes place. Filter and dry the ZnC0 3 so obtained.
26. Give balanced equations for the action of a dilute acid on
(i) zinc carbonate, (ii) potassium bicarbonate for the
preparation of the respective salt.
Ans. (i) Zinc carbonate
ZnC03 + 2HN03 ~ Zn(N03 ) 2 + Hp + C02
(ii) Potassium bicarbonate
2KHC0 3 + H2 S04 ~ K2 S0 4 + 2Hp + 2C02
27. Give balanced equations for the decomposition of (i)
calcium bicarbonate by dil. HCI, (ii) calcium carbonate
by dil. HN0 3 , (iii) sodium sulphite by dil. H 2S04, (iv) zinc
sulphide by dil. H 2 SO 4 •
Ans. (i) Ca(HC0 3 ) 2 + 2HCI ~ CaCI 2 + 2Hp + 2C02
(ii) CaC0 3 + 2HN03 ~ Ca(N03 ) 2 + Hp + C0 2
(iii) Na2 S0 3 + H2 S04 (dil.) ~ Na2 S04 + Hp + S02
(iv) ZnS + H2S0 4 ~ ZnS0 4 + H2S
28. State what will be the effect of each of the following
solution on blue litmus -
(i) K 2 C03 soln (ii) KCI soln.
(iii) NH 4N0 3 soln.
Ans. (i) K2C03 is a salt of a strong base (KOH) and weak acid
(H2C0 3). Hence its aqueous solution will be basic in
nature. It will have no effect on blue litmus solution.
Arun Deep~ Sim. Chemistry X ~
 (ii) KCl is a salt of a strong acid (HCl) and a strong base
(KOH). Hence its aqueous solution will be neutral in
nature. It will have no effect on blue litmus solution.
(iii) NH4N0 3 is a salt of a strong acid (HN0 3) and weak base
(NHpH). Hence its aqueous solution will be acidic in
nature. It will tum blue litmus solution red.
29. Select the correct acid, base or salt from the list in
bracket for each of the statements given below :
1. An example of an acid derived from a mineral is ........ .
(citric acid I nitric acid I acetic acid)
Ans. Nitric acid
2. An example of a base which is not a alkali is ........ (caustic
soda I zinc hydroxide I liquor ammonia I caustic potash)
Ans. Zinc hydroxide
3. An example of a strong acid is dilute ........ (acetic acid I
sulphuric acid I tartaric acid I carbonic acid)
Ans. Sulphuric-acid
4. An example of a weak alkali is ........ (potassium hydroxide
I calcium hydroxide I sodium ·hydroxide) solution.
Ans. Calcium Hydroxide
5. An acid having basicity 1 is ........ (carbonic acid I acetic
acid I sulphurous acid)
Ans. Acetic acid
6. An acid obtained by dissolving sulphur trioxide in water
is ........ (sulphurous acid I sulphuric acid I oleum)
Ans. Sulphuric acid
7. A volatile acid obtained when nitre reacts with non-
volatile concentrated sulphuric acid on heating is ....... .
(hydrochloric acid I sulphuric acid/ nitric acid)
Ans. Nitric acid
8. A base obtained when lead nitrate undergoes thermal
decomposition is ........ (trilead tetroxide I lead (IV) oxide
I lead (II) oxide.
Ans. Lead (II) oxide

1,351 Arun Deep~ Sim. Chemistry X

 9. An acid obtained when concentrated nitric acid is heated
with sulphur is ....... (sulphurous acid I sulphuric acid I
nitrous acid)
Ans. Sulphuric acid
10. The more volatile acid obtained when the less volatile
acid reacts with sodium bicarbonate is ....... (sulphuric
acid I carbonic acid I nitric acid)
Ans. Carbonic acid
11. The insoluble base obtained when sodium hydroxide
reacts with iron (III) chloride is ....... (iron (II) hydroxide
I iron (III) hydroxide I iron (II) oxide)
Ans. Iron (III) hydroxide.
12. A solution whose pH is above 7 is ....... (vinegar I milk I
liquor ammonia.
Ans. Liquor Ammonia
13. The salt formed when sulphuric acid reacts with excess
caustic soda solution is ....... (sodium bisulphite I sodium
sulphate I sodium sulphite I sodium bisulphate).
Ans. Sodium sulphate
14. An example of an acid salt is ........ [C~COONa/NaNO/
Na 2HPO/NaKC03 ]
Ans. Na 2 HP0 4
15. An example of a soluble salt is ........ (AgCI I PbS0 4 I
CaSO 4 I CaC12)
Ans. CaCl 2
16. An example of an insoluble salt is ........ (Na 2C03 \ ~C0 3
I MgC0 3 I (NH4) 2 C03 )
Ans. MgC0 3
17. A salt prepared by neutralization in which titration is
involved is ........ (MgCI2 I CaCI2 I NH 4 CI I CuCI2 )
Ans. NH 4 Cl
18. An insoluble salt prepared by direct combination or
synthesis is ........ [FeCI3 I FeS04 I FeS I Fe(N03) 2 ]
Ans. FeS
Arun Deep's Sim. Chemistry X 11'361
 19. A salt prepared by precipitation i.e. by double
decomposition of two sal .solutions is •....... (Na 2 SO 4 I
PbSO 4 I ZnSO 4 I CuSO4)
Ans. PbS0 4
20. A salt prepared by simple displacement i.e. action of dilute
acid on a metal is ........ (PbCI2 I CuCI2 I AICI3 I HgCI)
Ans. AlCl 3
21. Decomposition of calcium hydrogen carbonate with ....... .
[dil. HNO/dil. HCI/dil. H 2 S04 ] results in formation of
calcium chloride.
Ans. dil. HCl
22. Action of dilute acid on a metallic sulphide results in
evolution of ........ [SO/H2SIC02 ] gas.
Ans. H 2 S
23. A salt which on hydrolysis produces a neutral solution is
........ (sodium chloride I ammonium chloride I sodium
carbonate)
Ans. Sodium chloride

IUnit test Paper 3 A -Acids, Bases and Salts I

Q.l. Name the following:
1. A basic solution which does not contain a metallic
element.
Ans. Ammonium Hydroxide.
2. A normal salt of sodium formed from acetic acid.
Ans. Sodium acetate, CH3COONa.
3. A base which reacts with an acid to give a salt which on
hydrolysis gives a slightly acidic solution.
Ans. Ammonium hydroxide (NHpH)
OR
Calcium hydroxide [Ca(OH)2 ].
4. An ion which combines with a polar covalent molecule to
form an ammonium ion.

1'1571 Arun Deep~ Sim. Chemistry X

 Ans. Hydrogen ion a proton (H+).
5. A soluble salt formed by direct combination between a
light metal & a greenish yellow gas.
Ans. AICI 3 •
Q.2. Identify which of the following terms matches with the
appropriate description 1 to 5.
A : Hydracid B : Monobasic acid
C : Less volatile acid D: Weak acid
E : Tribasic acid F : Dibasic acid
G : More volatile acid
1. An acid having basicity 1 and having only one replaceable
hydrogen ion per molecule of the acid.
Ans. Monobasic acid
2. An acid which dissociates to give a low concentration of
H+ ions.
Ans. Weak acid
3. An acid containing hydrogen and a non-metallic element
other than oxygen.
Ans. Hydracids.
4. The type of acid which generally displaces another acid
when the acid is heated with a salt.
Ans. Less volatile acid
5. The type of acid which reacts with a base to give an acid
salt and a normal salt.
Ans. Dibasic acid
Q.3. State which of the following methods is generally used
for preparing the salts 1 to 5 given below :
A : Neutralisation - insoluble base and dil. acid
B : Neutralisation- alkali and dil. acid
C : Simple displacement - active metal and dil. acid
D : Direct combination
E : Precipitation (double decomposition)
1. PbC03 2. Zn(N03 ) 2

Arun Deep~ Sim. Chemistry X l1i38l

 3. NaCI
5. FeS
·'
Ans. 1. PbCI03 : Precipitation (Double decomposition) (E)
2. Zn(N0) 2 : Simple displacement-active metal and dil. acid
(C)
3. NaCl : Neutralisation-alkali and dil. acid (B)
4. CuN0)2 : Neutralisation+ insoluble base and dil. acid
(A)
5. FeS : Direct combination (D)
Q.4. Give balanced equations for the preparation of the
following salts :
1. Calcium oxide~ Calcium chloride~ Calcium carbonate
Ans. CaO + 2HC1 ~ CaC1 2 + Hp
2. Zinc sulphide ~ Zn ~ Zinc sulphate
Ans. Zn + S ~ ZnS
3. Iron (II) chloride ~ Fe ~ Iron (Ill) chloride
Ans. Fe + 2HC1 ~ FeC1 2 + ~ ;
4. Lead (II) oxide ~ Lead nitrate ~ Lead sulphate
Ans. PbO + 2HN03 ~ Pb(N0) 2 + Hp
5. Copper (II) oxide ~ Copper (II) sulphate ~ Copper
(II) hydroxide
Ans. CuO + ~S0 4 ~ CuS0 4 + Hp
Q.5. The diagram represents the preparation of sodium
sulphate salt from dil. H 2 SO4 acid and sodium hydroxide.

11391 Arzm Deep 's Sim. Chemistry X

 1. Name the apparatus 'A'.
Ans. Burette
2. Name the substance 'X' placed in 'A' and the substance
'Y' placed in B.
Ans. Dil. H 2 S04 , Sodium Hydroxide
3. State the reason for conducting the titration using the
apparatus 'A' and 'B'.
Ans. Titration is conducted to determine the completion of the
neutralisation reaction, i. e. to determine the amount of sulphuric
acid required to neutralise a known amount of sodium hydroxide.
4. State which solution is transferred to the evaporating dish
and evaporated to point of crystallisation for obtaining
the salt.
Ans. Sodium Sulphate.
5. State why titration is not conducted for the preparation
of copper (II) sulphate crystals by neutralisation.
Ans. This is because copper (II) oxide is not soluble in water.
Q .6. Give reasons for the following :
1. Concentrated sulphuric acid is a weaker acid compared
to dilute sulphuric acid.
Ans. Sulphuric acid, ~SO 4 is a covalent compound as shown below.

When dissolved in water, polar water molecules helps in its

ionisation, thus producing Hp+ions responsible for its acidic
nature. More water (i.e., dilute acid) means more Hp+ions
and hence stronger acid.
2. An aqueous solution of the salt ammonium chloride is
acidic in nature while an aqueous solution of sodium
chloride is neutral.
NHpH + HCI
[weak alkali] [strong acid]

Arun Deep~ Sim. Chemistry X J:lf4QJ

 NaCl + Hp ~ NaOH + HCI
(aq. soln. of [strong alkali] [strong acid]
NaCI is neutral]
From above equation it is clear that NH4 CI forms weak alkali
which is acidic in nature where as NaCl from strong alkali
which is neutral.
3. In the preparation of an insoluble salt from another
insoluble salt by precipitation [double decomposition],
dilute nitric acid and not dilute sulphuric acid is generally
used.
Ans. Direct addition of dil. ~SO4 to PbC03 is an impractical method
of preparing lead sulphate since PbSO4 is insoluble and forms a
coating on PbC0 3, thereby the reaction slowly comes to a stop.
4. Acetic acid does not form an acid salt but forms a normal
salt.
Ans. Acetic acid (CH 3COOH) is a monvbasic acid, i.e. il contains
only one replaceable hydrogen ion per molecule of the acid. As
such it can only form normal salts.
5. Sulphurous acid forms two types of salts on reaction with
an alkali.
Ans. Sulphurous acid (H2 S0 3 ) is a dibasic acid, i.e., it contains two
replaceable hydrogen ions per molecule. As such, it can form
normal salt (say Na 2 S0 3 ) as well as acid salt (NaHSO) on
reaction with an alkali .

l14'rl Arun Deep~ Sim. Chemistry X

 (B) Analytical Chemistry- Use ofAmmonium
And Sodium Hydroxide

Analytical Chemistry : Deals with experimental study by

qualitative and quantitative methods.
Qualitative Analysis : Includes identification of unknown
substance by chemical tests.
Chemical tests : Include use of Sodium and Ammonium
hydroxides on salts solution observing colour and solubility of
the precipitates formed.
Sodium hydroxide is a strong alkali and dissociates completely
to furnish OH- ions.
Ammonium Hydroxide is a weak alkali dissociates
- partially to furnish OH-, ions, which precipitates are insoluble
in metal hydroxide.
Colour of Salts :
- A salt is coloured if its-cations or anions are coloured.
- Salts of group in the periodic table -1,2 and 13 to 17 (IA-VII
A) are colourless
- Salts of group 3 to 12 ( 1B -VII B and VIII) are generally coloured.
(The shell which contains 2, 8 or 18 electrons are colourless)

Coloured Cations Colourless Cations·

Cu 1+ II (IB) Blue I green Na 1+ I (lA) Sn+l 14 (IV A)
Cr 3+ Green Kl+ I (IA) Pb1+ 14(IVA)
6 (VIB)
Ni2+ Green Mgl+ 2 (II A)
10 (VIII) 2 (llA) Mgl+
Fe l + Green Ba 1+
Cl 2+
Fe3+ 8 (VIII) 2 (UA) 12(1l B)
Yellow/Brown Ca 1+
co 1+ 9 (Vlll) Blue( Pink) AI
3+ 2 (IIA) Zn 2+ 12(11 B)
Mn1+ 7(Vll B) 13 (Ill A)
Pink

Action of Sodium hydroxide and Ammonium hydroxide with

solutions of salt.

Arun Deep's Sim. Chemistry X LH~21

 Ion Salt Reaction ppt. Colour
Mg2+ MgCI 2 MgCI 2 + 2NaOH 42NaCI + Mg(OH) 2 J. Mg(OH)z Dull white
(white) insoluble
Zn2+ ZnS0 4 ZnS04 + 2NaOH 4 Na 2S04 + Zn(OH) 2 J. Zn(OH)z Gelatinous white
(White) soluble
Cu 2+ CuS04 CuS04 + 2NaOH 4 Na2 S04 + Cu(OHh J. Cu(OH)z Pale blue soluble
(Blue)
PB2+ Pb(N(\)2 (PB NO:Jlz + 2NaOH 4 Na 2S04 + Pb(OH) 2 Pb(OH)z Chalky white
(White) insoluble
Fe 2+ FeS04 FeS04 + 2NaOH 4 Na 2S04 + Fe (OH) 2 Fe(OH)2 Dirty green
(Green) insoluble
Fe3 + FeCI 3 FeCI 3 + 3NaOH 4 3NaCI +Fe (OH) 3 Fe(OHl.J Reddish brown
(Brown) insoluble
II Reactions with Ammonium Hydroxide

Ion Salt Reaction ppt. Colour

Mg2+ MgC1 2 MgCI 2+ 2NH40H 42NH 4CI + Mg(OH) 2 J._ Mg(OH)z Dull white
Cu 2+ CuS04 CuS04 + 2N40H 4(Nf-4)zS0 4+ Cu(OH) 2 Cu(OH)z Pale blue
(blue)
Zn 2+ ZnS04 ZnS04 + 2NH 4 OH 4 ( NH ~ 2SO 4+ Zn(OH) 2 Zn(OH)z White gelatrious
(white)
Pb2+ Pb(Nq) 2 Pb(N~) 2 + 2NHj)H 4(NH.j)2Sq+ Pb(OH) 2 Pb(OH) 2 chalky white
Fe 2+ FeS04 FeS0 4 + 2NH4 0H 4 (NH4) 2S0 4 + Fe (0H) 2 Fe(OH)z Dirty green
Fe3+ FeCI 3 FeC1 3 + 2Na0H 4 3NH p + Fe (OH) 3 Fe(OHh Reddish brown
lii

Action of Alkalis on certain metals.

1. Zn + 2NaOH ~ Na2Zn02 + Hz
2. Pb + 2NaOH ~ Nalb02 + Hz
3. 2Al + 2NaOH + 2Hp ~ 2Na Al0 2 + 3H2
4. 2Al + 2KOH + 2Hp~2KA10 2 + 3H2
Action of Alkali oxides
1. ZnO o!- 2NaOH ~ Na2Zn02 + Hp
sodium zincate
2. Zn(OH)2 + 2NaOH ~ Na2Zn0 2 + 2Hp
sodium zincate
3. Al 2 0 3 + 2NaOH ~ 2NaAI02 + Hp
sodium aluminate
4. PbO + 2NaOH ~ Nalb0 2 + Hp]
sodium plumbite
5. Pb(OH) 2 + 2NaOH ~ Na2 Pb02 + 2Hp
sodium plumbite

11431 A run Deep's Sim. Chemistry X

..
 I EQUATION WORKSHEET I
1. ACTION OF SODIUM HYDROXIDE
- On solution of salts
1. Calcium nitrate &
Ca(N0 3) 2 + 2NaOH ~ 2NaN03 + Ca(OH)2 .,!..
Magnesium chloride
MgC1 2 + 2Na0H ~ 2NaCI + Mg(OH) 2 .,!..
2. Iron [II] sulphate

FeS0 4 + 2Na0H ~ Na 2S04 + Fe(OH)2 .,!..

3. Iron [III] chloride

FeC13 + 3NaOH ~ 3NaCI + Fe(OH)3 .,!..

4. Copper [II] sulphate
CuS04 + 2NaOH ~ Na 2S04 + Cu(OH) 2 .,!..
5. Zinc sulphate
ZnS04 + 2NaOH ~ Na 2S04 + Zn(OH) 2 .,!..

[Zn(OH) 2 + 2NaOH ~ 2Hp + Na 2Zn0 2

[in excess]
6 . Lead nitrate
Pp(N0)2 + 2NaOH ~ 2NaN03 + Pb(OH) 2 .,!..

[Pb(OH) 2 + 2NaOH ~ 2Hp + Na 2 Pb0 2 ]

[in excess]
2. ACTION OF AMMONIUM HYDROXIDE
- On solution of salts
7. Magnesium chloride
MgC1 2 + 2NH 4 0H ~ 2NH 4 Cl + Mg(OH)2 .,!..
8. Iron [II] sulphate
FeS0 4 + 2NHpH ~ (NH 4 ) 2 S04 + Fe(OH) 2 .,!..

Arun Deep~ Sim. Chemistry X 11441

9. Iron [III] chloride
FeCl3 + 3NHpH ~ 3NH4Cl + Fe(OH)3 ..,!..
10. Copper [II] sulphate
CuS04 + 2NHpH ~ (NHJ 2S04 + Cu(OH) 2 ..,!..
[Cu(OH) 2 + (NH4) 2S04 :+ 2NHpH ~ 4820 + [Cu(NHJ4]S04 ]
[in excess]

11. Zinc sulphate

ZnS04 + 2NHpH ~ (NH 4) 2S04 + Zn(OH) 2 ..,!..
[Zn(OH)2 + (NH4) 2S04 + 2NHpH ~ 4820 + [Zn(NH3) 4S04]
[in excess]
12. Lead nitrate
Pb(N03) 2 + 2NHpH ~ 2NH 4 N0 3 + Pb(OH)2 ..,!..
3. ACTION OF ALKALIS
- On certain metals
13. Zinc Zn + 2NaOH ~ Na 2Zn0 2 + H 2
14. Zinc Zn + 2KOH ~ ~Zn0 2 + H2
[potassium zincate]

15. Lead Pb + 2Na0H ~ Na 2Pb0 2 + H 2

16. Lead Pb + 2KOH ~ K2 Pb0 2 + H 2
[potassium plumbite]
17. Aluminium
2Al + 2NaOH + 2Hp ~ 2NaAI02 + 3H 2
18. Aluminium
2Al + 2KOH + 2Hp ~ 2KAI0 2 + 3H 2
[potassium aluminate]
4. ACTION OF ALKALIS
- On oxides & hydroxides of certain metals
19. Zinc oxide ZnO + 2Na0H ~ Na 2Zn0 2 + Hp
20. Zinc hydroxide Zn(OH) 2 + 2NaOH ~ Na 2Zn0 2 + 2Hp

l11'll5f Arun Deep~ Sim. Chemistry X

 21 . Lead [II] oxide PbO + 2Na0H ~ Na 2Pb0 2 + Hp
22. Lead hydroxide Pb(OH)2 + 2NaOH ~ Na 2 Pb0 2 + 2Hp
23. Aluminium oxide Alp 3 + 2NaOH - . 2NaAI0 2 + H 2 0
c__ ~4. Aluminium hydroxide Al(OH) 3 + KOH ~ YAI0 2 + 2H 20

IQUESTIONS I
2003
1. Write the observations and balanced equation~ for the
following reactions :
(i) Sodium hydroxide is added drop-wise till in excess
to a solution of zinc sulphate.
(ii) Ammonium hydroxide is added in excess to a
solution of copper sulphate.
Ans. (i) A white ppt formed redissolves in excess of sodium
hyftroxide solution.
ZnS0 4 + 2NaOH ~ Na2 S04 + Zn(OH) 2 .,!..
(Gel. White ppt.)

Zn(OH) 2 + 2NaOH ~ Na2Zn0 2 + 2Hp

Sodium zincate
(White solution)
(ii? Pale blue ppt formed dissolves in excess of ammonium
hydroxide solution to form deep blue solution.
CuS0 4 + 2NHpH ~ (NH4 ) 2 S04 + Cu(OH) 2 .,!..
Cu(OH) 2 + (NH4 ) 2 S04 + 2NHpH ~ [Cu(NH3 ) 4 ] S04 + 4Hp
Tetra-amine
copper (II) sulphate
(deep blue colour)
2004
1. Sodium hydroxide solution is added first in a small amount
th en in excess to the aqueous salt solutions of (a) copper
1

[If] sulphate, (b) zinc nitrate, (c) lead nitrate, (d) iron
[III] sulphate.

Arun Deep~ Sim. Chemistry X l,usl

 State in each case :
(i) the colour of the precipitate when NaOH is added
in a small quantity ;
(ii) the nature of the precipitate (i.e. soluble or insoluble)
when NaOH is added in excess.
Ans. (i) (a) Blue (b) White
(c) White (d) Reddish brown
(ii) (a) Insoluble (b) Soluble
(c) Soluble (d) Insoluble.
2. Write balanced equations for- (a) Aluminium (b) Zinc- is
warmed with NaOH (caustic soda)
Ans. (a) 2AI + 2NaOH + 2Hp ----t 2NaAI02 + 3H2
(b) Zn + 2NaOH ----t Na2Zn02 + H 2
2005
1. The questions below refers to the following salt solutions
listed A to F :A ·: Copper nitrate, B : Iron [ll] sulphate,
C : Iron [Ill] chloride, D : Lead nitrate, E : Magnesium
sulphate, F : Zinc chloride.
(i) Which soln. becomes a deep/inky blue colour when excess
of ammonium hydroxide is added to it.
Ans. A : Copper nitrate
(ii) Which solution gives a white precipitate with excess
ammonium hydroxide solution.
Ans. D : Lead nitrate
2006
1. From the list of substances given -Ammonium sulphate,
Lead carbonate, Chlorine, Copper nitrate ferrous
sulphate- State a solution of the compound which gives a
dirty green precipitate with sodium hydroxide.
Ans. Ferrous sulphate
2. Write a balanced equation for the reaction between -
aluminium oxide and sodium hydroxide

Ans. Alp 3 + 2NaOH ------+ 2NaAI02 + Hp

D1l1'111 Arun Deep~ Sim. Chemistry X

 3. Give one test to distinguish between the following - Iron
(Ill) chlorine solo. and copper chloride solution.
Ans. Add NaOH solution in excess of the two solutions. The one in
which white ppt. initially formed dissolves in excess ofNaOH
solution is Zn(N0)2 solution and the other is Ca(N03) 2 solution.
2008
'
The salt which in solo. gives a pale green precipitate
1

with NaOH solution and a white ppt. tith BaCI2 solo. is:
(a) Iron (Ill) sulphate
(b) Iron (II) sulphate
(c) Iron (II) chloride .
(d) Iron (Ill) chloride
Ans. (b) Iron (II) sulphate
2009
1. Find the odd one with reason (note : valency is not a
criterion) :
Al(OHh, Pb(OHh, Mg(OHh, Zn(OHh
Ans. Mg(OHh [Because all others are amphoteric hydroxides]
2. Identity the substance P based on the information
given below :
The deliquescent salt P, turns yellow on dissolving in
water, and gives a reddish brown precipitate with
sodium hydroxide solution.
Ans. Ferric chloride.
2010
1. Give an equation for -
(i) ZoO reacts with NaOH solution.
(ii) Conversion of - Zn(N03 h to Zn(OHh
Ans. (i) ZnO + 2NaOH ~ Na 2Zn0 2 + H2 0
sodium zincate
(ii) Zn(N0 3 h + 2NaOH ~ Zn(OHh .J,. + 2NaN0 3
zinc sodium zin c sodium
nitrate hydroxide hydroxi de nitrate

Arun Deep~ Sim. Chemistry X F'l:fBI

 zinc hydroxide zinc oxide water
2. Select the correct answer from A, B, C -A : Sodium
hydroxide solo. B : A weak acid C : Dilute sulphuric
acid.
The solution which with zinc sulphate solution will give
a white precipitate.
Ans. A : Sodium hydroxide soln.
2011
1. Choose the correct answer from the choices given :
Hydroxide of this metal is soluble in NaOII solution.
A: Magnesium B: Lead
C: Silver D: Copper
Ans. B: Lead
2. Sodium hydroxide solution is added to the solutions
containing the ions mentioned in List 1.
List 1 -
(i) Pb2+ (ii) Fe2+ (iii) Zn 2+ (iv) Fe3+ (v) Cu2+ (vi) Cal+
List 2 - Gives the details of the precipitate. A : Reddish
brown B : White insoluble in excess, C : Dirty green
D : White soluble in excess, E : White soluble in excess
F: Blue.
Match the ions with their coloured precipitates in
List 2.
Ans. List 1 List 2
(i) Pb 2 + D : White soluble in excess
(ii) Fe 2+ C : Dirty green
(iii) Zn 2+ D : White soluble in excess
(iv) Fe 3+ A : Reddish brown
(v) Cu 2+ F : Blue
(vi) Ca 2+ B : White insoluble in excess.
3. Give a balanced chemical equation in each case when-

1149'1 Arun Deep ~ Sim. Chemistry X

 (t) Zinc oxide dissolves in sodium hydroxide.
Ans. ZnO + 2NaOH .., Na2 Zn0 2 + Hp
(it) Zinc is heated with NaOH solution.
Ans. Zn + 2NaOH ~ Na2 Zn02 + H 2 t
2012
1. Name : The gas evolved on reaction of Aluminium with
boiling concentrated caustic alkali solution.
Ans. Hydrogen gas
2. State one observation for :
(i) Excess NH 4 0H soln. is added to Pb(N03) 2 soln.
Ans. White ppt. insoluble in excess ammonium hydroxide.
(ii) NaOH soln. is added to FeCI3 soln. in excess.
Ans. Reddish brown precipitate is formed which in insoluble in excess
ofNaOH.
2013
1. State two relevant observations for the reaction :
Ammonium hydroxide solution is added to copper (II)
nitrate solution in small quantities and then in excess.
Ans. With small amount of ammonium hydroxide, a bluish white pre-
cipitate is formed. This precipitate dissolves in excess of am-
monium hydroxide to form a deep blue solution.
2014
1. State your observation : When excess sodium hydroxide
is added to calcium nitrate solution.
Ans. White ppt. formed is spairingly soluble.

Ca(N03) 2 + NaOH ~ Ca(OH)2 t + NaN0 3

White ppt.
2015
1. To a salt solution 'Y' a small quantity of ammonium hy-
droxide solution is added slowly and then in excess. A
pale blue precipitate is formed which dissolves in ex-
cess to form a clear inky blue solution. Identify the posi-
tive ion in the salt 'Y'.
Arun Deep's Sim. Chemistry X I:f5,0l
Ans. Cu 2+ (Copper ion)
2016
1. State your observations when ammonium hydroxide
solution is added drop by drop and then in excess to each
of the following solutions :
(i) copper sulphate solution (ii) zinc sulphate solution
Ans. (i) CuS0 4 + 2NHpH ~ Cu(OH) 2 + (NH4 ) 2 S04
Pale Blue Precipitates
Cu(OH) 2 + 2(NH4 ) 2 S04 + 2NH4 0H ~ [Cu(NH 3) 4 ] S04 + 4Hp
Deep blue solution
Pale blue precipitates are formed and then these
precipitates dissolve in excess of ammonium hydroxide
to form deep blue solution.

(ii) ZnS0 4 + NHpH ~ Zn(OH) 2 ,J.. + (NH4 ) 2 S04

White gelatinous
Zn(OH) 2 + (NH4 ) 2 S04 + 2NHpH ~ [Zn(NH3 ) 4]S04 + 4Hp
Colourless
When ammonium hydroxide is added drop by drop white
gelatinous precipitate of zinc hydroxide is formed and on
adding excess of ammonium hydroxide colourless solution
is formed.
2017
1. State one relevant observation - Action of sodium
hydroxide solution on iron [II] sulphate solution.
Ans. A dirty green precipitate is formed which is insoluble in excess
of sodium hydroxide solution .
2. How will you distinguish between- Ammonium hydroxide
& sodium hydroxide using CuSO 4 so ln.
Ans. Sodium hydroxide forms a pale blue precipitate which is insoluble
in excess of sodium hydroxide.
Ammonium hydroxide forms a pale blue precipitate which
redissolves in excess of ammonium hydroxide to form deep
blue colouration.

l't51d Arun Deep~ Sim. Chemistry X

 Additional Questions I
1. Salts of ............. (normal I transition) elements are
generally coloured. From the ions K 1+, Crl+, Fe2+, Ca2+
SO/-, Mn0 4 1- , NO/- the ions generally coloured are

Ans Normal · Cr-3+ Fe2+ MnO 1

• ' ' ' 4
2. The hydroxide which is soluble in excess of NaOH is
.............. [Zn(OH) 2 I Fe(OH)3 I Fe(OH) 2 ]
Ans. Zn(OH) 2
3. The salt which will not react with NH 40H solution
.............. [ZnCI/CuCI/NH4 CI/FeCI2 ]
Ans. NH4Cl
4. The substance/s which react/s with hot cone. NaOH solo.
and undergoes a neutralization reaction ..............• [AI2 0/
AI/AI(OH) 3 ]
Ans. Al 2 0 3
5. To distinguish soluble salts of zinc and lead, ............. .
[NaOH/NH4 0H] can be used.
Ans. NaOH
6. Oxides and hydroxide of certain metals i.e............... [iron/
zinc/copper/aluminium/magnesium/lead) are amphoteric
and react with .......... [acids/alkali/acids and alkalis].
Ans. zinc, aluminium and lead ; acids and alkalis
Complete the following equations :
(i) MgCI 2 + NH4 0H ~ ...... .. ... + .......... .
(ii) Zn + NaOH ~ ..... ...... + .......... .
(iii) ZnO + NaOH ~ ........... + .......... .
(iv) Al(OH) 3 + KOH ~ ........... + .......... .
(v) Zn(OH) 2 + NaOH (excess) ~ ........... + ...........
(vi) Pb(N0 3) 2 + NHpH ~ ... ...... .. + .......... .
(vii) Al 2 0 3 + KOH ~ ..... ...... + .......... .
(viii) FeCl 3 + NaOH ~ ...... ..... + .......... .

Arun Deep's Sim. Chemistry X 11152.1

Ans. (i) MgCl 2 + 2NH4 0H ----+ 2NH4CI + Mg(OH) 2 ,1..
(ii) Zn + 2NaOH ----+ Na2Zn02 + ~
[sodium zincate]

(iii) ZnO + 2NaOH ----+ Na2Zn0 2 + ~0

[sodium zincate]

(iv) Al(OH) 3 + KOH ----+ KAI0 2

[potassium aluminate]

(v) Zn(OH) 2 + 2NaOH (excess) ----+ Na2 Zn02 + 2~0

[sodium zincate]

(vi) Pb(N03) 2 + 2NH40H ----+ 2NH4N0 3 + Pb(OH) 2 ,1..

(vii) Al 2 0 3 + 2KOH ----+ 2KAI02 + ~0
[potassium aluminate]

(viii) FeCl 3 + 3NaOH ----+ 3NaCI + Fe(OH)3 ,1..

111531 Arun Deep~ Sim. Chemistry X

0 fXo[e Concept & Stoicftiometl'~

Part A
Gay Lussac 's Law -Avogadro's Law- Mole concept

MOLE CONCEPT : In order to understand mole concept

and gas we should learn how gas differ from solids and
liquids.
Gases differ from solids and liquids :
Gases Solids Liquids
1. Gases have no Solids have a definite Liquids have a definite
definite shape, volume volume and shape arid volume, no definite
and rigidity. are rigid (inter-mole shape and are less
(inter molecular -cular spaces between rigid (Intermolecular
space between particles is minimum. space between
particles is maximum) particles is less than
solids.
2. Gases exert Solids exert pressure. Liquids exert pressure.
pressure.
3. Generally have low Have high densities Densities less than
densities solid.
4. Gases have high Have no miscibility. Slight miscibility.
miscibility.
Gas Laws : 1. Gas laws are certain rules which a gas follows
when subjected to a change in the temperature, pressure or
volume.
The effect of change of one of the parameter affect the other
two parameters.
(a) Temperature : It is the degree of hotness and coldness of a
body. Units: Celsius- coKelvin= K0 •

A run Deep's Sim. Chemistry X 11,5'!1:)

 (b) Pressure : Force exerted per unit area.
Unis: 1 Atmosphere= 76 em or 760 mm ofHg.
(c) Volume : Space occupied by a fixed mass of gas.
Unit : I Litre= 1 dm 3 = 1000 cm4 = 1000 ml
1. Boyle's Law : Temperature remaining constant, the volume
of a given mass of gas is inversely proportional to its pressure.

1
i.e. V a P (T = constant)
2. Charle's Law : Pressure remaining constant the volume of a
given mass of dry gas is directly proportional to absolute (Kelvin)
temperature i.e. VaT (Pressure= Constant)

PV
3. Gas Equation: T = K (constant)

Standard temperature= ooc = 273 K

Standard pressure = 760 mm. of Hg or 76 em of
Hg = 1 atmospheric pressure
Gay Lussac's Law= "Whenever the gases react chemically,
they do so in volumes, which bear a simple whole number ratio
to each other and to the volume of its products if gaseous,
provided the temperature and pressure of reacting gases and
their products remain constant."
e.g.

~+@~ ~ ratio2H 2 + 0 2 ~ 2H 2 0
(1+1) ' l _ . ) l__- 2:1:2
2 vo I. 1 vol. 2 vol.
hydrogen oxygen steam

li1.5'5l Arun Deep's Sim. Chemistry X

 LN2 .J
+ ~ ----->~ratio 2 vol.
N 2 + 3H2 -----> 2NH 3
1:3 :2
3 vo.1
t.____....J
~
1 vol. hydrogen A mmoma
·
nitrogen

IPRACTICE QUESTIONS I
1. What volume of oxygen would he required to burn
completely 400 ml of acetylene (C 2H 2) ? Calculate the
volume of C02 formed.

I.....__.J t.____....J L.___..J L.___..J

2 vol. 5 vol. 4 vol. 2 vol.
2 5

400 ml of C2H2 = 25 x 400ml.

Volume of02 needed= 1000 mi.

2 vol. of C2H2 produce C02 = 4 vol.

400 ml of C2 H2 produce C02 = 24 x 400 = 800 ml

Volume of C02 produced= 800 mi.

2. 2500 cc of oxygen was burnt with 600 cc of ethane (C 2H 6).
Calculate the volume of unused oxygen and the volume
of carbon dioxide formed, after writing the balanced
equation :

Ethane + Oxygen ~ Carbon dioxide + Water vapour

Ans. 2C 2H6 + 702 ~ 4C02 + 6Hp

2 volumes of C2 H6 need 0 2 = 7 vols.

600 cc of C2H6 needs 0 2 = 27 x 600 = 2100 cc

Volume of 0 2 unused= 2500- 2100 = 400 cc

Arun Deep~ Sim. Chemistry X 1"1 561
 2 vols. ofC 2H6 produce C02 = 4 vols.

600 cc ofC2H6 will produce C02 = ~ x 600 = 1200 cc

3. 80 cm3 of methane are mixed with 200 cm3 of pure oxygen

at similar temperature and pressure. The mixture is then
ignited. Calculate the composition of resulting mixture if
it is cooled to initial room temperature and pressure.

Ans.
(By Gay Lussac's Law) 1 vol. 2 vol. 1 vol. Nil
I vol. of CH4 reacts with 0 2 = 2 vols.
80 cm 3 ofCH4 need 0 2 = 80 x 2 = I60 cm3
Excess oxygen = 200 - 160 = 40 cm3
Again I vol. of CH4 produces C0 2 = 1 vol.
C02 produced= 80 cm3
Thus, gaseous composition after reaction is :
Excess oxygen = 200 - I60 = 40 cm3
CO 2 = 80 cm3
water= negligible
4. Calculate the volume of HCI gas formed and chlorine
gas required when 40 mL of methane reacts completely
with chlorine at S.T.P.

CH4 + 2CI2 -----+ C~CI 2 + 2HCI

Ans. We know that

1 vol. 2 vol. 2 vol.

1 vol. ofCH4 produces 2 vols. ofHCl

40 ml of CH 4 produces 2 x 40 = 80 ml of C0 2
40 ml of CH4 reacts completely with Cl 2 = 2 x 40 = 80 ml
. 5. What volume of propane is burnt for every 500 cm3 of air
' ,\ .· used in the reaction under the same conditions ?
l·tS:Z-1 A run Deep~ Sim. Chemistry X
 C3H 8 + 502 ~ 3C02 + 4H20
Ans. Volume of 0 2 in 500 cm 3 of air= 20%
20
= 100 x 500 = 100 cm 3

C 3H 8 + 502 ~ 3C0 2 + 4Hp

I vol. 5 vol.

100
Volume of propane burnt = - 5- = 20 cm3

6. 450 cm3 of nitrogen monoxide and 200 cm3 of oxygen are

mixed together and ignited. Calculate the composition
of resulting mixture.

2NO + 0 2 ~ 2N02

Ans. 2NO + 0 2 ~ 2N0 2

2 vols. I vol. 2 vols.

200 cm3
0 2 (200 cm3 ) combines with 2 vols. = 2 x 200 = 400 cm3 ofNO
2 vols. ofNO produces= 2 vols. ofN02
400 cm3 of NO produces N0 2 = 400 cm 3
Volume ofNO left unused= 450- 400 = 50 cm 3
7. 24 cc marsh gas (CH4 ) was mixed with 106 cc oxygen
and then exploded. On cooling the volume of the mixture
became 82 cc of which 58 cc were unchanged oxygen.
Which law does their experiment supports ? Explain with
calculations.
Ans. Marsh gas (CH4 ) exploded with oxygen

CH4 + 202 ~ C02 + 2Hp

I vol. 2 val. Ivai. 0 vol.
24 cc 48 cc 24 cc

1 vol. of CH4 requires 0 2 = 2 vols.

24 cc of CH4 requires 0 2 7 2 x 24 = 48 cc

Arun Deep's Sim. Chemistry X 115.81

 Also 24 cc of CH4 produce C02 = 24 cc
Vol. of 0 2 unused = 106- 48 = 58 cc
Vol. of mixture on cooling= (unused oxygen+ C02 formed)
= 58 + 24 = 82 cc
Gay-Lussac 's Law supports the experiment.
Avogadro's Law : "Under the same conditions of temperature
and pressure equal volumes of all gases contain the same number
of molecules."
If we assume that 7 litre of oxygen gas contains 'n' molecules
of the gas then by Avogadro's Law:
(i) I litre of oxygen will contain 'n' molecules of hydrogen
(ii) 1 litre of nitrogen will contain 'n' molecules of nitrogen.
(iii) 1 litre of any gas will contain 'n' molecules of that gas.
e.g.

~
N2
+ ~ 2
L...___.....J
-~@E)
L2 vo_S
3 vol.
I vol.
I molecule 3 molecule 2 molecule
Nitrogen Hydrogen Ammonia

RELATIVE ATOMIC MASS : It is the number that

represent how many times one atom of an element is heavier
than one atom of hydrogen, whose weight has been taken unity
or 1fl2 of 6CI2.
RELATIVE MOLECULAR MASS : "It is the number that
represents how many times one molecule of a substance is
heavier than one atom of hydrogen whose weight has been
taken unity or 1/ 12 of 6C 12 •
Avogadro's Number: "The number of atoms present in 12 g
(gm atomic mass) of 6C 12 is called Avogadro's number.
Na or L = 6.023 x 10 23

[15.'91 Arun Deep~ Sim. Chemistry X

 Atomic and Molecular weight of some elements.
Element Symbol Rei atomic mass Gram atomic mass
1. Carbon c 12.0 12g
2. Hydrogen H 1.008 lgrn
3. Chlorine Cl 35.453 55.5g
4. Nitrogen N 14.007 14g
5. IronFe 55.847 56g
6. Sulphur s 32.064 32g
Mole : Mole is the mass of substance containing particles equal
to Avogadro's number i.e. 6.023 x 1023 •
Gram Atom : "The relative atomic mass of an element
expressed in grams is called gram atom.
Gram Mole : "The relative atomic mass of a substance
expressed in grams is called gram mole.
Molar Volume : Volume occupied by one mole of any gas at
STP is called molar volume.
APPLICATIONS OF AVOGADRO'S LA~

I. Determines the atomicity of the gas.

2. Determines the molecular formula of a gas.
3. Determines the relation between molecular weight and vapour
density.
4. Explains Gay-Lussac's law.
5. Determines the relationship between gram molecular weight
and gram molecular volume.
1. Determines the atomicity of a gas :
. Atomicity : The number of atoms present in one molecule of
that element is called atomicity.
Monoatomic : Elements which have one atom in their
molecules e.g. Helium, Neon.
Diatomic : Elements which have two atoms in their molecule
e.g. Hydrogen, nitrogen, oxygen.

Arun Deep's Sim. Chemistry X M60.I

 e.g. of Determination of atomicity of a gas :

Nitrogen + Oxygen ~ Nitric oxide

1 vol. l____..J 2 vo I.
1 vol.
N2 + 02 ~ 2NO
1 molecule + 1 molecule ~ 2 molecules.
A molecules of nitrogen contains two atoms : atomicity -
Diatomic
2. Determines the molecular formula of a gas.
Molecular formula : A chemical formula which gives the
actual or exact number of atoms of the elements present in one
molecule of a compound.
e.g. Hydrogen+ Chlorine ~Hydrogen chloride
I vol. I vol. 2 vol. I By Gay-Lussac 's law

A mole of hydrogen and chlorine contain two atoms-

DIATOMIC.
3. Determines the relation between molecular weight and
vapour density.
Molecular weight: It is the ratio of the weight of 1 molecule
of a substance to the weight of one atom of hydrogen.

mass of 1 molecule of a substance

Mol. wt =
rriass of 1 mol. of hydrogen
Vapour Density : It is the ratio of the mass of a certain volume
of gas or vapour of the mass of the same volume of hydrogen.
Mol. wt. = 2 x vapour density
4. Explains Gay-Lussac's Law :
Gay-Lussac's Law is explained by Avogadro's Law which
states "Under similar conditions of temperature and pressure,
equal volumes of different gases have same number of
molecules."
Since substances react in simple ratio ofnmu0er of molecules,
volumes of gaseous reactants and products will also bear a

I:~ 6,N A run Deep~ Sim. Chemistry X

 simple ratio to one another. This is what Gay-Lussac's Law
says.
H2 + -----+ 2HCI
I vol. I vol. 2 vol. (by Gay-Lussac's Law)

n-molecules n-molecules 2n-molecules (by Avogadro's Law)

5. Determines relationship between gram molecu~ar mass
and gram molecular volume :
Gram molecular mass is the relative molecular mass of a
substance expressed in grams. It is also called gram molecule
of that element.
Gram molecular volume : The volume occupied by e.g. molecular
wt. of a gas at s.t.p.

Gram molecular weight

Gram molecular volume= wt. per litre of gas at s.t.p.

32 (mol. wt.) 2.016(mol.wt)

e.g. Molar volume of 0 2 = !.429 g/litre 0.09 gil
= 22.4 lit. at s.t.p.

IADDITIONAL PROBLEMS I
Q.l. LUSSAC'S LAW
1. Nitrogen reacts with hydrogen to give ammonia.
Calculate the volume of the ammonia gas formed when
nitrogen reacts with 6 litres of hydrogen. All volumes
measured at s.t.p.
Ans. N 2 + 3H2 ~ 2NH3
1 vol. 3 vol 2 vol.
3 volumes of hydrogen produces 2 volumes of Ammonia.
2
6 litres of H2 produces= 3 x 6 litres ofNH3 = 4 Iits.

2. 2500 cc of oxygen was burnt with 600 cc of ethane

[C 2H 6 ]. Calculate the volume of unused oxygen and the
volume of carbon dioxide formed.
Arun Deep's Sim. Chemistry X H.6:Zl
 2 vol. 7 vol. 4 vol.
2 cc of C2H6 reacts with oxygen = 7 cc
7x600
600 cc of C2H6 reacts with oxygen = = 2100 cc
2
Oxygen left unused = 2500 - 2100 = 400 cc
2 vols. of C2H6 produce C02 = 4 vols.
600x4
= 1200 cc
2
3. 20 mi. each of oxygen and hydrogen and 10 mi. of carbon
monoxide are exploded in an enclosure. What will be
the volume and composition of the mixture of the gases
when they are cooled to room temperature.
Ans. 2CO + 0 2 ~ 2C02
2 vol. I vol. 2 vol.
I 0 ml 5 ml I 0 ml

Vol. of oxygen needed = 5 ml

and vol. of C02 produced = 20 ml
Now 2H2 + 0 2 ~ 2H2 0
2 vol. I vol. Nil

20 ml 10 ml

Vol. of oxygen used= 10 ml

Total vol. of oxygen used = 10 + 5 = 15 ml
Vol. of02 left= 20- 15 = 5 ml
and vol. of C02 = 10 ml
4. 224 cm 3 of ammonia undergoes catalytic oxidation in
presence of Pt to gi:ven nitric oxide and water vapour.
Calculate the volume of oxygen required for the reaction.
All volumes measured at room temperature and pressure.
Ans. 4NH3 + 502 ~ 4NO + 6H2 0
4 vol. 5 vol.

4 volume ofNH3 require 0 2 = 5 vol.

ht68l Arun Deep~ Sim. Chemistry X

 OR
3
4 cm ofNH3 require 0 2 = 5 cm3
5
. . 224 cm3 of ammonia will need 0 2 = 4 x 224 = 280 cm3

5. Acetylene [C 2H 2 ] burns in air forming carbon dioxide

and water vapour. Calculate the volume of air required
to completely burn 50 cm 3 of acetylene. [Assume air
contains 20% oxygen].
Ans. 2C 2H2 + 502 ~ 4C02 + 2H20
2 vol. 5 vol.
For complete burning
2cm3 of C2 H2 needs oxygen = 5 cm3
5
.. 50 cm3 ofC 2H2 needs oxygen= 50 x 2 = 125 cm3
But if 0 2 is 20 cm3 air = l 00 cm3

.. If 125 cm3 is 0 2 , air = 1002x0125 = 625 cm3

6. On igniting a mixture of acetylene [C 2H 2 ] and oxygen,

200 cm 3 of C0 2 is collected at s.t.p. Calculate the volume
of acetylene & 0 2 at s.t.p. in the original mixture.
Ans. 2C 2H2 + 502 ~ 4C02 + 2H20
2 vol. 5 vol. 4 vol. ml
Vol. ofC 2H2
For 4 vol. of C02 vol. of C2 H2 is 2
2
For 200 cm3 of C0 2, vol. ofC 2H2 is= 4 x 200 = 100 cm3

Vol. of02
For 4 cm3 of C02 vol. of02 needed= 5 cm3
5
.. For 200 cm3 ofC02 vol. of02 = 4 x 200 = 250 cm3

7. Ammonia is formed from the reactants nitrogen and

Arun Deep's Sim. Chemistry X f1Hl

 hydrogen in presence of a catalyst under suitable
conditions. Assuming all volumes are measured in litres
at s.t.p. Calculate the volume of ammonia formed if only
10% conversion has taken place.
Ans. N 2 + 3H2 ~ 2NH3
I Vol. 3 vol. 2 vol.
I lit. 3 lit. 21it.

Vol. of ammonia formed is 10% of reactants

10
10% of2 lit.= 100 x 2 = 0.21itres

ofvol. ofN 2 and H2

8. 100 cc. each of water gas and oxygen are ignited and the
resultant mixture of gases cooled to room temp.
Calculate the composition of the resultant mixture.
[Water gas contains CO and H 2 in equal ratio]
Ans. This means vol. of CO = 50 cc
and volume ofH2 =50 cc
2CO + 0 2 ~ 2C02
2 vol. 1 vol. 2 vol.
1 vol. of 0 2 produces C0 2 = 2 vol.
25 cc of 0 2 produces C02 = 50 cc
2H 2 + 0 2 ~ 2H2 0
I vol Nil
25 cc

25 cc of02 is consumed in burning H2

Vol of 0 2 used = 50 cc and vol. of C0 2 produced = 50 cc
Q.2. MOLE CONCEPT - AVOGADRO'S LAW -
AVOGADRO'S NUMUER
Calculate tlte following : fall measurement at s.t.p. or as
stated in tlte problem]
1. The mass of 2.8 litres of C02 • [C = 12, 0 = 16]
Ans. Molecular mass of C0 2 = C + 2 (0)
= 12 + 2 (16) = 44g mol- 1
Lt65:l Arun Deep~ Sim. Chemistry X
 s.t.p. 22.4 litres of C02 has mass = 44g
44 x 2.8 44 II
2.8 Iits. of C02 has mass= - - - = - 8 = -2 = 5.5g
12.4
2. The volume occupied by 53.5g of Cl2' [CI = 35.5]
Ans. At. s.t.p. volume occupied by
Cl 2 = 35.2 x 2 = 71g mol- 1
71g ofC1 2 at STP has mass= 22.4 lits.
22.4 X 53.5
Vol. occupied by 53.5 g ofCI 2 = 71

1198.40
- 7- 1- = 16.87lits.

3. The number of molecules in 109.5 g of HCI. [H = 1, Cl =

35.5] .
Ans. Molar mass of HCl = I + 35.5 = 36.5g moi- 1
At s.t.p. 36.5g ofHCl = 1 mole= 6.023 x I 023 molecules

109.5 X 6.023 X I 0 23 219

109.5gofHCl = = - x 6.023 x 102 3
36.5 73
= 3 x 6.023 x I 023 molecules of HCl
4. The number of
(i) molecules [S = 32]
(ii) atoms in 192 g. of sulphur. [88 ]
Ans. (i) No. of molecules inS= 6.023 x 1023 molecules
(Avog. No.)
(ii) S8 = 8 atoms
=8 X 32 = 256
256 g of S \ ontains atoms = 6.023 x 1023 atoms

6.023xl0 23
192 g of S contains atoms = 256 X )92

= 0.75 x 6.023 x 1023 atoms

5. The mass of (Na) sodium which will contain 6.023 x 1023

Arun Deep's Sim. Chemistry X l't66l

 atoms. [Na = 23]
Ans. One gram atom of sodium = 23 g
We know that one gram atom of an element
= 6.023 x 1023 atoms
Mass ofNa containing 6.023 x 1023 atoms =Atomic mass of
sodium=23 g
6. The no. of atoms of potassium present in 117 g. of K.
[K = 39]
Ans. At. wt. of K = 39
117
Gram atoms of K = 39 = 3 gram atoms

One gram atom has = 6.023 X 1023 atoms

3 gram atoms has= 3 x 6.023 x 1023 atoms ofK
7. The number of moles and molecules in 19.86 g. of Pb
(N0 3h. [Pb = 207, N = 14, 0 = 16]
Ans. Gram molecular mass of Pb (N0 3) 2 = 1 mole
= Pb + 2 [N + 3 (0)]
=207+2 [14+48] =331 g= i mole
19.86 x l
19.86 g ofPb (N03 )z = = 0.06 moles
331
One mole of Pb (N0 3)z has 6.023 x 1023 molecules
0.06 moles has= 0.06 x 6.023 x I 023 moleules
8. The mass of an atom of lead [Pb = 202].
Ans. 1 mole of lead (Pb) i. e. 202 g has = 6.023 x 1023 atoms
6.023 X I 023 atoms of lead = 202 g

202 - X - 23
1 atom has mass= 6.023 x !0 23 -33.48 10 g

9. The number of molecules in 1Yz litres of water.

[density of water 1.0 g./cm 3. - :. mass of water= volume
x density]
Ans. Vol. of water= 1.5 L = 150 mL = 1500 cm 3
11'61,1 A run Deep's Sim. Chemistry X
 Density of water = I g/cm3
.. Mass of water= Volume x Density
= 1500 cm3 x I g cm-3 = 1500 g
Molar mass of water= 18 g moi- 1
.. 18 g of water contain molecules= 6.023 x 1023

. . 6.022 x 1500 x 10 23
1500 g of water will contam molecules= - - - - - - -
18
= 83.33 x 6.022 x 1023 molecules
10. The gram-atoms in 88.75 g of chlorine [CI = 35.5]
Ans. Gram-atom =Atomic mass in grams
At. mass of chlorine = 35.5 g
35 .5 g of chlorine= 1 gram-atoms
88.75 X 1 8875
88.75 g of chlorine= 35 .5 = 3550 = 2 ·5
= 2.5 gram-atoms
11. The number of hydrogen atoms in 0.25 mole of H 2S04•
Ans. H2S04 = 1 mole of sulphuric acid
1 mole of H2S04 has hydrogen atoms= 2 x 6.023 x 1023
1 1
0.25 = 4 mole of H2S04 hasH atoms= 4 X 2 X 6.023 X 1o23

= 3.0115 x 1023 atoms

12. The gram molecules in 21 g of nitrogen [N = 14]
Ans. Gram molecular mass ofN2 = 2 x 14 = 28 g
28 g ofN 2 = I gram molecule
l x 21 3
21 g ofN2 = 28 = 4 = 0.75 g molecular ofN2
13. The number of atoms in 10 litres of ammonia [N = 14, H
= 1]
Ans. NH3 (Ammonia) mole has IN+ 3H = 4 atoms
NH3 = I mole= 22.4 litres at s.t.p.
Arun Deep's Sim. Chemistry X l t6:SJ
 1 mole ofNH3 has atoms= 4 x 6.023 x 1023 atoms
i.e. 22.4 litres ofNH3 has= 4 x 6.023 x 1023 atoms

10 X 4x 6.023 X }0 23
10 litres ofNH3 h a s = - - - - - - -
22.4
= 1.786 X 6.23 X 1023 atOmS
14. The number of atoms in 60 g of neon [Ne = 20]
Ans. 1 g atoms= 6.023 X 1023 atoms
Gram atomic mass ofNe = 20 g
20 g ofNe = 6.023 x 1023 atoms

60
60 g ofNe = 20 X 6.023 X 1023

= 3 x 6.023 x 1023 atoms

15. The number of moles of 'X' atoms in 93 g of 'X' [X is
phosphorus = 31]
Ans. Gram atomic mass of phosphorus= 31 g = 1 mole
31 g of X= 1 mole

93
93 g of X= 3l = 3 moles of X

16. The Volume occupied by 3.5 g of 0 2 gas at 27°C and 740

mm presure. [0 = 16]
Ans. Mass of 1 mole of gas= 0 2 = 16 x 2 = 32 g
At. s.t.p. 32 g of02 occupies vol. = 22.4 !its.

22.4 X 3.5
3.5 g of02 occupies vol. = = 2.45 !its.
32
To find, vol. occupied by 3.5 g of02 at 27°C and 740 mm
P 1 = 760 mm P 2 = 740 mm
T 1 = 273 K T 2 = 27 + 273 = 300 K
VI= 2.45 L V2 = ?.

Now, applying gas equation,

li11 69l Arun Deep's Sim. Chemistry X

 = 2.76lits. = v2 = 2.76lits.
17. The moles of sodium hydroxide contained in 160 g of it.
[Na = 23, 0 = 16, H = 1]
Ans. l g molecular weight ofNaOH = Na + 0 + H
= 23 + 16 + 1 = 40 g = 1 mole
40 g ofNaOH represent= 1 mole ofNaOH
160
160 g ofNaOH will represent= 40 = 4 moles ofNaOH

18. The weight in g. of 2.5 moles of ethane [C 2H 6 ].

[C = 12, H = 1]
Ans. l mole of ethane [C 2H6] = 2 (C)+ 6 (H)
=2(12)=6(1)
= 24 + 6 = 30
1 mole of C2 H 6 weighs= 30 g
2.5 moles ofC 2H 6 weighs= 30 x 2.5 = 75 g
19. The molecular weight of 2.6 g of a gas which occupies
2.24 lits. at ooc and 760 mm press.
Ans. Volume occupied at 0°C and 760 mm means volume occupied
at s.t.p.
2.24 I its of gas at s.t.p. by= 2.6 g of gas
2.6 x 22.4
22.4 !its. at. s.t.p. is occupied by= = 26 g of gas
2.24
But vol. of 22.4 !its. of gas at s.t.p. =molecular mass
Molecular weight of gas = 26 g
20. The gram atoms in 46 g of sodium [Na = 23]
Ans. 1-g-atoms ofNa = 23 g
23 gofNa= 1g-atom
l x 46
46 g ofNa = 23 = 2 gram atoms
Arun Deep's Sim. Chemistry X nv,al
 21. The number of moles of KCI0 3 that will be required to
give 6 moles of oxygen.
Ans. 2KCI03 ~ 2KCI + 302
2 moles 3 moles
To produce 3 moles of02 , moles ofKC103 required= 2
To produce 6 moles of02, moles ofKC103 required
2x6
= - - =4moles
3
22. The weight of the substance of its molecular weight is
70 and in the gaseous form occupies 10 lits. at 27°C and
700 mm pressure.
Ans. Molecular weight of substance= 70
P 1 =700mm P2 =760mm
V 1 = 10 !its.
T 1 =27+273=300K

PIVI P2V2
TI T2

7 x 273 637
3 X 76 76
at. s.t.p. molecular mass occupies 22.4 !its.
22.41its ofthe,gas at STP has mass= 70 g
637
76 !its. of the gas at STP will weigh

70 637 100 X 637 25 x 637

=-- x - = - - -
22.4 76 • 32 X 76 8 X 76

15925
= 608 = 26. 19 g

State which of the following :

23. Has higher number of moles : 5 g. of N20 or 5 g. of NO
[N = 14, 0 = 16]
(;:1,9'&t ( A run Deeps Sim. Chemistry X
 Ans. Molar mass ofN20 = (2 x14) + 16 = 44 g
Molar mass ofNO = 14 + 16 = 30 g
5
.. 5 g ofN20 has number of moles= 44 moles

5 1
5 g ofNO has number of moles= 30 = 6 moles
5 5
and 30 > 44 :. NO has higher number of moles

24. Has higher mass : 1 mole of C02 or 1 mole of CO

[C = 12, 0 = 16]
Ans. 1 mole of C02 has mass= 12 + (16 x 2) = 44 g
l mole of CO bas mass= 12 + 16 = 28 g
:. Mass of 1 mole of C02 has more mass
25. Has higher no. of atoms : 1 g of 0 2 or 1 g of Cl2
[0 = 16, Cl = 35.5]
Ans. Molar mass of 0 2 = 2 x 16 = 32 g moi- 1
32 g of 02 have atoms = 2 X 6.023 X I o23

. 2 x 6.023 x 1023
l g of 0 2 wtll have atoms= - - -3-2 - -

= 0.0625 x 6.022 x 1023 atoms

Molar mass ofCI2 = 2 x 35.5 = 71 g moi- 1
71 g ofCI2 have atoms= 2 x 6.023 x 1023

2x 6.023 x 1023
I g of C12 will have atoms = 71
= 0.028 X 6.023 X J 023
Thus 1 g of 0 2 has more number of atot11 than 1 g of Cl2.
Q.3. VAPOUR DENSITY AND MOLECULAR Y,'l<:IGHT
1. 500 mi. of gas 'X' at s.t.p. weighs 0.50 g. Calcuta ... +fte
vapour density and molecular weight of the gas.
[1 lit. of H 2 at s.t.p. weighs 0.09 g).
Arun Deep's Sim. Chemistry X ITZ21
 weight of 1 lit. of 'X'
Ans. Vapour density of gas 'X'= weight of 1 lit. of H 2

at same temp. and pressure

weight of 1000 ml of X 2 x 0.50 100
V.D. = weight of 11it. of H 2 =9=11.1
0.09
Molecular weight of 'X'= 2 x V.D.
= 2 X 11.1 = 22.2 g
2. A gas cylinder holds 85 g of a gas 'X'. The same cylinder
when filled with hydrogen holds 8.5 g of hydrogen under
the same conditions of temperature and pressure
Calculate the molecular weight of 'X'.
Weight of certain volume of gas
Ans. V.D. of 'X'= Weight of equal vol. of H 2
Under similar conditions of temp. and pressure
wt. of 1 gas cylinder of gas 'X' 85 g
V.D. of gas 'X'= wt. of 1 gas cylinder of H 2 8.5 g
V.D. of 'X'= 10
Mo,lecular weight of gas 'X' = 2 x 10 = 20 g
3. Calculate the relative molecular mass [molecular weight]
of 290 mi. of a gas 'A' at 17°C and 1520 mm pressure
which weighs 2.73 gat s.t.p. [1 litre of hydrogen at s.t.p.
weighs 0.09 g.]
Ans. To convert the vol. 290 mi. of gas at s.t.p.
V 1 = 290 ml V2 = ?
P 1 = 1520 mm P2 = 760 mm
T 1 =273+17=290K T2 =273K
. . P,v, P2 V2
Applymg gas equatwn, T = ---:r-
' 2

P, v,T2 290 x 1520 x 273

V = -- = =546ml
2 TIP2 290 X 760

1,1;7:3( Arun Deep's Sim. Chemistry X

 To calculate V.D. of gas 'X'
546 ml of gas at s.t.p. weighs 273 g
273 X 1000
1000 ml (1 lit.) of gas weighs= 546 = 500 g

wt. of 1 lit. of gas 'X'

Now V.D. of gas ' X'=
wt. of 1 lit. of H 2

500
= 0.09 = 55.55

Molecular mass of gas = 2 x V.D.

=2 X 55 .55 = 111.10 g
4. State the volume occupied by 40 g of a hydrocarbon -
CH4 at s.t.p. if its V.D. is 8.
Ans. V.D. of hydrocarbon =8
Molecular weight = 2 x V.D. = 2 x 8 = 16 g
16 g of hydrocarbon occupy at S.T.P. = 22.4lit
22.4 X 40
40 g of hydrocarbon occupy at S.T.P. = = 56 lits.
16
5. Calculate the atomcity of a gas X [at. no. 35.5] whose
vapour density is equal to its relative atomic mass.
Ans. V.D . = At. mass
V.D. = 35.5
Molecular weight = 2 x V.D.
=2 x 35.5=71 g

Molecular weight
Number of atoms=
Atomic weight

71
n = 35 _5 = 2 atoms

Atomicity of gas 'X'= 2

6. Calculate the relative molcular mass and vapour density
of methyl alcohol [CH3 0H] if 160 g. of the alcohol on
Arun Deep ~ Sim. Chemistry X 11741
 vaporization has a volume of 112 litres at s.t.p.
Ans. Mass of 112 L of alcohol vapour at STP = 160 g

160
Mass of 1 L of alcohol vapour at STP hass mass= 112 g

= 1.4286 g
Mass of I L of H2 at STP = 0.09 g
Vapour density

Mass of given vol. of gas or vapour

Mass of same vol. of H 2 under similar T and P

1.4286
= 0.09 = 15 .87 ~ 16
Mol. mass= 2 x V.D. = 2 x 15.87 = 31.75 ~ 32

PartB
STOICHIOMETRY
Percentage Composition -Empirical & Molecular Formula
Chemical Equation Calculations

Empirical formula: is the formula of a compound which shows

the simplest whole number ratio between the atoms of elements
in the compounds.
Determination of empirical formula of a compound :
Rules :
1. Write down the percentage composition and atomic weight of
each element present in the given compound.
2. Divide the% composition of each element by its atomic weight.
The ratio gives the number of atoms of each element or relative
number of atoms in the compound.
3. Select the smallest ratio or number and divide the remaining
ratios by it to give the simple ratio of atoms present in the
compound.
4. Write the empirical formula showing the atoms in the proper
l\:1\'l<SI Arun Deeps Sim. Chemistry X
 simple ratio of whole numbers.
Molecular Formula : Molecular formula is the chemical
formula which represents the actual number of atoms of each
element present in a molecules of the compound.
Determination of molecular formula of a compound
Rules :
I . Calculate the empirical formula as explained about.
2. Record the molecular wt. (or calculate to V.D. of the compound).
mol. wt = 2 x V.D.
3. Determine the value of'n ' an integer by applying formula.
mol. wt = n x empirical formula wt.

mol. wt
or n = empmca
.. I"'tormu1a wt.
4. Calculate the molecular formula by applying formula.
i.e. Molecular formula= (Empirical formula)".
Problems based empirical formula x molecular formula.

IADDITIONAL PROBLEMS I
Q.l. PERCENTAGE COMPOSITION
1. Calculate the percentage by weight of: (a) C in carbon
dioxide, (b) Na in sodium carbonate, (c) AI in aluminium
nitride. [C = 12, 0 = 16, H = 1, Na = 23, AI= 27, N = 14]
Ans. (a) Weight ofC = 12
Weight of C0 2 = I2 + 2 (16) = 44

wt. of carbon
% age of C in C02 = wt. of C0 2 X I00

12 300
= -
44
X I 00 = -
11
= 27 .27%
=> Percentage ofC in C02 = 27.3%
(b) Wt. of sodium carbonate N~C0 3
= 2 (Na) + C + 3 (0)

A run Deep's Sim. Chemistry X LI V61

 = 2 (23) + 12 + 3 ( 16)
= 46 + 12 + 48 = 106
wt. of Na
Percentage of sodium in N~C0 3 = wt. of Na 2co 3 x 100

46
= 106 X 100 = 43.4%

(c) Weight of Aluminium nitrideAlN

Molecular weight of AlN = 27 + 14 = 41g
wt. of AI
Percentage of Aluminium= wt. of AlN x 100

27
= 4t X 100 = 65.85%

2. Calculate the percentage of iron in K 3Fe(CN)6• [K = 39,

Fe = 56, C = 12, N = 14]
Ans. Molecular mass of K 3Fe(CN)6
= 3 (K) + Fe + 6 [C + N]
=3(39)+56+6[12+ 14]=329g
wt. of iron x 100
Percentage of iron in K 3Fe(CN)6 = wt. of K 3 Fe(CN)6

56x 100
329 = 17.03%

3. Calculate which of the following - calcium nitrate or

ammonium sulphate has a higher % of nitrogen.
[Ca = 40, S = 32, N = 14, 0 = 16]
Ans. Gram-molecular mass of Ca(N0 3h
= Ca + 2 [N + 3(0)]
= 40 + 2 [14 + 3(16)] = 40 + 2 [14 + 48] = 164g
Gram-molecular mass of [NH 4 h S04
= 2 [N + 2(H)] + S + 4 (0) 2
= 2 [14 + 4(1)] + 32 + 4 (16) = 132g
t:17:'7>1 Arun Deep~ Sim. Chemistry X
 28 700
% of nitrogen in Ca[N03] = 164 x I 00 = 41 = 17.07%

28
% of nitrogen in [NH4h SO4 = 132 x I 00 = 21.2%

700 700
·: 33 > 41 or21.2%>17.07%
:. % N 2 is higher in Ammonium sulphate
4. Calculate the percentage of pure aluminium in 10kg. of
aluminium oxide [Al20 3 ] of 90% purity.
[AI = 27, 0 = 16)
Ans. Molecular weight of Al 20 3
= 2 (Al) + 3 (0)
= 2 (27) + 3 (16) =54+ 48 = 102g
Wt. of aluminium in aluminium oxide= 54g

54x100 27x100 900

% of Al in ore = - - -
102 51 17
Pure aluminium is of90% purity
.. % of90% pure Aluminium in ore (AI 20 3)

900 90 810
= 17 X 100 = 17 = 47.64%

% purity of Al in ore my be I Okg or else

5. State which of the following are better fertilizers-
(z) Potassium phosphate [K 3P0 4 ] or potassium nitrate
[KN0 3 ]
(iz) Urea [NH 2 CONH 2 ] or ammonium phosphate
[(NH 4) 3PO 4 ]
[K = 39, P = 31, 0 = 16, N = 14, H = 1]
Ans. (i) Out of K 3P0 4 and KN0 3
Molecular weight ofK3P0 4 = 3 (K) + P + 4 (0)
=3 (39)+31 +4(16)=212g

Arzm Deep ~ Sim. Chemistry X I1 ~81

 117
%of potassium in K3P04 = 212 x 100 => 55.2%

Molecular wt. of KN0 3 = K + N + 3 (0)

= 39 + 14 + 48 = 101g
39
%of potassium in KN0 3 = 101 x 100 = 38.6%

·: %of potassium in K3P0 4 is higher

:. Potassium phosphate is better than potassium nitrate
(ii) Molecular weight ofNH2CONH2
= 2(N) + 4(H) + C + 0
= 2(14) + 4(1) + 12 + 16 = 60g
28
% of nitrogen in urea= 60 x 100 = 46.67%

Molecular weight of [NH4h P04

= 3(N) + 12(H) + P + 4(0)
= 3(14) + 12( 1) + 31 + 4(16)
= 42 + 12 + 31 + 64 = 149g
42
% ofN 2 in (NH4 h P0 4 = 149 x 100 = 28.19%

·: % ofN2 in urea is higher than (NH 4) 3 P04

:. Urea is better
6. Calculate the percentage of carbon in a 55% pure sample
of carbon carbonate. [Ca = 40, C = 12, 0 = 16]
Ans. Molecular weight of CaC0 3
= Ca + C + 3(0)
= 40 + 12 + 3 (16) = 100g
Weight of carbon in 100 g of CaC0 3 = 12g
But purity is 55%
Percentage of carbon in CaC0 3
12 x 55
= 100 =6.60%
~ Arun Deeps Sim. Chemistry X
 7. Calculate the percentage of water of crystallisation in
hydrated copper sulphate [CuS04.5H20].
[Cu = 63.5, S = 32, 0 = 16, H = 1]
Ans. Molecular weight ofCuS04 .5H20
= Cu + S + 4 (0) + 5 [(2H) + 0]
= 63.5 + 32 + 4 (16) + 5 [2 X (1) + 16] = 249.5g
wt. of water
%of water of crystallisation= wt. of CuS0 4 •5H 20

90
= 249 .5 X 100 = 36.07%

8. Hydrated calcium sulphate [CaS04.xH20] contains 21%

of water of crystallisation. Calculate the number of
molecules of water of crystallisation i.e. 'X' in the
hydrated compound. [Ca = 40, S = 32, 0 = 16, H = 1]
Ans. Molecular weight ofCaS04
= Ca + S + 4 (0)
=40+32+4(16)= 136g
136 g of CaS04 is= (100- 21%) = 79% of total mass of
CaS04.xH20 =A (say)
.. 79% of A= 136
79
= - o f A= 136
100

136 x 100
A= 79

136 x 100)
X molecules of water = 21% of A ( 79

21 136 x 100 21 x1 36
=- x ---
100 79 79
21 X 136
Number of molecules ofwater n (18) =
79
Anm Deep~ Sim. Chemistry X ijS.01
 21xl36
n = 79 x 18 => 2 molecules

CaS0 4 .2H2 0
Q.2. EMPIRICAL AND MOLECULAR FORMULA
1. A compound gave the following data : C = 57.82%,
0 = 38.58% and the rest hydrogen. Its vapour density is
83. Find its empirical and molecular formula.
[C = 12, 0 = 16, H = 1]
Ans.
Element % composition At. wt. R.N. of atoms Simple ratio

57.82 4.8
c 57.82 12 ----u- = 4.8 -
2.4
=2

38.58 2.4
0 38.58 16 ~ =2.41 - = I
2.4

3.60 3.6 3
H 3.60 1 -1- = 3.6 - = -
2.4 2

3
C : O:H=2 : 1:2 =4:2:3

Simplest ratio of whole numbers= 4: 2: 3

Empirical formula is C 40 2 H 3 or C 4 H 3 0 2
E.F. weight= 4(12) + 2(16) + 3(1)
= 48 + 32 + 3 = 83
Vapour density, V.D. = 83
Molecular formula weight= 2 x V.D.
=2 x 83 (given)= 166

Molecular formula wt. 166

\ · · n = Empirical formula wt. = 83 =2
Molecular formula= n [E.F.]
= 2 [C 40 2H 3] = C80 4H 6
Molecular formula C 8H 60 4

InM!I Arml Deep's Sim. Chemistry X

 2. Four g of a metallic chloride contains 1.89 g of the metal
'X'. Calculate the empirical formula of the metallic
chloride. [At. wt. of 'X' = 64, Cl = 35.5]
Ans. Wt. of metallic chloride= 4g
Wt. of metal= 1.89g
. . Wt. of chloride= 4- 1.89 = 2.11 g
Metal X chloride Cl
Symbol Composite At. wt. R.N. of Simple
atoms ratio

1.89 0.03
X 1.89 64 64 = 0.03 0.03 =I

2.11 0.06
Cl 2.11 35.5 35.5 = 0.06 0.03 = 2
Empirical formula= X 1C1 2 = XCI 2
3. Calculate the molecular formula of a compound whose
empirical formula is CH20 and vapour density is 30.
Ans. Empirical formula weight= C + 2H + 0
V.D. = 30 (given)
Molecular weight= 2 x V.D. = 2 x 30 = 60

molecular wt. 60
n= E.F. weight = 30 = 2

Molecular formula= n [Empirical formula]

= 2 [CH20] = C 2H4 0 2 => CH3 COOH
4. A compound has the following percentage composition.
AI = 0.2675g.; P = 0.3505g.; 0 = 0.682g. If the molecular
weight of the compound is 122 and its original weight on
analysis gave the above results 1.30 g. Calculate the
molecular formula of the compound.
[AI= 27, P = 31, 0 = 16]

Arun Deep~ Sim. Chemistry X [::t<'B~

 Ans.
Element% composition Atomic Simplest ratio
ratio of whole numbers
0.2675 99
AI 0.2675 --:r7 = 0.0099 = 99 -
99
= 1= 1

0.3505 113
p 0.3505 _3_1_ = 0.0113 = 113 99 = 1.14 = I

0.6820 429
0 0.6820 = 0.0426 = 426 99 = 4.3 = 4
16
AI : P : 0 = 1 : 1 : 4
Empirical formula= AIP04
5. Two organic compounds 'X' and 'Y' containing carbon
and hydrogen only have vapour densities 13 and 39
respectively. State the molecular formula of 'X' and 'Y'
[C = 12, H = 1]
Ans. Vapour density of X= 13
Mol. mass of X= 2 x V.D. = 2 x 13 = 26
Vapour density ofY = 39
Mol. mass ofY = 2 x V.D. = 2 x 39 = 78
Let formula of X = CmHn
Where m and n are simple whole numbers.
Mol. mass of X= 12m+ n = 26
The only simple whole number values of nand n which satisfies
this equation are,
m = 2, and n = 2
Molecular formula of X= C2H2
Let formula ofY = CxHy
Where x andy are simple whole numbers.
Mol. mass ofY = 12x + y = 78
The only simple whole number values of x andy which satisfies
this equation are ;
X= 6,y = 6

Molecular formula ofY = C 6 H6

11:831 A run Deep~ Sim. Chemistry X
 6. A compound has the following % composition. Zn =
22.65%,; S = 11.15%; 0 = 61.32% and H = 4.88%. Its
relative molecular mass is 287 g. Calculate its molecular
formula assuming that all the hydrogen in the compound
is present in combination with oxygen as water of
crystallization. [Zn = 65, S = 32, 0 = 16, H = 1)
Ans.
Element % composition At. ratio Simplest ratio of
whole numbers

22.65 0.35
Zn 22.65 ~ = 0 . 35
0.35 = 1

11.15 0.35
s 11.15 32 = 0.35 0.35 = 1

61.32 3.83
0 61.32 ~ = 3 . 83 - = 11
0.35

4.88 4.88
H 4.88 -1- = 4.88 - = 14
0.35
But all the hydrogen in the compound is present in combination
with oxygen as water of crystallization
H 2 :0
14 : 11=>14 : 11
7 molecules of H 2 need 7 atoms of oxygen to form
11 - 7 = 4 atoms of oxygen are left
1: 1 : 4 : 7
Formula of compound is Zn : S : 0 : H20
ZnS0 4 .7H20
7. A hydrocarbon contains 82.8% of carbon. Find its
molecular formula if its vapour density is 29
[H = 1, C = 12]

A run Deeps Sim. Chemistry X StB~l

 Ans.
Element % composition At. ratio Simplest ratio of
whole numbers
At. wt.
82.8 6.9
c 12 82.8 ""12 = 6.9 -=I
6.9

17.2 17.2
H I 100-82.8 = I7.2 -I-= I7.2 6.9 = 2.5

5
C:H=l:2=2:5

E. formula = C2 H5
E.F. wt. = (12 X 2) + 5 (1) = 29 g
M. wt. =2 x V.D.
= 2 x 29 (given)= 58 g
M.F. wt. 58
n- ---2
- E.F. wt. - 29 -

Molecular formula= n [C 2 H5 ] = 2 [C 2H5 ] = C4H 10

8. An organic compound on analysis gave H = 6.48% and
0 = 51.42%. Determine its empirical formula if the
compound contains 12 atoms of carbon.
[C = 12, H = 1, 0 = 16]
Ans.
Element At. no.% composition At. ratio Simplest ratio
of whole numbers
6.48 6.48
H I 6.48 -I- = 6.48 3.21 = 2

51.42 3.21
0 16 51.42 -16- = 3.2 1 3.21 = I

42.10 3.51
c I2 42.10 - - = 3.51
12
-
3.21
= 1.1

1'1851 Arun Deep~ Sim. Chemistry X

 This shows H : 0 : C = 2 : 1 : 1
That is empirical formula po. of oxygen atoms= no. of carbon
atoms and number of hydrogen atoms is twice the number of
oxygen atoms
2 x oxygen atoms = hydrogen atoms
H=2 X 12 = 24
Oxygen atoms= carbon atoms= 12 (given)
Empirical formula= C 12 H24012
9. A hydrated salt contains Cu = 25.50%, S = 12.90%, 0 =
25.60% and the remaining % is water of crystallization.
Calculate the empirical formula of the salt.
[Cu = 64, S = 32, 0 = 16, H = 1]
Ans.

Element At. no.% composition At. ratio Simplest ratio

of whole numbers

25.5 0.4
Cu 64 25.5 64 = 0.4 -
0.4
=I

12.9 0.4
s 32 12.9 32 = 0.4 -
0.4
=1

25.6 1.6
0 16 25.6 M = t.6 -
0.4
=4

36 2.0
Hp 18 36 18 = 2.0 -
0.4
=5

Ratio of Cu : S : 0 : H20 = 1 : I : 4 : 5
Empirical formula of compound= CuS04 .5H20
10. A gaseous hydrocarbon weights 0.70 g. and contains 0.60
g. of carbon. Find the molecular formula of the compound
if its molecular weight is 70. [C = 12, H = 1)

Arun Deep~ Sim. Chemistry X f:c"tSB.)

 Ans.
Element At. no.% composition At. a·atio Simplest ratio
of whole numbers
0.6 0.05
c 12 0.6 12 = .05 0.05 = 1

0.1 0.1
H 1 0.7 - 0.6 = 0.1 -1 = 0.1 0.05 = 2
Ratio of C : H = 1 : 2 = CH2
E.F. wt. = 12 +2 (1)= 14
Mol. wt. 70
n= =-=5
E.F. wt. 14
Molecular formula= 5 [CH2] = C5H 10
11. A salt has the following % composition :-AI= 10.50%,
K = 15.1 %, S = 24.8% and the remaining oxygen.
Calculate the empirical formula of the salt.
[AI= 27, K = 39, S = 32, 0 = 16]
Ans. Percentage of oxygen= 100- (AI%+ K% + S%)
= 100 - (10.50+ 15 .10+24.80)
= 100 - 50.40 = 49.50%
Element At. no.% composition At. ratio Simplest ratio
of whole numbers
10.5 0.39
AI 27 10.5 27 = 0.39 0.38 = 1

15.1 0.38
K 39 15.1 39 = 0.39 0.38 = 1

24.8 0.78
s 32 24.8 32 = 0.78 -
0.38
=2

49.6 3.09
0 16 49.6 ~ = 3.09 - =8
0.38

lh18'ZI Arun Deep's Sim. Chemistry X

 Al : K : S : 0 =1: 1:2 :8
. . Empirical formula of salt= AlKS 20 8
=AIK [S04 h
Q.3. CHEMICAL EQUATIONS
1. What mass of silver chloride will be obtained by adding
an excess of hydrochloric acid to a solution of 0.34 g of
silver. nitrate.
[CI = 35.5, Ag = 108, N = 14, 0 = 16, H = 1]
Ans. AgN0 3 + HCI~ AgCI +
108 + 14 + 48 108 + 35.5
170 g 143.5 g
170 g of AgN0 3 produces AgCI = 143.5 g
143.5x0.34
0.34 g of AgN0 3 will produce AgCI = 170 = 0.287 g

2. What volume of oxygen at s.t.p. will be obtained by the

action of heat on 20 g
KCI03 [K = 39, Cl = 35.5, 0 = 16]
Ans. 2KCI03 ~ 2KCI + 302
2 [39 + 35.5 + 48] 3 molar vol.
245
2 moles of KCI0 3 at s.t.p. evolve 0 2 = 3 molar vol.
= 3 x 22.4 !its.
or 245 g of KCI0 2 produce 0 2 = 3 x 22.4 !its.
3 x 22.4x 20
20 g KCI0 3 produce 0 2 = 245 = 5.48 !its.

3. From the equation : 3Cu + 8HN0 3 ~ 3Cu(N03h +

4H2 0 + 2NO. Calculate
(z) the mass of copper needed to react witu 2 ~ g of nitric
acid
(iz) the volume of nitric oxide collected at the same tim .. .
[Cu = 64, H = 1, 0 = 16, N = 14]

Arun Deep~ Sim. Chemistry X !,:tOOl

Ans. (i) 3Cu + 8HN03 ~ 3Cu [N03h + 4H20 + 2NO
3 (64) 8 [1+14+48] I •'
192 8 X 63 = 504
504 g of HN03 needs Cu = 192g
- 192x63 192
63 g ofHN03 needs Cu = 504 = 8 = 24g

(ii) 3Cu + 8HN03 ~ 3Cu [N03] + 4H20 + 2NO

8 vol. 2 vol.
8 volumes of HN03 produces NO = 2 vol.
= (2 X 22.4) )jt.
or (8 x 63) g produces NO= (2 x 22.4) lit.
2 x 22.4x63
63g (HN03) produces NO= (s x 63 ) = 5.6 lits.
4. Zinc blende [ZnS] is roated in air. Calculate :
(a) The number of moles of sulphur dioxide liberate by 776
g ofZnS and -
(b) The weight of ZnS required to produce 22.4 lits. of 802
at s.t.p. [S = 32, 0 = 16, Zn = 65]
Ans. (a) ZnS + 0 2 ~ S02
(65 + 32) 1 mole
97g
97g of ZnS produces S02 = 1 mole
l x 776
776g of ZnS produces S02 = ~ = 8 moles

(b) zns + 0 2 ~ S02

(65 + 32) (1 mole) 22.4 lits.
97g
22.41its ofS02 is produce by 97 g ofZnS
5. Ammonia reacts with sulphuric acid to give the fertilizer
ammonium sulphate. Calculate the volume of ammonia
[at s.t.p.] used to form 59 g of ammonium sulphate.
1;1:89'1 Arun Deep's Sim. Chemistry X
 [N = 14, H = 1, S = 32, 0 = 16]
Ans. 2NH3 + H2 S04 -----7 [NH4] S04
2 [22.4] !its. 2 [14 + 4] + 32 + 64
36 + 96 = 132g
Vol. of ammonia needed = 2 vols.
= (2 x 22.4) Iits.
132g of [NH4h so4 require Ammonia= (2 X 22.4) !its.
2 X 22.4 X 49
59g of [NH4h require Ammonia= 132 = 20.02 lits.

6. Heat on lead nitrate gives yellow lead [II] oxide, nitrogen

dioxide and oxygen. Calculate the total volume of N0 2
and 0 2 produced on beating 8.5 of lead nitrate.
[Pb = 207, N = 14, 0 = 16]
Ans. 2Pb[N03 h ~ 2Pb0 + 4N02 + 02
2 [207+2(14+48] 4x(22.4) !its. 22.4 !its
2 [207+124]
2 X 33Jg
(2 x 331 )g of lead nitrate gives N0 2 = (4 x 22.4) !its.
4 x 22.4 x 8.5
8.5g of lead nitrate gives N0 2 = 2 x 331
= 1.15 !its. ofN02
(2 x 331) g of lead nitrate gives 0 2 = 22.4 !its
22.4 X 8.5
8.5 g of lead nitrate gives 0 2 = 2 x 331 = 0.287 !its
= 0.287 !its of 0 2
Total vol. produced = 1.15 + .287 = 1.43 7 !its.
7. 2KCI0 3 ~ 2KCI + 30 2 ; C + 0 2 ~ C0 2 •
Calculate the amount of KCI0 3 which on thermal
decomposition gives 'X' vol. of 0 2, which is the volume
required for combustion of24 g. of carbon. [K = 39, Cl =
35.5, 0 = 16, c = 12].

Arun Deep~ Sim. Chemistry X IJ 90I

Ans. C + 0 2 ~ C02
12g 22.4 lits.
12g carbon on combustion produces C02 = 22.41its.
22.4x 24
. . 24g carbon produces = 12 = (2 x 22.4) lits.

2KC103 ~ 2KCl + 302

2 [39+35.5+48] (3 x22 .4) lits
245g
For (3 x 22.4) lits. 0 2 wt. ofKCI0 3 = 245g

. 245 X (2 X 22.4)
.. For(2x22.4)hts02 wt.ofKCI0 3 = (3 x 22 .4 )

490
= -3- = 163.33g

8. Calculate the weight of ammonia gas.

(a) Required for reacting with sulphuric acid to give 78g. of
fertilizer ammonium sulphate.
(b) Obtained when 32.6g. of ammonium chloride reacts with
calcium hydroxide during the laboratory preparation of
ammonia. [2NH4 CI + Ca(OHh ~ CaC12 + 2H20 +
2NH3] [N = 14, H = 1, 0 = 16, S = 32, Cl = 35.5].
Ans. (a) 2NH3 + H2 S04 ~ [NH4 hS0 4
2 (l4+3 x l] 2 [14+4]+32+64
34g = 132g
132g of ammonium sulphate is produced from NH 3 = 34g
34 x 78
.. 78g of (NH4 ) 2 S04 is produced from= 132 = 20.09g
(b) 2NH 4CI + Ca(OH)2 ·~ CaCI2 + 2H20 + 2NH3
2 [14+4+35.5 2 [14+3]
2 X 53.5 34g
107.0g
I19J I A run Deep~ Sim. Chemistry X
 107g of ammonium chloride produces NH3 = 34g
34 x 32.6
. . 32.6g of ammonium chloride produces ammonia= 107
= 10.36g
9. Sodium carbonate reacts with dil. H 2S0 4 to give the
respective salt, water and carbon dioxide. Calculate the
mass of pure salt formed when 300 g. of Na2C03 of 80%
purity reacts with dil. H 2S04• [Na = 23, C = 12, 0 = 16,
H = 1, S = 32].
Ans. N~C03 + H2 S04 ~ N~S04 + H2 0 + C02
2 (23)+12+3(16) (dil.) 2(23)+32+4( 16)
106g 142g
80
80% of300 (Na2C03 ) = 100 x 300 = 240g ofN~C0 3

106g ofN~C0 3 produce N~S04 = 142g

142 X240
240g ofN~C0 3 produce N~S04 = 106 = 321.51g

10. Sulphur burns in oxygen to give sulphur dioxide. If 16 g.

of sulphur burns in 'x' cc. of oxygen, calculate the amount
of potassium nitrate which must be heated to produce
'x' cc. of oxygen. [S = 32, K = 39, N = 14, 0 = 16].
Ans. 2KN03 ~ 2KN02 + 0 2
s+02 so2
2mol KN03 = l mol 0 2 = 1 mol S
=2 X (39 + 14 + }6 X 3 = 32g
= 2 X 101 = 2Q2g
32 g of sulphur require 0 2 obtained from KN03 = 202 g
16 g of sulphur will require 0 2 produced from KN03
202
= - X J6= 101 g
32
11. Sample of impure magnesium is reacted with dilute
sulphuric add to give the respective salt and hydrogen.
Arun Deeps Sim. Chemistry X' J lt92l
 If 1 g. of the impure sample gave 298.6 cc. of hydrogen
at s.t.p. Calculate the % purity of the sample.
[Mg = 24, H = 1].
Ans. Mg + H 2S04 ~ MgS04 + H2 t
24g (dil.)
22400 cc of H 2 is produced from 24 g pure magnesium
24 X 298.6 4479
.. 298.6 cc H2 is produced from 22400 = 14000 g

4479
14000 g of pure Mg is in 1 g impure Mg sample

4479 100 4479 447.9

% purity= 14000 x -1- = 140 = 14 = 31.99 = 31.99%

I QUESTIONS!
A. LUSSAC'S LAW- Problems based on them
2009
1. 200 cm3 of acetylene is formed from a certain mass of
calcium carbide, find the volume of oxygen required
and carbon dioxide formed during the complete
combustion. The combustion reaction can be
represented as below.
2C2H 2 (g) + 502 (g) ~ 4C02 (g) + 2H2 0 (g)
Ans. 2C2 H 2 (g) + 502 (g) ~ 4C02 (g) + 2H2 0(g)
2 volumes of acetylene requires 5 volumes of oxygen

1 volume of acetylene requires 25 volumes of oxygen

. 5
200 cm3 of acetylene reqUires = 2 x 200 cm3

= 500 cm3 of oxygen

2 volumes of acetylene is required to form= 4 volumes of C02
4
I volume of acetylene is required to form= 2 volumes ofC02
J,193l A run Deep's Sim. Chemistry X
 4
200 cm 3 of acetylene is required to form = 2 x 200 cm 3

= 400 cm 3 of C0 2
Thus 500 cm 3 of oxygen is required and 4f' O cm 3 of C0 2 is
formed.
2010
1. 10 litre of this mixture is burnt, find the total volume
of carbon dioxide gas added to the atmo s phere.
Combustion reaction can be represented as :

C 3 H 8 (g) + 50 2(g) ~ 3C0 2(g) + 4H 20(g)

2C 4H 1o(g) + 130 2(g) ~ 8C0 2(g) + 10H2 0(g)

Ans. C3 H 8(g) + 502 (g) ~ 3C02 (g) + 4H 2 0(g)

I vol 3 vol
6 litres ?

1 val of propane releases = 3 val of C02

3
6 litres of propane releases= I x 6 litres

Combustion of butane :

2 vol 8 vol
I vol 4 vol
4 litres ?
2 val of butane releases = 8 val of C0 2

. 8
4 htres of butane releases = 2 x 4 = 16 I

Total C0 2 released 0 2 = 18 I + 16 I
= 34 litres of C02 gas is added to atmosphere
2012
1. 67.2 litres of~ combines with 44.8 litres of N2 to form
NH3 :

Arun Deep's Sim. Chemistry X l194l

 N2(g) + 3~(g) ~ 2NH3 (g). Calculate the vol. of NH3
produced. What is the substance, if any, that remains in
the resultant mixture ?
Ans. 3 volume ofhydrogen produces 2 volume of ammonia
2
67.2litres of hydrogen produces= 3 x 67.2 = 44.8litres
3 volume ofhydrogen reacts with 1 volumes of nitrogen
1
67.2litres of hydrogen reacts with= 3 x 67.2 = 22.4litres
Nitrogen left= 44.8-22.4 = 22.4 litres
2013
1. What volume of oxygen is required to burn completely
90 dm 3 of butane under similar conditions of temperature
and pressure? 2C 4H 10 + 1302 ~ 8C02 + 10H2 0

8C02 + lOHp
2Vols. 13Vols. 8 Vols. Nil
(Under similar T and P)
2 volume of butane require 0 2 for complete combustion
= 13 vol.
90 dm 3 of butane will require 0 2 for complete combustion
13
=- x 90 = 585 dm 3
2
2014
1. What vohrme of ethyne gas at s.t.p. is required to produce
8.4 dm 3 of carbon dioxide at s.t.p.?
2C2H 2 + 502 ~ 4C02 + 2~0 [H = 1, C = 12,0 = 16]
Ans. 2C 2H2 + 502 ~ 4C02 + 2Hp [by Gay Lussac's Law]
2 vol. 5 vol. 4 vol.
4 vol. of C02 required ethyne = 2 vol.
2
.. 4 dm3 ofvol. of C02 required ethyne = 4 dm3
!195! Arun Deep's Sim. Chemistry X
 2 x 8.4 i
8.4 dm3 vol. of C02 required ethyne = - 4- = 4.2 dm 3

2015
1. If 6 litres of hydrogen and 4 litres of chlorine are mixed
and exploded and if water is added to the gases formed,
find the volume of the residual gas.
Ans. H2 + Cl2 ~ 2HC1
1 volume of chlorine reacts with 1 volume of hydrogen
1
. . 4 litres of chlorine reacts with l x 4 I of hydrogen

. . Hydrogen used is 4 litres

Remaining hydrogen = 6- 4 = 2 litres
1 volume of chlorine forms 2 volume of HCl
2
4 litres of chlorine forms= l x 4 = 81 ofHCl

Hence gases after reaction, 8 I HCl and 2 I hydrogen i.e.,

10 litres
When water is added to the gases formed HCl dissolves and
residual gas is 2litres of hydrogen.
2016
1. The equations 4NH3 + 502 ~ 4NO + 6H20, repre-
sents the catalytic oxidation of ammonia. If 100 cm3 of
ammonia is used calculate the volume of oxygen re-
quired to oxidise the ammonia completely.
Ans. 4N~ + 502 ~ 4NO + 6Hp
4 Vol 5 Vol 5 Vol
If 4 volumes of NH3 requires 5 vol. of 0 2 •

5
Then 100 cm3 ofNH3 requires= 4 x 100 = 125 cm3 oxygen

2017
1. Propane burns in air according to the following equation:
Arun Deep's Sim. Chemistry X !196!
 C3H 8 + 502 ~ 3C02 + 4H20. What volume of propane
is consumed on using 1000 cm3 of air, considering only
20% of air contains oxygen.
20
Ans. Amount of oxygen in 1000 cm3 of air= 1000 = 100 = 200 cm3
C3H8 + 502 ~ 3C02 + 4~0
1 vol : 5 vol 3 vol Nil
For 5 volumes of oxygen, the propane consumption= 1 Vol
. 200
. . 200 cm3 of oxygen, the propane consumption = - 5- = 40 cm3
2018
1. Ethane burns in 0 2 to form C02 and ~0: [4]
2C2H 6 + 702 ~ 4C02 + 6~0
If 1250 cc. of oxygen is burnt with 300 cc. of ethane -
Calculate the : (1) volume of C02 formed.
(il) volume of unused 0 2•
Ans. 2C2H6 + 702 ~ 4C02 + 6~0
2 vol 7 vol
300 cc
(i) 2C2 H6 + 702 ~ 4C0 2 + 6Hp
2 vol 4 vol
300 cc
2 vol. of ethane forms 4 volumes of carbon dioxide
4
1 vol. of ethane forms 2 volumes of carbon dioxide.
4
300 cc will form 2 x 300 = 600 cc of C02 •

(ii) 2 vol. of ethane requires 7 volumes of oxygen

7
2 vol. of ethane requires 2 volumes of oxygen

7
300 cc of ethane requires 2 x 300 = 1050 cc

l::t.9j Arun Deep's Sim. Chemistry X

 Total volume of oxygen = 1250 cc
Volume of oxygen used = 1050 cc
Unused oxygen= (1250- 1050) cc = 200 cc
B. MOLE CONCEPT - AVOGADRO'S NUMBER -
Problems based on them
2004
1. A flask contains 3.2 g of S01 • Calculate :
(i) The moles of S01 and the no. of molecules of S0 1 .
present in the flask.
(ii) The volume occupied by 3.2 g. of S01 at s.t.p. (S =
32, 0 = 16)
Ans. (i) L S02__,
1 mol.
Molecular mass= (32 + 2 x 16) = 64 g
64 g of so2is equal to 1 mole
. 1
3.2 ofS02 ts = 64 x 3.2 = 0.05 mole

1 mole Of SQ2 has = 6.02 X 1023 molecules

0.05 mole ofS02 has= 0.05 x 6.02 x 1023 = 3.01 x 1022
molecules
(ii) 64 g of S02 at S.T.P. occupies = 22.4 l

22.4
3.2 g ofS02 at S.T.P. occupies= M x 32 = 1.12/

2. 2KMnO 4 ~ K 1 Mn0 4 + Mn0 1 + 0 1 Given that the

molecular mass KMn04 is 158, what volume of oxygen
(measured at room temperature) would be obtained by
the complete decomposition of 15.8 g. of potassium
permanganate. (Molar volume at room temperature is
24 litres.)
Ans. 2KMn04 ~ ~Mn04 + Mn02 + 0 2
2 (39 + 55 + 64) 24 lit.
2 ~ 158=3116g
Arun Deep 's Sim. Chemistry X
 vol. of 0 2 produced by 316 g of KMnO 4 = 24 lit.
24 x 15.8
vol. of02 produced by 15.8 g ofKMn0 4 = 316 = 1.2lit.

2005
1. The volumes of gases A, B, C and D are in the ratio,
1 : 2 : 2 : 4 under the same conditions of temp. and press.
(i) Which sample contains the maximum number of
molecules. If the temp. and pressure of gas A are kept
constant, then what will happen to the volume of A when
the no. of molecules is doubled.
Ans. The sampleD and volume of A will get Doubled.
(ii) If this ratio of gas vols. refers to reactants and products
of reaction - gas law observed is ....
Ans. Gay Lussac's Jaw of combining volumes.
(iii) If the volume of 'A' is 5.6 dm 3 at s.t.p., calculate the no.
· of molecules in the actual vol. of 'D' at s.t.p. (Avog no. is
6 x 1023 ). Using your answer, state the mass of 'D' if the
gas is 'N2 0'. (N = 14, 0 = 16). [6 x 1023 , 44g.]
Ans. Vol. of D will be 4 x 5.6 = 22.4 lit. and 22.4 lit. of D contain
molecules= 6 x 1023 (AV. number)
Mass ofN 2 0 (i.e. D)= (14 x 2 + 16 x 1) = 44g
2006
1. Calculate the no. of moles and the no. of molecules
present in 1.4 g of ethylene gas (C 2H 4). What is the vol.
occupied by the same amount of C 2 H 4 • State the vapour
density of C 2H 4 •
(Avog. No.= 6 x 1023 ; C = 12, H = 1)
(0.05 moles ; 3 x 10 22 molecules ; 1.12 lit. ; 14)
Ans. (a) Mass of ethylene gas= 1.4 g
mass 1.4
Number of moles of ethylene= C2H4 = 1 = -28 = 0.5
mo armass
Number of molecules in 0.05 mole ethylene= 0.05 x 6 x 1023
= 3 x 1022 molecules
II99l Arun Deep~ Sim. Chemistry X
 1 mole of ethylene has volume at s.t.p. = 22.4 lit.
Volume occupied by 0.05 moles of ethylene gas at s.t.p.
= 0.05 :< 22.4 = 1.12lit.

(b) '' . of ethy lene = mol. wt = T

vapour dens1ty 28 = 14
2
2008
1. The equation for the burning of octane is :

2C 8H 18 + 2502 ~ 16C02 + 18~0

(i) How many moles of carbon dioxide are produced when

one mole of octane burns ?
Ans. 2 moles of octane produce 16 moles of C0 2 .

l mole of octane will produce 1; moles of C02 = 8 moles of

carbon dioxide.
(ii) What volume, at s.t.p., is occupied by the number of
moles determined in (1) (i) ?
Ans. l moles occupy a volume of22.4 litres.
8 mole will occupy a volume of= 22.4 x 8 = 179.2 litres
(iii) If the relative molecular mass of carbon dioxide is 44,
what is the mass of carbon dioxide produced by burning
two moles of octane ?
Ans. From equation, we know that 2moles of octane produces 16
moles of C0 2.
Mass of C0 2 produced = 16 x 44 = 704
2009
1. Define the term - Mole. A gas cylinder contains 24 x
1024 molecules of nitrogen gas. If Avogadro's number
is 6 x 10 23 and the relative atomic mass of nitrogen is
14, calculate :
(i) Mass of nitrogen gas in the cylinder.
(ii) Volume of nitrogen at STP in dm 3 •

A run Deep~ Sim. Chemistry X 12CJ<:fl

Ans. Definition -A mole is the amount of substance which
contains particles (atoms/molecules ions) equal to 6.023 x
1023 i.e. Avogadro's no."
(i) Nitrogen exist as N 2 .
Hence its molecular mass= 14 x 2 = 28g
6 x 1023 molecules of nitrogen weigh = 28 g
28
1 molecule of nitrogen will weigh= 6 x l023

= 1119.9 g or 1.119 kg
(ii) 6 x 1023 molecules will occupy a volume of 22.4 dm 3
22.4
1 molecule will occupy a volume of 6 x 1023 dm 3

24 x 1024 molecules will occupy a volume of

22.4
= X 24 X 1024 = 895 9 dm 3
6 x l0 23 ·
2. Gas 'X' occupies a volume of 100 cm 3 at S.T.P and
weighs 0.5 g. find its relative molecular mass.
Ans. 100 cm 3 of a gas weighs = O.Sg

3 0.5
1 em of a gas will weigh= 100 g

3 0.5
22400 em of a gas will weigh = 100 x 22400 = 112g

2010
1. Dilute hydrochloric acid (HCI) is reacted with 4.5
moles of calcium carbonate. Give the equation for the
said reaction. Calculate :
(i) The mass of 4.5 moles of CaC0 3 •
(ii) The volume of C0 2 liberated at stp.
(iii) The mass of CaCI2 formed ?
(iv) The number of moles of the acid HCI used in the
reaction (relative molecular mass of CaC0 3 is 100

I2MI A run Deep's Sim. Chemistry X

 and of CaC1 2 is 111].
Ans. (i) CaC0 3 + 2HC1 ~ CaC1 2 + H2 0 + C0 2
Molar mass of CaC0 3 = 100 g = 1 mole
4.5 mole of CaC0 3 = 4.5 x 100 = 450 g
(ii) 1 mole of CaC0 3 produces 1 mole of C0 2
4.5 moles of CaC0 3 will produce 4.5 moles of C0 2
1 mole of C0 2 occupies 22.4 I at at S.T.P.
4.5 moles of C0 2 will = 4.5 x 22.4 I= 100.801
(iii) 1 mole= 22.4
1 mole of CaC0 3 gives 111 g of CaCl 2
4.5 mole ofCaC0 3 gives 111 x 4.5 = 499.5g
(iv) 1 mole uses 2 moles of HCl
4.5 mole uses 4.5 x2 = 9 moles
2011
1. Calculate the mass of :
(i) 1022 atoms of sulphur.
(ii) 0.1 mole of carbon dioxide.
[S = 32, C = 12 and 0 = 16 and Avogadro's Number= 6
X 1023]
Ans. (i) 6. 022 x 1023 atoms of sulphur weight= 32
32
1 atom of sulphur weigh= 23
6.022x 10

32
1022 atoms of sulphur weigh 23 x 1022 = 0.531 g
6.022 x l0
(ii) 1 mole of C02 weigh = 44 g
0.1 mole of C0 2 weigh = 44 x 0.1 = 4.4 g
2. Calculate the volume of 320 g of 802 at stp.
[S = 32 and 0 = 16]
Ans. S0 2
M.W. = 32 + 16 X 2 = 64
64 g ofS02 occupy 22.4litres

Arun Deep's Sim. Chemistry X 1'2021

 22.4
1 g of so2will occupy= 64 litres
22.4
320 g ofS02 will occupy= 64 x 320 = 22.4 x 5 = 112litres

2012
1. The mass of 5.6 dm 3 of a certain gas at STP is 12.0 g.
Calculate the relative molecular mass of the gas.
Ans. 5.6 dm 3 of gas weighs= 12 g

. (12.0 "24)
22.4 dm 3 of gas weighs= 5.6 x ~ · gm = 48 gm

2013
1. The vapour density of a gas is 8. What would be the
volume occupied by 24.0 g of the gas at STP ?
Ans. V.D. of gas = 8
.. Molecular mass of gas= 2 x V.D. = 2 x 8 = 16
. . Gram molecular mass of gas = 16 g
16 g of gas at STP occupies = 22.4 I at S.T.P.
22.4 x 24
. . 24 g of gas at STP occupies = = 33 .61
16
2. Calculate the volume occupied by 0.01 mole of C02 at
STP.
Ans. 1 mole of carbon dioxide gas at STP occupies= 22.4 I
. . 0.01 mole of carbon dioxide gas at STP occupies
22.4 X 0.01
l = 0.2241

2014
1. State Avogadro's Law. A cylinder contains 68g of ammonia
gas at s.t.p.
(i) What is the volume occupied by this gas?
(ii) How many moles and how many molecules ammonia
a re present in the cylinder? [N = 14, H = 1]
12031 Arun Deep~ Sim. Chemistry X
 Ans. Avogadro's Law states that "equal vol. of all gases under similar
conditions of temperature and pressure contain the same no.
of molecules."
(i) Molecular gram atom wt. ofNH3 = 17 gm
17 gm ofNH3 has vol. at s.t.p. = 22.4 It.
22.4x68
68 gm ofNH3 has vol. at s.t.p. = 17 = 89.6 It.

68
(ii) No. of moles in 68 gm ofNH3 = 17 = 4 moles.
~,. 1 mole of ammonia = 6.023 x 1023 molecules
=> 4 moles of ammonia= 4 x 6.023 x 1023
= 24.092 x 1023 molecules
2015
1. From A, B, C, D, which weighs the least -
A : 2 g. atoms of Nitrogen
B : 1 mole of Silver
C : 22.4 litres of oxygen gas at 1 atmospheric pressure
and 273K
D : 6.02 x 1023 atoms of carbon.
[Ag = 108, N=14, 0=16, C=12]
Ans. D : 6.02 x 1023 atoms of carbon.
2. Calculate the mass of Calcium that will contain the same
number of atoms as are present in 3.2 gm of sulphur.
[S = 32, Ca = 40]
Ans. Atomic weight of element contains Avogadro number of atoms
32 g of sulphur contains 6.02 x 1023 atoms

6 02 x10 23
3.2 gofsulphurcontain · x 3.2= 6.02 x 1022 atoms
32
6.02 x 1023 atoms of calcium weighs 40 g
6.02 x 1022 atoms of calcium weigh
40
- X 6.02 X 1022 = 4 g
- 6.02 x 10 23
A run Deep~ Sim. Chemistry X l204'J
 2016
1. Select the correct answer from A, B, C and D : The ratio
between the number of molecules in 2g of hydrogen and
32g of oxygen is:
(A) 1 : 2 (B) 1 : 0.01
(C) 1 : 1 (D) 0.01 : 1
[H = 1, 0 = 16]
Ans. (C) I : 1
2. A gas of mass 32 gms has a volume of 20 litres at S. T.P.
Calculate the gram mol. weight of the gas.
Ans. The mass of22.4/ of gas at S. T.P. is equal to its gram molecular
mass.
20 litres of gas at S.T.P. weighs= 32 g
32
I litre of gas at S.T.P. weighs= 20 g

32
22.41itres of gas will weigh= 20 x 22.4 = 35.84 g

3. A gas cylinder contains 12 x 1024 molecules of oxygen

gas. Calculate :
(i) the mass of 0 2 present in the cylinder.
(ii) the volume of 0 2 at S.T.P. present in the cylinder.[O
= 16] Avog. no. is 6 x 1023 [640g. ; 448 I]
Ans. (i) Let mass of molecules

No. of molecues
x Molecular mass
NA

I2 X 12 24
6x I023 X (2 X 16)

=2x10x32=640g

No. of molecules
(ii) Volumeofmolecule= N x Molar volume
A

1'2051 Arun Deep's Sim. Chemistry X

 12 X 10 24
---::-:-- X 22.4
6 X 10 23
= 2 x 10 x 22.4 = 4481itres

1. Calculate the number of gram atoms in 4.6 grams of

sodium [Na = 23)
Ans. 23 g of sodium= I g-atom

4.6
:. 4.6 g of sodium= 23 = 0.2 g-atom

2. The mass of 11.2 litres of a certain gas at s.t.p. is 24 g.

Find the gram molecular mass of the gas.
Ans. I gram molecular mass= mass of22.4 litres of gas at s.t.p.
Now, 11 .2 litres of gas weighs= 24 g

22.4 x 24
. . 22.4 litres of gas weighs = 11 .2 = 48 g

Gram molecular weight of gas = 48 g

C. MOLE CONCEPT- AVOGADRO'S LAW - problmes

based on them

1. Samples of gases 0 1 , N1, CO and C01 under the same

conditions of temperature and pressure contain the same
number of molecules represented by X. The molecules
of oxygen occupy V litres and have a mass of 8 g. Under
the same conditions of temperature and pressure, what
is the volume occupied by :
(i) X molecules of N1•
(ii) 3X molecules of CO.
(iii) What is the mass of C01 in grams.

Arun Deep's Sim. Chemistry X 12061

 (iv) In answering the above questions, whose law has
been used.
(C = 12, N = 14, 0 = 16)
Ans. (i) According to Avogadro's law
Volurr.e of X molecules ofN2 =Volume of X molecules of
0 2 = V litres
(Under similar T and P)
(ii) Volume of X molecules of CO= Volume of X molecules
of 0 2 = V litres
Volume of 3 X molecules of CO= 3 V litres
(Under similar T and P)
(iii) Molar mass of 0 2 = 32 g mol- 1
8 g of02 occupy volume= V litres

. v
32 g of 0 2 will occupy = 8 x 32 = 4 V litres

Molar volume= 4 V litres

Molar mass= C02 = I2 + 16 x 2 = 12 + 32 = 44 g moi- 1
4 V litres of C02 have mass= 44 g

44
V litres of C02 will have mass= 4 V x V =II g

(iv) Avogadro's Law has been used in answering the above

problems.

1. Define the term atomic weight :

Ans. Atomic weight: is the number of times one atom of an element
is heavier than 1/ 2 the mass of an atom of carbon (C 12)

1. The gas law which relates the volume of a gas to the

number of molecules of the gas is :

l207l Arun Deep's Sim. Chemistry X

 A Avogadro's Law
B Gay-Lussac's Law
C Boyle's Law
· D Charle's Law
Ans. A Avogadro"s Law

1. Correct the following- Equal masses of all gases under

· identical conditions contain the same number of
molecules.
Ans. Equal volumes of all gases under identical conditions contain
the same number of molecules.

'
1. A vessel contains X number of molecules of hydrogen
gas at a certain temperature & pressure. Under the
same conditions of temperature & pressure, how many
, molecules of nitrogen gas would be present in the
same vessel.
Ans. According to Avogadro's law, equal volume of all gases under
similar conditions of temperature and pressure contain equal
number of molecules.
Hence, number of molecules ofN2 =Number of molecules
ofH2 =X

1. A gas cylinder can hold 1 kg. of H 2 at room temp. &

press.: (i) Find the number of moles of hydrogen
present. (ii) What weight of C02 can the cylinder hold
under similar conditions to temp. & pre-ss. (iii) If the
number of molecules of hydrogen in the cylinder is X,
calculate the number of C02 molecules in the cylinder
under the same conditions of temp. & press. (iv) State
the law that helped you to arrive at the above result.
Ans. (i) 2 g of hydrogen gas = 1 mole.

Arun Deep's Sim. Chemistry X 12081

 1000
1000g ofhydrogen gas= - 2- = 500 moles.
(ii) 1 mole of carbon dioxide= 44 g
:. 500 moles of carbon dioxide = 44 x 500 = 22000 g = 22 kg
:. Weight of carbon dioxide in cylinder= 22 kg
(iii) Equal volumes of all gases under similar conditions of
temperature and pressure contain equal number of molecules.
:. Molecules in the cylinder of carbon dioxide= X.
(iv) Avogadro's law.
2018
1. If 150 cc of gas A contains X molecules, how many
molecules of gas B will be present in 75 cc. of B?
The gases A and B are under the same conditions of
temperature and pressure.
Ans. According to Avogadro's law equal volumes of all gases
under similar conditions of temperature and pressure contain
equal number of molecules. So,. 150 cc of gas A contain X
molecules ,_
150 cc of gas B will also contain X molecules
X
75 cc of gas B will contain 2 molecules under the same
conditions of temperature and pressure.
2. Name the law on which the problem is based.
Ans. Avogadro's law

D. VAPOUR DENSITY & MOLECULAR WEIGHT -

Problems based on them

.
1. Find the relative molecular mass of a gas, 0.546 g ofwhich
occupies 360 cm3 at 87°C and 380 mm Hg pressure.
(1 litre of hydrogen at s.t.p. weighs 0.09 g)
Ans. V 1 = 360 cm3 V2 =?
P1 = 380 mm
T 1 = 87°C = 87 + 273 = 360 K
P2 = 760 mm S.T.P.
T2 = 273 K
J
Applying gas equation,
[2.09! Arun Deeps Sim. Chemistry X
 380 X 360 X 273
= 136.5 cr. ·3 = 0. 1365 L
360 x 760
0.1365 L ofthe gas at STP have mass = 0.546 t,

0.546 x l
1 L of the gas at S.T.P will have mass= 0 _1365 := 4 g

Mass of given volume of gas

Vapour density= Mass of same volume of H 2

(Under similar T and P)

4g
Vapour density, V.D. = 0 _09 g = 44.444

Mol. wt. = 2 x V.D. = 2 x 44.444 = 88.888 = 88.89

20'01
1. Mention the term defined by the following : The mass of
a given volume of gas compared to the mass of an equal
volume of hydrogen.
Ans. Vapour Density.
2004 .
1. 2KMn04 ~ K 2 Mn0 4 + Mn0 2 + 0 2 (K2 Mn0 4 + Mn0 2
is the solid residue)
Some potassium permanganate was heated in a test tube.
After collecting one litre of oxygen at room temperature,
it was found that the test tube had undergone a loss in a
mass of 1.32 g. If one litre of hydrogen under the same
conditions of temperature and pressure has a mass of
0.0825 g. Calculate the relative molecular mass of
oxygen.
Ans. 2KMn0 4 ~ K2 Mn0 4 + Mn0 2 + 0 2
Potass ium permanganate Solid residue

A run Deep's Sim. Chemist ry X

 Loss in mass is due to the evolution of02 gas= 1.32 g
Volume of 0 2 produced= 1 L
Mass of 1 L of 0 2 produced = 1.32 g

Mass of given volume of the gas

V.D. = Mass of same volume of H 2
(Under Similar T and P)

Mass of 1 L of the gas

Mass of 1 L of H 2

1.32g
0.0825g

13200
= 825 = 16
Mol. mass = 2 x V.D. = 2 x 16 = 32
2009
1. A gas cylinder of capacity of 20 dm 3 is filled with gas
X the mass of which is lOg. When the same cylinder
is filled with hydrogen gas at the same temperature
and pressure the mass of the hydrogen is 2g, hence
the relative molecular mass of the gas is :
(A) 5 (B) 10
(C) 15 (D) 20
Ans. (B) 10
2012
1. The vapour density of carbon dioxide [C = 12, 0 = 16] is
(A) 32 (B) 16
(C) 44 (D) 22
Ans. (D) 22
2014
1. Give one word or phrase for : The ratio of the mass of a
certain volume of gas to the mass of an equal volume of
1,21213 A run Deep~ Sim. Chemistry X
 hydrogen under the same conditions of temperature and
pressure.
Ans. Vapourdensity.
E. PERCENTAGE COMPOSITION - Problems based on
them
1996
1. Find the total percentage of oxygen in magnesium nitrate
crystals : Mg(N03) 2 • 6H20
(H = 1, N = 14, 0 = 16, Mg = 24)
Ans. Molecular mass of Mg (N0)2 • 6Hp
= 24 + (2 X 62) + 6 X 18 = 24 + 124 + 108 = 256
Mass due to oxygen= (2 x 48) + 16 x 16) = 192
192
% of oxygen = 256 x 100 = 75%

1997
1. What is the mass of nitrogen in 1000 kg of urea
[CO(NH2 ) 2 ].[C = 12] (Answer to the nearest kg.)
Ans. Molecular mass of area [CO(NH2 ) 2 ]
= 12 + 16 + ( 14 X 2)2 = 60g
60 g of urea contains nitrogen = 28 g
28 1000 X 1000
1000 kg. area contains nitrogen = 60 x 1000 = 467 kg

1998
Calculate the % of boron (B) in borax Na2 B4 0 7.10H2 0.
(H = 1, B = 11, 0 = 16, Na = 23)
Ans. Molecular wt. of borax= (Na2Bp7 : 10Hp)
= 2(Na) + 4(B) + 7(0) + 10 (2H + 0)
= 2 X 23 + 4 X 11 + 7 X 16 + 10 (2 X 1) + 16
= 46 + 44 + 112 + 180 = 382 g
Amount of Boron in (Na2Bp7 • 1OHp) = 4(B) = 4 x 11 = 44g
44
%ofBoron= 328 x 100 = 11.51 = 11.51%

Arun Deep's Sim. Chemistry X f2i12j

 1999
1. If a crop of wheat removes 20 kg of nitrogen per hectare
of soil, what mass in kg. of the fertilizer calcium nitrate
would be required to replace the nitrogen in a 10 hectare
field. (N = 14 ; 0 = 16 ; Ca = 40)
Ans. Total area ofthe field= 10 hectare
Total nitrogen that has to be replaced = 20 x l 0 = 200 kg
Molecular mass of Ca(N0 3 ) 2 = 40 + 2 x 62 = 164
164 kg of Ca(N0 3) 2 contain 28 kg of nitrogen
Now 28 kg of nitrogen are present in 164 kg of Ca(N03 ) 2
164 x 200
200 kg of nitrogen are present in = 28 , 1171 kg (app.)
2001
1. Calculate the percentage of phosphorus in the fertilizer
superphosphate Ca(H 2 P0) 2 • (correct to 1dp) (H = 1 ; 0
= 16 ; P = 31 ; Ca = 40)
Ans. Molecular mass of Ca(H2 P04 ) 2
= 40 + 2 ( 1 X 2 + 31 + 16 X 4) = 234 g

Mass of phosphorus in 234 g superphosphate= 62 kg

62
. . Percentage of phosphorus = 234 x 100 = 26.5%

2002
1. Calculate the percentage of platinum in ammonium
chloroplatinate (NH4) 2 PtC16 •
(Give your answer correct to the nearest whole numbe1·).
(N = 14, H = 1, Cl = 35.5, Pt = 195)
Ans. Molecular mass of (NH4 ) 2 Pt Cl6
= 2(14 + 1 X 4) + 195 + 35.5 X 6
= 36 + 195 + 213 = 444
= 444 g of (NH4 ) Pt Cl6 contains Pt = 195 g
195
Percentage ,ofpt = 444 x 100 = 43 .92% ~ 44%

1:2131 Arun Deep~ Sim. Chemistry X

 2005
1. Calculate the percentage of nitrogen in aluminium nitride.
(AI = 27, N = 14)
Ans. Molecular mass ofAluminium nitride
AIN=27+ 14=41
41 g of AI N contains nitrogen = 14 g

%ofnitrogeninAIN = ~~ x lOO =34. 146%

2006
1. Calculate the percentage of sodium in sodium aluminium
fluoride (Na3 AIF J correct to the nearest whole number.
(F = 19 ; Na = 23 ; AI = 27)
Ans. Molecular mass ofNa3 (AIF 6 )
= 3 X 23 + 27 + 6 X 19
=69+27+ 114 = 210g
%of Sodium in Na 3(AIF 6 )

mass of sodiutrl 69
e- x 100 = - x l00=32<)0/o
masso fN a 3 Al r 6 210
2007
1. Determine the percentage of oxygen in ammonium nitrate
(0 = 16)
Ans. Molar mass ofNH4N0 3 (or N 2Hp 3 )
= 14 x 2 + 4 + 16 x 3 = 80 g mol-'
Mass of 1 mole ofNH 4N0 3 = 80 g
Mass of oxygen in I mole ofNH4N0 3 = 16 x 3 = 48 g

48
Percentage of oxygen in amm. nitrate = 80 x 100 = 60%

2010
1. If the relative molecular mass of ammonium nitrate is
80, calculate the percentage of nitrogen and oxygen
in ammonium nitrate. (N = 14, H = 1, 0 = 16).
Arun Deep's Sim. Chemistry X 1·21'41
Ans. Molar mass of NH 4N0 3 (or N 2 H40 3 )
= 2 X 14 + 4 + 16 X 3
= 28 + 4 + 48 = 80 g mol- 1
Mass of nitrogen in I mole ofNH4N0 3 = 2 x I4 = 28 g
Mass of oxygen in I mole of NH 4N0 3 = I6 x 3 = 48 g
Mass of 1 mole ofNH4N0 4 = 80 g

28
Percentage of nitrogen in NH 4N03 = 80 x 100 = 35%

1. Find the total percentage of Magnesium in magnesium

nitrate crystals, Mg(N0 3 h.6H 2 0/
[Mg = 24; N = 14; 0 = 16 and H = 1]
Ans. Molar mass of Mg(N0 3 h.6H 2 0
= 24 + (14 X 2) + (16 X 12) +(I X 12) = 256 g

24
Mass percent of Magnesium nitrate crystals = 256 x 100

= 9.375%

1. Calculate the percentage of water of crystallization in

CuS0 4.5H2 0. [H = 1, 0 = 16, S = 32, Cu = 64]
Ans. Molecular weight ofCuS04 .5H 2 0 = 64 + 32 + 64 + 5 (18)
= 250 amu
Molecular weight of 5 H 20 = 5 x 18 = 90 amu.

90
. . % of water of crystallisation = 250 x I 00 = 36%

12151 Arun Deep 's Sim. Chemistry X

 F. EMPIRICAL FORMULA AND MOLECULAR
FORMULA - Problems based on then

2004
1. An experiment showed that in a lead chloride solution,
6.21 g of lead combined with 4.26 g. of chlorine. What is
the empirical formula of this chloride. (Pb = 207 ; Cl =
35.5)
Ans. In lead chloride
Mass of lead = 6.21 g
Mass of chlorine= 4.26 g
Total mass of lead chloride = 6.21 + 4.16 = 10.4 7 g
6.21
Percentage of lead in lead chloride = 10.4 7 x I 00 = 59.31%

4.26
Percentage of chlorine in lead chloride= 10.4 7 x 100 = 40.69%

To calculate empirical formula oflead chloride

Element Percentage Atomic Atomic Simplest Simplest

mass ratio atomic ratio whole
no. ratio

59.3 1 0.287
Lead 5931 207 - - = 0.287 --=I 1
207 0.287

40.69 1.146
Chlorine 40.69 35.5 35.5 = 1.1 46 0.287 = 3.99 4

1. Determine the empirical formula of a compound

containing 47.9% potassium, 5.5% beryllium and 46.6%
fluorine by mass. (At. weight of Be = 9 ; F = 19 ; K = 39)
Work to one decimal place.
Ans. K = 47.9%, Be 5.5 %, F = 46.6%

Arun Deep's Sim. Chemistry X 12161

Element % Atomic Atomic Simplest
age wt. ratio ratio

47.9 = 1.22 1.22 = 2

K 47.9 39
39 0.61

55 = 0.61 0.61 = 1
Be 55 9
9 0.61

46.6 = 2.45 2.45 = 4

F 46.6 19
19 0.61
Empirical formula K2Bel4 = K2BeF4
2007
1. A compound X consists of 4.8% carbon and 95.2%
bromine by mass. (i) Determine the empirical formula of
this compound working correct to one decimal place. (ii)
If the vapour density of the compound is 252, what is the
molecular formula of the compound. (C = 12 ; Br = 80)
(CBr3 , C 2Br6 ).
Ans.
Element % Atomic Atomic Simplest
age wt. ratio ratio

c 4.8 12 4.8 = 0.4 0.4 = 1

12 0.4

Br 95.2 = 1.2 .!2=3

95.2 80
80 0.4
-
Empirical formula= CBr3
V.D = 252
Empirical formula= CBr3
Empirical molecular mass= 12 + 80 x 3 = 252

mol. wt 2 x V.D. 2 x 252

n = Emp. formula wt. = 252 = ~ =2

12171 Arun Deep's Sim. Chemistry X

 Molecular formula= 2 x Emp. formula = 2(CBr3)
Molecular formula = 2 x Emp. formula = 2(CBr3 ) = C2Br6 •
2008
1. What is the empirical formula of octane (C8H 18) ?
Ans. M.F. of octane = C8H 18 = (c 4H9) 2
:. E.F. of octane= C4H9
2. A compound has the following percentage composition
by mass, Carbon 14.4%, hydrogen 1.2% and chlorine
84.5%. Determine the empirical formula of this
compound. Work correct to 1 decimal place. The relative
molecular mass of this compound is 168, so what is its
molecular formula? (H = 1 ; C = 12 ; Cl = 35.5)
Ans.
Element %age At %age/ Simplest Simplest
mass At mass ratio whole no.
ratio

Carbon 14.4 12 14.4 = 1.2 ~=l I

12 1.2

Hydrogen 1.2 1 ~=1.2 ~=l I

I 1.2

Chlorine 84.5 35.5 84.5 = 2.38 2.38 = 1.98 2

35.5 1.2
Empirical formula= CHCI2
Empirical formula mass
= 12 X 1 + J X 1 + 35.5 X 2 = 12 + 1 + 71 = 84
Relative molecular mass (given)= 168
M.F.M. 168
n=
E.F.M. 84
n=2
Molecular formula= (CHCI 2) 2 = C2H2CI 4

Arun Deep 's Sim. Chemistry X !218!

 2009
- -,
1. A gaseous compound of nitrogen and hydrogen
contains 12.5% hydrogen by mass. Find the molecular
formula of the compound if its relative molecular mass
is 37. [N =14, H = 1].
Ans.
Elements % Atwt Simplest ratio Simplest
whole no ratio

87.5 =6.25 6.25 = 1

Nitrogen 87.5 14
14 6.25

12.5 = 12.5 12.5 = 2

Hydrogen 12.5 I
1 6.25

Empirical Formula= NH 2
Empirical formula mass = 14 + 2 = 16
Molecular mass 37
n= =-
Empirical mass 16 ' n = 2.31 = 2
Hence M.F. = (NH 2 h =N 2 H4
2011
1. An organic compound with vapour density 94. It contains C
= 12.67%, H = 2.13%, and Br = 85.11%. Find the molecular
formula of the organic compound. [C = 12, H = 1, Br = 80]
Ans.
Element Symbol Atomic Percentag€ Relative no. Simplest
No. of Atoms ratio

12.67 1.055
Carbon c 12 12.67 12 = 1.055 1.055 = 1

2.13 2.13
Hydrogen H 1 2.13 -1- = 2.13 1.055 = 2

85.11 1.0638
Bromine Br 80 85.11 80 = 1.0638 1.055 = I

A run Deeps Sim. Chemistry X

 E. F.= CH2 Br
Given V.D. = 94
Molecular mass = 2 x V.D. = 2 x 94 = 188
M.F.M = (E.F.M)n

188
~ 188 = (94)n ~ n = 94 = 2

Molecular formula= (Empirical formula) x n = (CH2Br) x 2

= C 2H 4Br2
2014
1. A compound having empirical formula ~Y is made of two
elements X andY. Find its mola:alar formula. If the atomic
weight of X is 10 and that ofY is 5 and the compound bas a
vapour density 25.
Ans. Empirical formula= x2 Y, Empirical mass = 2 X 10 + 5 = 25
Vapour density of X 2Y = 25
. . Molecular weight of X 2Y = 2 x vapour density = 2 x 25 = 50
Now Molecular weight =n x empirical weight= 50 = n x 25
50
~ n=-=2
25
.·. Molecular formula= n XEmpirical formula = 2 Xx2y = x4y 2
2015
1. If the ~pirical formula of a compound is CHand it bas a
vapour den_sity of 13, find the molecular formula of the
compound. [C = 12, H = 1]
Ans. Given : Empirical formula= CH, Vapour density= 13
Molecular weight= 2 x Vapour density= 2 x 13 = 26
. . Empirical formula of a compound with rr. ' lecular mass 26 is CH.
Molecular mass 26 26
n = Empirical formula (12 + 1) = 13 =2
. . Molecular formula of the given compound is 2x(CH)
= (CH)2= C 2~.
Arun Deep's Sim_ Chemistry X l220l
 2016
1. A gaseous hydrocarbon contains 82.76% of carbon. Given
that its vapours density is 29, find its molecular formula.
(C=12,H=1]
Ans.
Symbol Percentage Atomic No. of Simplest Rounding
mass atoms / ratio of ratio

82.76
c 82.76 12 --=6.89 6.89/6.89 = I 2
I2

17.24
H I7.24 I --=I7.24 I7.24/6.89 = 2.5 5
I

Empirical formula= C2H5

Empirical formula mass = 12 x 2 + 5 x 1 = 24 + 5 = 29
V.D. = 29
Molecular mass= 2 x V.D. = 2 x 29 =58
M.M 58
n=--=-=2
E.F.M 29
Molecular formula= (C 2H5) 2 = C4H10

1. A compound of X and Y has the empirical formula XY2 •

Its vapour density is equal to its empirical formula weight.
Determine its molecular formla.
Ans. Molecular formula= 2 x V.D.
. . Molecular formula= 2 x Empirical formula
= 2 x XY2 = X 2X 4

1. The percentage composition of a gas is :

Nitrogen 82.35%, Hydrogen 17.64%
Find the empirical formula of the gas. [N = 14, H = 1]

122~ I A run Deeps Sim. Chemistry X

 Ans.

Symbol Percentage Atomic Relative Simplest

wt. Ratio Ratio

82.35 = 5.88 5.88 = 1

Nitrogen 82.35% 14
14 5.88

Hydrogen 17.64% 1 17.64 = 17.64 17.64 = 3

1 5.88

Empirical Formula= N 1H 3 = ~

G CHEMICAL EQUATIONS - Problems based on them

2000
1. Washing soda has the formula Na 2C03 .10H20. What
mass of anhydrous sodium carbonate is left when all the
water of crystallization is expelled by heating 57.2 g of
washing soda.
Heat
Ans. Na2C03 .10H20 Na2C03 + 10~0

Molecular weight ofNa2 C0 3 .10~0

= 23 X 2 + 12 + 16 X 3 + 10 (1 X 2 + 16)
=46+ 12+48+ 10(18)= 106+ 180=286
Molecular weight ofNa2C03 = 106
.. 286 g Na2C03 .10~0 left 106 g Na2C03
57.2x106
.. 57.2 g Na2 C0 3 .10~0 left 106 g Na2C03 = 286
= 21.2 g Na2C03
Mass of anhydrous sodium carbonate is 21.2 g
2. Na2S0 4 + Pb(NOJ2 ~ PbS04 + 2NaN03 • When excess
lead nitrate solution was added to a solution of sodium
sulphate, 15.15 g of lead sulphate were precipitated. What
mass of sodium sulphate was present in the original
solution. (H = 1 ; C = 12 ; 0 = 16 ; Na = 23; S = 32 ; Pb =
207)

Arun Deeps Sim. Chemistry X 12221

Ans. Na2 S04 + Pb(N0) 2 ~ PbS0 4 + 2NaN03 •
Mol. mass ofNa2 S04 = 2 x 23 + 32 + 16 x 4
= 46 + 32 + 64 = 142 g
Mol. mass of lead sulphate= 207 + 32 x 4 x 16
= 270 + 32 + 64 .= 366 g
Now 366 g ofPbS04 1s obtained from 142 g ofNa2 S04

142
15.15gofPbS04 obtainedfrom= 366 x 15.15=7g(app.)

2001
1. From the equation : (NH 4) 2 Cr20 7 ~ Cr20 3 + 4~0 + N2
Calculate :
(i) the vol. of nitrogen at STP, evolved when 63g. of
ammonium dichromate is heated. (5.6 Iits.)
(ii) the mass of Cr20 3 formed at the same time.
(N = 14, H = 1, Cr = 52, 0 = 16) (38 g.)

Heat ) Crp3 (s) + 4Hp (g) + N 2 (g)

I mol I mol I mol
=2 x {l4+4)+2 x 52+7 X 16 =2 x 52+(6 x 3 = 22.4 L
= 252 g = 152 g

(i) 252 g of ammonium dichromate on decomposition give N 2

at S.T.P. = 22.4 L
63 g of ammonium dichromate on decomposition will give
22.4
N 2 at S.T.P. = -2 2 x 63 L = 5.6 L
. 5 .
(ii) 252 g of ammonium dichromate on thermal decomposition
give Crp3 = 152 g
63 g of ammonium dichromate or thermal decomposition
152
will give Crp3 = 252 x 63 = 38 g

f223f Arun Deeps Sim. Chemistry X

 2003
1. lOg. of a mixture of NaCl and anhydrous Na 2S0 4 is
dissolved in water. An excess of BaC12 solo. is added and
6.99 g. ofBaS04 is precipitated according to the equation:
Na 2 S0 4 + BaCI 2 ~ BaS0 4 ,J.. + 2NaCl. Calculate the
percentage of sodium sulphate in the original mixture.
(0 = 16 ; Na = 23 ; S = 32; Ba = 137)
Ans. Na2 S04 + BaCl 2 ~ BaS04 + 2NaCI
[(2 X 23) + 32 + 4 X 16] ( 137 + 32 + 64)
142 g 233 g
Now 223 g of BaSO4 is obtained from I 42 g Na2SO4
142 x 6.99
6.99 g ofBaS04 is obtained from= 233
= 4.26 g. ofNa2S04
. 4.26x 100
. . NaS04 m 10 g of mixture= 10 = 42.6%

2004
1. The reaction of potassium permanganate with acidified
iron (II) sulphate is given below :
2KMn04 + 10FeS04 + 8H2S04 ~ ~S0 4 + 2MnS04 + 5
Fe2 (S0 4) 3 + 8H2 0.
If 15.8 g. of potassium permanganate was used in the
reaction, calculate the mass of iron (II) sulphate used in
the above reaction.
(K = 39, Mn = 55, Fe = 56, S = 32, 0 = 16)
Ans. 2KMn04 + 10FeS04 + 8H2S04 ~ K 2S04 + 2MnS0 4 + 5
Fe2(S04 ) 3 + 8H2 0
Molecular mass of2KMn0 4
= 2(39 +55+ 4 X 16) = 2 (39 + 35 + 64) = 2 (158) = 316 g
Molecular mass of 10FeS04 = 10(56 + 32 + 4 x 16)
= 10(56 + 32 + 64) = 10(152) = 1520 g

Arun Deeps Sim. Chemistry X .

 316 g of KMnO4 used iron (III) sulphate = 1520 g
1520
15 • 8 g ofKMnO4 used= --xl5.8
316
= 71 g

2005
1. The equation given below relate to the manufacture of
sodium carbonate (Mol). wt. of Na1 C03 = 106
(i) NaCI + NH3 + C01 + ~0 ~ NaHC03 + NH4Cl
(ii) 2NaHC03 ~ Na 2C03 + H 20 + C02
Questions (a) and (b) are based on the production of21.2
g. of sodium carbonate.
(a) What mass of sodium hydrogen carbonate must be
heated to give 21.2 g. of sodium carbonate
(Molecular weight of NaHC03 = 84).
(b) To produce the mass of sodium hydrogen carbonate
calculated in (a), what volume of carbon dioxide,
measured at s.t.p., would be required.
Ans. (a) 2NaHC03 ~ Na2CO + Hp + C02
2 mol 1 mol
= 2 X 84 = 168 g = 106 g

· 106 g ofNa2C03 is obtained from NaHC03 = 168 g

21.2 g ofN~C0 3 is obtained from NaHC03

168
= 106 X 21.2 = 33.6 g

(b) NaCI + ~ + C02 + }\0 ~ NaHC03 + NH4Cl

1 mol 1 mol
= 22.4 L at S.T.P. = 84 g
84 g ofNaHC03 is obtained from C02 at STP = 22.4 L
33.6 g ofNaHC03 is obtained from C02 at STP
22.4
= 84 =33.6=8.96L
2006
1. The relative molecular mass (mol. wt.) of copper oxide
is 80. What vol. of HN3 (measured at s.t.p.) is required to
l225l Arun Deep 's Sim. Chemistry X
 completely reduce 120 g of cuO.
[3Cu0 + 2N~ ~ 3Cu + 3~0 + N 1 ].
Ans. 3Cu0 + 2NH3 ~ 3Cu + 3Hp + N2
3 moles 2 moles
3 x 80 g = 2 x 22.4 litres at S.T.P.

240 g ofCuO requires NH 3 for reduction= 2 x 22.4litres

2 x 22.4
.. 120 g ofCuO requires N~ for reduction= 240 - x 120

= 22.4 L
. . Volume ofNH4 required at S.T.P. = 22.4 L

2007
t'. A sample of ammonium nitrate when heated yields 8.96
litres of steam (measured at stp.)
NH4N03 ~ N 20 + 2H 20
(i) What volume of dinitrogen oxide is produced at the
same time as 8.96 litres of steam.
(ii) What mass of ammonium nitrate should be heated
to produce 8.96 litres of steam (Relative molecular
mass of NH4N03 is 80)
Heat
Ans. NH4N0 3 (s)
I mol= 80 g I vol 2 vol

8.96
(i) Volume Np = - 2- = 4.48 L

[·: 1 vol ofNP is produced at the same time as 2 vol. of

steam]
(ii) 2 x 22.4 L steam at S.T.P. is produced from NH4N0 3
=80g
8.96 L of steam at S.T.P. is produced from NH4N0 3
80
2 x 22 .4 x 8.96 = 16 g

Arun Deeps Sim. Chemistry X l226l

 16x3
(iii) Percentage of oxygen in NH4N03 = W x 100 = 60%

2008
1. From the equation :
C + 2H2804 ~ C02 + 2H20 + 2802
Calculate :
(i) The mass of carbon oxidised by 49 g of sulphuric
acid (C = 12 ; relative molecular mass of sulphuric
acid= 98).
(ii) The volume of 802 measured at s.t.p., liberated "at
the same time.

Ans. C + 2H 2SO 4 ~ C0 2 + 2H 20 + 2S0 2

l 2g 2(98)

(i) 196 g of sulphuric acid is required to oxidise

= 12g of carbon
12
1 g ofsulphuric acid is required to oxidise= 196 g ofcarbon

12
49g of sulphuric acid is required to oxidise = 196 x 49 g
of carbon = 3 g of carbon
(ii) 12 g of carbon will liberate (22.4 x 2) litres ofS02
. . 22.4x2 1.
1 g of carbon wtll hberate 12 ttres ofS02

3 g of carbon will liberate 2 \~x 2 x 3 = 11.2 litres ofS02

2009
1. Commercial NaOH weighing 30 g. has some NaCI in
it. The mixture on dissolving in water and treatment
with excess AgN03 solo. formed a precipitate weighing
14.3 g. What is the percentage of NaCI in the
commercial sample of NaOH.
!227! Arun Deeps Sim. Chemistry X
 NaCI + AgN0 3 AgCI + NaN03 •
----jo

[Relative molecular mass of NaCI = 58 ; AgCI = 143]

Ans. NaCI + AgN0 3 ~ AgCI + NaN0 3
J43g of AgCI is formed from= 58g of NaCl
58
1g of AgCI is formed from= 143 ofNaCI

58
14.3 g of AgCI is formed from = 143 x 14.3 = 5.8 g

5.8
% of sodium chloride = 30 x 100 = 19.3%

2011
1. Calculate the volume of oxygen required for the complete
combustion of 8.8g of propane (C3 H 8). (C = 12, 0 = 16,
H = 1, Molar Volume= 22.4 dm3 at stp)
Ans. C3H8 + 502 -----+ 3C02 + 4 Hp
M. W. of C3 H8 = 12 x 3 + 8 = 44
Volume of502 = 5 x 22.4 = 112 litres
44 g of propane requires= 112 litres of oxygen
.
1 g o f propane reqmres 112 .
= 44 1ttres

8.8 g of propane requires= ~~: x 8.8 =112 x.2 = 22.4litres

2012

1. P + 5HN03 (cone.)-----+ H 3P04 + ~0 + 5N02• If9.3 g of

phosphorus was used in the reaction, calculate :
(i) Number of moles of phosphorus taken.
(ii) The mass of phosphoric acid formed.
(iii) The volume of N02 produced at stp.
[H = 1, N = 14, P = 31, 0 = 16]

Arun Deeps Sim. Chemistry X l228l

Ans. Given, P + 5HN0 3 (cone.)-----+ Hl0 4 + H20 + 5N02
9.3
(i) Number of moles of phosphorous taken= 3T = 0.3 mole
(ii) 1 mole of phosphorous gives= 98gm of phosphoric acid
So, 0.3 mole of phosphorous gives
= (0.3 x 98gm) of phosphoric acid
= 29 .4gm of phosphoric acid
(iii) 1 moles of phosphoric gives= 112L ofN02 gas at STP
So, 0.3 moles of phosphorous gives
= (112 x 0.3)L ofN02 gas at STP
= 33 .6L ofN02 gas at STP
2013
1. 2KCI03 MnOz ) 2KCI + 302
(i) Calculate the mass of KCI03 required to produce
6.72 litre of 0 2 at STP. [K = 39, Cl = 35.5, 0 = 16)
(ii) Calculate the no. of moles of 0 2 in the above vol-
ume and also the no. of molecules.
Ans. 2KCI03 MnOz ) 2KCI + 302
2[39+35.5+48] g 2[39+35.5)g 3(22.4] It
245 g 67.2lt
(i) 67.2 It of oxygen at STP is librated from KC10 3 = 245 g
6. 72 lt of oxygen is liberated from KCI0 3

245x6.72
67.2 = 24.5g

(ii) 22.4 It of oxygen and STP = 1 mole.

6.72
6. 72 It of oxygen at STP = 22 .4 = 0.3 moles

1 mole of oxygen contains number of molecules

= 6 X 1023
12291 Arun Deeps Sim. Chemistry X
 0.3 mole of oxygen contain number of molecules
= 6.02 x I 023 x 0.3 = 1.806 x I 023 molecules
2015
1. From the equation :
heat
(NH 4 hCr2 0 7

Calculate:
(i) the quantity in moles of (NH 4 ) 2 Cr 2 0 7 if 63gm
of(NH 4) 2 Cr2 0 7 is heated.
(ii) the ~uantity in moles of nitrogen formed.
(iii) the volume in litres or dm 3 of N2 evolved at s.t.p.
(iv) the mass in grams of Cr2 0 3 formed at the same time.
(H=l, Cr= 52, N=14]
Ans. The given reaction is as follows:
heat

(i) Given : Weight of (NH 4 ) 2Crp7 = 63 gm

Molar mass of (NH 4 ) 2Crp 7
=(2x 14)+(8 x 1)+(2x52)+(7x 16)
= 28 + 8 + 104 + 112 = 252 gm
I mole (NH 4 ) 2 Crp 7 = 252 gm

63
Hence, 63 gm of (NH4 ) 2Crp 7 = 252 = 0.25 moles

The quantity of moles of (NH 4 ) 2Cr2 0 7 if 63 gm of

(NH4 ) 2Crp7 is heated is 0.25 moles.
(ii) From the given chemical equation, I mole of(NH4 ) 2Crp7
produces 1 mole of nitrogen gas.
Hence, 0.25 moles of (NH 4 ) 2Crp 7 can produce 0.25
moles of nitrogen gas.
The quantity in moles of nitrogen formed is 0.25 moles.

Arun Deep's Sim. Chemistry X l230l

 (iii) One mole of an ideal gas at S.T.P. occupies 22.4 litres or
dm 3 •
Hence, 0.25 moles of (NH 4) 2Crp7 will occupy 0.25 x
22.4 = 5.6 litres or dm 3 •
The volume in litres or dm 3 ofN 2 evolved at S.T.P. is 5.6
I itres or dm 3 •
(iv) From the given chemical equation, 1 mole of(NH4) 2Crp7
produces 1 mole of Cr20 3 •
Hence, 0.25 moles of(NH4 ) 2Crp7 will produce 0.25 moles
of Crp 3 •
Molar mass ofCrp3 = (2 x 52)+ (3 x 16) = 104 + 48 =
152gm
1 mole Crp3 = 152 gm
Hence, 0.25 moles ofCrp3 = 0.25 x 152 = 38 gm
The mass in grams of Crp 3 formed at the same time is
38 gm.

1. How much calcium oxide is formed when 82g. of

calcium nitrate is heated. Also find the volume of
nitrogen dioxide evolved :
2Ca(N03) 2 ~ 2Ca0 + 4N02 + 0 2
(Ca = 40, N = 14, 0 = 16)
Ans. 2Ca(N0)2 ~ 2Ca0 + 4N0 2 + 0 2
2[40 + 2(14 + 48)] 2(40 + 16) 4(22.4 It)
328 112 89.6 It
(i) When calcium nitrate is 328 g, the calcium oxide formed
= 112 g
When calcium nitrate is 82 g the calcium oxide formed

112 X 82
=28 g
328
(ii) When calcium nitrate is 328 g, the volume ofN0 2 formed
= 89.6/
l'2{3"H A run Deep s Sim. Chemistry X
 When calcium nitrate is 82 g the volume ofN02 formed

89.6x:82
= 22.4 It at S.T.P.
328

1. Aluminium carbide reacts with water according to the

following equation: [4]
A14C3 + 12~0 ~ 4AI(OH)3 + 3CH4
(z) State what mass of aluminium hydroxide is formed from
12 g of aluminium carbide.
(iz) State the volume of methane at s.t.p., is obtained from
12 g of aluminium carbide.
[relative molecular weight of AI4CI3 = 144; AI(OH)3 =
78]
Ans. (i) Al 4C 3 + I2Hp ~ 4Al(OH)3 + 3CH4
[4 X 27 + 3 X 12] 4[27 + 17 X 3]
108 + 36 4[27 X 51]
144 g 4 X 78
312 g
I44 g of AI 4CI 3 produce= 312 g of AI(OH)3
312
I g of Al 4C 3 produce= I 44 g of AI(OH) 3

3I2
I2 g of Al4C 3 produce= I 44 x 12 = 26 g of Al(OH) 3

(ii) A1 4C 3 + I2Hp ~ 4Al(OH)3 + 3CH4

144 g 3 X 22.4 I
67.2 I
I44 g of AI 4 C3 will produce 67.2 I of methane

. 67.2/
I g of AI4C3 will produce 144 of methane

67.2
I2 g of Al 4C3 will produce 144 x I2 = 5.61

Arun Deeps Sim. Chemistry X l2'32J

 CE£ectro['lsis

Electrolysis : The process of decomposition of a chemical

compound in aqueous solutions or in molten state accompanied
by a chemical change by using direct electric current. e.g.
Decomposition of electrolyte in aqueous or molten state by
passage of electric current.
NaCl (electrolyte)~ Na 1+ (cation)+ CP- (anion)
Discharge of ions as neutral atoms at the respective electrodes.
-
At cathode : Na 1+ + le ~ Na (neutral atom) Reduction reaction
-
At anode: CP- ~ le ~ Cl (neutral atom)- oxidation reaction

A: Electrolytic cell E: Electrolyte

Appar·atus used in electrolysis : It contains the following

parts :
1. Electrolytic cell : A non-conducting vessel containing the
electrolyte in aqueous or fused state.
2. Anode : Electrode connected to the positive terminal of the
battery.
!200'! Arun Deep~ Sim. Chemistry X
 3. Cathode : Electrode connected to the negative terminal of
battery.
When the switch is on the electrolyte starts dissociating.
Terms used in Electrolysis :
1. Electrolytes : Chemical compounds which conduct electricity
either in aqueous or in fused state and undergo chemical
decomposition due to flow of current through it. e.g. dil HCl,
H2S04 , KOH and NaOH solutions,
PbBr2 (molten), CuS04 (aq.)
Types of electrolytes :
(i) Strong Electrolytes : They are electrolytes which allow a
large amount of electricity to flow through them and are
completely dissociated. They contain free mobile ions.
'· e.g. Acids : dil. HCl, H2 SO4, HN0 3
Bases: NaOH, KOH
Salts : NaCl, Na2 S04 , PbS0 4
(ii) Weak electrolytes : They are electrolytes which allow small
amounts of electricity to flow through them and hence are poor
conductors of electricity and are partially dissociated. They
contains partly ions and partly molecules.
e.g. Acids : Carbonic acid, oxalic, acetic formic
Bases : NHpH, Ca(OH)2 , Mg(OH) 2
Salts : Sodium carbonate, bicarbonate etc.
2. Non-Electrolytes : Chemical compounds which do not conduct
electricity either in fused or aqueous state and do not undergo
chemical decomposition are called non-electrolytes.
e.g. Pure or distilled water, alcohol, carbon disulphide, glucose
and sugar solution.
3. Electrodes: Electrodes allow electricity to enter or leave the
electrolytic solution. They are two in number, anode and
cathode.

Arun Deep~ Sim. Chemistry X l234)

 Difference between anode and cathode :
Anode Cathode
1. It is the electrode connected · 1. It is the electrode
to the positive terminal of the connected to the negative
battery. terminal of the battery.
2. Anions migrate to anode. 2. Cations migrate to
cathode.
3. The anions donate excess 3. The cations gain excess
electrons to the anode and electrons from the cathode
they are oxidised to neutral and they are reduced to
atoms. neutral atoms.
4. Ions: They are atoms which carry a positive or negative charge
and become free and mobile when an electric current is passed
through an aqueous solution of a chemical compound.
Depending on the type of electric charge (+ Ve or- Ve) carried
by an ion, an ion is further classified between anions and cations.
Difference between anions and cations
Anions Cations
1. They are negatively charged 1. They are positively charged
ions. ions.
2. During electrolysis anions 2. During electrolysis the cations
move towards the anode. move towards the cathode.
e.g. OH-, CI-, S04- etc. e.g. Na+, K+, Cu++ etc.

MECHANISM OF EI..ECTROLYSIS :
The process or mechanism of electrolysis was first explained
by a Swedish chemist Avante Arrhenius in 1887. The main
postulates of his theory are as under :
1. By dissolving an electrolyte in water it dissociates into (+Ve)
and (-Ve) ions called cations and anions.
2. All ions carry an electric charge and are responsible for the
flow of current through the solution.
3. The conductivity of the electrolyte depends upon the

l'2351 A run Deep's Sim. Chemistry X

 concentration of the ions in the solution.
4. The number of(+Ve) charge equals to (-Ve) charge in solution
and the solution of electrolyte is in equilibrium.
5. In non electrolytes, there is no ionisation, only molecules are
present in solution.
e.g. sugar solution.
6. The degree of dissociation is the extent to which an electrolyte
dissociates or breaks up into ions.
Characteristics of electrolysis :
I. The flow of electricity through an electrolyte causes the metallic
ions (cations) to migrate towards the cathode and non-metallic
ions (anions) to migrate towards anode.
2. The number of electrons gained by the anode is equal to the
number of electrons donated by the cathode.
3. The products of electrolysis are formed at the anode and
cathode itself since the exchange of electrons takes place at
the surface of electrodes.
4. Only hydrogen gas and metals are liberated at the cathode and
are called electropositive elements.
,5. Only non-metals are liberated at the anode and are called
electronegative elements.
Comparison Between Electrolytic Dissociation and
Ionisation
Di o;sociation Ionisation
I. Separation of ions which are I. Formation of positively or
already present in an ionic negatively charged ions from
compounds. molecules which are not inti ally
in the ionic state.
2. Electrovalent compounds show 2. Polar covalent compounds
dissociation e.g. potassium show ionisation.
chloride, lead bromide. e.g. HCl, H2C03 , NHpH

KCl ~ K++CI- H20 H+ + CI-.

HCl

Arun Deep's Sim. Chemistry X

I~
 Electrolytic Dissociation of Ionic Compounds :
e.g. NaCl
(a) In the molten state (fused) : Sodium chloride is non-electrolyte
but it conducts electric current in molten state. Ionic compounds
(NaCl) contains positively charged metallic ions (Na1+) and
negatively charged, non-metallic ions (CP-).
These ions are not free but are held by strong electrostatic
force of attraction which prevents movements of ions. Ionic
compound in a solid state is bad conductor of electricity. When
ionic compound is strongly heated, the ions gains kinetic energy,
they become loose and free. The molten solution becomes a
good conductor of electricity.

I Electrostatic I I
', I I /'

--e. e--
force of '- "' '- I /
'- I / ' I /
' I . I "'

~
'-, I _,"' '-, I _,"'
HEAT
--~--
+
,"' I I '-, /, I ', /"' I ',
,"' ', ~/ ,/ ', ',
SODIUM CHLORIDE IN SOLID STATE FREE IONS FORMED IN MOLTEN STATE

In the Aqueous Solution State :

(a) When an ionic compound (NaCl) is added to water it dissociates
in water. Water is a polar solvent and exhibits charge distribution.
(b) When sodium chloride is dissolved in water it dissociates into
sodium (Na1+) ions and chloride ions (CP-) ions which move
freely in solution.

G::\os
~
- Electrostatic
QHs+
V
"\. force of /
~ attraction It

€80
SODIUM CHLORIDE
IN SOLID STATE

WATER MOLECULE
POLAR SOLVENT
@!@
FREE IONS FORMED IN
AQUEOUS SOLUTION STATE

1.2371 Arun Deep's Sim. Chemistry X

 Ionisation of Covalent Compounds (HCl) :
Ammonia and Hydrogen chloride are non-electrolyte in the
gaseous state, but ionise in aqueous solution state.
Hydrogen chloride is a polar covalent compound in nature and
shows charge distribution in its molecules such that the hydrogen
atom has a slight positive charge and the chlorine atom has a
slight negative charge. When hydrogen chloride is added to
water- a polar solvent, the slightly (-Ve) charged oxygen atom
of the water exerts an electrostatic pull on positively charged
hydrogen ion ofHCl.
Thus hydrogen ion combines with water to form Hydronium
(H3Q+) and chloride ions remain in solution.

Water

ffi 0
HYDROGEN CHLORIDE
[Polar covalent compound]

~
~
/ WATER~
Q "'
[Polar solvent]

+ Cl
[hydrogen ion] [chloride ion]
IONISATION
H++ HP ----7 HP+-Hydronium ion

To Determine whether a compound is an acid, base or

salt by electrolysis.
Apparatus : A voltameter, Electrodes, graphite electrodes
connected to a current source i.e. Battery and a Key.
Take a voltameter. Take given compound in fused or aqueous
solution state in it and pass the current through it.

Arun Deep's Sim. Chemistry X 12381

 Electrolyte [X]

AnodeM Cathode[Y]

Voltameter

Observations : The glow of bulb indicates the flow of current

through the electrolyte. If the solution is strong electrolyte, the
bulb glows brightly and in case of weak electrolyte the glow of
bulb is very dim. It differentiates weak and strong acids, bases
and salts.
2. Acids, bases and salts when dissolved in water or in the fused
state dissociates into free mobile ions and can be classified into
strong and weak electrolytes depending on the degree of
dissociation.
Classification of acids, bases, and salts into strong and
weak electrolytes.
Strong electrolytes :
Acids Bases (Alkalis) Salts
Mineral acids ionise Bases ionise in fused Ionic salts ionise in
on dissolution in or m aqueous fused or in aqueous
water. Liberate (H+) solution state. Liberate solution state. Liberate
ions in solution. (OH-) ions. other ions other than
(H+) or OH- ions.
Hydrochloric acid Sodium hydroxide Copper chloride
CuCI 2 ~ Cu 2+ +
(aq) (aq) (aq) 2CJI-

A run Deep ~ Sim. Chemistry X

Sulphuric acid Potassium hydroxide Lead bromide

H 2 S04 ~ 2HJ+ KOH ~ K 1++ PbBr2 ~ Pb2+

(aq) + S042- (aq) 0H 1- (molten) + 2 Br 1-

Weak Electrolytes :
Acids
Acetic acid
CH3COOH ~ C~C00 1 - + W+
(aq.)
Formic acid :
H.COOH ~ HC00 1- + W+
(aq.)
Carbonic acid :
H2C03 ~2W + + COt
(aq.)
Bases (alkalis)
Calcium hydroxide
Ca(OH)2 ~ Ca2 + 20HJ - T

(aq.)
Ammonium hydroxide
NH4 0H ~ NH4 1+ + OH 1-
(aq .)
Magnesium hydroxide
Mg (OH) 2 ~ Mg2+ + 20H 1-
(aq .)
Salts
Sodium carbonate :
Na 2C0 3 ~ 2Na 1+ + CO/ -
(aq.)
Lead acetate :
(CH3 C00) 1 Pb ~ 2CH3 COO- + Pb 2+
(aq.)
A rzm Deep's Sim. Chemist ry X ~
~------------------
 Potassium bicarbonate :
KHC0 3 ~ K 1+ + HC03 1-
(aq.)
ELECTRO CHEMICAL SERIES : Electrochemical series
or metal activity series. Those series in which metals lose their
electrons and form ions they are arranged in series.
1. Metals which ionjse most readily are placed at the top of series.

Lose electrons
e.g. Metal (positive ions) (K- le- ~ K 1+)
easily

(cations)
2. Metals which ionise least readily are placed at lower end
of series.

Metal Lose electrons (positive ions) ~ (Ag - le- ~ Ag 1+)

not readily )

Electrochemical series (metals)

K > Ca > Na > Mg >AI > Zn > Fe > Pb > Cu> Hg > Ag
Anions: SO/-> NO/-, Cl- > Br1- > p- >OW-
Selective Discharge of Ions,: The preferential discharge of
ions present in an electrolyte at the respective electrodes is
known as selective discharge of ions.
Factors affecting selective discharge :
1. Relative position of the cation or anion in the electrochemical
series.
e.g. Cations : Cu 2+, H 1+ migrate to cathode - Cu 2+ ions
discharge at cathode.
Anions: sot, OH 1- migrate to anode. OH 1- ions discharge
at anode.
2. Concentration of ions in the electrolyte :
Higher the concentration of ion, the greater the probability of it
being discharged at the respective electrodes.
e.g. NaCl ~ Na 1+ + CP-
. . - - H' + +
H20 .______,_ . OH' -

Cathode : H' + ion discharged

l24ti!J Arun Deep~ Sim. Chemistry X
 Anode : OH- 1 ions discharged.
3. Nature of electrode : (Cathode or Anode)
Determines the preferential ion which will be discharged at the
electrode.
Inert electrodes : Iron, graphite, platinum do not take part in
electrolytic reaction.
Active electrodes : Copper, nickel, silver take part in
electrolytic reaction.
Active electrode - Cu Inert electrode - Pt.
·-
. Electrolyte- CuS0 4 soln. Electrolysis ofCuS0 4 soln .
Electrodes - Cu- Cathode Electrode - cathode - copper
Cu -Anode Anode- Pt
Reaction at Anode : Reaction at Anode :
Cu-2e- ·~ Cu2+ (ions) oH- 1 - 1e- ~ OH X 2
Example of Electrolysis : Acidified Water or dil. Sulphuric
Acid.
Apparatus: Hoffmann's voltameter.
Electrolyte :Acidified water (dil. H2S04 )
Electrode : Cathode : Pt. foil ; Anode Pt. foil.

Oxygen --'t::--;::---...--,~
~--it--=-t- Hydrogen
(1 Vol.]
(2 vols.]

Anode
(platinum foil]

Electrolysis of acidified water

12 volt Battery, A key

run Deep~ Sim. Chemistry X f242)
Electrode reaction :
H2 SO4 .________,.
.--
2J-I1+ + SO42-

Reaction at cathode :

2H+2H ~ 2H2
J-I1+ions discharge atthe cathode, they forril molecular hydrogen
Product - Hydrogen gas.

Reaction at Anode: OH 1- - le- ~ OH x 4

40H ~ 2Hp+02
ow- and S0 2
4 - ions migrate to anode.
Product at anode - oxygen gas.
Electrolysis of - Acidified water
Pure water is non-electrolyte and will not normally conduct
electricity. It can be made an electrolyte which can conduct
electricity by adding a small quantity of dil. sulphuric acid. The
current is passed for a long time before the collection of gases.
Liberation of gases : Hydrogen is liberated at cathode and
oxygen at anode.
Dissociation of acidified water :
H2 SO4_____,_
..,-
2HI + + SO42-
Hp ~ J-II + + OH 1-

At cathode: H1+ + le- ~ H x 4

2H+2H ~ 2H2

At anode: ow- - Ie- ~ OH x 4

40H ~ 2Hp+02
The ratio of hydrogen and oxygen liberated at cathode
and anode is the ratio of 2 : 1 by volume.
12:43'1 Arun Deep~ Sim. Chemistry X
 Applications of Electrolysis :
Following are the applications of electrolysis:
(a) Electroplating of metals.
(b) Purification of metals or electro-refining.
Electroplating of Metals : The electrolytic process of
deposition of superior metal (e.g. nickel, silver, chromium, gold)
on the surface of a baser metal (e.g. iron, copper, brass) is
called electroplating.
Electroplating is done to prevent metals from rusting and
corrosion. It makes article attractive.
Electroplating of an article :
1. The article to be electroplated should be made cathode.
2. The metal to be plated on the article is always made the -
anode.
3. The electrolyte must contain- ions of the metals. (e.g. a metal
article which is to be electroplated with silver must contains
ions of the silver).
4. A low current and for a longer time (D.C.) should be used, not
A.C .
Electroplating of an article with nickel.
Apparatus : Electrolytic cell.
Electrolyte: Aqueous solution of nickel sulphate (NiS0 4 ).

Electroplating of an article with nickel

Electrodes :
Cathode : Cleaned article which is to be electroplated.
Arun Deep's Sim. Chemistry X I2M1
Anode : Plate of nickel metal.
Electrode reactions :
_____,_ Ni 2+ + SO42-
NiSO4 ..,..----

At Cathode: Ni 2+ + 2e- ~ Ni (deposited)

At Anode: Ni- 2e- ~ Ni2+ (cation)

Nickel anode loses electrons to give NF+ ions in solution. Hence
anode diminishes in mass.
Electrolytic Refining : The electro-refining is a process by
which metals containing impurities are purified electrically to
give a pure metal.
Electro-refining of copper :

ANODE
Cu504 soln.

CATHODE ·.
Thin sheet of

Electrolyte: Aqueous copper sulphate solution (acidtfied)

Electrodes : Cathode - Pure sheet of copper.
Anode - Impure block of copper.
Electrode reaction :
_____,_ Cu 2+ + SO42-
CuSO4 ..,..----
H 2 o ..,..----
_____,_ H 1+ +ow-
Reaction at cathode : Copper ions discharged at the cathode.
Copper gets deposited on thin sheet of pure.

1'24.~] Anm Deep~ Sim. Chemistry X

 Cu2+ + 2e- ~ Cu (deposited)
Reaction at anode : SO/- and OH'- migrate to the anode but
not discharged.
-Loses electrons to give Cu2+ ions in solution.
Cu - 2e- ~ Cu2+ (cation)
Impure block of copper (anode) get used up and the impurities
settle down as anode mud or slime. Metal generally refined by
electrolysis are: Zinc, Lead, Copper, Mercury and Silver.
Electrometallurgy : Extraction of metals by electrolysis is
called electrmr.etallurgy. e.g. Potassium, Sodium, Calcium,
Aluminium.

Metal extracted Cathode Anode Electrolytic reaction

1. Potassium lron graphite KBr~K 1 ++Br 1 -

2. Calcium lron Graphite CaC~~Ca 2 ++2Cl' -

3.Aluminium Gas Thick Alp 3 ~2AJ3++ 30 2 -

carbon carbon

lining rods

IEQUATION WORKSHEET I
1. ELECTROLYSIS
a. Electrolysis of fused lead bromide
I. Dissociation of lead bromide

PbBr2 ~ Pbl+ + 2Br 1- [ions present Pb 2+, Br'-]

2. Reaction at cathode [inert - graphite]
Pb 2+ + 2e- ~ Pb [product Lead metal]
3 . Reaction at anode [inert - graphite]
Br 1- - te- ~ Br
Br + Br ~ 11 Br2 [product Bromine vapours]

Arun Deep's Sim. Chemistry X I2A:6f

b. Electrolysis of acidified water
4. Dissocation of acidified water
H 2S04 ~ 2Hl+ + SOt-
H20 ..._...---
__:... Ht+ + OH 1- [ions HI+'SO
4'
2- OH 1- ]

5. Reaction at cathode [inert- platinum]

4H 1+ + 4e- ~ H x4
2H + 2H ~ 2H 2 [product Hydrogen gas]
6. Reaction at anode [inert- platinum]
40W- -4e- ~ OH x 4
40H ~ 2H 20 + 0 2 [product Oxygen gas]
c. Electrolysis of a aq. copper sulphate
[Active - copper electrode]
7. Diss~cation of aq. copper sulphate
CuS0 4 ~ CuZ+ + SO/- [ions present-
H 0 __:... u~+ + OH 1- [Cu 2+ H 1+ SO 2- OH 1- ]
2 ~ ' ' 4'
8. Reaction at cathode [copper (or Pt or C)]
Cu 2+ + 2e- ~ Cu [product Copper metal]
9. Reaction at anode [active - copper]
Cu - 2e- ~ Cu 2+ [product Nil - Cu2+ ions]
[Inert - plaltinum electrode]
Dissociation of aq. copper sulphate
CuS04 ~ Cu 2+ + SO41,- [ions present-
4H z0 ..._...-
__:... 4HI+ + 40W-
Reaction at cathode [Pt or carbon or Cu]
Cu 2+ + 2e- ~ Cu [product Copper metal]
Reaction at anode [inert - Pt or carbon]
40H 1- - 4e- ~ 40H
40H ~ 2H 20 + 0 2 [product Oxygen gas]
2. A: ELECTROPLATING
• Electroplating of an article with nickel
10. Dissociation of aq. nickel sulphate

l'2!k7l Arun Deep's Sim. Chemistry X

 NiS04 ~ NF+ + S0 4~
Hp~Hl++OW-

11. Reaction at cathode [article to be plated]

NF+ + 2e- ~ Ni [Ni deposited on article]
12. Reaction at anode [block of active- nickel]
Ni - 2e- ~ Nil+ [product Nil - NF+ ions]
• Electroplating of an article with silver
13. Dissocation of sodium silver cyanide
Na[Ag(CN) 2] ~ Nat++ Ag 1+ + 2CN 1-
Hp~Ht++OW-

14. Reaction at cathode [article to be plated]

Ag 1++ le- ~ Ag [Ag deposited on article]
15. Reaction at anode [block of active - silver]
Ag- le- ~ Agl+ [product Nil- Ag 1+ ions]
2. B: ELECTRO REFINING- of copper
16. Dissocation of aq. copper sulphate
CuS0 4 ~Co 2 ++ S0 4 ~

Hp ~HI+ + OH•-
17. Reaction at cathode [pure thin sheet of Cu]
Cu 2+ + 2e- ~ Cu [Cu deposited on thin sheet]
18. Reaction at anode [impure block of active- Cu]
Cu- 2e- ~ Co 2+ [product Nil- Cu 2+ ions]
ELECTROMETALLURGY- of sodium
19. Dissociation of sodium chloride fused
NaCl ~ Na 1+ + CP-
20. Reaction at cathode [inert - electrode]
Na 1+ + le- ~ Na [product Na metal]
2 l . Reaction at anode [inert - electrode]
CP- - le- ~ Cl
Cl + Cl ~ Cl 2 [product Cl 2 gas]

A run Deep's Sim. Chemistry X fZltS,}

 ELECTROMETALLURGY- of aluminium
22. Dissocation of pure alumina
Alp3 ~ 2AI3+ + JOl--
23. Reaction at cathode [inert - electrode]
2AP+ + 6e- ~ 2AI fproduct AI metal]
24. Reaction at anode [inert - electrode
302- - 6e- ~ 3[0) ~ 302 fproduct 0 2 gas]

IQUESTIONS I

1. Explain why copper, though a good conductor of

electricity, is a non-electrolyte.
Ans. Copper metal - is a good conductor of electricity - but is a
non-electrolyte, since-
It does not undergo chemical d~composition due to flow of
electric current through it.
2. Name the gas released at the cathode when acidulated
water is electrolysed.
Ans. Hydrogen gas.
3. Explain why solid sodium chloride does not allow
electricity to pass through.
Ans. Sodium chloride (an ionic solid) does not conduct electricity
in its solid state. It is because the anions (chloride - CI-)
and cations (sodium- Na+), remain in fact occupying fixed
position in the crystallattice due to strong electrostatic
attractive forces among them. The ions, therefore are unable
to move to any large extent when electric field is affected.
Hence no current.

12491 Arun Deep's Sim. Chemistry X

 4. Fill in the blanks :
(i) As we descend the electrochemical series containing
cations, the tendency of the cations to get ........ .
(oxidized I reduced) at the cathode increases.
(ii) The (higher I lower) .......... the concentration of an
ion in a solution, the greater is the probability of its
being discharged at its appropriate electrode.
Ans. (i) reduced (ii) higher
5. State the term used for :
A liquid or solution, which conducts electricity with
accompanying chemical change.
Ans. Electrolyte.
6. Electrons are getting added to an element Y. Which
electrode will Y migrate to during electrolysis.
Ans. Cathode.
2006
1. Select from the list : -Ammonia, Copper oxide, Copper
sulphate, Hydrogen chloride, Hydrogen sulphide, Lead
bromide.
(i) A solution of this compound is used as the electrolyte
when copper is purified.
(ii) When this compound is electrolysed in the molten
state, lead is obtained at the cathode.
Ans. (i) Copper sulphate
(ii) Lead Bromide.
2. State what is observed when copper sulphate solution is
electrolysed using a platinum anode.
Ans. Blue colour of the solution disappears.
3. An electrode 'A' is connected to the positive terminal of
a battery and electrode 'B' to the negative terminal.
(i) Give the names of the electrodes A and B.
(ii) Which electrode is the oxidizing electrode.
Ans. (i) Anode, Cathode (ii) Anode.
~ Arun Deep's Sim. Chemistry X
 4. Write the equations at th~. cathode and anode when
acidified water is electrolysed.
Ans. Reaction at Cathode-

2H+2H ~ 2H2

Reaction at Anode : 40H 1- + 4e- ~ OH x 4

40H ~ 2Hp+02
5. A solo. of AgN03 is a good electrolyte but it is not used
for electroplating an article with silver. Why.
Ans. Migration of Ag 1+ ion from the complex salt solution silver
cyanide is slow as compared to silver nitrate. That is why silver
nitrate solution is not used.
2007
1. From - A : non-electrolyte, B : strong electrolyte,
C :weak electrolyte, D : metallic conductor- Match :
(i) Molten ionic compound
(ii) CCI 4
(iii) An aluminium wire
(iv) A solo. containing solvent molecules, solute
molecules and ions formed by the dissociation of
solute molecules.
(v) A sugar solo. with sugar molecules and water
molecules.
Ans. Description
(i) (B) Strong electrolyte.
(ii) (A) Non-electrolyte.
(iii) (D) Metallic conductor
(iv) (C) Weak electrolyte
(v) (AJ Non-electrolyte
2008
1. During the electrolysis of molten lead bromide, which of

Arun Deep's Sim. Chemistry X l'25t l

 the following takes place ?
A Bromine is released at the cathode
B Lead is deposited at the anode
C Bromine ions gain electrons
D Lead is deposited at the cathode
Ans. B Lead is deposited at the anode
2. (i) Here is an electrode reaction :

Cu ~ Cu2+ + 2e. [i.e. Cu - 2e- ~ Cu2+]

At which electrode (anode or cathode) would such a
reaction take place ? Is this an example of oxidation
or reduction ?
(ii) A soln. contains Mg 2+ ions, Fe2+ ions and Cu2+ ions.
On passing an electric current through this soln.
which ions will be the first to be discharged at the
cathode ? Write the equation for the cathode
reaction/

Ans. (i) Cu ~ Cu2+ + 2e-

This reaction takes place at anode.
This is an example of oxidation
(ii) Cu 2+ (Copper ions will get discharged at cathode)
2009
1. (A) Sulphur (B) Silver chloride
(C) Hydrogen chloride (D) Copper [II] sulphate
(E) Graphite.
State which from A to E fits the description -
'A pink metal is deposited a t the cathode during the
electrolysis of the so ln. of this s ~ lt.'
Ans. (D) Copper [solution ~ copper (ii) sulpt ... te]
2. Select the correct answer - The aqueous solnt ion of
the compounds which contains both ions and moleculc'l
is :
(A) Sulphuric acid (B) Hydrochloric acid
l2SZI Arun Deep ~ Sim. Chemistry X
 (C) Nitric acid (D) Acetic acid.
Ans. (D) Acetic acid
3. Correct the following statements - Lead bromide
conducts electricity.
Ans. Molten lead bromide conducts electricity.
4. A metal article is to be electroplated with silver. The
electrolyte selected is sodium argentocyanide.
(i) What kind of salt is sodium argentocyanide.
(ii) Why is it preferred to silver nitrate as an
electrolyte?
(iii) State one condition to ensure that the deposit is
smooth, firm and long lasting.
(iv) Write the reaction taking place at the cathode.
(v) Write the reaction taking place at the anode.
Ans. (i) It is a complex salt.
(ii) Silver nitrate is not used as an electrolyte since
deposition of silver is rapid and the coating is not
uniform. Hence sodium argentocyanide is used.
(iii) A direct current of smaller magnitude should be applied
for a longer time.
Dissociation reaction
Na+ + Ag+
Na[Ag(CN)J ~~
cations
~cathode
Both Na+ and Ag+ will migrate towards cathode but
Ag+ ions will be discharged.
(iv) Reaction at cathode
Ag+ + le- ~ (C- Cl) covalent
bonds

(v) Reaction at anode

The silver atoms from the anode lose electrons and
other into the solution as silver ions
A run Deep's Sim. Chemistry X l253l
 Ag-le- ~ Ag+
(Silver ions
released in solution)
5. Aqueous solution of Nickel sulphate contains Ni 2+ and
so;- ions
(i) Which ions moves towards the cathode ?
(ii) What is the product at the anode ?
Ans. so~-

(Cation) ( Cation)
,!,
Cathode Cathode
(i) Nickel ions moves towards the cathode
(ii) Reaction At anode : (with nickel electrodes)
Ni - 2e- ~ Ni 2+
(Nickel metal) (Nickel ion)
Hence nickel dissolves from the anode by forming nickel
tons.
(if electrodes used of platinum).
Then being an aqueous solution hydrolysis of water will
also take place
H 20 ~ H+ + OH+
Cation Anion

Cathode Anode

At Anode :- 40H- - 4e- ~ 40H

40H ~ 2H 20 + 02 t
Hence oxygen gas will be released if electrodes used are of
platinum.
2010
1. Select the correct answer -
l,25WI A run Deep~ Sim. Chemistry X
 A compound which liberates reddish brown gas around
the anode during electrolysis in its molten state is :
(A) Sodium chloride
(B) Copper (II) oxide
(C) Copper (II) sulphate
(D) Lead (II) bromide
Ans. (D) Lead (II) bromide
2. During electroplating of an article with nickel -
(i) Name
(a) The electrolyte
(b) The cathode
(ii) Give the reaction of the electrolysis at
(a) The cathode
(b) The anode
Ans. (i) (a) Nickel sulphate
(b) Article
(c) Pure nickel plate I rod
(ii) (a) At Cathode : Ni 2+ + 2e- ~ Ni(s)
(b) At Anode : Ni(s)- 2e- ~ Ni 2+
3. A, B and C are three electrolytic cells, connected in
different circuits. Cell 'A' contains NaCl so ln., and ~he
bulb in the circuit glows brightly, when the circuit is
completed. Cell 'B' contains acetic acid and the bulb
glows dimly. Cell 'C' contains sugar soln., and the bulb
not glow. Give reasons for each observation.
Ans. Electrolytic cell A has completely ionised sodium chloride
solution . Thus, the ions can easily migrate to oppositely
charged poles and hence bulb glows brightly. To conclude
sodium chloride solution is a strong electrolyte.
Electrolytic cell B has a weak electrolyte as only 5% of the
acetic acid molecules ionise. Thus, a weak current flows
through it and hence the bulb glows dimly.
Electrolytic cell C has a non-electrolyte. Sugar molecules
Anm Deep~ Sim. Chemistry X 12551
 do not ionise and hence no current flows through. Thus, the
bulb does not glow.
2011
1. Give reasons - The electrolysis of acidulated water is
considered to be an example of catalysis.
Ans. The amount of acid in the water does not change. Furthermore,
it does not take part in electrochemical reaction, but makes the
water a good conductor of electricity.
2. During electrolysis of CuSO 4 solo. using platinum
[cathode] and carbon [anode] :
(i) State what you observe at the cathode and anode.
(ii) State the change noticed in the electrolyte
(iii) Write the reactions at the cathode and anode.
Ans. (i) Cathode : Reddish brown deposition of copper occurs at
cathode.
Anode : Colourless gas is evolved at anode.
(ii) On prolonged electrolysis, the blue electrolyte turns
colourless.
(iii) Cathode : Cu 2+ + 2e- ~Cu
Anode : OH-- Ie- ~ OH

40H ---t 2Hp + 0 2 t

3. Differentiate between electrical conductivity of- copper
sulphate solution and of copper metal.
Ans. Electrical conductivity of Electrical conductivity of
copper sulphate solutions copper metal
1. Flow of electricity takes place Flow of in electricity place in
the molten or dissolved state. the solid state.
2.Fiow of electricity is due to the Flow of electricity is due to the
movement of ions. movement of electrons.
3. There is chemical decompos- There is no chemical
ition of the copper sulphate sol. decomposition.
4. The electrical conductivity The electrical conductivity
increases with the increase in with increase in temperature.
temperature. decreases

A run Deep~ Sim. Chemistry X

 2012
1. Rewrite the correct statement with the missing word/s:
Cations migrate during electrolysis.
Ans. Cation migrates to cathode during electrolysis.
2. Identify the weak electrolyte from the following :
(A) Sodium Chloride solution
(B) Dilute Hydrochloric acid
(C) Dilute Sulphuric acid
(D) Aqueous acetic acid.
Ans. (D) Aqueous acetic acid
3. Match the following in column A with the correct answer
from the choices given in column B.
Column A Column B
1. Ammonium hydroxide solo. A: Contains only ions
2. Dilute hydrochloric acid B : Contains only molecules
3. Carbon tetrachloride C : Contains ions and
molecules
Ans. Column A Column B
I . Ammonium hydroxide so ln. C : Contains ions and molecules
2. Dilute hydrochloric acid A: Contains only ions
3. Carbon tetrachloride B : Contains only molecules
4. Give reasons : An aqueous solution of sodium chloride
conducts electricity.
Ans. Aqueous solution of sodium chloride contains very large number
of sodium ions (Na+) and chloride ions (Cl-). On the passage
of electric current these ions migrate to the oppositely charged
electric poles and the conduction of electricity takes place.
5. Select the correct answer from the list in brackets:
(i) An aqueous electrolyte consists of the ions
mentioned in the list, the ion which could be
discharged most readily during electrolysis. [Fe2+,
Cu2+, Pb2 +, H+].
(ii) The metallic electrode which does not take part in

Arun Deep's Sim. Chemistry X 125'71

 an electrolytic reaction. [Cu, Ag, Pt, Ni].
(iii) The ion which is discharged at the anode during the
electrolysis of copper sulphate solutions using
copper electrodes as anode and cathode.
[CuH OH- SO 2- H+]
' ' 4 ' •
(iv) When dilute sodium chloride is electrolysed using
graphite electr·odes, the cation is discharged at the
cathode most readily. [Na+, OH-, H+, CI-].
(v) During silver plating of an article using potassium
argentocyanide as an electrolyte, the anode material
should be [Cu, Ag, Pt, Fe].
Ans. (i) Cu 2+ (ii) Pt (iii) Cu2+ (iv) H 1+ (v) Ag
2013
1. State one appropriate observation for : Electricity is
passed through molten lead bromide.
Ans. The molten lead bromide breaks into lead metal which dis-
charges at ""thode and bromine gas which discharged at an-
ode.
2. State which of these will act as non-electrolyte ?
(A) Liquid carbon tetrachloride
(B) Acetic acid
(C) Sodium hydroxide aqueous solution acid.
(D) Potassium chloride aqu. solution.
Ans. (A) Liquid carbon tetrachloride is non-electrolyte
3. Copper sulphate soln. is electrolysed using copper elec-
trodes as seen in diagram

(i) Which electrode to your left or right is known as the

oxidising electrode and why?
Ans. The electrode on left hand side donates electrons and hence is
oxidising electrode.
1258.1 Arun Deep~ Sim. Chemistry X
 (ii) Write the equation representing the reaction that oc-
curs.
Ans. Cu - 2e- ~ Cu 2+
(iii) State two appropriate observations for the above elec-
trolysis reaction.
Ans. The size of anode gradually decreases and that of cathode
gradually increases. However, there is no change in the colour
of copper sulphate solution.
4. Name: A gas which in the liquid state does not conduct
electricity but conducts when dissolved in water.
Ans. Hydrogen chloride gas.
2014
1. The observation seen when fused lead bromide is
electrolysed is :
A: a silver grey deposit at anode and a reddish brown
deposit at cathode.
B: a silver grey deposit at cathode and a reddish brown
deposit at anode.
C: a silver grey deposit at cathode and reddish brown
fumes at anode.
D: silver grey fumes at anode and reddish brown fumes
at cathode
Ans. C: a silver grey deposit at cathode and reddish brown fumes
at anode.
2. During electroplating an article with silver, the electrolyte
used is :
A: silver nitrate solution
B: silver cyanide solution
C: sodium argentocyanide solution
D: nickel sulphate solution
Ans. C: sodium argentocyanide solution
3. Give one word or phrase for:
Eledrolytic deposition of a superior metal on a baser
metal.
Arun Deeps Sim. Chemistry X ~
Ans. Electrolytic deposition of a superior metal on a baser metal
---+ Electroplating.
4. State your observation:
At the cathode when acidified aq. CuS0 4 solo. is
electrolyzed with copper electrodes.
Ans. Pure copper will deposit at cathode.
Cu2+ + 2e- ~ Cu
5. State which electrode: anode or cathode is the oxidising
electrode. Give a reason for the same.
Ans. Anode is the oxidising electrode.
6. Name the kind of particles present in:
(i) Sodium Hydroxide solo.
(ii) Carbonic acid.
(iii) Sugar sol.n.
Ans. (i) Particles present in sodium hydroxide a strong alkali
solution:
Sodium (Na+) ions and hydroxide (OH-) ions.
(ii) Particles present in carbonic acid (a weak acid) solution:
Ions (W, HC03-, COt ) and molecules (H 2CO)
(iii) Particles present in sugar (a non-electrolyte) solution:
Molecules of sugar (C 12 ~2 0 1)
7. M 2 0 is the oxide of a metal 'M' which is the above
hydrogen in the activity series. M 2 0 when dissolved in
water forms the corresponding hydroxide which is a good
conductor of electricity.
(i) State the reaction taking place at the cathode.
(ii) Name the product at the anode.
Ans. (i) Reaction of cathode: M++ e- ---+ M
(ii) Product at anode: 0 2- + 0 2- ---+ 0 2 (Oxygen)
2015
1. State one observation for. 'At the Anode when aqueous
copper sulphate solution is electrolysed using copper

~ A run Deeps Sim. Chemistry X

 electrodes'.
Ans. Blue Cu2+ ions formed.
2. Give scientific reasons :
(i) During electrolysis of molten lead bromide graphite
anode is preferred to other electrodes.
(ii) Electrical conductivity of acetic acid is less in
comparison to the of dil. H 2 SO 4 - at a given
concentration
(iii) Elfctrolysis is of molten lead bromide is considered
to be a redox reaction.
Ans. (i) During the electrolysis of molten lead bromide, a graphite
anode is preferred because graphite remains unaffected
by the reactive bromine vapours which are released at
the anode.
(ii) Sulphuric acid is a strong acid compared to acetic acid. A
strong acid has more ions than a weak one, and so, its
solution will be a better electrical conductor than a weak
acid. So, electrical conductivity of acetic acid is less in
comparison of electric conductivity of sulphuric acid.
(iii) In the electrolysis of molten lead bromide, the following
reactions take place:
At the cathode: Pb 2+ ([) + 2e· ~ Pb([)
At the anode: 2Br· ([) ~ Br2 (g) + 2e·
Lead (II) ions (Pb 2+) are attracted to the negative electrode,
and the Pb 2+ ions are forced to accept two electrons. Pb 2+
ions are reduced. Bromide ions (Br·) are attracted to the
positive electrode and the bromide ions are forced to give
away their extra electron to form bromine atoms. Thus,
bromide ions are oxidised. So, electrolysis of molten lead
br-omide is a redox reaction.
3. Differentiate between the terms strong electrolyte and
weak electrolyte. (stating any two differences)

Arun Deep's Sim. Chemistry X IS"AcTl

 Ans.
Strong Electrolytes Weak Electrolytes
(i) Electrolytes which allow a large Electrolytes which allow a small
amount of electricity to flow amount of electricity to flow
through them. through them.
(ii) The solution of a strong electrolyte The solution of a weak
contains only free mobile ions. electrolyte contains ions and
molecules.

4. During purification of copper- State:

(i) The anode used
(ii) The electrolyte used.
Write the equation taking place at the anode in the above.
Ans. (i) Anode Electrolyte
Purification of copper Impure copper Solution ofcopper
sulphate and dilute
sulphuric acid
(ii) Equation at the anode:
Cu - 2e- ~ Cu2+ (Anode)
2016
1. The particles present in strong electrolytes are
Select the correct answer from A, B, C and D :
A: only molecules B: mainly ions
C: ions and molecules D: only atoms
Ans. B: mainly ions
2. Write equations for the reactions taking place at the
two electrodes during the electrolysis of :
(i) Acidified CuSO 4 soln. with copper electrodes.
(ii) Molten PbBr2 with inert electrodes.
(mention clearly the name of the electrode in each
case)
Ans. (i) Dissociation reaction :
CuS04 ~ Cu 2+ + S04 2-
f2621 Arun Deep's Sim. Chemistry X
 HO
2
~
~
H+ + OH-
H2 S04 ~ 2H+ + SO/ -
Cations Anions
At cathode (negative terminal of battery)
Cu 2 • + 2e- ~ Cu(s)
copper metal gets deposited
At anode (positive terminal of battery)
Cu ~ Cu 2+ + 2e-
Copper metal gets converted into ions
(ii) Dissociation reaction
PbBr 2 (m) ~ Pb 2+ + 2Br
Cation Anion
-!- -!-
Cathode Anode
At cathode (negative terminal of battery)
Pb 2 + + 2e- ~ Pb
Lead metal is obtained in molten state
At anode (positive terminal of battery)
Br -te- ~ Br
Br + Br ~ Br2
Reddish brown vapours of bromine are formed
3. Name:
(i) the product formed at the anode - during
electrolysis of acidified water using platinum
electrodes.
(ii) the metallic ions that should be present - in the
electrolyte when an article made of copper is to be
electroplated with silver.
Ans. (i) Oxygen (ii) Silver ions
4. Give reasons why :
(i) Sodium Chloride will conduct electricity only in
fused or aq. soln. state.
(ii) In the electroplating of an article with silver, the
electrolyte sodium argentocyanide solo. is preferred
over silver nitrate solution.
(iii) Although copper is a good conductor of electricity,
12631 Arun Deep's Sim. Chemistry X
 it is a non-electrolyte.
Ans. (i) Sodium chloride is a solid, ionic compound, it has strong
electrostatic forces of attraction. Only in the fu sed or
aqueous solution, it forms ions which are capable of
conducting electricity.
(ii) It is preferred over silver nitrate because the dissociation
of AgN0 3 will be very fast and deposit will not be
smooth and uniform.
(iii) Because it does not form ions.
2017
1. Identify the substance underlined, in each of the
following-
(i) The elctrolyte used for electroplating an article with
silver.
(ii) The particles present in a liquid such as kerosene,
that is a non-electrolyte.
Ans. (i) Sodium argentocyanide or Potassium argentocyanide
solution.
(ii) Molecules
2. State the observations at the anode & at the cathode
during the electrolysis of-
(i) Fused lead bromide using graphite electrodes.
(ii) Copper sulphate solution using copper electrodes.
Ans. (i) At cathode silvery droplets of molten lead appear.
At anode reddish vapours of bromine are given out.
(ii) Brown metal copper is deposited at cathode.
Cu 2+ ion is liberated at anode.
Colour ofCuS04 solution (blue colour) does not fade.
3. Select the ion in each case, that would get selectively
discharged from the aqueous mixture of the ions listed
below : (i) SO/-, N03- and OH-; (ii) Pb2-, Ag+ and Cu2+.
Ans. (i) OH- ion will get discharged in preference to SO/- or
N0 3- ions.
(ii) Ag+ions will get discharged in preference to Pb2+or Cu2+ions.
2018
1. Choose the correct answer from the options given :
The electrolysis of acidified water is an example of:
Arun Deep 's Sim. Chemistry X 12641
 (A) Reduction (B) Oxidation (q Redox reaction (D) Synthesis
Ans. (C) Redox reaction
2. State one relevant observation - At the anode, when molten
lead bromide is electrolyzed using graphite electrodes.
Ans. PbBr2 ~ Pb 2+ + 2Br
Cation Anion
.J, .J,
(Cathode) (Anode)
At Anode
2Br - 2e:_ ~ 2Br
Br + Br ~ Br2 t
At anode reddish brown vapours of bromine escape in air
from lead bromide.
3. Give a reason for : Conductivity of dilute hydrochloric
acid is greater than that of acetic acid.
Ans. Hydrochloric acid is a strong acid. It splits to give more
hydrogen ions as compared to acetic acid. Hence, conductivity
of dilute hydrochloriC ·acid is more than that of acetic acid.
4. Name the gas that is produced at the anode during the
electrolysis of acidified water.
Ans. Oxygen
5. Fill in the blanks with the correct choice given in the bracket
- Electrolysis of aqueous sodium chloride solution will form
___ at the cathode. (hydrogen gas/sodium metal)
Ans. hydrogen gas
6. Copy and complete the following table which refers to
the conversion of ions to neutral particles.
Conversion Ionic Equation Oxidation/Reduction
Chloride ion to chlorine molecule
Lead (II) ion to lead
Ans.
Conversion Ionic Equation Oxidation/Reduction
Chloride ion to (i) CI- - le- ~ Cl (ii) Oxidation
chlorine molecule Cl + Cl ~ Cl2
Lead (II) ion (iii) Pb2+ + 2e- ~ Ph (iv) Reduction
to lead

~ A run Deeps Sim. Chemistry X

 7. For the electro-refining of copper - (i) What is the
cathode made up of. (il) Write the reaction that takes
place at the anode.
Ans. (i) Cathode is made-up of thin sheets of pure copper
connected in parallel.
(ii) Cu- 2e- ~ Cu2+
Copper anode undergoes oxidation forming Cu2+ ions which
pass into the solution.

IADDITIONAL QUESTIONS I
1. Define : (i) electrolysis (ii) electrodes
(iii) ions (iv) electrolytic dissociation.
Ans. (i) Electrolysis : "The process of decomposition of a
chemical compound in aqueous solution or in molten state
accompanied by chemical change."
(ii) Electrodes : Electrodes allow the electric current to enter
or leave the electrolyte solution.
(iii) Ions : They are atoms which carry a positive or negative
charge and become free and mobile when an electric
current is passed through an aqueous solution of a chemical
compound.
(iv) Electrolytic dissociation : The process due to which an
ionic compound in the fused or in aqueous solution
dissociates into ions by passage of electric current
through it is called electrolytic dissociation.
2. Differentiate between : (i) electrolytes and non-
electrolytes (ii) strong and weak electrolytes (iii) anode
and cathode (iv) electrolytic dissociation and ionisation
with suitable examples.
Ans. (i) Electrolytes Non-Electrolytes
Chemical compound - which Chemical compound - which
conduct electricity in the do not conduct electricity in the
fused or in aq. solution fused or aq. soln. state and- do
state and -undergo chemical not undergo chemical decom-
decomposition due to the position due to the flow of

Arun Deeps Sim. Chemistry X f266:1

 flow of current through it.
Electrolytes - are ionic
compounds
Particles in Electrolytes
- ions only or Ions and
molecules only
Examples
Acids - dil. HCl, HN03 , H 2 SO4
Alkalis- KOH, NaOH solutions
Ionic salts- PbBr2 [molten],
CuS04 [aq.]
current through it.
Non-electrolytes- are covalent
compounds
Particles in non-electrolytes
-Molecules only
Example
Pure or distilled water, Alcohol,
Kerosene, Carbon disulphide,
carbon tetrachloride, sucrose,
glucose, sugar solution.

(ii) Strong electrolytes Weak electrolytes

I. The compounds which in The compound which in their

their aqueous solution or in aqueous solution or in fused state
fused state are almost are partially ionised are called
completely ionised are called weak electrolytes.
strong electrolytes.
2. They allow a large amount of They allow small amount of
electricity to flow through electricity to flow through them
them and hence are good and hence are poor conductors of
conductors of electricity. electricity.
3. In aqueous solution or molten In aqueous solution or molten state
state, only ions are present. ions as well as unionised molecules
are present.
Examples : Examples :
Strong acids : HCI, H2 SO4 , Weak acids : CH3COOH, H2 C0 3
HN0 3
Strong bases : NaOH, KOH Weak bases : NHpH, Ca(OH)2
Salts : NaCI, NaN0 3 , K2 S04 Salts : CH3 COONH4
(iii) Difference between anode and cathode :

12671 Arun Deep's Sim. Chemistry X

 Anode
1. It is the electrode connected
to the positive terminal of the
battery.
2. Anions migrate to anode.
3. The anions donate excess
electrons to the anode and
they are oxidised to neutral
atoms.
(iv) Dissociation
1. Separation of ions which are
already present in an ionic
compounds.
2. Electrovalent compounds show
dissociation e.g. potassium
chloride, lead bromide.
3. Compare the flow of electricity through a nickel wire and
nickel sulphate solution.
Ans.
Flow of electricity
through nickel wire
1. It is due to the flow of electrons.
2. It is a physical change.
3. It can take place in solid state.
4. Electrical conductivity is more.
A run Deep's Sim. Chemistry X
Cathode
1. It is the electrode
connected to the negative
terminal of the battery.
2. Cations migrate to
cathode.
3. The cations gain excess
electrons from the cathode
and they are reduced to
neutral atoms.
Ionisation
1. Formation of positively or
negatively charged ions from
molecules which are not intially
in the ionic state.
2. Polar covalent compounds
show ionisation.
e.g. HCl, H2C03, NHpH
HCI HzO H+ + CJ-.
Flow of electricity through
nickel sulphate solution
1~ It is due to the flow of ions.
2. It is a chemical change.
3. It cannot take place in solid
state.
4. Electrical conductivity is less.
1,2681
 4. Name three organic compounds and one neutral liquid
which are non-electrolytes.
Ans. Organic compounds which are non-electrolytes :
Sugar, glucose, naphthalene
Neutral liquid which are non-electrolytes :
Carbon tetrachloride, carbon disulphide
5. State which of the following solutions are weak
electrolytes - dil. HCl ; carbonic acid ; NH 4 0H ; dil.
~S0 4 ; AgN0 3 ; Na2 C03 ; PbBr2 ; KOH ; HI ; oxalic
acid, NaHC03 ; sodium acetate ; Na2S04 ; NaOH.
Ans. Weak Electrolytes: Carbonic acid, NHpH, Na2C03 oxalic
acid.
6. State which ofthe following solutions contain (i) molecules
only (ii) ions only (iii) both molecules and ions - csl ;
CH3 COOH ; NH 40H ; NaOH ; dil. HN0 3 ; Na 2C03 ;
CuCI2 ; oxalic acid ; pure H 20, kerosene ; HI.
Ans.
Molecules Ions Both molecules and ions
Pure water NaOH CH 3COOH
Kerosene dil HN03 Oxalic acid, NHpH

7. State giving reasons, in which state or medium does

(i) NaCl, (ii) HCl gas (iii) NH3 gas conduct electricity.
Ans. (i) NaCI will conduct electricity only molten state or when
dissolved in water. This is because the Na+ and CI- ions
present in solid NaCl are too big to move under the
influence of applied electric field.
(ii) HCl gas is a polar covalent compound when dissolved in
water, it will ionise to give H+ and Cl- ions. Under the
influence of applied electric field these ions can easily
move in an aqueous solution and thus conduct electricity.
Thus HCl (g) when dissolved in water conducts electricity.
(iii) NH 3 (g) will dissolved in water to give NHpH.

l269l Arun Deep's Sim. Chemistry X

 NH3 (g) + Hp (l) ~ NHpH (aq)
NH40H (aq) ~ NH/ (aq) + OH- (aq)
NHpH will ionise to give NH4+and OH- ions. Under the
influence of applied electric field these ions can migrate in
an aqueous solution and hence conduct electricity. Thus
NH3 (g) when dissolved in water conduct electricity.
8. State on what basis are acids, bases and salts classified
as strong and weak electrolytes.
Ans. Strong electrolytes - Compound which in the fused or in the
aqueous solution state are almost completely dissociated and
are good conductors of electricity are called.
Weak Electrolytes - Compound which in the fused or in the
aqueous solution state are feebly or partially dissociated and
are poor conductors of electricity are called- weak electrolytes.
9. Explain the terms-
(i) metal activity or electrochemical series
(ii) selective discharge of ions.
Ans. (i) Depending on the ease with the metals lose their electrons
and form ions - they are arranged in a series known as -
metal activity series or electrochemical series.
The arrangement is so done that the elements that- ionize
most readily [discharged with great difficulty]- are placed
at the top of the series and other elements in the descending
order.
(ii) Selective discharge of ions : The preferential discharge
of ions present in an electrolyte at the respective electrodes
is known as selective discharge of ions.
It depends upon the following factors :
(a) Relative position of the ion in the electochemical
series: Lower the position of the ion in the series,
easier to discharge.
(b) Concentration of the ion : More the concentration
of the ion, easier to discharge.
(c) Nature of the electrode: Inert electrodes (graphite,
platinum) do not take part in the electrolytic reaction.
Arun Deep's Sim. Chemistry X l270l
 Active electrodes (Cu electrodes for electrolysis of
aq. CuS0 4 , Ag electrodes for electrolysis of r. q.
AgN0 3 etc.) take part in electrolytic reactions. ·
10. From the ions-
(i) SO42- and OH 1-
(ii) Cu 2+ and HI+
(iii) Ag 1+ and HI+ state giving reasons which ion is
discharged at the respective electrode in each case.
Ans. (i) Out of SO/- and OH- ions, OH- ions will be discharged
at anode forming 0 2 gas.
(ii) Out of Cu2+ and H+, Cu 2+ ions will be discharged because
Cu is lower in the electrochemical series than H.
(iii) Out of Ag+ and H+, Ag+ will be discharged because Ag is
lower in the electrochemical series than H.
11. With reference to nature of electrodes - name three
inert and three active electrodes.
Ans. Inert electrodes Active electrodes
(i) Platinum Copper
(ii) Iron Nickel
(iii) Graphite Silver
12. State the reason for difference in product formed at the
anode during electrolysis of aq. CuSO 4 so ln. using
(i) active electrode - copper anode
(ii) inert electrode - platinum anode.
Ans. (i) Electrolysis of aq. CuSO 4 using copper anode : As
copper can easily lose electron, copper from anode will
dissolve as Cu2+ ions.
Cu (s)- 2e- ~ Cu 2+ (aq)
(ii) Electrolysis of aq. CuSO 4 using inert platinum anode:
Due to very low tendency of platinum to lose electron
platinum anode does not take part in electrolytic reaction.
Further tendency of SO/- to lose electron is much less
than that ofOH- (from feebly ionised water). Thus OH-
ions get oxidised in preference to sot ions to give 0 2.
12711 A run Deep's Sim. Chemistry~
 40H- - 4e- ~ 40H
40H ~ 2Hp + 0 2 t
13. Give the electrode reactions for formation of
(i) Lead metal and bromine vapours from molten PbBr2
using inert electrodes
(ii) H 2 and 0 2 gas (2 : 1) from acidified water using inert
Pt electrodes.
Ans. (i) Electrolysis of molten PbBr2 using inert electrodes.
PbBr2 (/) ~ Pb 2+ (/) + 2Br- (/)
At cathode: Pb 2+ (/) + 2e- ~ Pb (s)
At anode : 2Br- (/) - 2e- ~ 2Br
Br + Br ~ Br2 (g)
(ii) Electrolysis of acidified water using Pt electrodes.
At cathode : 4Hp (l) ~ 4H+ (aq) + 40H- (aq)
4W (aq) + 4e- ~ 4H
2H+2H- ~ 2H 2
At anode : 40H- (aq) - 4e- ~ 40H
40H ~ 2Hp (l) + 0 2 (g)
14. Starting from aq. copper (II) sulphate solution, give
equations for the reactions at the cathode and anode
during electrolysis of aq. CuS0 4 using active copper
electrodes.
Ans. Electrode reaction :
CuSO 4 ~ Cu 2• + SO4 2-
..----

H 20 ~
..----
H2+ + OH 1-

Reacti on at Cathode : Cu 2+ + 2e- ~ Cu

Cu + and H
2 1+ ions migrate to the cathode.

Reaction at anode : Cu - 2e- ~ Cu 2+

SO/- and OH 1- ions migrate to anode but not discharged.
15. Give reasons for the following changes -
(i) pure water a non-electrolyte- becomes an electrolyte
on addition of dil. H 2 S04
Arun Deep 's Sim. Chemistry X 12721
 (ii) Blue colour of aq. CuS04 - turns almost colourless
on its electrolysis using Pt electrodes.
Ans. (i) Pure water is a non electrolyte. It consists of entirely of
molecules. It can be electrically decomposed by addition
of traces of dil. Sulphuric acid. Which dissociates into H 1+
and sulphate (SO/-) ions.
(ii) If platinum anode is used the blue colour ofCuSO4 solution
fades since the blue Cu2+ ions which are discharged at the
cathode are not replaced or added at the anode.
16. 'Iron is electroplated with silver' -
(i) define the term in italics
(ii) state two reasons for electroplating
(iii) state why the iron is not placed at the anode and
silver at the cathode during electroplating.
Ans. (i) Electroplating : The electrolytic process of deposition
of a superior metal on the surface of a baser metal or
article is called electroplating.
(ii) Reasons for electroplating :
1. Prevents corrosion or rusting.
2. Makes the article attractive and gives it an expensive
appearance.
(iii) The article to be electroplated is always placed at the
cathode because during electrolytic reaction the metal is
always deposited at the cathode by gain of electrons.
17. Draw a diagram for - (i) electroplating an article with
silver; (ii) electrorefining or purification of copper.
Ans. (i)

CATHODE
Article to be plated

Electroplating of an article with silver

12731 Arun Deep's Sim. Chemistry X

 (ii)

ANODE
Thick block of

18. State the

(i) electrolyte
(ii) cathode used
(iii) anode used
(iv) electrode reaction at cathode
(v) electrode reaction at anode
(vi) product at cathode and anode - during
(a) electroplating an article with nickel
(b) electroplating a spoon with silver
(c) purification of impure copper.
Ans.
Article Electrolyte Anode Cathode
used used
(a) Electroplating NiS0 4 Nickel metal Article to be
an article with plated
i--J ickel.
(b) Electroplating Na [Ag(CN) 2] Silver metal Spoon
spoon with silver.
(c) Purification of Aq. CuS0 4 Impure Cu Pure copper
impure copper.

Arzm Deep~ Sim. Chemistry X 12741

 Electrolytic reaction at cathode
(a) Ni 2 + + 2e- ~ Ni
(deposited)

(b) Ag ~+ + Ie- ~ Ag
(deposited)

(c) Cu2+ + 2e- ~ Cu

(deposited)
Electrode reaction at anode
(a) Ni- 2e- ~ Ni 2+
(cation)

(b) Ag- Ie- ~ Ag 1+

(cation)

(c) Cu+ 2e- ~ Cu 2+

(cation)
Products at cathode
(a) Ni (ions)
(b) Silver
(c) Copper
Products at anode
(a) SO/ - and OW - (ions)
(b) eN- and OH 1- (ions)
(c) so4~- and OH 1- (ions)
19. Give a reason why metals - copper, silver and lead are
electrorefined but K, Na and Ca are not.
Ans. Extraction of K, Na and Ca are done by electrolysis and are
extracted in their fused state. Their oxides are highly stable
and the metal has a strong affinity for oxygen.
They do not decompose on thermal decomposition.
20. Explain the term 'electrometallurgy'. At what electrode
is the extracted metal always deposited ?
Ans. Electro metallurgy - is the process of extraction of metals by
12751 Arun Deep~ Sim. Chemistry X
 electrolysis. Metals comparatively higher in the electrochemical
series are extracted by electrolysis. During this process, the
extracted metal is always deposited on cathode.
21. State how activity series of metals plays a role in extraction
of metals from oxides.
Ans. In activity series, metals are placed in decreasing order of
reactivity with most reactive metal at the top and least reactive
metal at the bottom. Depending upon the reactivity of metals,
different methods are used for their extraction from respective
ores. For example:
(i) Extraction by electrolysis : Metals at the top of the
activity series are extracted from their ores by electrolysis.
Being highly reactive, they cannot be reduced by common
reducing agent (C, CO, H2 etc.) For example: K, Na, Ca,
Mg, Al.
(ii) Extraction by common reducing agents : Metals at
the middle of the activity series, being less reactive, can
be extracted from their ores by reduction with common
reducing agents like C, CO, H2 etc. For example: Zn, Fe,
Pb, Cu .
(iii) Extraction by thermal decomposition : Metals near
the bottom of the activity series, due to their very low
reactivity, can be extracted from their ores, by heating
only. For example : Hg, Ag.
(iv) Metal at the bottom of the activity series exist in native
state (Au, Pt).
22. State the electrode reaction at the respective electrodes
during extraction of AI from Al 2 0 3 •

Ans. At cathode : 2AJ3+ + 6e- ~ 2Al

At anode: 302- - 6e- ~ 3101

Arun Deep~ Sim. Chemistry X l276l

 IUNIT TEST PAPER 5- ELECTROLYSIS I
Q.l. Match the statements 1 to 5 with their answers selected
from A to J.
A : Cathode, B : Sucrose soln., C : Cl-, D : Formic acid,
E : Electrometallurgy, F : Ammonia, G : MgZ+,
H : Electrorefining, I : Sulphur dioxide, J : Anode.
1. A compound containing molecules only.
Ans. Sucrose soln.
2. A compound which ionizes in soln. state but not in gaseous
state.
Ans. Ammonia
3. The' ion which accepts electrons from the cathode and
gets reduced to neutral atoms.
Ans. Mg 2 +
4. The electrode to which the cyanide ions of aq.
Na[(Ag(CN) 2 ] migrate during electrolysis.
Ans. Anode
5. Ali application of electrolysis in which the anode does
not generally diminish in size.
Ans. Electrometallurgy.
Q.2. Complete the table given below :
Nature Nature of Ions present Ions discharged at
of anode Cathode in electrolyte cail1octe Anode
1. Electroplating an
iron rod with si lver
2. Electroplating a
copper sheet with
nickel
3. Electrorefining of
silver
4. Extraction of
potassium from KCl
5. Extraction of
aluminium from Al20;

12771 Arun Deep's Sim. Chemistry X

Ans.
Nature Nature of Ions present Ions discharged at
of anode Cathode in electrolyte Cathode Anode
I. Electroplating an Silver Iron rod Na·,c~, Ag· Nil
iron rod with silver Ag•
2. Electroplating a Nickel. Copper Ni l+, sot Ni 2• Nil
copper sheet with sheet
nickel
3. Electrorefining of Impure Pure Ag•, NO,- Ag• Nil
silver silver silver
4. Extraction of Graphite Iron K-, cr K. cr
potassium from KCI
p. Extraction of Graphite Graphite Atl• o l·· AI'. o 2-
aluminium from AhO.,

Q.3. Select the correct word from the words in bracket to

complete the sentence :
1. The electrode at which anions donate excess electrons
and are oxidized to neutral atoms is the ............. (anode
I cathode).
Ans. Anode
2. On electrolysis, Ag 1+ and HI+ ions migrate to the .......... ..
(cathode I anode) and ............ (Agl+ I HI+) are discharged.
Ans. Cathode ; Ag 1+
3. Electrolysis is a I an ............ (oxidation I reduction I redox)
reaction in which reduction reaction takes place at the
............ (cathode I anode)
Ans. redox, cathode
4. According to Arrhenius's theory the amount of electricity
conducted by the electrolyte depends on the .......... ..
(nature I concentration) of the ions in solution.
Ans. Concentration
5. Salts ionize in aq. solo. on passage of electric current to
give ............ (negative I positive) ions other than H+ ions.
Ans. positive.
Q.4. Give balanced equations for the electrode reactions
Arun Deep's Sim. CbemistryX 12781
 involved in the following conversions at the respective
electrodes :

I
I. Aluminium oxide 1--------> I Oxygen gas I~ Copper (II) sulphate I
2. I Copper metal 1________, I Copper ions 1--------> Copper metal J

3. ILead (ll) chloride 1--------> I Chlorine gas I~ Hydrochloric acid I

4. I Hydroxyl ions 1~ I Acidified water 1--------> Oxygen gas

5. \Potassium brom ide!--------> I Bromine gas I~ I Lead bromide

Ans. 1. Electrolysis of molten Al 2 0 3 :

202- - 4e- ~ 2 [0]

[0] + [0] ~ 02 (g) (At anode)
Electrolysis of copper (II) sulphate solution
40H- (aq) + 4e- ~ 4 [OH]
4[0H] ~ 2Hp (l) + 0 2 (g) (At anode)
2. Cu (s)- 2e- ~ Cu 2+ (aq) (At anode)
Cu 2+ (aq) + 2e- ~ Cu (s) (At cathode)
3. Electrolysis of molten PbCI 2
2CI- (l)- 2e- ~ 2 [Cl]
2 [Cl] ~ Cl 2 (g) (At anode)
Electrolysis of HCI (aq)
2CI- (aq)- 2e- ~ 2 [CI]
2 [Cl] ~ Cl 2 (g) (At anode)
4. Electrolysis of acidified water
Hp (l) ~ W (aq) + OH- (aq)
40H- - 4e- ~ 4 [OH]
4 [OH] ~ 2Hp (l) + 0 2 (g) (At anode)
5. Electrolysis of molten KBr
KBr (l) ~ K + (l) + Br- (l)
2Br (l)- 2e- ~ 2 [Br]
2[Br] ~ Br2 (g) (At anode)

A run Deep~ Sim. Chemistry X

 Electrolysis of molten PbBr2
PbBr2 (l) ~ Pb 2+ (l) + 2Br (l)
2Br- (l)- 2e- ~ 2 [Br]
2 [Br] ~ Br2 (g) (At anode)
Q.S. Select the correct answer from the list in bracket :
1. The cation discharged at the cathode most readily.
[FeH, Cu2+, Pb 2+, H 1+]
Ans. Cu 2 +
2. The anion discharged at the anode with most difficulty.
[SO 2- Br1- NO t - 0H 1-]
4 ' ' 3 '
Ans. OH 1-
3. The metallic electrode which does not take part in an
electrolytic reaction. [Cu, Ag, Fe, Ni]
Ans. Fe
4. The ion/s which is I are discharged during electrolysis of
aq. CuS04 using Cu electrode. [Cu2+, S042- , HI+, OH1-]
Ans. Cu 2+
5. A covalent compound which in aqueous state conducts
electricity. [CC1 4, CS 2, NH3 , C 2H 4]
Ans. NH 3 •
Q.6. Give reasons for the following :
1. Electrolysis of molten lead bromide is considered a redox
reaction.
Ans. Electrolysis of molten PbBr2 takes place as follows :
PbBr2 ~ Pb2+ + 2Br-
Pb2+ + 2e- ~ Pb (at cathode)
2Br- _ 2e- Reduction 2 [Br] (at anode)
2 [Br] ~ Br2 t
Thus reduction takes place at cathode while oxidation takes
place at anode. Therefore, electrolysis of molten PbBr2 is a
redox reaction.
2. Lead bromide undergoes electrolytic dissociation in the
Arun Deep 's Sim. Chemistry X 12a01
 molten state but is a non-electrolyte in the solid state.
Ans. The ions present in PbBr2 in solid state are held by strong
electrostatic forces of attraction and hence cannot move under
the influence of applied electric field .
OR
In solid state only tiny electrons can move under the influence
of applied electric field (e.g., in metals). Ions are too big to
move in solid state.
3. The blue colour of aq. copper sulphate does not change
when it is electrolysed using copper electrodes.
Ans. For every copper ion (Cu 2+) discharged at the cathode as neutral
copper atom (Cu), a copper ion (Cu 2 +) is released or added to
the solution at the anode and hence the total number of Cu 2+
ions remains the same. Therefore the blue colour of CuS0 4
does not fade in electrolytic reaction .
4. During electrolytic dissociation of sodium chloride, the
sodium ions are discharged at the cathode.
Ans. Sodium ions (Na+) being positively charged migrate to negative
electrode, i.e., cathode. This is due to electrostatic forces of
attraction between oppositely charged ions.
5. In the electrolysis of acidified water, dilute sulphuric acid
is preferred to dilute nitric acid.
Ans. Since nitric acid is a volatile acid, may decompose and nitrate
radical (N0 3 1- ) may tend to interfere with the electrolytic
reaction.

1281'1 Arun Deep's Sim. Chemistry X

 Metal and non-metals can be differentiated on the basis of their
atomic structure. Physical differences depend on the arrangement
of the atoms and chemical differences on the number of valence
electrons and their behaviour during chemical reactions.
Metal : A metal is an element which ionizes by electron loss,
loses one or more electrons, when supplied with energy, an
electron donor.
Non-metal :A non-metal is an element which ionizes by electron
gain, gains one or more electrons when supplied with energy, an
electron acceptor.
Position of Metals in the Periodic Table :
A. I IIAI Alkali Metals : 3 L; to 87Fr 0

B. 2IIIAI Alkaline Earth Metals : 4Be to 88 Ra

e.g. Be, Ca, Ba, Mg, Sr and Ra.
C. Transition Elements : Heavy metals
3 to 12 (IB to VII B and VIII)
e.g. 21 Sc to 30 Zn, 39Y to 48 Cd, 57 La to 80Mg, 89 Ac to 112 UUb.
""0
--
0 Group Property Alkali metals and Alkaline metals
·~
<1.)
c.. I IIAI ,2 IIIAI I Reason (Extrem e left)
2. Li Be Light meta ls Element have large At. size - low
density.
3. Na Mg I Soft metal with Elements possess I or 2 valence
Ilow melting points. electrons, cannot bind firml y.
Energy binding is low.
4. K Ca I
5. Rb Sr Highl y reactive Due to large atomic size, I or 2

6. Cs Ba Strongly Valence electrons can easily be

electropositive removed from outer most shell
have low Pot. Ionization.
7. Fr Ra Strongly
reducing agents

Arun Deep's Sim. Chemistry X l282l

 Post transition elements : (Extreme right)

3. 13 IHAI Weak electro Smaller At size, Higher ionization

AI positive potential , less tendency to lose
electrons.

Transition elements (Metal) in the middle

4. VIII 12 (Il B)l Property Reasons
Fe Zn 1 Heavy, hard, high Small at. size, high density. Energy

, melting point binding high.

I Electropositive Ionization potential increases.
I nature.
I

Difference between characteristics of Alkali metals and

Alkaline Earth metals
Property Alkali metals Alkaline earth metals
1. Placement Extreme left of "Placed adjacent to
of the modem alkali metals.
periodic table
'.1\ P ~ riods 2 to 7 2 to 7
(b) Group I (I A) 2 (II A)
2. Elements Li, Na, K, Rb, Be, Mg, Ca, Sr, Ba, Ra
Cs, Fr
3. Valence One valence two valance electrons
elect ron electron
4. Physical
properties
(a) Hardness Soft metals Harder
(b) Density Low density high density
(c) Melting point Low melting high melting point
point
(d) Boiling point low boiling high boiling point
point
(e) Ionization Low Higher

l283l Arun Deep's Sim. Chemistry X

potential
(t) Electropo- Strong Less
sitive character

Chemical Properties :
1. Reactivity Highly reactive Less reactive
2. Oxides form Ionic oxide form ionic oxide (MO).
(Mp).
3. Hydroxides Oxides dissolve Dissolve in water to
in water to form form basic hydroxides
basic hydroxides R(OH) 2 •
(ROH).
4. Water Vigorously Less vigorous reaction
decompose cold liberating hydrogen.
water liberating
hydrogen.
5. Nitrates Decompose on Decompose on heating
heating giving forming oxides, N0 2
nitrites and oxygen. and 0 2 •

Difference Between Metals And Non-Metals

(On the basis of Physical Properties)

! Metals Non-Metals
___L _ --------------------1-------------------
1. Generally solids except mercury Liquids, gases or brittle
and Gallium . solid.
2. Metals are lustrous. Non lustrous except
Graphite and Iodine.
3. High melting and boiling Low melting and boiling
points except Na, K, Hg. points except carbon,
silicon.
4. High density except Na, K, Ca. Low density except
diamond.

A run Deep's Sim. Chemistry X 12841

5. Metals are ductile i.e. drawn Non ductile except
into wires except Zn, Hg. (C- fibre).
6. Malleable, can be drawn into Non-Malleable except
sheets except Zn. C-fibre.
7. Good conductors of heat Non-conductors of heat
and electricity. and electricity.
8. Metals have high tensile Low tensile strength.
strength except Zn, Hg.
9. Hard except Na, K, Hg, Pb. Soft except diamond.
10. Insoluble in water. Soluble in water or
organic solvents.
11. Form alloys. Do not fonn alloys.
12. Given a sound on beating. Not sonorous.
Difference between metal and non-metals on the basis of :
(a) Discharge of ions, (b) Atomicity, (c) Reaction with acids,
(d) Oxidising and reducing properties (e) Nature of oxides
(f) Nature of chlorides (g) Electrolysis.
Ans.(a)
Metals Non-Metals
Discharge of ions : These are Non-metals are liberated at
discharged at cathode during the anode during electrolysis.
electrolysis of their compounds. (Exception. Hydrogen as H
ions are liberated at the cathode.)
At cathode: At anode:
Cl- - 1e- ---+ Cl
cation neutral atom amon neutral atom
Cl- Cl ---+ Cl 2
(b) Atomicity: Molecules of Molecules of non-metals in the
metals in vapour state are usually vapour state are usually
monoatomic. polyatomic.
(Exception : Inert gases)
(c) Reaction with acids : Non-metals de r;0t react
12851 A run De-.p's Sim. Chemistry X
Metals above hydrogen in the
hydrogen from dilute non-
oxidising acids (hydrochloric
and sulphuric acids);
M + 2HCl ~ MCl 2 + H2
M + H2 S02 ~ MS0 2 + H2
(d) Oxidising and reducing
properties : They ionise
by loss of electrons and
hence are reducing agents.
Na ~ Na+ + e-
(e) Nature of oxides :
Form atleast- One basic
oxide Kp, Nap, MgO,
CaO.
(f) Nature of chlorides :
Form Ionic or electrovalent
chlorides. e.g. NaCl
(g) Electrolysis : Cations
discharge at cathode.
They ionise by gain of electrons
and hence are oxidising agents.
(Exception : Carbon and
hydrogen are strong reducing
agents)
Cl + e- ~ CI-
Forms - acidic or neutral
oxides. Acidic oxides- C02 ,
S02 , N0 2
Neutral oxides - CO, NO,
Np, H2 0.
Form covalent chlorides.
e.g. PCl 3, PCl 5
Ani.1ns discharged at anode.
CP - - Ie- ~ Cl

Activity Series: Activity series is a series of metals according to

the decreasing reactivity.
The metals which are easily oxidised they are placed at the top of
series. Gives up valence electrons most readily.
Can displace the metal below from its salt solution.
Extraction of metals - based an activity series :
Extraction of metals from its ores, involves a reduction process in
which metallic ions present in the ore are converted into metallic
ions by accepting electrons.

A run Deep's Sim. Chemistry X l286l

Methods obtaining a metal from its ores :
1. Electrolytic reduction : Involves electrolysis of fused salts.
2. Chemical reduction : Involves reduction of oxides of ores by
reducing agents.
3. Thermal decomposition :Involves heating the oxides of ore-
leaving metallic residue.

Characteristics Activity series Extracti(ln

of metals

Most electropositive K, Na, Ca, Mg, fused salts e.g.

metals, forms highly AI MgO ~ Mg 2+ + 0 2-
stable compounds. Al 20 3 -.:-----
~2AJ3++30 2 -

Less electropositive Zn, Fe, Sn, Pb, Reduction of metallic

metals forms less IHI, Cu oxides by reducing
stable compounds. agents.

ZnO + C~Zn +CO

CuO+C~Cu+CO
Least electropositive Hg,Ag Reduction by thermal
metals, forms least decomposition.

stable compounds. 2Hg0 ~ 2Hg + 0 2

Occurrence of Metals :
1. Free or Native State: Bottom metals like mercury, silver, gold
occur free in nature and top metals like potassium, sodium and
calcium do not occur free in nature.
2. Combined State :
(a) Oxides : ZnO, Fe2 0 3 , Bauxite IAlp 3 .2Hpl, Cup.
(b) Carbonates : Marble (CaCO), Calcium (ZnCO), Siderite
(FeCO,).
,
(c) Halides : Fluorspar (CaF 2 ), Cryolite (Na 3 AIF 6 ), Ho~n Silver
(AgCI)
(d) Sulphides: Zinc blende (ZnS), Galena (Pbs), Iron pyrites (FeS 2)
12871 Arun Deep's Sim. Chemistry X
 Sulphates : Anglesite (PbS0 4 ), Gypsum (CaS0 4 .2H 2 0)
Cinnabar (HgS)
(e) Metallurgy: The large scale process involved in the extraction
of pure metals from their respective ores is called metallurgy.
Terms used in metallurgy :
1. Mineral : The compounds of various metals found in nature
compounded with earthly impurities are called minerals.
2. Ores : The naturally occurring minerals from which metals can
be extracted profitably and conveniently are called ores.
3. Matrix: The rocky impurities e.g. Silica (SiO), mud etc. mixed
in ore is called matrix or gangue.
4. Flux: The substance added to the ore to get rid of matrix resulting
in the formation of fusible compound- slag.
Processes Involved in M etallurgy :
(a) Concentration of ore or dressing of the ore : It invoives the
following processes :
1. Electromagnetic i. e. Magnetic separation
2. Gravity separation method
3. Froth floatation method.
1. Magnetic separation- Separation of magnetic ores. The crushed
ore is placed on a conveyor belt, which moves over magnetic
rollers. The magnetic particles are attracted to the magnetic roller
and fall separately from the non-magnetic particles.

Pulverized ore
~

Electro
rr.agnf'tic
Non- wheel
-J..

A run D eep 's Sim. Chemistry X

2. Froth Flotation Process: This method is generally applied for
sulphide ores. The ore is taken in a large tank containing oil and
water. It is agitated with compressed air. The ore is wetted by
the oil and separates from the gangue in the form of froth at the
top. Gangue settles down.

Foam
[Ore+ oil]

3. Gravity separation- Hydraulic method : It is the method of

separation of ore and gangue due to difference in density of
particles. Principle involved in this method is that denser ore
particles settle in grooves and lighter gangue particles are washed
away.
The ore is poured over a vibrating slope with grooves and jet of
water is allowed to flow over it. The denser ore particles settle
down in grooves as shown in the figure.

12891 Arun Deep~ Sim. Chemistry X

(b) Concentrated ore to oxide :
(i) Roasting : The concentrated ore is heated in the presence of
excess air to high temperature before it ·is reduced to the metal.
e.g. 2ZnS + 30 2 ~ ZoO +. 2S02 (g)
(oxide)

4FeS 2 + 1102 ~ 2Fep4 + 8S0 2 (g)

(oxide)
(ii) Calcination : It is the process of heating concentrated ore in the
absence of air.

e. g. ZnC0 3 ~ ZoO (oxide)+ C02 (g)

FeC0 3 ~ FeO + C0 2 (g)

(c) Reduction of Metallic oxides :
(i) Reduction by reducing agent : e.g. Zn, Fe, Pb, Cu- oxides.
Reducing agent - coke, CO or hydrogen because oxides are less
stable and can be reduced by reducing agent.

ZnO+C ~ Zn+CO
2PbO+C ~ 2Pb+C0 2
Fep 3 + 30 ~ 2Fe + 3C0 2
(ii) Reduction by Thermal decomposition : Reduces the metal
oxides to metal. Oxides are least stable can be reduced easily.
2Hg0 ~ 2Hg + 0 2

2Agp ~ 4Ag + 0 2
(iii) Reduced by electrolysis : e.g. K, Na, Ca, Mg, Al-oxides .
Because oxides ofthese metals are highly stable.
A\ 2 0 3 ~ 2AJ3+ + 30 2-

At cathode : 2 AP+ + 6e- ~ AI (Pure AI metal)

At anode : oxygen gas
(d) Refining of impure metals :
(i) Distillation Refining : Zinc and Mercury.
A run Deep~ Sim. Chemistry X l290l
 On heating, pure metal vapourises and hence condensed and
collected. Non-volatile impurities remain behind.
(ii) Liquation Refining : For refining metals heaving low melting
points. e.g. lead, tin.
On heating : Pure metal liquefies and flows down the fumace.
Non volatile impurities remain behind.
(iii) Oxidation Refining : e.g. iron
-Pure metal remains behind in molten form.
(iv) Electrolytic Refining: For refining impure metals by electrolysis
e.g. Cu, AI, Pb.
Anode : Block of impure metal.
Cathode : Thin sheet of pure metal.
- On electrolysis : Pure metal deposits at cathode.
- Impurities settle down as anode mud.

ANODE
Thick block of
impure metal

Electrorefining of an impure metal

Extraction of Metals :Aluminium, Zinc and Iron

Extraction ofAluminium :

Ores : Bauxite, Alp 3 • 2Hp

Cryolite, Na 3 AI F6
Corundum, Al 2 0 3
Concentration of ore : Chemical method- using cone. solution
ofNaOH.
Process : Baeyer's process.
Conversation of impure Bauxite (Alp 3 • 2Hp) to pure Alumina
12911 Arun Deep~ Sim. Chemistry X
 150°C
Reaction : Bauxite + NaOH NaAI0 2 + water

NaAI0 2 + 2H 2 Oat50°C ) NaOH + AI(OH) 3 ..J...

(hydrolysis)

AI (OH) 3 ig~:;i~ Alp3 +water

Reduction of Metallic Oxide : Reduction of metallic oxide is I

done by electrolysis by Halls Herault's process.

In this process fused alumina (Aip 3), is used. Inert graphite
electrodes are used.
Reaction: Al 2 0 3 ~ 2AP+ + 30 2-

At cathode : 2AP+ + 6e- ---)- 2AI

At anode : 30 2- - 6e- ---)- 3101 ---)- 30 2

Products formed: At cathode- Pure Aluminium metal At anode
- oxygen gas.

Anode- ----4111
Carbon rods

Gas carbon lining

Electrolysis of fused alumina uminium

Properties : (i) Fire does not affect aluminium, Tarnished in

moist air. On heating in air burns with light.
Arun Deep~ Sim. Chemistry X t292t
 4AI (heated)+ 302 (air) ~ 2AI 2 0 3
(ii) Unaffected by pure water
When steam is passed over red rot aluminium, hydrogen is liberated.

2Al (heated)+ 3Hp (Steam) ~ Alp 3 + 3H2 (g).

(iii) Reaction with non-metals :
(a) Chlorine: Forms aluminium chloride when heated with chlorine.

2Al + 3Cl 2 ~ 2AIC1 3

(b) Sulphur: Forms aluminium sulphide when heated with sulphur.
2Al + 3S ~ AI 2 S3
(iv) Acids : Reacts with dilute and cone. acid liberating oxygen.

2Al + 6HC1 ~ 2Al Cl 3 + 3H2 (g)

2AI + 3H 2 S0 4 (dil.) ~ Al 2 (S04 ) 3 + 3H2 (g)

2Al + 6H 2 S04 (cone.) ~ Al 2 (S0 4 ) 3 + 6Hp + 3S02 (g) It

does not properly react with nitric acid, a thin layer of aluminium
oxide is formed .
(v) Reaction with alkalis: Reacts with cone. caustic alkalis forming
aluminate and hydrogen .

2Al + 2NaOH + 2Hp ~ 2NaA102 + 3H2 (g)

(vi) Acts as reducing agent :

Fep 3 + 2AI ~ Al 2 0 3 +Fe + heat

•- '
Uses of Aluminium :
1. Utensils are made of aluminium being light, cheap, corrosion
resistant and good conductor of heat.
2. Used in manufacturing of paints.
3. Thin aluminium foils are used in food packing and packing of
articles.
4. Aluminium wires are used as cables, being good conductor of
electricity.
5. Alloys of aluminium like Duralumin (AI, Mg, Cu, Mn), magnalium

f293f Arun Deep~ Sim. Chemistry X

 (AI, Mg) are used in aeroplanes, light tools being light, corrosion
resistant, high structural strength.
6. Used as thermite (Fep3 + AI) welding for broken ends of an iron
girder.
Extraction of Iron :
Ores : (i) Haematite, Fe,O,, .
(ii) Magnetite, Fep 4
(iii) Iron pyrites, FeS
(iv) Spathic iron ore, FeC03
Material needed in the blast furnace : Lime stone, coke, iron
ore, compressed air.
Reaction in the blast furnace :
(a) In the upper region of furnace following reactio n ~ take place.
At a temperature between 750°C to 600°C, ferrous oxide is
reduced to spongy iron.

FeO + CO ---+ Fe + C0 2
At a temperature between 600°C to 400°C, ferric oxide is reduced
to spongy iron .

Fep, + 3CO ---+ 2Fe + 3C0 2

The hot gases leaving the blast furnace contain 30% carbon
monoxide, 60% nitrogen and I 0% carbon dioxide. These gases
are bumt in a special tower when carbon monoxide burns to liberate
heat. This heat is utilised in heating air, which is fed in tuyeres.
Liquid iron produced here flows down. At the bottom of the
furnace two immiscible liquids (cast iron and molten slag) are
formed which are separated by the taping holes provided at the
base of the furnace.

Arun Deep~ Sim. Chemistry X 12941

 Reaction in blast furnace CaO, formula of slag is CaSi0 3
CaO and CaSi03
(slag)
Properties of Iron :
1. Reaction with air: Unaffected by dry air. In moist air iron is
oxidised to iron (III) oxide.

4Fe + 30 2 + x Hp ~ Fep 3 • Hp (rust)

On heating in air burns with brilliant flame forming triferric
tetraoxide.

3Fe + 202 ~ Fep4

2. Water: Unaffected by pure cold water.
When steam is passed over red hot iron, hydrogen is liberated.
3Fe (heated)+ 4Hp (steam)~ Fe 30 4 + 4H 2 (g)
3. Reaction with non-metals :

(i) Chlorine: 2Fe + 3Cl 2 ~ 2FeCl 3 [iron (III) chloride]

(ii) Sulphur: Fe+ S ~ FeS [Iron (Ill) sulphide)

4. With Acids :
(a) Hydrochloric acid dil. or cone. liberates hydrogen

Fe+ 2HCI ~ FeCI 2 + H2 (g)

(b) Sulphuric acid

Fe+ 2H 2 S04 (cone .) ~ FeS04 + 2Hp + S0 2 (g)

(c) Nitric acid: Liberates nitric oxide

3Fe + 8HN0 3 (dil) ~ 3Fe (N0) 2 + 4Hp + 2NO(g)

Cone. acid renders passive due to formation of thin layer.

12951 Arun Deep's Sim. Chemistry X

 Differences between cast iron and steel :
Cast Iron Steel
1. Composition : It is an impure It consists of iron and a small
form of iron . It contains 3 to proportion of carbon and may
5% of carbon and small contain other substances also.
quantity of other impurities It contains 0.2% to 1.5 percent
like silicon, phosphorus, of carbon .
sulphur and manganese.
2. It is brittle and has low melting It is not brittle and has higher
point ( 1200°C) and has less melting point than cast iron. It
tensile strength. is hard, tough and strong.
3. It expands slightly on cooling. It is shiny, less malleable, can 't
It is resistant to corrosion and be welded and magnetised.
can't be welded.
Difference in composition of :
Cast iron (pig iron) Steel Wrought Iron
Carbon (C) 2.5 - 5% (i) Mild steel. Carbon below
Silico11 (Si) 0.4 -5.0% Contains carbon 0.15% to 0.5%
Phosphorous (C)= 0.15-0.50%
(P) 0.02-2% (ii) Hard steel.
Contains carbon
Manganese (Mn) 0.2 - 1% (C) = 0.5 - 1.5%
Iron (Fe) 85 - 95%

Extraction of Zinc :
Ores : 1. Zinc sulphide (ZnS) 2. Zinc Carbonate (ZnC0 3 )
3. Zinc Oxide (ZnO)
Extraction from zinc blende. Extraction of zinc from its ores involves
the following steps:
(1) The ore is crushed and then pulverised to form powder. It is then
concentrated by froth floatation process.
(2) The concentrated ore is then roasted in the presence of excess of

A run Deep's Sim. Chemistry X 12961

 air. The roasting removes the moisture from ore. Furthermore,
sulphides are converted into zinc oxide.
heat
2ZnS + 302 2Zn0 + 2S0 2 (g)
The roasted ore is again crushed to fom1 fine powder. From this ore
zinc metal can be extracted by the following two methods :
(i) By reduction with coke : Zinc oxide is reduced by heating at
about 1, 675 K- 1, 775 K with carbon, when zinc vapours condense
and collect in receivers.
1,675K
ZnO+C Zn +COt
I. Position of MEtals - In the modern periodic table

Group No. Type of Element Elements

1 Alkali Metals ,Li
>
lightly, highly to 87 Fr
(I A] electropositive metals.
2 Alkaline Earth Metals 4 Be light to ssRa
(II A] electropositive metals.
3 to 12 Transition Elements ztsc heavy to 30Zn
[IB to VIIB, Inner Transition elements 39Y metals to 48 Cd
Vlll]

Period-6 Lanthanide series - Ce to Lu " Laj " Cs to " Lui " Hf to "'Hg
Period- 7 Act in ide Series - Th to Lr '9 Acj ~'Th to '"'Lrl '
04 Rf tp '" Uub
13 to 16 Post Transition Element Weak
[IliA to VIA] electropositive metal s
'' AI-" Tl ; " Ge ·"Pb ; " Sb : ' 3 81: " Po

(ii) Electrolytic method : The concentrated ore is dissolved in dil.

sulphuric acid to form zinc sulphate solution.

ZnO + H2 S04 ~ ZnS0 4 + Hp

When zinc sulphate solution is electro lysed using pure zinc as cathode
then zinc ions discharge to form pure zinc metal.

Zn++ + 2e- ~ Zn (at cathode)

(3) Refining: Refining of crude metal is done either by (a) liquation or
(b) fractional distillation to get pure (99.99% zinc).
12971 A run Deep's Sim. Chemistry X
Properties of Zinc : (Physical Properties)
1. Greyish white metal.
2. Good conductor of heat and electricity.
3. Boiling point is 920°C and melting point is 419°C.
Chemical properties :
1. Unaffected by dry air, tarnished in moist air.
2. Bums with bluish white flame.
500°C 2Zn0
3. Unaffected by cold water.
When steam is passed over heated zinc, hydrogen is liberated.

Zn(heated) + Hp (steam) ~ ZnO + H2 (g)

3. With non-metals :
(a) Forms Zinc Chloride with Chlorine

Zn + Cl 2 ~ ZnC1 2
Forms Zinc sulphide when heated with sulphur

Zn+S ~ ZnS
4. With Acids :

Zn + H2 S0 4 (dil.) ~ ZnS0 4 + H2 (g)

Zn + 2H 2 S0 4 (cone.) ~ ZnS0 4 + 2H2 0 + S0 2 (g)

3Zn + 8HN0 3 (dil.) ~ 3Zn(N0) 2 + 4H2 0 + 2N02 (g)

Zn + 4 HN0 3 (cone.) ~ Zn (N0) 2 + 2H 2 0 + 2N02 (g)

5. With Alkalis :

Zn + 2NaOH ~ Na 2 Zn0 2 + H2 (g)

(Sodium Zincate)
6. Displacement reaction : Displaces copper from aq. solution of
copper sulphate.

CuS0 4 + Zn ~ ZnS0 4 + Cu
Amn Deep's Sim. Chemistry X 12981
Uses of Zinc : 1. It is used for galvanizing iron sheets.
2. Zinc sheet is used in dry cells to act as cathode.
3. Zinc is used in making alloys e.g. Brass- Cu + Zn,
Bronze - Cu + Zn + Sn.
4. Zinc dust acts as reducing agent in manufacturing of drugs, dyes
and perfumes.
5. It is used for the extraction of silver and gold by their displacement
from the solutions of suitable salts.
6. Compounds of zinc are used to manufacture paints, elsctroplast ;
preservatives for leather and mordant in textiles.
Alloys: "A homogeneous solid solution of two or more metals which
are mixed in molten state in a fixed proportion." e.g. brass is alloy of
copper and zinc.
Alloys are made to change the property of their constituents to achieve
a specific objective like strength of iron is increased by making steel.
Aluminium bronze looks like gold carboloy an alloy of tungsten,
carbon and cobalt is as hard as diamond. Bell Metal is more sonorous
than copper or tin. Alnico an alloy of aluminium, nickel and cobalt
can lift 60 times its own mass.
1. Alloys of steel and composition and uses :

Alloys Composition Uses

(i) Stainless steel 73% Fe, 18% Cr Used for making

8% Nickel, 1% C utensils, cutlery
ornamental pieces
and surgical
instruments.
(ii) Manganese 85% Fe, 1% C Used for making
14%Mn safes, rock drills
and armour plates.
(iii) Tungsten steel 84% Fe, 5% W For cutting tools
1% c for high speed lathes.

l299l A run Deep's Sim. Chemistry X

2. Copper and Zinc:

Alloys Composition 1 Uses

~

I. Brass Cu = 60- 80%, Zn = 40 - 20%! Electrical fittings, Medals

i
2. Bronze Cu = 80%, Zn = 1%, Sn = 19% j Statues, medals, coins
3. Gennan si lver Cu =50%, Zn = 30%, Ni = 20* Decorative articles
4. Gun metal Cu = 88%, Zn = 1%, Sn = 10%1 Barrels, canon
Pb= 1% i
5. Bell mete;! Cu = 80%, Sn = 20% l Bells, gongs
1

3. Aluminium Alloys:

Alloys I Composition Uses

- - - - - - - ! - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - ---- + - - - - -- - - - - -
1
Duralium j AI = 95%, Mg = 0.5%, Mn = 0.5% Aircraft, light tools,
! Ar = 4% pressure cooker
i
Magnalium l AI = 95%, Mg = 5% Aircrafts, scientific tools.
I

4. Lead Alloys :

Alloys Composition Uses

Solder Pb = 50%, Sn = 50% Electric fuse, soldering

Type metal Pb = 75%, Sn = 5% Printing blocks
Sb = 20%

Arun Deep~ Sim. Chemistry X

 I EQUATION WORKSHEET I
EXTRACTION OF METALS - General
Details of stages involved
Step 1 : Dressing of- tlte ore
Step 2 : Conversion of- cone. ore to its oxide
Roasting - of a sulphide ore
1. Roating of zinc blende
Z2nS + 302 soo•c 2Zn0 + 2S0 2 [g]
2. Roating of iron pyrites
4FeS 2 + 1102 2Fe2 0 3 + 8S0 2 [g]
~

Calcination - of a carbonate ore

3. Calcination of zinc carbonate
ZnCO,, <4oo·c ZoO+ C0 2 [g]
4. Calcination of iron [II] carbonate
FeC0 3 FeO + C0 2 [g]
~

Step 3 : Reduction of- metallic oxide to its oxide

Reduction by - electrolysis
5. Electrolytic reduction of pure alumina
AI 20 3 ~
~
2AP+ + 302-
6. At cathode 2AJ3+ + 6e- ~ 2AI
Reduction by - reducing agents [C, CO, HJ
7. Reduction of zinc oxide- by coke
ZnO + C ~ Zn + CO [g]
8. Reduction of iron [III] oxide - by CO
Fep 3 + 3CO ~ 2Fe + 3C02 [g]
9. Reduction of lead [II] oxide - by coke
2Pb0 + C ~ 2Pb + C0 2 [g]
10. Reduction of copper [II] oxide - by coke

I301j Arun Deep~ Sim. Chemistry X

 CuO + C ~ Cu + CO [g]
11. Reduction of copper [II] oxide - by hydrogen
CuO + H2 ~ Cu + H 2 0
Reduction by - thermal decomposition
12. Thermal decomposition of mercury [II] oxide
2Hg0 ~ 2Hg + 0 2 [g]
13. Thermal decomposition of silver [I] oxide
2Agp ~ 4Ag + 0 2 [g]
Step 4 : Electrorefining of- impure metals
EXTRACTION OF - ALUMINIUM
Step 1 : Dressing of- the ore - chemical method
Baeyer's process - Step 1, Step 2, Step 3
14. Bauxite to- sodium aluminate
Alp 3 .2Hp + 2NaOH 150-200°C

15. Sodium aluminate to- aluminium hydroxide

NaA10 2 + 2Hp 50-60°C NaOH + AI(OH) 3 ,!,

16. Aluminium hydroxide to- pure alumina
2AI(OH) 3 ttoooc

Step 2 :Conversion of cone. ore- to its oxide

Step not necessary - since ore is already an oxide.
Step 3 : Reduction of metallic oxide - to its metal
Hall Heroult's Process - Reduction by - electrolysis
17. Electrolytic reduction of- pure alumina
AI 20 3 _____;,.
-.::--
2AP+ + 302-
18. At cathode 2AP+ + 6e- ~ 2AI
19. At anode 302- - 6e- ~ 3[0] ~ 30 2
Step 4 : Electrorefining of- aluminium [reference] -

Arun Deep~ Sim. Chemistry X !'3021

 For Objective and /CSE Board Type Questions
Questions (Solved)

· 1. Match the metals/alloys - brass, with its correct use.

Uses: (a) steel making (b) aeroplane wings (c) galvanizing
(d) radiation shield (e) electrical fittings
Ans. Metal I Alloy Uses
(i)Aluminium (b)Aeroplane wings
(ii) Lead (d) radiation shield
(iii) Brass (e) electrical fittings
(iv) Iron (a) steel making
(v) Zinc (c) Galvanizing
2. In order to obtain aluminium, the following inputs ar-e
required: Bauxite, sodium hydroxide and graphite. The
aluminium compound in bauxite is aluminium oxide and
the main impurity is iron (III) oxide. Aluminium is obtained
by the electrolysis of aluminium oxide dissolved in cryolite.
(i) When bauxite is tr·eated with sodium hydroxide solution
what happens to the :
(a) aluminium oxide (b) iron (III) oxide.
(ii) Name the process used for the purification of bauxite.
(iii) Write the equation for the action of heat on aluminium
hydroxide. (iv) Write the formula of cryolite.
Ans. (i) (a) Aluminium oxide reacts with NaOH (aq.) at 150-200°C to
give sodium aluminate which is soluble in wafer.
(b) Iron (II) oxide remains unaffected.
(ii) Baeyer 's method is used for removal of impurities.

heat
(iii) 2AI (OH\ 1 0--:00:-c~
-1- Alp 3 + 3Hp (vap.)

Aluminium hydroxide write below Al 2 0 3

(iv) Formula of cryolite- (Na 3 AI F6 )
3. Write down the word which correctly completes the
13031 Arzm Deep's Sim. Chemistry X
 following sentence : "By dissolving aluminium oxide in
cryolite a ..•...... [conducting I non-conducting] solution is
produced.
State why is so much graphite is requires for this electrolytic
process.
Write the equation for the reaction which takes place at
the cathode.
Ans. "By dissolving aluminium oxide in cryolite a conducting solution
is produced.
The graphite anodes are periodically replaced during electrolysis
process of fused alumina.

At cathode : 2AJ3++ 6e- ~ 2AI

4. In construction work, state why the alloy duralumin is used
rather than pure aluminium.
Ans. Duralumin is light, strong and corrosion resistant.

1. Name an alloy of copper and zinc.

Ans. Brass

1. Element X is a metal with a valency 2. Element Y is a non-

metal with a valency 3.
Write equations to show how X and Y form ions.

Ans. Y + 3e- ~ Y3- (cations formed)

2. Cations are formed by ........... (loss I gain) of electrons and
anions are formed by ........... (loss I gain) of electrons.
Ans. Cations are formed by loss of electrons and anions are formed
by gain of electrons.
3. (i) Write three balanced equations for the purification of
bauxite by Hall's process in extraction of AI.
(iz) Name a chemical used for dissolving Al 2 0 3 • In which state
of subdivision is the chemical used.

Arun Deep's Sim. Chemistry X f304·f

(iiz) Write an equation for the reaction at the anode during the
extraction of aluminium by the electrolytic process.
(iv) Mention one reason for the use of aluminium in thermite
welding.
Ans. (i) Al 2 0 3 • 2Hp + Na2C03 ~ 2Na Al02 + 2Hp j + C02j
Bauxite

2Al (OH) 3 t:. ) Al 20 3 + 3H20

lOOO" C

(ii) Cryolite and fluorspar are used for dissolvingAl 20 3 • It is used

in molten state.
(iii) Reaction at anode
0 2- - 2e- ~ [0]
[0] + [0] ~ 02
(iv) Aluminium is a strong reducing agent. As such its reaction
with Fep3 is highly exothermic. The white hot iron so produced
not only fills the gap but also welds it.

1. A to F below relate to the source and extraction of either

Zinc or Aluminium.
A : Bauxite, B : Coke, C : Cryolite, D : Froth floatation, E
: Sodium hydroxide solution, F : Zinc blende.
(i) Write down the three letters each from the above list which
are relevant to - Aluminium.
(ii) Fill in the blanks using the most appropriate words from A
to F : (a) The ore from which aluminium is extracted must
first be treated with ......... so that pure Aluminium oxide
can be obtained.
(b) Pure Aluminium oxide is dissolved in ......... to make a
conducting solution.
(iii) Write the formula of Cryolite.
Ans. (i)Aluminium : Bauxite (A), Cryolite (C), Sodium hydroxide solution

1'9051 Arun Deep~ Sim. Chemistry X

 (F).
(ii) (a) Sodium Hydroxide Solution (b) Cryolite
(iii)Na3 AlF 6
2. Calcium, Copper, Lead, Aluminium, Zin .·. Chromium,
Magnesium, Iron.
Choose the major metals from the list given abo 1·e to make
the following alloys :
(i) Stainless steel (ii) Brass.
Ans. (i) Iron, Chromium (ii) Copper, Zinc

1. Name the following :

(i) A metal which is liquid at room temperature.
(ii) A compound added to lower the fusion temp. of the
electrolytic bath in the extraction of AI.
(iii) The process of heating an ore to a high temperature in
the presence of air.
Ans. (i) Mercury or Gallium (ii) Cryolite [Na3 (AIF 6 )]
(iii) Roasting
2. A strip of copper is placed in four different colourless salt
solutions. They are KN0 3 , AgN0 3 , Z n(N0 3 ) 2 , Ca(N0 3 ) 2 •
Which one of the solutions will finall) turn blue.
Ans. Silver Nitrate (AgN0 3 )
3. When a metal atom becomes an ion :-
A : it loses electrons and is oxidized
B : it gains electrons and is reduced
C : it gains electrons and is oxidized
D : it loses electrons and is reduced
(Choose the correct answer from the choices A, B, C and D)
Ans. A : it loses electrons and is oxidized

1. In the extraction of aluminium :

Arun Deep~ Sim. Chemistry X l30'6l

(i) Which solo. is used to react with bauxite as a first step in
obtaining pure aluminium oxide.
(ii) The aluminium oxide for the electrolytic extraction of
aluminium is obtained by heating aluminium hydroxide.
Write the equation for this reaction.
(iii) Name the element which serves as the anode and cathode
in the extraction of aluminium.
(iv) Write the equation for the reaction that occurs at the
cathode during the extraction of aluminium by electrolysis.
(v) Give the equation for the reaction at the anode when
aluminium is purified by electrolysis.
Ans. (i) Sodium hydroxide
1100°C
(ii) 2AI (OH),, Alp 3 + 3Hp (vap.)
(iii) Graphite or carbon
(iv) At cathode- 2AP++ 6e - ~ 2AI

(v) At anode- AI ~ AJ3+ + 3e-

1. Brass is an alloy of :
A Copper and tin B Copper and zinc
C Zinc and lead D Lead and tin
Ans. B Copper and zinc
2. The following is a sketch of an electrolytic cell used in
the extraction of aluminium :
(i) What is the substance of which
the electrodes A and B are made?
(ii) At which electrode (A or B) is
the aluminium formed ?
(iii) What are the two aluminium
compounds in the electrolyte C ?
(iv) Why is it necessary for electrode B to be continuously
replaced ?
l3orl Arun Deep~ Sim. Chemistry.X
Ans. (i) Electrodes A and B are made of graphite. Electrode B is
carbon (graphite) lining while, electrode A is thick rods of
graphite.
(ii) Aluminium is formed at cathode in the molten state which can
be taken out through a tapping hole.
(iii) The two aluminium compounds in the electrolyte Care Alumina
(Al 20 3) and Cryolite (Na3AlF 6) .
(iv) This is because electrode (B i.e. anode) is oxidised by the
oxygen produced to carbon monoxide.

1. The metal oxide which can react with acid as well as

alkali is :
(A) Silver oxide (B) Copper (II) oxide
(C) Aluminium oxide (D) Calcium oxide
Ans. (C) Aluminium oxide
2. Correct the following statements. - Haematite is the
chief ore of aluminium.
Ans. Haematite is the chief ore of iron.
Or
Bauxite is the chief ore of aluminium.
3. The sketch below illustrates the refining of aluminium
by Hoope's process.
(t) Which of A and B is the
Pure
cathode and which one alum i nium -~
Molten ,_ .. Carbon
fluori~e~ ,_ · lining
is the anode ?
impvre -~
aluminium . ~Iron
~· contain
. er
(ii) What is the electrolyte
in the tank?
(iit) What material is used for the cathode ?
Ans. (i) A are graphite rods and they act as cathode, B act as
anode .
(ii) Molten Fluorides.
(iii) Graphite rods dipped in pure molten aluminium.

Arun Deep's Sim. Chemistry X l308l

 4. State the property of the metal being utilized in the
following :
(i) Zinc in Galvanization
(ii) Aluminium in Thermite welding
Ans.
Use of metal Property
Zinc in Zinc forms a protective layer of
Galvanization zinc oxide which prevents rusting
of iron.
Aluminium in Strong affinity for oxygen.
Thermite welding

1. State the main constituent metal in each alloy :

(1) Duralumin (ii) Brass
(iii) Stainless steel
Ans. (i) Aluminium
(ii) Copper
(iii) Iron
2. Select the correct answer from A, B, C and D - The
property which is true for metals.
A : Metals are good conductors of electricity
B : Metals are malleable and ductile
C : Non-polar covalent compounds are formed from
metals.
D : Metals have 1, 2 or 3 valence electrons.
Ans. C : Non-polar covalent compounds are formed from metals.

1. Choose from the following list of the substances,

Acetylence gas, aqua fortis, coke, brass, barium chloride,
bronze, platinum.
The substance which is an alloy of zinc, copper and tin.
13091 Arun Deep~ Sim. Chemistry X
 Ans. (i) Bronze
2. (i) Name a metal which is found abundantly in the
earth's crust.
Ans. Aluminium
(ii) Difference between calcination and roasting?
Ans.
Roasting Calcination
(i) Ore is heated in the Ore is heated in the absence
presence of air. of air.
(ii) Used generally for sulphide Hence Used generally for
ores. carbonate ores.
so2 gas is given off. Hence, C02 gas is given off.
2ZnS+ 302 ~ 2Zn0 + 2SO" ZnC0 3 ~ ZnO + C02 •
(iii) Volatile impurities are Moisture, organic impurities and
removed as oxides. volatile impurities are removed.
(iii) Name the process used for the enrichment of sulphide
ore.
Ans. Froth floatation process
(iv) Write the chemical formulae of one main ore - of iron
and aluminium.
Ans. Iron : Haematite ~ Fe 2 0 3
Aluminium: Bauxite ~ Alp 3 .2Hp
(v) Write the constituents of electrolyte for - the extraction
I
of aluminium.
Ans. 1. Fused Alumina (Alp) 1 part by weight.
2. Cryolite fused (Na3 AIF 6) 3 part by weight.
3. Fluorspar (CaF 2 ) 1 part by weight.

2012
1. Choose the correct answer from the options given below

(i) An alkaline earth metal.

(A) Potassium (B) Calcium (C) Lead (D) Copper
Arun Deep~ Sim. Chemistry X 13,101
 Ans. (B) Calcium
(ii) Which of the following metallic oxides cannot be reduced
by normal reducing agents ?
(A) Magnesium oxide (B) Copper(II) oxide
(C) Zinc oxide (D) Iron(III) oxide
Ans.(A) Magnesium oxide
2. Match the properties and uses of alloys in List 1 with the
appropriate answer from List 2.
List 1 List 2
l.The alloy contains Cu and Zn, is A. Duralumin
hard, silvery and is used in decorative
articles.
2.It is stronger than Aluminium, B. Brass
light and is used in making light tools.
3.It is lustrous, hard, corrosion resistantC. Bronze
and used in surgical instruments.
4.Tin lowers the melting point of the D. Stainless stell
alloy and is used for soldering purpose.
S.The alloy is hard, brittle, takes up E. Solder
polish and is used for making statues.
Ans. I. (B) Brass 2. (A) Duralumin 3. (D) Stainless stell
4. (E) Solder 5. (C) Bronze
3. Name the following metals :
(t) A metal present in cryolite other than sodium.
(it) A metal which is unaffected by dilute or concentrated
acids.
Ans. (i) Aluminium (ii) Platinum
4. The following questions are relevant to the extraction
of Aluminium :
(1) State the reason for addition of caustic alkali to
bauxite ore during purification of bauxite.
(it) Give a balanced chemical equation for the above reaction.

13111 A run Deep's Sim. Chemistry X

 (iit) Along with cryolite and alumina, another substance
is added to the electrolyte mixture. Name the
substance and give one reason for the addition.
Ans. {i) The caustic alkali dissolves alwninium oxide to form sodium
aluminate.
140 - 150" C
(ii) Alp 3 + 2NaOH
(iii) Fluorspar is added. It helps in increasing the conductivity
of the mixtures.

1. The amphoteric metallic oxide is

(A) Calcium oxide (B) Barium oxide (C) Zinc oxide
(D) Copper (II) oxide
Ans. (C) Zinc oxide is an amphoteric oxide
2. The metals zinc and tin are present in the alloy
(A) Solder (B) Brass (C) Bronze (D) Duralumin.
1 Ans. (C) Bronze
3. Using the information below about X and Y- complete
the following questions
X 2, 8, 7 Y 2, 8, 2
Dissolves in water and Very low solubility in water.
turns blue litmus red Dissolves in HCI
Tends to oxidise elements Tends to act as a reducing
and compounds
agent
Poor electrical and thermal Good electrical and thermal
<
conductivity conductivity
No tendency to form alloys Forms alloys
(i) ............. is the metallic element.
(ii) Metal atoms tend to have a maximum of ............ .
electrons in the outermost energy level.
(iii) Non-metallic elements tend to form ............. oxides
while metals tend to form ............. oxides.
A run Deep's Sim. Chemistry X l312l
 (iv) Non-metallic elements tend to be ............. conductors
of heat and electricity.
(v) Metals tend to .........•... electrons and act as ............ .
agents in their reactions with elements and compounds.
Ans. (i) Y is the metallic element.
(ii) Metal atoms tend to have a maximum of three electrons in
the outermost energy level.
(iii) Non-metallic elements tend to form acidic oxides while
metals tend to form basic oxides.
(iv) Non-metallic elements tend to be bad conductors of heat and
electricity.
(v) Metals tend to lose electrons and act as reducing agents in
their reactions with elements and compounds.
4. The following questions relate to the extraction of
aluminium by electrolysis :
(i) Name the other aluminium containing compound added
to alumina and state its significance.
Ans. The compound is cryolite [Na3AlF 6]
The addition of cryolite lowers the melting point of alumina
from 2050°C to 660 oc.
Furthermore, it increases the electrical conductivity of the
molten alumina.
(ii) Give the equation for the reaction that takes place at
the cathode.
Ans. AP+ + 3e- ~ AI
(iii) Explain why is it necessary to renew the anode periodically.
Ans. The anode (which is made of carbon) is attacked by nascent
oxygen formed due to the discharge of 0 2- ions and changes
to carbon dioxide. As the anode is gradually consumed, it' is
periodically renewed.

1. Choose the correct answer from the choices :

(1) Heating an ore in a limited supply of air or in the absence
of air at a temperature just below its melting point is known
13131 Arun Deep 's Sim. Chemistry X
 as : (A) smelting (B) ore dressing
(C) calcination (D) bessemerisation
Ans. (C) calcination
(it) Aluminium powder is used in thermite welding because,
(A) it is a strong reducing agent
(B) it is a strong oxidising agent
(C) it is corrosion resistant
(D) it is a good conductor of heat.
Ans. (A) it is a strong reducing agent
(iit) The main ore used for the extraction of iron is:
(A) Haematite (B) Calamine (C) Bauxite (D) Cryolite
Ans. (A) Haematite
2. State the main components of the following alloys:
(t) Brass. (it) Duralumin. (iit) Bronze.
Ans. Give the main components of following alloys:
(i) Brass 60 - 70% Cu
40-30% Zn
(ii) Duralium 95%AI
4%Cu
0.5% Mg
0.5% Mn
(iii) Bronze 80%Cu
18% Sn
2%Zn
3. Name the following : (i) The property possessed by
metals by which they can be beaten into sheets.
(ii) A compound added to lower the fusion temperature of
electrolytic bath in the extraction of aluminium.
(iii) The ore of zinc containing its sulphide.
Ans. (i) Melleability (ii) Cryolite (Na3AIF6 )
(iii) The ore of zinc containing sulphideZnS (Zinc Blende).
2015
1. Select which is not an alloy of copper :
(A) Brass (B) Bronze (C) Solder (D) Duralumin.
Ans. (C) Solder
Arun Deep 's Sim. Chemistry X 13141
 Solder is an alloy of lead and tin.
2. Give scientific reasons for : Zinc oxide can be reduced to
zinc by using carbon monoxide, but aluminium oxide can-
not be reduced by a reducing agent.
Ans. Zinc ion is lower in electrochemical series. Thus, carbon mon-
oxide provides enough energy and hence reduces zi!1c oxide to
zinc. Aluminium ion is higher in electrochemical series. The
carbon monoxide does not produce enough energy and hence
aluminium oxide is not reduced to aluminium.
3. From the list of oxides - S0 2 , Si02 , Al 2 0 3 , MgO, CO,
Na 20 - Select (i) A basic oxide. (ii) An amphoteric oxide.
Ans. (i) Nap (ii) Alp 3
4. A metai 'X' has a valency 2 and a non-metal 'Y' has a
valency 3. Write an equation to show how 'Y' forms an ion.
Ans. 3X- 6e- ~ 3X 2+
2Y + 6e- ~ 2Y 3-
5. (i) Describe the role played in the extraction of aluminium
by each of the substances listed.
(a) Cryolite (b) Sodium hydroxide (c) Graphite
(ii) Explain why: (a) In the electrolysis of alumina using the
Hall Heroult's Process the electrolyte is covered with
powdered coke.
(b) During galvanization, iron sheets are coated with zinc dur-
ing galvanization.
Ans. (i) (a) Cryolite lowers the melting point of alumina from 2050°
to 950°C. This in turn increases the conductivity of electrolyte
and saves on electricity, which is the main source of energy in
the reduction of alumina.
(b) Sodium hydroxide dissolves the alumina (Alp3 ), but not the
impurities to form sodium aluminate. The impurities are filtered
out and the sodium aluminate is treated with carbon dioxide to
form pure aluminium hydroxide. Alumina is recovered from sodium
hydroxide by strong heating.
(c) Graphite is used as cathode as it is a good conductor of
electricity and is not attacked by the chemicals.
(ii) (a) It prevents burning of carbon anodes and prevents heat loss
13151 Arun Deep's Sim: Chemistry X
 from the molten electrolyte.
(b) Zinc forms a protecting coating on the surface of iron and
hence prevents it from rusting. Zinc by itself form a protective
layer of zinc oxide and hence does not tarnish.
6. Select from the following salts - AgCI, MgCI2 , NaHS0 4,
PbC03 , ZnC03 , KN0 3 , Ca(N03 ) 2 - the salt which on
heating gives a yellow residue when hot and white when
cold.
Ans. On heating, this salt gives a yellow residue when hot and a
white residue when cold is ZnC03
2016
1. Fill in the blanks from the choices given
Metals are good ............ (oxidizing agents/reducing agents)
because they are electron ..•....•..•. (acceptors I donors).
Ans. Metals are good reducing agents because they are electron
donors.
2. Select the correct answer from A, B, C and D : The two
main metals in Bronze are : (A) Copper and zinc (B) Copper
and lead (C) Copper and nickel (D) Copper and tin
Ans. (D) Copper and tin
3. Identify the term in the following :
"The method used to separate ore from gangue by
preferential wetting."
Ans. Froth flotation process
4. (z) Name the solution used to react with Bauxite-as a
first step in obtaining pure aluminium oxide, in the
Baeyer's process.
(il) Write the equation for the reaction where the -
aluminum oxide for the electrolytic extraction of
aluminum is obtained by heating aluminum hydroxide.
(iiz) Name the compound added to - pure alumina to
lower the fusion temperature during the electrolytic
reduction of alumina.
(iv) Write the equation for - the reaction that occurs at
the cathode during the extraction of aluminium by
electrolysis.
(v) Explain why - it is preferable to use a number of

Arun Deep 's Sim. Chemistry X I316J

 graphite electrodes as anode instead of a single
electrode, during the abvoe electrolysis.
Ans. (i) Sodium hydroxide.
(ii) 2AI (OH) 3 ~ Alp 3 + 3Hp
(iii) Cryolite (Na3AI F6) acts as a solvent and lower the
fusion temperature from 2050°C to 950°C.
(iv) Cathode : (rich in electron)
AU+ 3e- ~AI
(v) It is preferable to use a number of graphite electrodes as
anode because anode gets oxidised by the oxygen evolved.
Hence, if large number of electrodes are used it will
keep the process continuous for a longer time.
2017
1. From the list of terms given, choose the most
appropriate term to match the given description:
[calcination, roasting, pulverisation, smelting] .
(1) Crushing of the ore into a fine powder.
(it) Heating of the ore in the absence of air to a high temperature.
Ans. (i) Pulverisation (ii) Calcination
2. Name the following :
(1) An alloy of lead and tin that is used in electrical circuits.
(il) An ore of zinc containing its sulphide.
(iit) A metal oxide that can be reduced by hydrogen.
Ans. (i) Fusible alloy (ii) Zincite (ZnS) (iii) Copper oxide (CuO)
3. Answer the following questions with respect to the
electrolytic process - in the extraction of aluminium.
(1) Identify the components of the electrolyte other than
pure alumina and the role played by each.
(it) Explain why powdered coke is sprinkled over the
electrolytic mixture.
Ans. (1) 1. Cryolite (N~AIF4) : It increases the conductivity of
mixture and lowers the m.p. of electrolyte from 2050°C to 950°C.
2. Fluorspar (CaF 2) : It increases mobility of ions in the
mixture as it acts as solvent for alumina and cryolite. ·
(ii) Powdered coke prevents (a) heat loss from the electrolyte
(b) burning of electrodes projecting out of electrolyte.
l317l Arun D'?ep's Sim. Chemistry X

,.•''
 4. Complete the following by selecting the correct option
from the choices given -
(t) The metal whose oxide, which is amphoteric, is reduced
· to metal by carbon reduction . [Fe I Mg I Pb I AI]
(it) The divalent metal whose oxide is reduced to metal by
electrolysis of its fused salt is . [AI INa I Mg I K]
Ans. (i) The metal whose oxide, which is amphoteric, is reduced to
metal by carbon reduction Pb (Lead).
(ii) The divalent metal whose oxide is reduced to metal by
electrolysis of its fused salt is Mg (Magnesium).
2018
1. Give a reason for : Alkali metals are good reducing agents.
Ans. Alkali metals have free electrons. They can easily loose
electrons to form positive ions. The loss of electron is known
as oxidation and the substance/element that lose electrons is
said to be reducing agent.
.........................................
i Na (II) i - 1e- _____. Na+

1,-_ _ T"________
:' 2, 8, 1 :' 2, 8
J Loss of electron f
Ox.idation
Reducing
agent

2. Give one word or a phrase for the statement The

process by which, sulphide ore is concentrated.
Ans. Froth flotation process.
3. Fill in the blank with the correct choice given in the
bracket - The most common ore of iron is
(calamine/haematite)
Ans. haematite
4. Name the main component of the following alloys : [2]
(t) Brass (it) Duralumin
Ans. (i) Brass ~ Copper, zinc and tin.
(ii) Duralumin ~Aluminium, copper, magnesium and manganese.
5. Name the most common ore of the metal aluminium
from which the metal is extracted. Write the chemical
formula of the ore.
Arun Deep's Sim. Chemistry X l318l
Ans. Bauxite (Alp3 ·2Hp)
6. Name the process by which impure ore of aluminium
gets purified by using concentrated solution of an alkali.
Ans. Baeyer's process
7. Write a balanced chemical equation for (i) The formation
of aluminium at the cathode, during the electrolysis of
alumina. (ii) Action of heat on aluminium hydroxide.
Ans. (i) Alp 3 ~ 2AP+ + 302-
Cation Anion
.!,
(Cathode)
Cathode
AP+ + 3e- ~ Al
(ii) 2Al(OH)3 ~ Alp 3 + 3Hp
I ADDITIONAL QUESTIONS I
1. State how the physical and chemical property differences
between metals and non-metals are related to their basic
atomic s1ructure.
Define a metal with particular emphasis on (i) ionization
(ii) valency (iii) formation of oxides.
State the position [group] in the periodic table to which
the following metals belong (i) Na- alkali metal (ii) Mg-
alkaline earth metal (iii) Fe and Zn transition elements
(iv) inner transition elements (metals) (v) AI - post
transition element.
Ans. Atoms of Metallic elements, in general, have relatively larger
atomic size. Hence, their valence electrons are held less tightly
by the nucleus. As such, the valence electrons are mobile, leading
to good electrical and thermal conductivity in case of metals.
Further, with 1, 2 or 3 valence electrons, metals can easily lose
electrons to form cations. Thus, metal are electropositive in
nature and are strong reducing agents.
On the other hand, non-metallic elements, in general, have
relatively smaller atomic size. Hence their valence electrons
are held tightly by the nucleus. As such their valence electrons
are not mobile, thus making non-metals bad conductor of heat
~ Arun Deeps Sim. Chemistry X
 and electricity. Further, non-metals have 5, 6 or 7 valence
electrons. As such, non-metals tend to gain electrons to form
anions. Thus non-metals are electronegative in nature and strong
oxidising agents.
Thus, we find that the physical and chemical properties of metals
and non-metals are related to their basic atomic structure.
Defination of Metals
(i) Atoms of metals with 1, 2 or 3 electrons in their valence shell
can easily lose their valence electrons to form cations e.g.,

2,8,1 2,8
(ii) As metals can easily lose electrons to form cations, metals are
electropositive in nature.
(iii) Metals on reacting with non-metals form ionic or electrovalent
compounds, e.g.

Na + CI ~ Na+cJ-
(iv) As metals tend to form cations, metals show a positive valency
of 1, 2 or 3.
Position of Metals in the periodic table
(i) Na- alkali metal - Group I(IA)
(ii) Mg- alkaline earth metal- Group 2(IIA)
(iii) Fe and Zn transition elements- Group 9 (VIII), Group 12 (II B)
(iv) Inner transition elements : zero group.
(v) Al-posttransition element: Group 13 (IliA)
2. Metals occur in the free state and in the combined state.
name two metals which occur in the free or native state.
In the combined state metals occur in the form of
compounds. Name two different metallic compounds in
each case which occur as (i) halides (ii) oxides (iii)
sulphides.
Ans. Gold and Platinum are the two metals that occur in the free or
native state.

Arun Deep ~ Sim. Chemistry X 13201

 The metallic compounds which occur in :
(i) Halides- Cryolite[N~AlFJ, Flurospar[CaF2] , Rock Salt[NaCl]
(ii) Oxides- Bauxite[Alp 3 .2Hp], Zincite[ZnO], Cuprite[Cup]
(iii) Sulphides - Iron Pyrite[FeS 2], Zinc blende[ZnS] , Galena[PbS]
3. Differentiate between (1) mineral & ore (il) matrix & flux.
Ans. Differentiate between mineral & ore

Mineral Ore
The compounds of various metal The naturally occurring
found in nature associated with minerals from which
their earthly impurities are metals can be extracted
called minerals. profitably and conveniently
are called ores.
Differentiate between matrix & flux
Matrix : The rocky impurities including silica [Si02] , mud etc.
associated with the ore is called matrix or gangue.
Flux: The substance added to the ore to get rid of the matrix
resulting in the formation of a fusible compound slag.
4. Give the (i) common (ii) chemical name (iii) formula of
two common ores each of aluminium, zinc and iron.
Ans.
Metal Common name Chemical Name Formula
1. Aluminium Bauxite Hydrated aluminium Alp 3.Hp
oxide
Corrundum Aluminium oxide Alp 3
2.Zinc Zinc blende Zinc sulphide ZnS
Calamine Zinc carbonate ZnC0 3
3. Iron Haematite Iron (IJI) oxide Fep3
Iron pyrites Iron Sulphite FeS 2
5. In the stages involved in the extraction of metals in
general - give reasons for the following.
(i) Dressing of the ore is an essential process in t he
extraction of metal from its ore.

l321d Aru11 Deep ~ Sim. Chemistry X

 Ans. The ores are found mixed with earthy impurities like sand, clay,
lime stone etc. These unwanted impulities in the ore are called
gangue or matrix.
The process of removal of gangue from pov ·dered ore is called
concentration or ore dressing.
Hence, it is the essential process in the extra·-tion of metal
from its ore because it convert's the impure ore to pure
concentrated ore
(ii) An electromagnetic wheel is used in the m a gnetic
separation process of ore from gangue.
Ans. An electromagnetic wheel is used in the magnetic sepmation
process of ore from gangue as it seperate' s the magnetic
particles from the non-magnetic particles. The magnetic particles
get attracted to the magnetic wheel and thus get seperated
from the gangue.
(iii) In the froth floatation process, the ore floats on the top
& the gangue settles down.
Ans. The impurities get wetted by water and remain behind in the
tank. Since, the ore is lighter, it comes on t~1e surface with the
froth and the impurities(gangue) are left behind.
(iv) Magnetic separation is not used during the dressing of
bauxite ore in the extraction of aluminium.
Ans. Bauxite is concentrated by Leaching (Baeyer's process). The
impure bauxite is treated with concentrated NaOH, Alp 3 and
Si0 2 dissolve, but Fe20 3 and other basic materials remain
insoluble and are removed by filtration.
Aluminium is highly reactive metal, belonging to the ill A group
of the periodic table. In nature, aluminium is found in the form
of its oxide in its ore.
Hence, Magnetic separation is not used during the dressing of
bauxite ore in the extraction of aluminium.
(v) Conversion of concentrated ore to its oxide is an essential
step in the extraction of metals from the ore, even then
the step is not necessary in the metallurgy of aluminium.
Ans. Conversion of concentrated ore to its oxide is an essential step
in the extraction of metals from the ore, even then the step is
Arun Deep's Sim. Chemistry X f322J
 not necessary in the metallurgy of aluminium because in
metallurgy of aluminium, the ore is already an oxide.
(vi) Roasting of the concentrated ore is carried out in the
presence of excess air, while calcination of the
concentrated ore in the absence or limited supply of air.
Ans. Roasting is a process of converting an ore into its oxide by
heating strongly in presence of excess air, so that oxygen gets
added to form the corresponding oxide. It is done on sulphide
ores in order to remove sulphur as sulphur gets escape in the
form of gas.
2ZnsS (s) + 30 2 ~ 2Zn0 (s) + 2S02 (g)
Whereas in carbonates ores, one needs to drive out carbonate
and moisture impurities. So, ore is heated to a high temperature
in absence of air. This process is called calcination.
ZnC03 (s) ~ ZnO (s) + C0 2 (g)
(vii) Roasting the ore generally results in evolution of sulphur
dioxide gas, while calcination of the ore evolves carbon
dioxide gas.
Ans. Generally, sulphide ores are roasted, so S0 2 is given off.
While carbonate and hydrated ores are calcined, so C02 or
water vapours are given off.
(viii) Reduction of metallic oxides to metal in the extraction of
metals from the ores- is based on the position of the
metal in the activity series.
Ans. The method used to extract a metal from its ore depends on the
position of the metal in the reactivity series.
(a) Metals higher up in the series need to be extracted using
electricity.
(b) Metals lower in the series can be extracted by reduction with
carbon.
(ix) Oxides or halides of highly electropositive metals e.g.
K, Na, Ca, AI are reduced to metals by electrolysis and
not by reduction with coke.
Ans. Oxides are highly active metals like potassium, sodium, calcium,
magnesium and aluminium have great affinity towards oxygen
and so cannot be reduced by coke.
18231 Arun Deep's Sim. Chemistry X
 (x) Coke is not preferred as a reducing agent in the reduction
of the oxide of mercury to its metal, but is preferred in
the reduction of the oxide of zinc to its metal.
Ans. Coke is not preferred as a reducing agent in the reduction of
the oxide of mercury to its metal because metals low in the
activity series are very reactive and the oxides of the metals
can be reduced to metals by heating in air.
The reducing nature of carbon plays an important role in
metallurgy and helps extract metals from their ores.
For example
2Zn0 + C ~ 2Zn + C02
zinc oxide zmc
6. In the extraction of aluminium from bauxite, the first step
is the dressing of the ore by Baeyer's process. Give
balanced equations for the conversion of impure bauxite
to pure alumina using a concentrated solution of NaOH.
Ans. Bauxite (red) contains Fep 3 and Si02 as the main impurities.
It is crushed to a powder and is treated with a cone. solution of
NaOH at 150-200°C (under pressure) when Alp 3 di ssolves.
Alp3'2Hp + 2NaOH 150 -2oo·c 2NaAl02 + 31-Ip
[Impure bauxite] [cone. soln.) [Sodium aluminate]
The solution is filtered to remove Fe 2 0 3 and Si0 2 • The solution
on hydrolysis at 50-60°C give insoluble aluminium hydroxide.
NaAl0 2 + 2Hp NaOH + AI(OH) 3 _J,.
[Sodium aluminate] [Sodium hydroxide) [Aluminium hydroxide]

It is filtered and Al(OH) 3 so obtained is heated at II 00°C to

obtain pure Alp 3 (alumina)
2AI(OH)3 Alp 3 + 3Hp [vap.]
[Aluminium hydroxi de] [pure alumin a]
7. In the electrolytic reduction of pure alumina to pure
aluminium - by Hall Herault's process, give the
electrolytic reactions involved in the same, resulting in
formation of aluminium at the cathode.

Arun Deep's Sim. Chemistry X 13241

Ans. Aluminium is obtained from alumina (Alp 3 ) by electrolytic
reduction. The electrolytic both consists of a mixture of cryolite
(Na3AlF 6) and fluorspar (CaF 2) and alumina (Alp 3)
Na3AlF 6 ~ 3Na+ + AJ3• + 6F-
CaF 2 ~ Ca2+ + 2F-
____:,. 2AJ3+ + 30 2--
Al 20 3 .._--
At cathode : 2AJ3+ + 6e- ~ 2Al
At anode: 30 2- - 6e- ~ 3[0] ~ 30 2
The 0 2 so produced reacts with carbon of the anode to give
CO.
2C + 0 2 ~ 2CO
8. State the function of (i) NaOH (ii) cryolite (iii) fluorspar
in the metallurgy of aluminium.
Ans. Functions of :
(i) NaOH : Crushed and powdered bauxite is heated with a cone.
solution of NaOH at 150-200°C for 2 hours under pressure.
The main impurities present in bauxite (Fe 20 3 and SiO) remain
unaffected with cone. NaOH since these are not amphoteric.
Bauxite, being amphoteric reacts with the base to form sodium
aluminate, which is soluble in water. Thus NaOH helps in the
purification of the ore.
(ii) Cryolite :
(a) To increase the mobility of the fused mixture.
(b) To lower the fusion point of the mixture.
(c) To increase the electrical conductivity of the mixture.
(iii) Fluorspar :
(a) To increase the mobility of the fused mixture.
(b) To lower the fusion point of the mixture.
9. Give reasons for the following - pertaining to Hall
Herault's process.
(t) The fusion temperature of the electrolyte has to be
lowered before conducting the electrolytic reduction.
(it) The constituents of the electrolyte in addition to one part

1325'1 Arun Deep~ Sim. Chemistry X

 of fused alumina contains three parts of cryolite and one
part of fluorspar.
(iiz) A layer of powdered coke sprinkled over the electrolytic
mixture, protects the carbon electrodes.
(iv) It is preferred to use a number of graphite electrodes as
anode, instead of a single graphite electrode.
Ans. (i) The liberatedAl metal [m.p. 660°C] may also tend to volatize
out and get wasted. Hence the fusion temperature of the
electrolytic mixture has to be -lowered.
(ii) The reasons for addition of mainly cryolite [in a higher ratio]
and fluorspar to the electrolytic mixture are :
(a) They lowers the fusion point of the mixture i.e. the mixture
fuses [melts] around 950°C instead of2050°C.
(b) They enhances the mobility of the fused mixture by acting
as a solvent for the electrolytic mixture.
Thus cryolite in the molten state of subdivision dissolves
aluminium oxide.
(c) Addition of cryolite enhances the conductivity of the
mixture.
Since pure alumina is almost a non-conductor of electricity.
(iii) The layer of powdered coke is sprinkled over the electrolytic
mixture because:
(a) It prevents burning of carbon electrodes in air at the
emergence point from the bath.
(b) It minimizes or prevents heat loss by radiation.
(iv) The graphite[ carbon] anodes are continously replaced during
the electrolysis because :
(a) The oxygen evolved at the anode escapes as a gas or
reacts with the carbon anode.
(b) The carbon anode is thus oxidised to carbon monoxide
which either burns giving carbon dioxide or escapes out
through an outlet.
2C + 0 2 -> 2CO [2CO + 0 2 ~ 2C02 ]

Arun Deep's Sim. Chemistry X 13261

 (c) The carbon anode is hence consumed and renewed
periodically after a certain period of usage.
10. Define- (a) alloy, (b) amalgam
Ans. Alloy: An alloy is a homogenous mixture of two or more metals
and non-metals, out of which at least one is a metal.
For example, brass (Zn + Cu), bronze (Cu + Sn), solder (Sn +
Pb), stainless steel (Fe+ Cr + Ni +C) etc.
Amalgam: An alloy in which mercury is an essential constituent
is called an amalgam.
For example, Dental amalgam (Hg + Ag + Sn), it is used for
filling dental cavities.
11. State (i) composition (ii) reason for alloying (iii) one use
of each of the following alloys.
(i) Brass (ii) Bronze
(iii) Duralumin (iv) Solder [fuse metal]
(v) Stainless steel
Ans.

Composition Reason for Use

alloying
-· ------- ·- -- -·---- ·- - --- -· --. -··

(i) Brass: Cu - 60 - 80%, Hard, lustrous Electrica l fittings

Zn 40-20%
(ii) Bronze : Cu - 80%, Hard, attraction Statues, medals
Zn - 1% ; Sn - 19%
(iii) Duralumin: AI- 95% Very light Aircrafts
Mg - 0.3%, Cu = 4%
(iv) So lder: Pb - 50% Low m.p., High Welding, electrical
Sn - 50% tensile strength fase.
(v) Stain less : Fe - 75% Lustrous, hard Surgical instruments.
N - 10%)
Steel: Cr - 15%, C - 5%

IUNIT TEST PAPER 6 - METALLURGY I

Q.l. Loss of electrons from an element 'X' is represented by :
X - 3e- ~ X3+ (X ~ X3+ + 3e-)
1. X is a ........... (metal/non-metal) and will form .......... .
13271 Arun Deep 's Sim. Chemistry X
 (electrovalentlcovalent) compounds only.
2. X3+ formed is a ........... (cation I anion) and element 'X' has
a valency of ........... [+21+31-3].
3. If X3+ combines with oxygen the formula of the product is
........... (~0 3 I XO I ~0 2).
4. If the above product in the ........... (solid/molten) state is
electrolysed the ion X3+ will get discharged at the .......... .
(anode I cathode).
5. The ion X3 + ........... (accepts I loses) electrons and gets
........... (oxidised I reduced) to neutral ........... (ions I atoms
I molecules).
Ans.
1. X is a metal and will form electrovalent compounds only.
2. X 3+ formed is a cation and element 'X' has a valency of +3.
3. If X3+ combines with oxygen the fonnula of the product is X2 0 3•
4. If the above product in the molten state is electro lysed the ion
X3+ will get discharged at the cathode.
5. The ion X3+ loses electrons and gets reduced to neutral atoms.
Q.2. Select the correct answer from the list A, B, C and D given
in each statement.
1. The oxide of the metal which reacts with both acids and
alkalis- to give salt & water.
A: MgO B: CoO C: Al 2 0 3 D:~O
2. The common name of the ore of iron - whose chemical
formula is Fe3 0 4 •
A: Iron pyrites B: Magnetite
C: Haematite D: Spathic iron ore
3. The chemical name - of the main ore of aluminium.
A: Aluminium flouride
B: Aluminium oxide
C: Sodium aluminium flouride
D: Hydrated aluminium oxide
4. The process of dressing of the ore which involves
Arun Deep's Sim. Chemistry X 13281
 separation of ore & gangue - due to preferential wetting.
A: Magnetic separation B: Hydrolytic method
C: Froth flotation method D: Chemical method
5. The metallic oxide reduced to metal generally by- thermal
decomposition.
A: ZoO B: MgO C: HgO D: Al 2 0 3
Ans. I. C: Alp 3 ; 2. B: Magnetite; 3. D: Hydrated aluminium oxide; 4.
C: Froth flotation method; 5. C: HgO
Q.3. Name the substance A to E, reacted with each reactant
below to give the respective product/s.
1. !Cone. iron pyrites! ~ Iron [III] oxide+ Sulphur
dioxide
2. Zinc Oxide ~ Zinc + Carbon monoxide

3. I Copper [II] oxide I ~ Copper+ Water

4. I Impure bauxite I~ Sodium aluminate

5. !Sodium aluminate! ~ Aluminium hydroxide

Ans. I. A ~ Oz(Oxygen) 2. B ~ C(Carbon)
3. C ~ H2 (Hydrogen)
4. D ~ Cone. Sodium hydroxide- NaOH(aq.) at 150- 200°C
5. E ~ Hp at 50-60°C
Q.4. Name the following :
1. A metallic ore converted to its oxide - iron [II] oxide on
heating the concentrated ore.
2. A black metallic oxide reduced to metal on heating with
coke.
3. The compound which on ignition at elevated temperatures
gives pure alumina.
4. The non-metal which forms the anode during electrolytic
reduction of fused alumina in Hall Heroult's process.
5. A metal other than manganese, present in duralumin but
13291 Arun Deep~ Sim. Chemistry X
 not in magnalium.
Ans. 1. Cone. Carbonate Ore 2. Copper oxide
3. Aluminium hydroxide 4. Oxygen gas
5. Copper (Cu)
Q.S. Match the properties & uses of alloys in List 1 -with the
correct answer from List 2.
List 1 List 2
1. Contains Pb & Sn, has a low melting point A. Duralumin
& is used in electrical fuse
2. Contains Cu, Zn & So is hard, takes up B. Stainless
steel
polish & used in statues & medals
3. Contains Cu & zn is hard, malleable & C. Solder
ductile & is used in electrical fittings
4. Contains AI & Cu is light & is used in air D. Brass
crafts & pressure cooker.
5. Contains Fe, Ni & Cr is corrosion
resistent & is used in cutlery. E. Bronze
Ans. List 1 List 2
1. Contains Pb & Sn, has a low melting point C. Solder
& is used in electrical fuse
2. Contains Cu, Zn & Sn is hard, takes up E. Bronze
polish & used in statues & medals
3. Contains Cu & zn is hard, malleable & D. Brass
ductile & is used in electrical fittings
4. Contains AI & Cu is light & is used in air A. Duralumin
crafts & pressure cooker.
5. Contains Fe, Ni & Cr is corrosion
resistent & is used in cutlery. B. Stainless
steel

A run Deep~ Sim. Chemistry X 1>3301

 A: Stud'l of Compounds -
<lf!drooen Ch(oride
Hydrogen Chloride Gas :
A. Discovery :
(i) In 1648- Glauber prepare hydrochloric acid gas from rock
salt and cone. sulphuric acid.
(ii) In 1772 - Joseph Priestly obtained it in the pure form
and named its solution ' marine acid ' which later named
' muriatic acid' by Lavoisier.
(iii) In 1810- Davy gave the name 'hydrogen chloride'
which are made from hydrogen and chlorine.
B. Occurrence : HCl gas occurs in the free state in volcanic
gases and in gastric juices of mammals.
Preparation of Hydrogen Chloride Gas :
It is prepared by the following methods :
(i) By synthesis or Direct Combination :
Hydrogen gas + Chlorine ~ Hydrogen chloride gas

Diffused ) 2HCJ (g)

Sunhght

moisture acts as a catalyst.

(ii) By reaction of a metallic chloride with cone. sulphuric
acid:
Sodium chloride+ Sulphuric acid (cone.) ~

Sodium bisulphate + Hydrogen chloride

NaCI + ~S0 4 (cone.) <2oo•c NaHS0 4 + HCI (g)
Laboratory Preparation :
(i) Reactants : Sodium chloride (rock salt) and cone .
sulphuric acid.
(ii) Reactions : (i) At temperature less than 200°C

l33'll Arun Deep's Sim. Chemistry X

 ~Cone . sulphuric acid

'Y'
Dry
HCI gas

Sodium chloride+ Sulphuric acid ~ Sodium bisulphate

+ Hydrogen chloride
<2oo•c
NaCI + H 2 S04 NaHS0 4 + HCI (g)
(cone.)
(ii) At temperature above 200°C

Sodium chloride+ Sulphuric acid ~ Sodium sulphate

+ Hydrogen chloride
>Zoo•c

Purification of hydrogen chloride gas :

(i) By using dryi ng agents like cone. sulphuric acid remove only
moisture.
(ii) Quick lime (CaO) and phosphorus pentoxide (Pp5 ) are not
used as dry agents since they react with hydrogen ch loride.
Collection of Hydrogen Chloride gas :
(i) Hydrogen chloride gas is collected by the upward displacement
of air because it is 1.2 8 times heavier than air.
(ii) It is not collected in water as it is soluble in water.

Arun Deep's Sim. Chemistry X 13321

 Properties of Hydrogen Chloride Gas :
A. Physical Properties :
1. Hydrogen chloride gas is colourless, pungent, choking odour
and slight sour taste.
2. It is 1.28 times heavier than air.
Activity : To show that hydrogen r- Dry HCI gas
chloride gas is heavier than air.
Procedure: Take ajar full of hydrogen
chloride gas and invert it over an empty
jar. After some time add blue litmus
solution to the lower jar. It will tum red .
It means HCl gas being heavier than air. - Empty jar
3. HCI gas is highly soluble in water :
It can be proved by the following activity. -
Activity : Take a dry round bottom flask filled with dry HCl
gas. The mouth of the flask has a rubber stopper with two
holes for insertion of a jet tube and other for dropper containing
water. Take blue litmus solution in a glass trough . Fit the
apparatus as shown in the fi gure. The dropper containing water
is squeezed and the water enters the flask .

Observation : Hyd rogen chloride gas present in the flask

dissolves in "Yater due to its high solubility creates a partial
vacuum in the fl ask. The outside pressure being higher the blue
13331 Arun Deep~ Sim. Chemistry X
 litmus solution up in the jet tube which emerges out at the end
of the tube as a red fountain .
It is proved that HCl gas is highly soluble in water and acidic in
nature.
4. HCI gas liquifies at temperature around 1ooc at 40 atmospheric
pressure.
5. Liquefied hydrogen chloride gas boils at- 83°C.
6. Solid hydrogen chloride gas melts at - ll3°C.
Chemical Properties :
1. Acidic in nature: Add blue litmus solution to hydrogen chloride
gas, it turns red. It shows that HCl gas is acidic in nature.
2. Combustibility : Non-combustible, non supporter of
combustion.
3. Action on indicators :

Indicators Colour change

from to
1. Moist litmus blue red
2. Methyl orange orange pink
3. Phenolphthalein No change

4. On heating above 500°C it dissociates to hydrogen and chlorine.

Hydrogen chloride ~ Hydrogen +Chlorine
2HCI > SOOOC H + CI
2 2

5. Reaction with Ammonia: When a glass rod dipped in liquor

ammonia is brought near HCI white dense fumes are formed .

NH3 (g) + HCI (g) ~ NH4CI

6. Reaction with metals : HCI gas reacts with many metals like
Ca, Mg, Zn and iron ; when heated
Zn + 2HCI (g) ~ ZnCI 2 + Hi g)

Mg + 2HCI (g) ~ MgCI 2 + ~(g)

A run Deep ~ Sim. Chemistry X 13341

 Fe + 2HC1 (g) ----). FeCI 2 + H2(g)
Iron (II) chloride
Preparation of Hydrocltloric Acid: Laboratory method :
Procedure : Hydrochloric Acid is prepared by dissolving
hydrogen chloride gas in water using a special funnel
arrangement. Hydrogen chloride gas when dissolved in water
forms hydrochloric acid. This means that the gas will be absorbed
in water more quickly than it will the generated in the flask.
The pressure in the delivery tube and the flask becomes less
and water will rise in the delivery tube and enter the flask i.e.
"Sucking Back" takes place. This would stop the reaction and
might be dangerous, if hot cone. H 2 SO4 washing is used.
This can be prevented if inverted funnel connected to delivery
tube be used for dissolving gas in water as shown in the figure.

HCI
gas "<'>''.,.
",'·

A B[i] B [ii]

Use of funnel prevents 'Sucking Back' . The rim of the funnel

is placed so that it just touches the trough containing water.
Back suction occurs, the water rises up in the funnel and in
turn level outside the funnel falls creating an air gap between
the rim of the funnel and the surface Of water. The water which
had risen in the funnel fall down again.
The process is continued till the water in the trough is saturated
with HCI gas resulting in the formation of acid.
Properties of Hydrocltloric Acid ; (Physical)
1. When pure, it is colourless.
2. It has slightly pungent odour and sour in taste.
3. Corrosive in nature, causes blisters on the skin.

t335l Arun Deep~ Sim. Chemistry X

 Chcuaical Properties :
1. Monobasic - exhibits acidic nature.
- dissociates in aqueous solution to produce one hydrogen ion
IH +I per mole of the acid.
H20
HCl W+CI-
2. Reaction with active metals :
Zn + 2HCI ~ ZnC1 2 + H2
Fe+ 2HC1 ~ FeC1 2 + H2
3. Reaction with base :
NHpH + HCl ~ NH 4CI + Hp
4. Reaction with carbonates and bicarbonates :

Na 2C0 3 + 2HCI ~ 2NaCl + Hp + C02(g)

NaHC0 3 + HCI ~ NaCI + Hp + C02
5. Reaction with sulphite and bisulphite :
Na 2 S03 + 2HCI ~ 2NaCI + Hp + S0 (g) 2

(Salt)
NaHS0 3 + HCI ~ NaCI + Hp + S02
6. Reaction with sulphide :
FeS (Iron II)+ 2HCI ~ FeC1 2 + H2 S
7. Reaction with Nitrates :
Pb (N0) 2 + 2HCI ~ PbCI 2 ..!.. + 2HNOr
(white ppt.)

AgN0 3 + HCI ~ AgCI ..!.. + HN0 3

(white ppt.)

8. Reaction with Oxidising agents : (MN0 2, KMn0 4 ) etc.

Mn0 2 + 4HCI (cone.) ~ MnCI 2 + 2Hp + Cl2
Salt

2KMn0 4 + 16HCI ~ 2KCI + 2MnCI 2 + 8Hp + 5Cl 2

K2Crp 7 + 14HCI ~ 2KCI + 2CrCI 3 + 7Hp + 3Cl2

Arun Deep's Sim. Chemistry X 13361

9. Formation of Aqua regia : One part of cone. HN0 3 and
three of cone. HCI (by volume).

HN0 3 + 3HCI (cone.)~ NOCI + 2Hp + 2ICII

(cone.) nitrosyl chloride

: 3
Aqua regia
Uses of Hydrochloric Acid :
1. Industrial uses : In the manufacture of dyes, drugs, paints,
silver chloride (for photographic films), glucose from starch.
2. General uses :
(i) HCI dissolves the calcium phosphate present in bones.
(ii) In pickling of metals before galvanising.
(iii) Preparation of Aqua regia : (cone. HN0 3 one part and
cone. HCI 3 parts).

IEQUATION WORKSHEET I
HYDROGEN CHLORIDE
a. Preparation - of hydrogen chloride
I . By direct combination

H + Cl Diffused 2 HC I [g ]
2 2 sunli ght

2. Laboratory preparation [metal chloride]

NaCI + H2 S04 < 2oooc NaHS0 4 + HCI [g]

NaCI + NaHS0 4 > 200°C N0 2S04 + HCI

2NaCI + H2S04 > 200°C Na 2 S04 + 2HCI [g]

b. Properties - of hydrogen chloride
3. Thermal dissociation

2HCl > soooc H + CI

2 2

4. Reaction with ammonia

NH 3 + 2HCI ~ NH 4C I

13371 Arun Deep's Sim. Chemistry X

 Hydrochloric acid [dilute]
5. Monobasic acid

HCI HP,, u+ + CI-·

~ '
Reaction with
6. Active metal
AI + 2HCI ~ AICI 1 + H2
(Aluminium chloride)
7. Base - copper [II] oxide
CuO + 2HCI ~ CuCI 2 + up
Base - ammonium hydroxide
NHpH + HCI [dil.] ~ NU 4CI +up
8. Sodium carbonate
Na2C03 + 2HCI [dil.] ~ 2NaCI + Hp + C02
9. Sodium hydrogen carbonate
NaHC0 3 + HCI [dil.] ~ NaCI + Hp + C01
10. Sodium sulphite
Na2 S03 + 2HCI [dil.] ~ 2NaCI + Hp + S02
11. Sodium bisulphite
NaHS0 3 + HCI [dil.] ~ NaCI + Hp + S0 1
12. Iron [II] sulphide
FeS + 2HCI [dil.] ~ FeCI2 + U 2S
13. Silver nitrate
AgN0 3 + HCI [dil.] ~ AgCI ,J.. + UN0 3
14. Lead nitrate
Pb(N0 3) 2 + 2HCI [dil.] ~ PbCI 1 ,l. + 2UN03
15 . Sodium thiosulphate so ln.
Na2Sp3 + 2HCI [dil.] ~ 2NaCI + S02 + S + U10
Oxidising agents
16. Lead dioxide [lead [IV] oxide]
Pb0 2 + 4HCI [cone.] ~ PbCI 2 + 2Hp + Cl2

A run Deep ~ Sim. Chemistry X 13381

 17. Red lead [trilead tetroxide]
\
Pbp 4 + 8HCI [cone.] ~ 3PBCI2 + 4Hp + Cl 2
18. Potassium permanganate
2KMn0 4 + 16HCI [cone.] ~ 2KCI + 2MnCI 2 + 8H20 + SCI 2
19. Potassium dichromate
K 2Crp 7 + 14HCI [cone.] ~ 2KCI + 2CrCI3 + 7H 20 +
3CI2
20. Nitric acid [cone.]
HN0 3 + 3HCI [cone.] ~ NOCI + 2Hp + 2[CJ]
[Au + 3[CI] ~ AuCI 3 ]
[Gold] Gold [III] chloride
c. Tests - for hydrochloric acid
21. Glass rod dipped in ammonia soln.
NH 3 + HCI ~ NH 4CI
[aq.] [vapour] [dense white fumes]
22. Addition of silver nitrate so ln.
AgN0 3 + HCI ~ AgCI..J, + HN0 3
[aq.] [white ppt.j
23. Solubility of silver chloride
AgCl + 2NHpH ~ [Ag(NH 3) 2 ICI + 2Hp
[excess ammonia soln.) [soluble - diamine silver chloride]
24. Heated with manganese dioxide
[manganese [IV] oxide]
Mn0 2 + 4HCI ~ MnCI 2 + 2Hp + Cl 2 [g]

IQUESTIONS I
2005
1. Write balanced equations for the following reactions :
(i) Copper oxide and dilute Hydrochloric acid.
(ii) Manganese (IV) oxide and concentrated
Hydrochloric acid.
Ans. (i) CuO(s) + 2HCI (dil.) ~ CuCI 2 (aq) + Hp(l)

1.3391 Amn Deep~ Sim. Chemistry X

 (ii) Mn02 (s)+4HCI(conc.) ~ MnCI 2 (aq)+2~0(l)+Cl2 t

2. (i) Name the experiment illustrated aside.

(ii) Which property of hydrogen chloride is
demonstrated by this experiment.

(iii) State the colour of the water that has entered the
round-bottomed flask.
Ans. (i) Fountain experiment.
(ii) Hydrogen chloride is soluble in water.
(iii) Red.

1. From the list -

Ammonia, Copper oxide, Copper sulphate, Hydrogen
chloride, Hydrogen sulphide, Lead bromide - select the
compound which can be oxidized to chlorine.
Ans. Hydrogen chloride
2. Write balanced chemical equation for the reaction of zinc
and dilute hydrochloric acid.
Ans. Zn + 2HCI ~ ZnCI 2 + H 2
3. State what is observed when hydrochloric acid is added
to silver nitrate solution.
Ans. A white ppt. of silver chloride is formed.
4. Write a balanced chemical equation for the reaction of
calcium bicarbonate and dil. hydrochloric acid.
Ans. Ca(HC0)2 + 2HC1 ~ CaCI 2 + 2C0 2 + 2Hp.
2007
1. Write a balanced equation for the following reaction :

Arun Deep~ Sim. Chemistry X l340l

 Sodium chloride from sodium carbonate solution and
dilute hydrochloric acid.
Ans. Na2C0 3 + 2HC1 ~ 2NaCl + Hp + C02
2. Of the two gases, NH3 and HCl, which is more dense.
Name the method of collection of this gas.
Ans. Hydrogen chloride gas ; by upward displacement of air.
3. Give one example of a reaction between the above two
gases which produces a solid.

Ans. NH3 (g)+ HCl (g) ~ NH4 Cl (s-solid)

4. Write equations for the reaction of dil. HCl with each of
the following :
(i) iron, (ii) sodium hydrogen carbonate, (iii) iron [II]
sulphide (iv) sodium sulphite

Ans. (i) Fe+ 2HC1 ~ FeC1 2 + H 2

(ii) NaHC0 3 + HCl ~ NaCl + Hp + C0 2

(iii) Fe (II) S + HCl ~ FeCl 2 + H2 S

(iv) Na2 S0 3 + 2HC1 ~ 2NaCl + Hp + S02

2008
1. What property of hydrogen chloride is demonstrated
when it is collected by downward delivery (upward
displacement)? Why is hydrogen chloride not collected
over water.
Ans. Hydrogen chloride is heavier than air.
Hydrogen chloride cannot be collected over water because
hyurogen chloride is highly soluble in water.
2. Write the equations for the following reactions :
(i) dil. HCl and sodium thiosulphate.
(ii) dil. HCl and lead nitrate solution.

Ans. (i)
Sod. Thiosulphate

1·3411 A run Deep~ Sim. Chemistry X

 (ii) Pb (N0 3) 2 + 2HCI ~ PbCI2 + 2HN0 3
White ppt.
2009
1. Name the gas evolved (formula is not acceptable).
The gas produced by the action of concentrated
sulphuric acid on sodium chloride.
Ans. Hydrogen chloride (HCI)
2. Match each substance A to E listed below with the
appropriate description given below :
(A) Sulphur (B) Silver chloride
(C) Hydrogen chloride (D) Copper (II) sulphate
(E) Graphite.
(i) A Covalent compound which behaves like an ionic
compound in aqueous solution.
(ii) A compound which is insoluble in cold water but
soluble in excess of ammonia solution.
Ans. (i) (C) Hydrogen chloride
(ii) (B) Silverchloride
3. Write a fully balanced equation for each ofthe following:
(i) Red lead is warmed with concentrated hydrochloric
acid.
(ii) Magnesium metal is treated with dilute
hydrochloric acid.
Ans. (i) Pb 3 0 4 + 8HCI ~ 3PbCI 2 + 4H 2 0 + 0 2 i
Red lead

(ii) Mg + 2HCI ~ MgCI 2 + H2 i

· 4. Correct the following statements.
HCI is prepared in the laboratory by passing hydrogen
chloride directly through water.
Ans. Hydrochloric acid is prepared in the laboratory by passing
hydrogen chloride gas through inverted funnel
arrangement in water.
Arun Deep's Sim. Chemistry X 13421
 2010
1. Select the correct answer from A, B, C and D.
(i) Aqua regia is a mixture of :
A : Dilute hydrochloric and cone. nitric acid
B : Cone. hydrochloric acid and dilute nitric acid
C : One part of cone. hydrochloric acid 3 parts of cone.
nitric acid.
D : 3 parts of Cone. hydrochloric acid and 1 part of
cone. nitric acid
Ans. D : 3 parts of Cone. hydrochloric acid and 1 part of cone.
nitric acid
2. State your observation when :
A glass rod dipped in NH 4 0H soln. is brought near an
open bottle containing cone. HCI.
Ans. Dense white fumes of- ammonium chloride are formed.

[aq .] [vapour] [den se white fumes]

3. (i) State the salt and the acid, used in the laboratory
preparation of hydrogen chloride.
(ii) Give the equation for the preparation.
(iii) State a method to prove that the gas jar used for
collection of HCI gas is filled with hydrogen chloride?
(iv) Observing the method of collection of the gas, state
what you can tell about the density of hydrogen
chloride ?
Ans. (i) Sodium chloride and Sulphuric acid
Below
(ii) NaCI + H 2 S04 - - - - - + NaHS0 4 + HCI
200°C

Sodium Hydrogen
bis ulphate C hloride gas
(iii) In order to know that the jar is filled with the gas, bring
a glass rod dipped in ammonium hydroxide solution near
its mouth. If dense white fumes of ammonium chloride

l343l Anm Deep's Sim. Chemistry X

 are produced, it indicates that the gas jar is full of HCI
gas.
HCI + NH 3 ---+ NH 4CI(s)
(iv) The method used to collect HCI is "Upward displacement
of air". This clearly indicates that HCI gas is heavier than
air.
4. How would you distinguish between dilute HCI and dilute
HN0 3 , by addition of only one solution.
Ans. HCI (dilute)
HN0 3 (dilute) [To differentiate between HCI and HN0 3 we
can use AgN0 3 solution]
HCI + AgN0 3 ---+ AgCI J,. + HN0 3
white ppt.

HN0 3 + AgN0 3 ---+ No reaction

By adding AgN0 3 , HCI gives white ppt. whereas no such
reaction takes place with HN0 3 .
5. Name two gases which can be used in the study of the
fountain experiment.
State the common property demonstrated by the
fountain experiment ?
Ans. (i) Hydrogen chloride gas (HCI)
(ii) Ammonia (NH 3 )
Solubility of gases is the common property demonstrated by
the fountain experiment.
2011
1. Choose the correct answer from the choices given :
Hydrogen chloride gas being highly soluble in water is
dried by:
(A) Anhydrous calcium chloride
(B) Phosphorous pentaoxide
(C) Quick lime
(D) Concentrated sulphuric acid.
Ans. (D) Concentrated sulphuric acid .

.llrun Deep~ Sim. Chemistry X 13441

 2. Write balanced equations of dil. HCl with - Calcium
bicarbonate.
Ans. Ca (HC0 3 ) 2 + 2HCI ~ CaCI2 + 2Hp + 2 C02 t
3. In the laboratory preparation of hydrochloric acid,
Hydrogen chloride gas is dissolved in water.
(l) Draw a diagram to show the arrangement used for
the absorption of HCl in water.
(it) State why such an arrangement is necessary? Give
two reasons for the same.
(iil) Write balanced chemical equations for the laboratory
preparation of HCl gas when the reactants are :
(A) below 200°C (B) above 200° C
Ans. (i) Refer to page 335 of this book.
(i) Two reasons for the use of funnel arrangement are :
(a) Prevents back suction of water into the flask.
(b) Provides a large surface area for the absorption of
the gas (HCI).
(iii) (A) Below 200°C
NaCI + ~S0 4 <2° 0'C ~ NaHS0 4 + HCI
(B) Above 200°C
2 NaCI + H2 S04 >200' C

2012
1. Rewrite the correct statement with the missing word/s :
Aqua regia contains one part by volume of nitric acid
and three parts by volume of hydrochloric acid.
Ans. Aqua regia contains one· part by volume of cone. nitric acid
and three parts by volume of cone. hydrochloric acid.
2. Give reasons : Hydrogen chloride gas cannot be dried
over quick lime.
Ans. Hydrogen chloride is acidic while quick lime is basic, so they
react.
1'3451 Arun Deep~ Sim. Chemistry X
 3. Concentrated hydrochloric acid and Potassium
permanganate solution.
Ans. 16 HCl (cone.)+ 2KMn0 4 ~ 2KCl + 2MnCI 2 + 5Cl 2 +
8H 2 0
4. Give balanced equations with conditions, if any, for the
following conversions A to D.
A : Sodium Chloride ~ Hydrogen Chloride
B : Hydrogen Chloride ~ Iron (II) chloride
C : Hydrogen Chloride ~ Ammonium chloride
D : Hydrogen Chloride ~ Lead chloride.
Ans. A: NaCI + H2S0 4 (cone.) ~ NaHS0 4 + HCI
Sodium chloride Hydrogen chloride

B: 2HC1 (dil.) + Fe ~ Fe Cl 2 + H2 t
Hydrogen chloride Iron (II) chloride
C: HCl (g) + NH3(g) ~ NH4 Cl(s)
D: Pb0 2 + 4HC1 ~ PbC1 2 + 2Hp + Cl 2
2013
1. Identify the gas evolved when
(i) Potassium sulphite is treated with dilute hydro-
chloric acid.
(ii) concentrated hydrochloric acid is made to react
with manganese dioxide.
Ans. (i) Sulphur dioxide gas (ii) Chlorine gas
2. State one appropriate observation for
(i) Copper sulphide is treated with dilute hydrochlo-
ric acid.
(ii) A few drops of dil. HCI are added to AgN0 3 solo,
followed by addition of NB40H solo.
Ans. (i) A colourless gas with a smell of rotten eggs is given off
and a green coloured solution is formed.
(ii) White ppt is formed which dissolves in ammonium hy-
droxide.
Arun Deep's Sim. Chemistry X 13461
 2014
1. Fill in the blanks from the choices in the bracket
Quicklime is not used to dry HCI gas because ........... .
(CaO is alkaline, CaO is acidic, CaO is neutral)
Ans. Quicklime is not used to dry HCl gas because CaO is alkaline.
2. Write the balanced equation for : Action of dilute
hydrochloric acid on sodium sulphide.
Ans. Action of dilute hydrochloric acid on sodium sulphide.
Na 2 S + 2HC1 ~ 2NaCI + H2 S
3. State your observation : Dilute HCI is added to sodium
carbonate crystals.

Ans. Na2C0 3 + 2HCI ~ 2NaCI + ~0 + C02 t

effervescence of C02 seen which turns lime water milky
4. Study the figure given below and answer the questions
that follow:

(i) Identify the gas Y.

(ii) What property of gas Y does this experiment
demonstrate?
(iii) Name another gas which has the same property and
can be demonstrated through this experiment.
Ans. (i) Identify the gas Y - It is HCI (Hydrogen chloride)
(ii) Property ofY- Highly solubility in water
(iii) The another gas has same property- NH3 (Ammonia)
2015
1. Select from the gases - ammonia, ethane, hydrogen
13471 Arun Deep~ Sim. Chemistry X
 chloride, hydrogen sulphide, ethyne - The gas which
produces dense white fumes with ammonia gas.
Ans. Hydrogen chloride
2. Identify the acid which on miXmg with silver nitrate
solution produces a white precipitate which is soluble
in excess ammonium hydroxide.
Ans. Dilute hydrochloric acid
3. The following questions are pertaining to the labora-
tory preparation of hydrogen chloride gas:
(i) Write the equation for its preparation mentioning
the condition required.
(ii) Name the drying agent used in the above prepara-
tion and give a reason for the choice.
(iii) State a safety precaution you would take during
the preparation of hydrochloric acid.
Ans. (i) The equation for the laboratory preparation of hydrogen
chloride gas:
NaCl + H2S04 <2oooc NaHS04 + HCl j
Although it is a reversible reaction, it goes to completion
as hydrogen chloride continuously escapes as a gas.
The reaction can occur up to the stage of the formation
of sodium sulphate on heating above 200°C.
above200°C
NaHSO + NaCl Na SO + HClj
424

(ii) The drying agent used in the laboratory preparation of

hydrochloric acid is conc.sulphuric acid.
The other d1ying agents such as phosphorus pentoxide
(Pp5 ) and quick lime
(CaO) cannot be used because they • ~:oct with hyd~:o­
gen chloride.
2Pp 5 + 3HC1 ----+ POC1 3 + 3HP03

CaO + 2HC1 ----+ POC1 3 + 3HP0 3

Arun Deep's Sim. Chemistry X 13481

 (iii) A safety precaution which should be taken during the
preparation of hydrochloric acid:
Always wear chemical splash goggles, chemical-resistant
gloves and a chemical resistant apron in the laboratory
during the preparation of hydrochloric acid.
2016
1. Select the correct answer from A, B, C and D : The aim
of the Fountain experiment is to prove that :
(A) HCl turns blue litmus red
(B) HCl is denser than air
(C) HCI is highly soluble in water
(D) HCI fumes in moist air.
Ans. (C) HCI is highly soluble in water
2. Fill in the blank : ............ (AgCI I PbCI 2 ), a white pre-
cipitate is soluble in excess NH 4 0H.
Ans. AgCI (because of formation of diammine silver chloride), a
white precipitate is soluble in excess NHpH.
3. Write balanced chemical equation for :
Action of hydrochloric acid on sodium bicarbonate.
Ans. NaHC0 3 + HCI ~ NaCl + Hp + C02 i
4. State your observations when dilute hydrochloric acid
is added to :
(i) Lead nitrate soln. and the mixture is heated.
(ii) Copper carbonate.
(iii) Sodium thiosulphate.
Ans. (i) Pb(N03 ) 2 + 2HCI (dil) ~ PbCl 2 .J, + 2HN03
Lead chloride
(white precipitate)
When dilute hydrochloric acid is added to lead nitrate
white precipitates of lead chloride is formed.
(ii) CuC03 + 2HCI ~ CuCI 2 + Hp + C02
Brisk effervescence

13491 Arun Deep~ Sim. Chemistry X

 When dilute hydrochloric acid is added to copper
carbonate brisk effervescence due to the liberation of
carbon dioxide is observed.
(iii) Na 2 Sp 3 + 2HCI ~ 2NaCI + Hp + S0 2 t + S J,
(yellow residue)
When dilute hydrochloric acid is added to sodium
thiosulphate pale yellow residue (due to formation of
sulphur) is formed and a gas with choking odour is
formed .
5. Identify the gas evolved and give the chemical test in
when dilute hydrochloric acid reacts with :
(i) Sodium sulphite. (it) Iron (II) sulphide.
Ans. (i) Na2 S03 + 2HCI ~ 2NaCI + Hp + S02 t
Sulphur dioxide
Chemical test : Sulphur dioxide decolorises potassium
permanganate solution.
(ii) FeS + 2HCI ~ FeCI 2 + H2 S
Hydrogen sulphide
Chemical test : Hydrogen sulphide turns lead acetate
paper black.
2017
1. Fill in the blanks from the choices given - Potassium
sulphite on reacting with hydrochloric acid, releases
_ _ gas. [CI2 , S02 , ~S]
Ans. Potassium sulphite on reacting with hydrochloric acid, releases
so2 gas.
2. Identify the substance underlined - A solid formed by
the reaction of two gases, one of which is acidic and the
other basic in nature.
Ans. Ammonium chloride.
3. State one relevant observation - Action of dilute
hydrochloric acid on iron [II] sulphide.
Ans. A foul smelling gas like rotten eggs is given off.
4. Certain blanks spaces are left in the following tables as
A & B. Identify each of them.
Arun Deep's Sim. Chemistry X 13501
Lab preparation Reactants Products Drying Method
of used formed agent of collection

HCI gas NaCI + H 2S04 A Cone. H 2S04 B

Ans. A: The products are sodium hydrogen sulphate (NaHS04 )

and HCl gas.
B : HCl gas as collected by the upward displacement of air.
2018
1. Write a balanced chemical equation for- Action of dilute
hydrochloric acid on magnesium sulphite.
Ans. MgS0 3 + 2HCl ---+ MgCl 2 + Hp + S02 t
2. State one relevant observation - Lead nitrate solution
is mixed with dilute hydrochloric acid and heated.
Ans. Pb(N03) 2 + 2HCl ~ PbCl2 .,J.. + 2HN03
(white precipitates)
White precipitates of .lead chloride are formed which are
soluble in hot water and insoluble in cold water.
3. Name the gas that is produced during- Action of dilute
hydrochloric acid on sodium sulphide.
Ans. Hydrogen sulphide
4. Fill in the blank with the correct choice given in the
bracket - Dry hydrogen chloride gas can be collected
by ___ displacement of air. (downward/upward)
Ans. Downward
5. Name the acid used for the preparation of- hydrogen
chloride gas in the laboratory. State why this particular
acid preferred to other acids.
Ans. Sulphuric acid
[It is preferred to other acids because it is non-volatile acid]
6. Write the balanced chemical equation for the laboratory
preparation of hydrogen chloride gas.
Ans. 2NaCl + ~S04 (aqn.) below 2oooc N~S04 (aqn.) + 2HCl (g)
7. For the preparation of hydrochloric acid in the laboratory:
(1) State why is direct absorption of hydrogen chloride gas
J35;1J A run Deep :S Sim. Chemistry X
 in water not feasible?
(il) State what arrangement is done to dissolve hydrogen
chloride gas in water?
Ans. (i) Direct absorption of hydrogen chloride gas in water is
not feasible as it leads to back suction.
(ii) "Inverted funnel arrangement" is done to dissolve
hydrogen chloride gas in water.
Q. Complete the statements given below pertaining to
hydrogen chloride gas or hydrochloric acid.
1. Hydrogen chloride gas is not dried using ...... (cone.
H 2 S04 , CaO).
2. Hydrogen chloride gas on heating above 500°C gives
hydrogen and chlorine.
The reaction is an example of ..... (thermal decomposition,
thermal dissociation):
3. Iron reacts with hydrogen chloride gas forming ..... [iron
(II) chloride, iron (III) chloride) and hydrogen. The
reaction is an example of ..... (double decomposition,
synthesis, simple displacement).
4. Hydrogen chloride and water are examples of ..... (polar
covalent compounds, non-polar covalent compounds) and
a solution of hydrogen chloride in water ..... (contains,
does not contain) free ions.
5. Addition of •.... (sodium nitrate, zinc nitrate, silver nitrate)
to hydrochloric acid, gives an insoluble precipitate of the
respective chloride. This precipitate is ..... (soluble,
insoluble) in ammonium hydroxide and ...... (soluble,
insoluble) in dilute nitric acid.
6. Addition of ••.... [iron (III) sulphide, iron (II) sulphide,
iron pyrites] to dilute hydrochloric acid results in
liberation of hydrogen sulphide gas.
7. Aqua regia is a mixture of ..... (one, two, three) part/s of
concentrated nitric acid and .... (one, two, three) part/s of
concentrated hydrochloric acid by .... (weight, volume).
In aqua regia, nitric acid .... (oxidises, reduces)
hydrochloric acid to chlorine.
Arun Deep s Sim. Chemistry X 13521
 8. Hydrochloric acid can be converted into chlorine by
heating with ..... [calcium oxide, lead (II) oxide, lead (IV)
oxide] which acts as a I an ..... (oxidising, reducing) agent.
Ans. 1. CaO
2. Thennal dissociation
3. Iron (II) chloride; simple displacement
4. polar covalent compounds ; contains
5. silver nitrate; soluble; insoluble
6. iron (II) sulphide
7. one, three, volume, oxidises
8. Lead (II) oxide ; oxidising.

!ADDITIONAL QUESTIONS I
1. Give a reason why
(a) gastric juices of mammals are acidic
(b) HCl is considered a polar covalent compound.
Ans. (a) HCI gas occurs in free state in gastric juices of mammals.
(b) Due to difference in electronegativities of Hand Cl ; The
bond in HCl is a polar covalent.
2. Give the equation for preparation ofHCl gas by synthesis.
State two conditions involved in the synthesis.

A ns. H2 + Cl 2 Difti1se~ J
Sunlight' 2HC
I. Sunlight 2. Jet of hydrogen.
3. Give a balanced equation for preparation of HCl gas in
.
the laboratory from sodium chloride .
<2oo•c
Ans. NaCI + H2 S04 (cone.) NaHS04 + HCl (g)
4. In the laboratory preparation of HCl from sodium
chloride, state why the following are preferred -
(i) Cone. H 2 SO4 as a reactant
(ii) Tern p. below 200°C
(iii) Cone. ~SO 4 as a drying agent.
Ans. (i) Since it is non-volatile and has a high boiling point.
13531 A run Deep~ Sim. Chemistry X
 (ii) The glass apparatus does not crack, no hard crust is formed,
fuel is not wasted.
(iii) It only removes moisture content of the gas but not react
with it.
5. State with reasons the method of collection of HCI gas in
the laboratory.
Ans. HCI gas is collected by upward displacement of air because it
is 1.28 times heavier than air. It is not collected in water because ·
it is highly soluble in water.
6. Compare the density of HCI gas with air and state the
solubility of HCI gas in water.
Ans. V.D ofHCl = 18.25 , V.D of air= 14.4. It is highly soluble in
water.
7. State why HCl gas forms a mist of droplets of HCI acid in
moist air.
Ans. Due to high solubility, HCI gas fumes in moist air and forms a
mist of droplets of HCI acid.
8. State what the fountain experiment demonstrates with
reference to HCI gas.
Ans. Fountain experiment demonstrates the solubility ofHCI gas in
water and its acidic nature.
9. State the colour change in three different indicators in
presence of HCI gas.
Ans Indicator Change in colour

from to
I. Moist litmus Blue Red
2. Methyl orange Orange Pink
3. Phenolphthlein no change
4. Phenophthlein Pink colourless
(alkaline)

10. Give a balanced equation for the thermal dissociation of

(i) a gas (ii) a solid (both containing the chloride ion).

Ans. (i) 2HCl (g) Heat

> 500°C

Arun Deep's Sim. Chemistry X 13541

 Heat NH 3 (g) + HCl (g)
11. Give the equation and state the observation seen when
HCl gas reacts with ammonia.
Ans. When a gas jar containing hydrogen chloride gas is inverted
over a jar full of ammonia gas, dense white fumes are formed .

NH 3 (g) + HCI (g) ~ NH4 Cl (S-solid)

12. Convert iron to iron (II) chloride using HCl gas.

Ans. Fe+ 2HC1 (dil.) ~ FeC1 2 + H2

13. Explain the arrangement (i) not used (ii) used - for
converting HCl gas into HCl acid.
Ans. Hydrochloric acid is prepared by dissolving hydrogen
chloride gas in water using a special funnel arrangement.

HCI
gas
HCI

' ., -- ·,
gru~ ... ··, . '
. ' ''...
Air
' ~gap
.,
l.. t- ~J
·~~.·· ' "' - ..
:;$~~ "'
A B [i) B [i i]

1. Direct absorption ofHCI gas in water using a delivery

tube i.e., arrangement (i) causes back suction.
Hydrogen chloride gas is extremely soluble in water. If a
delivery tube through which HCl gas is passed is directly
immersed in water, the rate of absorption of HCl gas is
high and hence a partial vacuum is created in the tube.
The pressure outside being higher causes the water to be
pushed up into the delivery tube and damages the
apparatus. This is called back-suction.
2. Special funnel ar rangement, i.e., arrangement (ii) is
used for avoiding back suction.
The funnel arrangement :
l355l Arun Deep :v Sim. Chemistry X
 (a) Prevents or minimizes back-suction of water.
(h) Provides a large surface area for absorption of HCl gas.
The rim of the funnel is placed so that it just touches the
trough containing water. Ifback-suction occurs, the water
rises up the funnel and the level outside the funnel falls,
thus creating an air gap between the rim of the funnel and
the surface of water. The pressure outside and inside
equalize and the water which had risen in the funnel falls
down again. This process continues till the water in the
trough is saturated with hydrogen chloride gas resulting in
formation of hydrochloric acid.
Hence hydrochloric acid is not prepared in the laboratory
by passing hydrogen chloride gas directly through water,
but prepared using a special funnel arrangement.
14. Explain the term 'constant boiling mixture'.
Ans. A solution ofHCl in water forms a constant boiling mixture
with water.
15. State why dilute HCI cannot be concentrated beyond a
certain concentration by boiling.
Ans. On boiling the mixture evolves out the vapours of both acid
and water in the same proportion as in the liquid. Hence dil HCl
cannot be concentrated beyond a certain concentration.
16. Name the ions obtained when HCI dissociates in aqueous
solution.
Ans. Hydronium ions.
17. Name the ion responsible for acidic nature of HCI acid.
Ans. The presence of hydrogen ions IH+I imparts acidic nature to
HCI.
18. State which of two- a solution 'ofHCI in water or in toluene
is an electrolyte, giving reasons.
Ans. A solution of hydrogen chloride in water; water being a covalent
solvent ionizes aqueous solution ofHCl shows acidic properties
and is an electrolyte, whereas toluene is not ; being not a polar
solvent.
19. Give four different word equations relating to acidic

Arun Deep's Sim. Chemistry X l356l

 properties of an aq. solo. of HCI gas.
Ans. Zinc+ Hydrochloric acid ~ Zinc chloride +Hydrogen
Sodium hydroxide+ Hydrochloric acid ~ Sodium chloride+
Water
Sodium carbonate+ Hydrochloric acid ~ Sodium chloride
+ Carbon dioxide + Water
Calcium oxide+ Hydrochloric acid ~ Calcium chloride+
Water
20. Give balanced equations to obtain (i) ~ (ii) C02 (iii) S02
(iv) H 2S from dil. HCI.

Ans. (i) Zn + 2HC1 ~ ZnCI 2 + H2

(ii) Na~C 0 3 + 2HCI ~ 2NaCI + Hp + C02

(iii) Na2 S03 + 2HCI ~ 2NaCl + Hp + S02
(iv) FeS + 2HC1 ~ FeC1 2 + ~S
21. Convert two soluble metallic nitrates to insoluble metallic
chlorides using dil. HCI.
Ans. AgN0 3 + HCI ---+ AgCl ,!.. + HN0 3
[Silver nitrate] [white ppt.]
Pb(N0) 2 + 2HC1 ---; PbCI 2 ,!.. + 2HN0 3
[Lead nitrate] [white ppt.]
22. State how you would prove that HCI contains
(i) hydrogen - using an active metal below magnesium
(ii) chlorine- using an oxidising agent not containing Iea.d.
Ans. (i) Fe + 2HC1 -~ FeCI 2 + H2

(ii) Mn0 2 + 4HC1 ~ MnC1 2 + 2Hp + Cl2

23. State the composition of aqua regia. State which
component is the oxidising agent in aqua regia.
Ans. HN0 3 + HCI both are cone.
, One part 3 part /
Aqua regia
Hydrochloric acid is oxidising agent in aqua regia.
l357l Arun Deeps Sim. Chemistry X
 24. Convert hydrochloric acid to nascent chlorine.

Ans. HN0 3 + 3HCI ~ 2Hp + NOCI + 2ICII

, Cone. Cone. /
Aqua regia
nascent

25. State why aqua regia dissolves gold, which is insoluble in

all other acids.
Ans. In aqua regia (a mixture of I part cone. HN0 3 and 3 parts
cone. HCI by volume), nitric acid oxidises hydrochloric acid to
give nascent chlorine. This nascent chlorine is very reactive. It
reacts with gold to give gold (III) chloride, which is soluble in
water.
HN0 3 (cone.)+ 3HCI (cone.)+ NOCI + 2Hp + 2(CI)
Au + 3(CI) - - t AuCI 3
Gold Gold (Ill) chloride
26. Give three tests for hydrochloric acid. Convert silver
nitrate to a soluble salt of silver using hydrochloric acid
and an alkali.
Ans. 1. If glass rod dipped in ammonia so ln. (NHpH) brought
near vapours of hydrochloric acid.
Dense white fumes of- ammonium chloride are formed.
2. Addition of silver nitrate so ln. to dil. HCI (acidified with
dil. HNO)
Curdly white precipitate- of silver chloride obtained.

AgN0 3 + HCI ~ AgCI .J, + HN0 3

(aq.) (white ppt.)
3. Action of heat on a mixture of man ganes dioxide and cone.
HCI Greenish yellow gas (chlorine).
27. State two industrial products manufactured from
hydrochloric acid, which are also manufactured from nitric
and sulphuric acid. Give two general uses of hydrochloric
acid.
Ans. Industrial products manufactured from HCl acid are :
Dyes, paints, drugs.

Arun Deep's Sim. Chemistry X l358l

 General uses of hydrochloric acid are :
(i) Hydrochloric acid dissolves the calcium phosphate present
in bones.
(ii) Hydrochloric acid dissolves the metallic oxides coating on
the surface of metals. Thereby cleans the metallic surface.

IUNIT TEST PAPER 7A -HYDROGEN CHLORIDE I

Q.l. Give balanced equations for the conversions A, B, C, D
and E given below :

!. I Cone. HC I JA. I PbC h !& ! dil. HCI

2. I NaHC0 3 iLl NaC I I R- I NaHS04

3. I FeCI 3 1._1
E
I Fe ::JS I FeC h

Ans. I. Pb0 2 + 4HCI ~ PbCI 2 + 2Hp + Cl 2

2. NaHC0 3 + HCI ~ NaCI + Hp + C0 2

3. 2Fe + 6HCI ~ 2FeCI 3 + 3H 2
Q.2. Give reasons for the following :
1. In the laboratory preparation ofHCI acid from NaCI and
cone. H 2 S04 , the residual salt formed at temperatures
above 200°C forms a hard crust and sticks to the glass.
Ans. When sodium chloride and cone. sulphuric acid is heated above
200°C ; sodium sulphate forms a hard crust, sticks to the glass
and is difficult to remove.
2. Dense white fumes are obtained when a jar of HCI gas is.
inverted over a jar of ammonia gas.
Ans. When a gas jar containing hydrogen chloride gas is inverted
over of jar full of ammonia gas dense white fumes are formed .
These fumes consists of particles of solid ammonium chloride
suspended in air.
3. In the fountain experiment to demonstrate the high
solubility of HCI gas in water, dry HCI gas is filled in the
round bottom flask.
Ans. HCI gas present in the flask dissolves in water due to high
13591 A run Deeps Sim. Chemistry X
 solubility, creating a partial vacuum in the flask. The outside
pressure being higher pushes the water up the jet tube which
emerges as fountain.
4. Iron sheets are cleaned with hydrochloric acid before
dipping into molten zinc for galvanizing.
Ans. Hydrochloric acid dissolves the metallic oxide coating on the
surface of the metal, thereby cleans the metallic surface.
5. Hydrogen chloride gas fumes in moist air but hydrogen
sulphide gas does not.
Ans. HCl gas fumes in moist air due to its high solubility and forms a
mist of droplets ofHCl acid while H2S does not.
Q.3. Complete the statements given below using the correct
word/s
1. An aqueous solution ofHCI gas is named ..... (aqua fortis/
muriatic acid/oil of vitriol)
2. The salt obtained when rock salt reacts with cone. ~S0 4
at temperatures below 200°C is a/an ..... (acid/normal) salt.
3. In the preparation of HCI acid from HCI gas, a funnel
arrangement provides ..... (less/more) surface area for
absorption of the gas.
4. The ions which impart acidic properties to an aqueous solution
of hydrogen chloride are ....• (chloride/hydrogen/hydronium)
5. The indicator which does not change colour on passage
of hydrogen chloride gas is ..... (moist blue litmus/
phenolphthalein/methyl orange)
Ans. 1. mutriatic acid 2. normal
3. more 4. hydrogen 5. phenolphthalein
Q.4. Choose from the letters A, B, C, D and E, to match the
descriptions 1 to 5 given below.
A: NH4 Cl B: AgCI; C: PbCI2
D : FeCI2 E : Ag(N~) 2 Cl
1. A soluble salt obtained on reaction of a metallic chloride
with liquor ammonia.
2. A salt which is insoluble in dilute nitric acid but soluble
in ammonium hydroxide.
3. A salt obtained on reaction of an active metal with
Arun Deep's Sim. Chemistry X 13601
 hydrogen chloride gas.
4. A salt obtained when a basic gas reacts with hydrogen
chloride gas.
5. A salt soluble in hot water but not in cold, obtained on
heating an oxidising agent with cone. HCI.
Ans. I.E [Ag (NH3 ) 2 Cl] 2. B (AgCI) 3. D (FeCI)
4. A (NH4Cl) 5. C (PbCI 2)
Q.5. Select the correct word or formula from the same given
in bracket:
1. The substance reacted with cone. HCI and heated to
prove that cone. HCI contains Cl2 • (PbCI/PbO/PbO)
2. The metal reacted with dil. HCI to prove that dil. HCI
contains hydrogen. (Cu/Fe/Ag/Pb)
3. The gas/es which is I are heavier than air and highly
soluble in water. ~I HCI/CO/H2 S)
4. The acid which is not an oxidising agent. (Cone. HNO/
Cone. HCI/Conc. H 2 S04 )
5. The acid which is not a monobasic acid. (Acetic/
Sulphurous/Hydrochloric/Nitric/Formic acid)
Ans. I. Pb02 2. Fe 3. HCl (g) 4. Cone. rtN0 3 5. Sulphurous acid
Q.6. Select the correct words from the list given below to
complete the following word equations :
Metallic oxide, active metal, metallic carbonate, metallic
bisulphite, active metal, metallic hydroxide, metallic
bicarbonate, metallic sulphate, metallic sulphide.
1. ........ + hydrochloric acid (dil) ~ salt+ hydrogen
2 ......... +hydrochloric acid (dil) ~ salt+ water
3. ....... + hydrochloric acid (dil) ~ salt+ water +carbon dioxide
4 ......... +hydrochloric acid (dil) ~ salt+ water+ sulphur
dioxide
5 ......... +hydrochloric acid (dil) ~ salt+ hydrogen sulphide
Ans. 1. active metal 2. metallic hydroxide
3. metallic carbonate I bicarbonate
4. metallic sulphite 5. metallic sulphide

f361f Arun Deep's Sim. Chemistry X

 (c.B) Stud'l of Compounds - Ammonia
Ammonia:
A. Discovery :
1. In 1716 - J.Kunckel mentioned the formation of Ammonia
during fermentation.
2. In 1774- Joseph Priestly prepared ammonia by heating slaked
lime with 'Sal ammoniac'. He called it 'alkaline air'. ·
3. In 1785- Clude Berthelot studied the chemical composition
ofthe gas.
4. In 1800- Davy established its basic composition and proved
ammonia to be compound of nitrogen and hydrogen.
B. Occurrence: Ammonia occurs in free and combined state-
In free state-small quantities of ammonia occur in the
atmospheric air.
In the combined state- Ammonium salts and ammoniacal liquor.
Preparation of Ammonia: (Laboratory Preparation)
Ammonia is prepared in laboratory by heating a mixture of an
ammonium salt (ammonium chloride) with an alkali (calcium
hydroxide)

2NH4Cl + Ca(OH) 2 ~ CaCI 2 + 2Hp + 2NH 3

gas

Laboratory preparation of. ~m~onia- from ammonium chloride

Arun Deep's Sim. CbemistryX 13621

 Procedure: Take ammonium chloride and calciumnydroxide
in a round bottom flask in the ratio of 2 : 3 (by weight) in a
powdered form.
Fit the apparatus as shown in the figure.
Heat the flask slowly with its neck slightly downward. The
ammonia obtained in flask passes through a delivery tube into a
drying tower and is collected in an invetjed jar by downward
displacement of air being lighter than air. It is not collected in
air because it is highly soluble in water. Quick lime in drying
tower acts as drying agent.
Identification : A glass rod dipped in cone. HCl is brought
near the mouth of the jar, dense white fumes of ammonium
chloride are formed.
Precautions :
1. The reactants should be in a fine powdered form.
2. The slaked lime used should be in higher ratio.
3. The round bottom flask should be kept in inclined position.
Reactants (Conditions)
I . Solid ammonium chloride and slaked lime should be in the ratio
of 2 : 3 because a higher ratio by weight of the slaked lime -
may counteract the loss by sublimation of ammonium chloride
on heating in the solid state.
2. Calcium hydroxide is used as it is cheap.
3. Ammonium nitrate is used in the laboratory preparation because
it is explosive in nature and decompose forming nitrous oxide
and water vapour.
Drying of gas :
I. Dry agent used -Quick lime (CaO) because it is basic in
nature and does not react with basic ammonia gas.
Other drying agents :
1. 2NH3 + H2 S04 (cone.) ~ (NH4 ) 2 S04
drying agent
2. 6NH3 + Pp 5 + 3Hp ~ 2(NH3 ) 3 P0 4
drying agent

1.3631 Arzm Deep's Sim. Chemistry X

 3. 8NH3 + CaCI 2 ~ CaCl 2 . 8NH3
(fused)

Other methods of preparation of Ammonia gas :

From metal nitrides

Metal nitride+ Water (warm) ~ metal hydroxide+ ammonia

Mg3.N2 + 6Hp ~ 3Mg (OH) 2 + 2NH3 (g)

Magnesium nitride

Ca3.N 2 + 6Hp ~ 3Ca (OH) 2 + 2NH3 (g)

Calcium nitride

AIN + 3Hp ~ AI(OH) 3 + NH3 (g)

Aluminium nitride
Ammonia gas is collected by downward displacement of air.
It is not collected in water being highly soluble in water.
Manufacture of Ammonia : By Haber s process.
Nitrogen reacts with hydrogen in the ratio of 1 : 3 (by volume)
under specific conditions liberating ammonia.
Nitrogen+ Hydrogen~ Ammonia+ heat
N2 + 3H2 ~ 2NH 3 + heat
( l vo l.) (3 vol.) (2 vol.)
Temperature - 450- 500°C
Pressure - 200 to 900 atmospheres
Catalyst - Finely divided iron (Fe)
Promoter - Molybdenum (MO)
Reactants: Nitrogen and hydrogen in the ratio of 1 : 3.
1. Nitrogen gas is obtained by fractional distillation ofliquid air
and hydrogen from water gas or natural gas.
2. A large ratio of hydrogen favours the forward reaction to give
optimum yield of ammonia.
3. The reactants sho uld be dry, pure and free from impurities.
Arun Deep~ Sim. Chemistry X 13641
 Temperature - 450 - 500°C - because :
1. If reaction is exothermic it is favoured by lowering the
temperature.
2. Iftemperature is low, the speed of reaction is slow and yield is
IO\y.
3. Since the reaction is exothermic, the heat evolved maintains
the temperature. External heating is not required.
Pressure : 200 - 900 atmospheres during the process.
Conditions :
1. If a reaction proceeds with decrease in volume ( 1 vol ofN 2 + 3
vol. of H 2 ~ 2 vol. of NH 3 ) then the forward reaction is
favoured .
2. If the pressure is too high the production plant may not with
stand the pressure. Hence -200 - 900 atmosphere pressure is
used.
Catalyst : A catalyst is required at optimum temperature.
(i) Finely divided Iron is used as a catalyst.
It is mixed with small amount of molybdenum - a
promoter which enhances the efficiency of the catalyst.
(ii) It only accelerates the reaction and does not form a part
of reaction. It does not effect the %age ofNH 3 •
The ammonia is separated and recovered from the
uncombined nitrogen and hydrogen by techniques based
on the physical properties of ammonia (Techniques).
1. Liquefactions: Ammonia is easily liquefiable. It condenses to
liquid at around- 33°C at 8 atms.
(ii) N 2 and H 2 are difficult to liquefy- they condense at temp.
around - 196°C and - 253°C.
2. Dissolving in water : It is highly soluble in water.
Properties of Ammonia : Physical properties :
(i) It is colourless, strong pungent smell, slight alkaline in taste.
(ii) It is non-poisonous, it effects respiratory system if inhaled.
(iii) Light than air. (V.D ofNR, = 8.5)
(iv) Highly soluble in air.

13651 A run Deep's Sim. Chemistry X

 Fountain Experiment :
To demonstrate the high solubility of ammonia gas in
water.

Fountain Experiment

Apparatus:
1. Round bottomed flask filled with ammonia gas.
2. Mouth of the flask with a rubber stopper with two holes, one
for jet tube and other for dropper containing water.
3. Trough below contains red litmus solution.
Procedure :
1. The dropper containing water is squeezed and few drops of
water enters the flask.
2. Ammonia gas present in the flask gets dissolved in water due
to its high solubility, which creates a partial vacuum in the flask.
3. Since outside pressure is higher, so red litmus solution rush up
the jet tube and emerge as a fountain. (Ammonia gas being
basic changed red litmus blue.)
Ammonia gas is lighter than air, hence it is collected by
downward displacement of air.
6. Easily liquified at low temperatures.
7. Liquid ammonia boils at- 33.5°C
Arun Deep ~ Sim. Chemistry X 13661
8. Solid ammonia melts at- 77 .soc
Chemical Properties :
1. Combustibility :Ammonia is neither combustible nor supporter
of combustion.
Burning of~ in oxygen :Ammonia burns in an atmospheric
oxygen and undergoes catalytic oxidation.

4Nf\ + 302 ~ 2N2 + 6Hp

- Pass dry ammonia gas through tube A and ignite the gas at the
nozzle and then pass oxygen gas through tube B and re-ignite
ammonia gas at nozzle end.
Observations : Dry ammonia gas passed through ignition tube
A and ignited alone does not burn.
- But burns in an atmosphere oxygen with greenish yellow flame.
2. Basic nature of Ammonia : Ammonia forms a weak base
when liquified, basicity due to the lone pair of electrons on the
nitrogen atom in ammonia.
- The aqueous solution of ammonia in water is called liquor
ammoma.
- The aqueous solution of ammonia (NH4 0H) acts as a weak
base since it goes partial dissociation in aqueous solution to
give OH- ions.
NH3 + Hp ~ NHpH ~ NH4+ + OH-
3. Ammonia forms Ammonium salts with dil. acids -
(i) NH 3 + HCI ~ NH4 Cl
(gas) (ammonium chloride)
(ii) NH3 + HN0 3 ~ NH4N0 3
(ammonium nitrate)
(iii) 2NH3 + H 2 S04 ~ (NH4 ) 2 S04
(ammonium sulphate)
Ammonia (aq) :
(i) NHpH + HCI ~ NH4 Cl + Hp
(dil)

13671 A run Deep~ Sim. Chemistry X

 (ii) NH40H + HN03 ~ NH4N03 + ~0

(iii) 2NH4 0H + H 2S04 ~ (NH4) 2 S04 + 2~0

Ammonium hydroxide reacts with soluble salts of metals in

their solution to give insoluble precipitates.

1. FeS04 + 2NHpH ~ (NH4) 2 S04 + Fe(OH) .,!..

(dirty green, insoluble)

2. FeC13 + 3NHpH ~ 3NH4Cl + Fe(OH)3 .,!..

(reddish brown)

3. Pb(N03) 2 + 2NHpH ~ 2NH4 N03 + Pb(OH)2 .,!..

(chalky white)

4. ZnS04 + 2NHpH ~ (NH4) 2 S04 + Zn(OH)2

(white gelatinous)

5. CuS04 + 2NH4 0H ~ (NH4 ) 2 S04 + Cu(OH)2 .,!..

(blue, soluble)
4. Reducing action :
(i) Black copper (II) oxide reduces to brown copper.
(ii) Buff yellow lead (II) oxide is reduced to greyish metallic
lead.

(a) 2NH3 + 3Cu0 ~ 3Cu + 3H2 0 + N 2(g)

(b) 2NH3 + 3Pb0 ~ 3Pb + 3Hp + N 2 (g)

Uses ofAmmonia :
l. As a source of H2 - for urea (Fertilizers)
2. Nitric acid- Ammonium Sulphate
3. Manufacture of explosives- Ammonium nitrate
4. Dyes and Drugs- Calcium Ammonium Nitrate
5. Plastics and Resins- Di-ammonium hydrogen phosphate
6. Baking soda, Washing soda and Artificial silk.

Arun Deep~ Sim. Chemistry X l368!

 Liquor Ammonia :
1. As a cleansing agent - dissolves fats, grease etc.
2. Liquid Ammonia- Refrigerant in ice plants since
(i) it is highly volatile.
(ii) Has a high latent heat ofvapourisation.
(iii) Easily liquifies under pressure and low temperature.

IEQUATION WORKSHEET I
AMMONIA
a. Preparation of ammonia
Laboratory preparation
[from ammonium salts]
1. Ammonium chloride + alkali
2NH4Cl + Ca(OH) 2 ~ CaC~ + 2Hp + 2NH3 [g]
2. Ammonium chloride+ alkali
NH4Cl + NaOH ~ NaCI + Hp + NH 3 [g]
3. Ammonium sulphate + alkali
(NH4) 2 S04 + 2Na0H ~ Na 2S04 + 2Hp + 2NH3 [g]
4. Ammonium sulphate+ alkali
(NH4) 2S04 + Ca(OH) 2 ~ CaS04 + 2Hp + 2NH3 [g]
Reactions of ammonia with drying agents
5. Sulphuric acid [cone.]
2NH3 + H2S04 [cone.] ~ (NHJ 2S04 [ammonium sulphate]
6. Phosphorus pentoxide
6NH3 + Pp5 + 3Hp ~ 2(NHJ3P04 [ammonium phosphate]
7. Calcium chloride
8NH3 + CaCl2 [fused] ~ CaCI2.8NH3 [addition product]
Laboratory preparation
[from metal nitrides]
8. Magnesium nitride
M~N 2 + 6Hp ~ 3Mg(OH)2 + 2NH3 [g]

!aG:9!! Arun Deep~ Sim. Chemistry X

 9. Calcium nitride
Ca3N2 + 6Hp ~ 3Ca(OH)2 + 2NH3 [g]
10. Aluminium nitride
AlN + 3Hp ~ AI(OH)3 + NH3 [g]
Manufacture of ammonia
11. Haber's process
N2 + 3H2 ~ 2NH3 + !l
[1 vol.] [3 vols.] [2 vols.]
Temperature : 450-500°C
Pressure : 200 to 900 atm
Catalyst : Finely divided iron [Fe]
Promoter : Molybdenum [Mo]
Favourable conditions :
Low temperature [temperature (high I low)]
High pressure [pressure (high I low)]
b. Chemical properties of ammonia
Combustibility
12. Burning of ammonia in oxygen
4NH3 + 302 ~ 2N 2 + 6H 20
13 . Catalytic oxidation of ammonia

4NH3 + 502 80~~c ) 4NO + 6Hp + !l

Basic na:ture
Reaction of ammonia gas with
14. Hydrochloric acid
NH 3 + HCl ~ NH 4CI
15. Nitric acid
NH 3 + HN0 3 ~ NH 4 N03
16. Sulphuric acid
2NH3 + H2S04 ~ (NH 4) 2S04
17. Water [Dissociation of aq. so ln.]
NH 3 + Hp ~ NH 40H
[Liquor Ammonia]

Aru~ Deep~ Sim. Chemistry X @:Z.Of

 [NHpH ~ NH/ + OH-]
Reaction of ammonia [aq. soln.] with
18. Hydrochloric acid
NHpH + HCl ~ NH4CI + H 10
19. Nitric acid
NHpH + HN0 3 ~ NH4N03 + Hp
20. Sulphuric acid
2NHpH + H2S04 ~ (NH 4) 1S04 + 2H10
Reaction of ammonia [aq. solo.] with metallic salt solutions
21 . Iron [II] sulphate
FeS0 4 + 2NHpH ~ (NHJ1 S04 + Fe(OH)1 .,j_
22 . Iron [III] chloride
FeCI 3 + 3NHpH ~ 3NH 4Cl + Fe(OH)3 .J_
23. Lead nitrate
Pb(N0 3) 2 + 2NHpH ~ 2NH4N03 + Pb(OH)1 .,j_
24. Zinc sulphate
ZnS04 + 2NHpH ~ (NH 4) 1 S04 + Zn(OH)1 .J_

[Zn(OH) 2 + (NH 4 ) 2 S04 + 2NH 4 0H ~ Zn(NH3) 4 S04 + 4Hp]

25. Copper sulphate
[Cu(OH) 2 + (NH 4) 2 S04 + 2NHpH ~ Cu(NH3) 4 S04 + 4Hp]
C. As a reducing agent [ammonia gas]
26. Heated copper oxide
3Cu0 + 2NH 3 ~ 3Cu + 3Hp + N1 [g]
27. Heated load oxide
3Pb0 + 2NH3 ~ 3Pb + 3Hp + N1 [g]
28 . Chloride [ammonia in excess]
2NH 3 + 3Cl 2 ~ 6HCI + N2 [g]
6NH 3 + 6HCI ~ 6NH 4CI
8NH 3 [excess] + 3Cl 2 ~ 6NH 4Cl + N 2 [g]
l'3l7t11 Arun Deep~ Sim. Chemistry X
 29. Chlorine [chlorine in excess]
NH3 + 3Cl 2 ~ 3HCI + NCI3

IQUESTIONS I
2001
1. State what do you observe when :
Neutral litmus solution is added to an alkaline solution.
Ans. The litmus solution turns to blue.
2. Name (formula is not acceptable) the gas produced in
the following reaction :
Warming ammonium sulphate with sodium hydroxide
solution.
Ans. Ammonia gas.
3. Write the equation for the preparation of NH 3 from
ammonium chloride and calcium hydroxide.
Ans. 2NH4Cl + Ca(OH)2 ~ CaCl2 + 2NH3 + 2Hp
4. What are the products formed when ammonia is oxidized
with copper oxide.
Ans. 3Cu0
Copper(ll) oxide Ammonia copper nitrogen water

1. From the following gases - ammonia, chlorine, hydrogen

chlOiide, sulphur dioxide, select the gas that turns moist
red litmus paper blue.
Write the equation for the reaction -when the gas is
passed over heated CuO.
Ans. Ammonia gas.
3Cu0 + 2NH3 ~ 3Cu + N2 + 3Hp

1. Name a gas whose solution in water is alkaline.

Arun Deep~ Sim. Chemistry X !3721

 Ans. Ammonia
2. How would you distinguish between Zn2+ and Pbl+ using
ammonium. hydroxide solution.
Ans. Zinc salt gives white gelatinous ppt. and Pb2+ gives chalky white
ppt. with ammonium hydroxide.
3. Write the equation for the formation of ammonia by the
action of water on mangesium nitride.

Ans. Mg3N 2 + 6Hp ~ 2NH3 + 3Mg (OH) 2

4. How is ammonia collected. Why is ammonia not collected
over water.
Ans. Ammonia gas is lighter than air and hence collected by the
downward displacement of air.
Ammonia is not collected over water because it is highly soluble
in water.
5. Which compound is normally used as a drying agent for
ammonia.
Ans. Quicklime(Calcium oxide CaO).

1. From the gases ammonia, hydrogen chloride, hydrogen

sulphide, sulphur dioxide - Select the following :
(i) When this gas is bubbled through copper sulphate solo.,
a deep blue coloured solution is formed.
(ii) This gas burns in oxygen with a green flame.
Ans. (i) ammonia (ii) ammonia
2. Write the equation for the reaction in the Haber's process
that forms ammonia.
Ans. N2 + 3H2 ~ 2NH 3
3. State the purpose of liquefying the ammonia produced in
the process.
Ans. By liquefying ammonia, it can be easily seperated from unreacted
N 2 and H2 gases.
4. Write an equation for the reaction of chlorine with excess
of ammonia.
1'3731 Arun DeepHim. Chemistry X
 (excess)

1. Name the ion other than ammonium ion formed when

ammonia dissolves in water.

Ans. Hydroxyl ion (NH3 + Hp ~ NH 4+ + OH-)

2. Write the equations for the following reactions which result
in the formation of ammonia.
(i) A mixture of ammonium chloride and slaked lime is heated.
(ii) Aluminium nitride and water.

Ans. (i) 2NH4Cl (s) + Ca(OH)2 ~ CaCl 2 + 2Hp (I) + 2NH3

Ammonium chloride slaked lime Calc ium Chloride Water Ammonia

(ii) AlN + 3Hp

Ammonium nitride Water Alminium Ammonia

Hydroxide

1. Select the correct compound from the list given

Ammonia, Copper oxide, Copper sulphate, Hydrogen
chloride, Hydrogen sulphide, Lead bromide - which
matches the description given below :
The compound is not a metal hydroxide, its aqueous
solution is alkaline in nature.
Ans. Ammonia.
2. From the list of substances given- Ammonium sulphate,
Lead carbonate, Chlorine, Copper nitrate, Ferrous sulphate
- State:
A compound which on heating with sodium hydroxide
produces a gas which forms dense white fumes with
hydrogen chloride.
Ans. Ammonium sulphate.
3. State what is observed when excess of ammonia is passed
Arun Deep~ Sim. Chemistry X 13741
 through an aq. solution of lead nitrate.
Ans. Chalky white insoluble ppt. is formed.
4. Name the substance used for drying ammonia.
Ans. Quick lime (CaO).
5. Write a balanced chemical equation to illustrate the
reducing nature of ammonia.
Ans. Reducing nature of ammonia.

2NH3 + 3Cu0 ~ 3Cu + 3H2 + N 2 (g)

6. With reference to Haber's process for the preparation of
ammonia, write the equation and the conditions required.
400°- 500°C,
2NH3 + 22, 400 cal.
200 - 900 atm.
Conditions for maximum yield of ammonia
(i) High Pressure (700-900 atm)
(ii) Optimum temperature (450-500°C)
(iii) Use of a catalyst : Iron (Fe) and use of a promotor :
Molybdenum (Mo)

1. Write a balanced equation for the following reaction :

Ammonium sulphate from ammonia and dilute sulphuric
acid.

Ammonia Sulphuric acid Ammonium Su lphate

2. Give equation for- reaction in which NH_, is oxidized by:

(i) a metal oxide ;
(it) a gas which is not oxygen.

Ans. (i) 2NH3 + 3Cu0 -~ 3Cu + 3H2 + N2 (g)

(ii) 8NH3 + 3Cl 2 ~ 6NH4 Cl + N2

(excess)

13751 A run D eep's Sim. Chemistry X

3. You enter a laboratory after a class has completed the
Fountain Experiment. How,will you be able to tell whether
the gas used in the experiment was hydrogen chloride or
ammonia.
Ans. If the colour of the litmus solution in the round bottomed flask is
blue, the gas used was ammonia and if the colour of the litmus
solution in the round bottomed flask is red, the gas used was
hydrogen chloride. This is because hydrogen chloride(aq) is acidic
in nature and turns purple litmus solution red and ammonia (aq) is
basic in nature and turns purple neutral litmus solution blue.

1. Ammonia can be obtained by adding water to : [Select

the correct word]
A Ammonium chloride B Ammonium nitrite
C Magnesium nitride D Magnesium nitrate
Ans. C Magnesium nitride
2. Name: An alkaline gas A which gives dense white fumes
with hydrogen chloride.
Ans. NH 3 (Ammonia)
3. Write the equation for the following reaction: Aluminium
nitride and water.

Ans. AIN
Aluminium Water Aluminium Ammonia
nitride hydroxide

4. Complete the table relating to an important industrial

processes. [Output refers to the product of the
process].

Name of process Inputs Catalyst Equation for Output

catalysed reaction
Haber Process Hydrogen-+
Ans.

Arun Deep~ Sim. Chemistry X l:S'Z6l

Name of Inputs Catalyst Equation for Output
process catalysed reaction
Haber Hydrogen+ Iron+ N 2 + 3H2 Ammonia
450- soooc
Process 200- 900atm.
Fe+Mo
2NH 3 + 22.4KCal
Nitrogen Molybdenum
(Promoter)

1. Name the gas- that burns in oxygen with a green flame.

Ans. Ammonia (NH3 )
2. Write a fully balanced equation for the following
Magnesium nitride is treated with warm water.

Ans. Mg3N 2 + 6H 20 ~ 3Mg(0Hh + 2NH3 t

3. Identity the substances 'Q' based on the information
given :
The white crystalline solid Q is soluble in water, it
liberates a pungent smelling gas when heated with
sodium hydroxide solution.
Ans. Q is Ammonium chloride and pungent smelling gas is ammonia.

1. Complete the blanks (a) to (e) in the passage given,

using the following words.
(Ammonium, reddish brown, hydroxyl, nitrogen
dioxide, ammonia, dirty green, alkaline, acidic) in the
presence of a catalyst, nitrogen and hydrogen combine
to give (a) ................. gas. When the same gas is
passed through water, it forms a solution which will
be (b) ................. in nature, and will contain the ions
(c) ................. and (d) ................. (e) ................ .

l37::ZJ Arun Deep~ Sim. Chemistry X

 coloured precipitate of iron [II] hydroxide is formed
when the above solutipn is added to iron [II] sulphate
sol u tion.sssssss
Ans. (a) Ammonia (b) Alkaline (c) Ammonium
(d) Hydroxyl (e) Dirty green
2. State your observation when - in the absence of a
catalyst ammonia gas is burnt in an atmosphere of
oxygen.
Ans. Greenish yellow flame is observed.
3. Give the equation for the reaction : ammonium chloride
is heated with sodium hydroxide.
Ans. NH 4 CI + NaOH ~ NaCI + NH 3 + H2 0
4. In the manufacture of ammonia.
(1) Name the process.
(it) State the ratio must the reactants taken ?
(iit) State the catalyst used.
(iv) Give the equation for the manufacture of the gas
ammonia.
Ans. (i) Habers process
(ii) N 2 and H 2 in the ratio (I: 3)
(iii) Finely divided iron and molybdenum promotor.
450 -soo•c
(iv) N 2 + 3H2 +-::-::-::---:::=-- 2NH3 + 22.4 K Cal
200-900 atm
Fe + Mo

5. Write a relevant equation, to show that ammonia can

act as a reducing agent

Ans. 2NH 3 + 3CI 2 ~ N 2 + 6HCI

6. Name two gases you have which can be used to study
the fountain experiment.
State the common property demonstrated by the
fountain experiment ?
Ans. Two gases which are used to study the fountain experiment
Arun Deep's Sim. Chemistry X 13.78)
 are Hydrogen chloride gas (HCI) and Ammonia (NH3 )
The common property of these two gases demonstrated by
the fountain experiment is the solubility of gases

1. State what is observed when - Ammonium hydroxide is

first added in a small quantity and then in excess to a
solution of copper sulphate.
Ans. On adding ammonium hydroxide in small amount, pale blue
precipitates will appear. On adding ammonium hydroxide in
excess, blue precipitates will dissolve forming deep blue
solution.

Blue ppt.

Cu(OH) 2 + (NH 4) 2 S0 4 + 2NHpH ~ [Cu(NH 3 ) 4]S0 4 + 4Hp

Deep Blue Solution

2. The diagram shows set up for the laboratory preparation

of a pungent alkaline gas.

Mixture
collected
Gas

Drying
agent
tt
(1) Name the gas collected in the jar.
(it) Write the balanced equation for the above preparation.
(iit) State how the gas is collected?
(iv) Name the drying agent used.
(v) State how you will find out that the jar is full of pungent
gas?
Ans. (i) Ammonia (NH 3 )
(ii) NH 4 Cl + Ca (OH) 2 ~ CaCI 2 + 2Hp + 2N~ t

1!3'791 Arun Deep~ Sim. Chemistry X

 {iii) Downward displacement of air
{iv) Quicklime (CaO)
(v) Bring a rod dipped in HCI near it. Dense white fumes of
ammonium chloride will be formed.
3. Write a balanced chemical equation- Chlorine reacts with
excess of ammonia.
Ans. 8NH3 (excess)+ 3Cl2 - -••N2 t+ 6NH4 Cl + N2
4. State your observation when - Water is added to the
product formed, when aluminium is burnt in a jar of
nitrogen gas.
Ans. Pungent smelling and alkaline gas (N}\) is evolved.
2Al + N 2 • 2AlN [Burning of aluminium]

AIN + 3Hp Al (OH)3 + ~ t [Pungent gas]

2012
1. Name the gas produced when excess ammonia reacts
with chlorine.
Ans. Nitrogen.
2. Rewrite the correct statement with the missing word/s
Magnesium nitride reacts with water to liberate
ammonia.
Ans. Magnesium nitride reacts with warm water to liberate ammonia
along with magnesium hydroxide.
3. Give balanced equation for the reaction :Ammonia and
Oxygen in the presence of a catalyst.

Ans. 4N~"':-· 502 s:O~c > 4NO + 6H20

4. The following questions are based on the preparation of
ammonia gas in the laboratory:
(1) Explain why ammonium nitrate is ... ot used in the
preparation of ammonia.
(it) Name the compound normally used as a drying .tgP.nt
during the process.
(iiz) How is ammonia gas collected ? Explain why it is not
Arun Deep's Sim. Chemistry X (:SSOJ
 collected over water.
Ans.
(i) Ammonium nitrate does not undergo a reversible sublimation
reaction, it melts and then decompses into nitrogen oxide gas
and water vapour. Thus it is not used in the preparation of
ammonia.
NH4N0 3 ~ N20 + 2Hp
(ii) Calcium oxide
(iii) Ammonia is collected in an inverted dry gas jar by downward
displacement of air.
It is highly soluble in water and hence cannot be collected by
downward displacement of water.

2013
1. State one appropriate observation for :
Excess of chlorine gas is reacted with ammonia gas.
Ans. A yellow explosive liquid (Nitrogen trichloride) is formed.
2. Nitrogen gas can be obtained by heating :
(a) Ammonium nitrate (b) Ammonium nitrite
(c) Magnesium nitric (d) Ammonium chloride
Ans. (b) Ammonium nitrite
3. State two relevant observations for :
Ammonium hydroxide solution is added to zinc nitrate
solution in minimum quantities and then in excess.
Ans. A white gelatin like precipitate of zinc hydroxide is formed
which dissolves in excess of ammonium hydroxide.
4. Give balanced equations for :
Reduction of hot Copper (II) oxide to copper:. using
ammonia gas.
Ans. 3Cu0 + 2NH3 ~ 3Cu + 3Hp + N2
Copper(JI} oxide Ammonia Copper Water Nitrogen

5. Copy and complete the following table relating to im-

portant industrial process :
rni1l Arun Deep~ Sim. Chemistry X
 Name of the process Temperature Catalyst Equation for
catalyzed reaction
Haber's process
Ans.
Name of the process Temperature. Catalyst
Equation for the
catalyzed reaction
Haber s proces 450°-soooc Fe+ Mo N2 + 3H2 ~ 2NH
6. Identify : An alkaline gas which produces dense white
fumes when reacted with HCI gas.
Ans. Ammonia gas.

1. Fill in the blank from the choices given in bracket :

Ammonia gas is collected by ___ (upward
displacement of air, a downward displacement of water, a
downward displacement of air)
Ans. Ammonia gas is collected by a downward displacement of
air.
2. Write balanced equation for: Action of warm water on
magnesium nitride.
Ans. Action of warm water on magnesium nitride.
Mg 3N 2 + 6Hp ~ 3Mg(OH)2 + 2NH3
3. Distinguish between the following pairs of compounds
using the test given within bracket :
(i) Iron(II)sulphate and iron (III) sulphate (using ammonium
hydroxide)
(iz) A lead salt and a zinc salt (using excess ammonium
hydroxide)
Ans. (i) Iron (II) sulphate and iron (III) sulphate (using NHpH)
Iron (II) sulphate (Fe 2+ ion)

FeS04 + 2NHpH ~ Fe(OH)2 ..l, + (NH4 ) 2 S04

green dirty green ppt. colourless sol.
Iron (III) Salt (Fe 3+ ion)

Arun Deep's Sim. Chemistry X IG82'I

 Fe2(S04 ) 3 + 6NHpH ~ 2Fe(OH)3 .,!.. + 3(NH4 ) 2 S04
reddish brown ppt.
(ii) A lead salt and a zinc salt (using excess NHpH)
Pb(N0)2 + 2NHpH ~ Pb(OH)2 .,!.. + 2NH4N0 3
Chalky white ppt.
Insoluble in excess ofNH4 0H
ZnS04 + 2NHpH ~ Zn(OH)2 .,!.. + (NH4) 2 S04
White gelatinous ppt.
With excess ofNHpH ppt. dissolves
Zn(OH)2 + (NH4 ) 2 S04 + 2NHpH ~ [Zn(NH3 ) 4] S04 + 4Hp
Tetra amine zinc sulphate
4. State your observation : Calcium hydroxide is heated with
ammonium chloride crystals.
Ans. Ca(OH)2 + 2NH4Cl ~ CaC1 2 + Hp + 2NH3
ammonia gas is evolved which fumes strongly in moist air.
5. Name the other ion formed when ammonia dissolves in
water. Give one test that can be used to detect the
presence of the ion produced.
Ans. (i) When Ammonia dissolves in water.
NH3 + Hp ~ NHpH
NHpH ~ NH/ + OR-
ions formed are ammonium and hydroxyl.
(ii) Test- NHpH + HCl or Cl 2 ~ NH4Cl + Hp
(White fumes)

6. State the conditions required for : Catalytic oxidation of

ammonia to nitric oxide.
Ans. Catalytic oxidation of ammonia to nitric oxide.

6Hp + 4N0t
Conditions for catalytic oxidation of ammonia to nitric oxide :
Platinum catalyst and 800°C temperature.

l383l Arun Deeps Sim. Chemistry X

 1. From the list the gases - Ammonia, ethane, hydrogen
chloride, hydrogen sulphide, ethyne
Select the gas which is used as a reducing agent in
reducing copper oxide to copper.
Ans. Hydrogen
2. State one relevant observation - Ammonia gas is burnt
in an atmosphere of excess oxygen.
Ans. Ammonia gas burns to form nitrogen gas and steamy fumes
of water.
3. A metal 'X' has valency 2 and a non-metal 'Y' has a valency 3.
If 'Y' is a diatomic gas, write an equation for the direct
combination of X and Y to from a compound.
Ans. The equation for the direct combination of X and Y to form a
compound is 3X + 2Y Heat
4. Give balanced chemical equations -
(1) Lab. preparation of ammonia using an ammonium salt.
(it) Reaction of ammonia with excess chlorine.
(iit) Reaction of ammonia with sulphuric acid.
Ans. (i) Ammonia is prepared in the laboratory by using ammonium
chloride.
CaO

Ammonium chloride Calcium chloride Ammonia gas

(ii) When ammonia reacts with excess of chlorine, it forms nitrogen
trichloride and HCI.
+ 3HCl
(Nitrogen trichloride)
(iii) Ammonia reacts with sulphuric acid to form ammonium
sulphate.
2NH3 +
(Excess) Ammonium sulphate
2016
1. Write balanced equations for:
(1) Action of warm water on AIN.
Arun Deep's Sim. Chemistry X J384J
 (iz) E.xcess of ammonia is treated with chlorine.
(iiz) An equation to illustrate the reducing nature of ammonia.
· Ans. (i) AIN + 3Hp ~ Al(OH) 3 + NH3 ·
(ii) 8~ + 3Cl2 ~ 6NH4 Cl + N 2
(iii) 3Cu0 + 2NH3 ~ 3Cu + N 2 + 3Hp
2. Name the gas evolved when the following mixtures are
heated: (z) Calcium hydroxide and Ammonium chloride.
(iz) Sodium nitrite and Ammonium chloride.
. Ans. (i) Ammonia gas (ii) Nitrogen gas
2017
1. Write the balanced chemical equation for each of the following:
(i) Reaction of ammonia with heated copper oxide.
(il) Laboratory preparation of ammonia from ammonium
chloride.
Ans. (i) 3Cu0 + 2Nf\ heat ) 3Cu + 3Hp + N2(g)
(ii) 2NH 4CI + Ca(OH 2) cao ) CaCI2 + 2Hp + 2NH3
2.· .state one relevant observation for the following reaction -
Burning of ammonia in air.
Ans. Ammonia burns with a yellowish green flame.
3. Certain blanks spaces are left in the following tables as C,
D & E. Identify each of them.
Lab preparation Reactants Products Drying Method
of used formed agent of collectio11
NH3 gas c Mg(OH)2 ~ D E

Ans. C : Reactants are Magnesium nitride(M~N 2) and water(Hp).

D : Drying agent is anhydrous calcium oxide (Quick lime).
E : NH3 gas is collected by the downward displacement of air.
4. Give a balanced chemical equation for each of the following-
( I) Catalytic oxidation of ammonia.
(il) Reaction of ammonia with nitric acid.
Ans. (i) 4NH3 + 502 catalyst ) 4NO(g) + 6Hp
(ii) NH3 + HN0 3 ~ NH4N0 3

2018
1. Write a balanced chemical equation - To prepare
138.5) A run Deeps Sim. Chemistry X
 ammonia gas in the laboratory, by using an alkali.
Ans. NH4Cl + NaOH ~ NaCl + ~0 + ~t
Ammonium Sodium hydroxide
chloride (alkali)
2. Give reason why - (1) Concentrated sulphuric acid, is
not used for drying ammonia gas.
(il) Ammonia gas is not collected over water.
Ans. (i) Concentrated sulphuric acid is not used for drying
ammonia gas because it reacts with ammonia. .
2~ + ~S04 ~ (NH4) 2 S04
(ii) Ammonia is highly soluble gas one volume of water can
dissolve 702 volumes of ammonia at 20°C and at 1
atmospheric pressure. Hence, it is not collected over water.
IADDITIONAL QUESTIONS I
1. State why nitrogenous matter produces ammonia. State a
liquid sourc.e of ammonia.
Ans. When nitrogenous matter (such as animal and vegetable protiens)
decays in the absence of air, the putrefying bacteria on the organic
matter in the soil or ammonifying bacteria in organic matter
produces ammonia.
The liquid souce of ammonia is decaying urine of animals.
2. Give the word equation and balanced molecular equation
for the laboratory preparation of ammonia from NH4CI and
calcium hydroxide.
Ans. Ammonium Chloride+ Calcium Hydroxide
~ Calcium Chloride+ Water+ Ammonia

2NH4Cl + Ca(OH)2 ~ CaC12 + 2H20 + 2~

3. Convert ammonium sulphate to ammonia using two
different alkalis.
Heat
Ans. (NH4 ) 2 SO4 + 2NaOH Na2S04 + 2H20 + 2NH3
(NH4) 2 S04 + 2Ca(OH)2 Heat CaS04 + 2H20 + 2N~

4. State why ammonia is not obtained in the laboratory from

NH4N0 3 and NaOH.
A run Deep :S Sim. Chemistry X ~
Ans. Ammonium nitrate on heating decomposes explosively with the
formation of nitrous oxide and water.
Heat
2Hp + Np
5. State the method used with reasons for drying and
collecting ammonia gas.
Ans. Calcium oxide (quick lime) is used for dxying ammonia. It is
because, calcium oxide being basic in nature does not react
chemically with ammonia.
CaO + Hp ~ Ca(OH)2
Chemicals such as CaC1 2 (anhydrous), Pp 5 and cone H2 S04
are not used for drying ammonia, because they react chemi-
cally with it as shown in the equation below :
(i) CaC1 2 + 8NH3 ~ CaC1 2 .8NH3
(ii) Pp 5 + 3Hp + 6NH3 ~ 2(NH4 )l04
(iii) H2 SO4 + 2NH3 ~ (NH4 ) 2 SO 4
Ammonia is collected by downward displacement of air.
Ammonia gas is highly soluble in water, as such it cannot be
collected over water. Further, ammonia is lighter than air. As
such ammonia is collected by downward displacement of air.
6. State how you would convert (i) Mg (ii) Ca (iii) AI - to
ammonia.
Ans. (i) Magnesium is burnt in nitrogen so as to obtain magnesium
nitride.
3Mg + N2 ~ Mg3N 2 + heat
The magnesium nitride is treated with warm water, so as to
obtain ammonia.
Mg 3N 2 + 6Hp ~ 3Mg(OH)2 + 2NH3
(ii) Calcium is burnt in nitrogen so as to obtain calcium nitride.
3Ca + N 2 ~ Ca3N 2 + heat.
The calcium nitride is treated with warm water, so as to obtain
ammoma.

13871 Arun Deep's Sim. Chemistry X

 (iii) Aluminium is burnt in nitrogen so as to obtain aluminium nitride.
2Al + N 2 ~ 2AlN + heat
Aluminium nitride is treated with warm water, so as to obtain
ammonia.
AlN + 3Hp - - 7 Al(OH) 3 + N~
7. Give a balanced equation with all conditions to obtain~
from N 1 and H 1 •
Fi nely divided (Fe + MO)
Ans. N2 + H2 450"- soo c, 200 - 900 atm . 2 N~
0 + heat.
Conditions for maximum yield of ammonia
Pressure : 200-900°C (High pressure)
Temperature: 450-500°C (Optimum temperature)
Catalyst: Finely divided iron, Fe
Promotor: Molybdenum, Mo
8. State two physical properties of NH 3 which enable
separation of~ from a mixture of NH3 , N1 and ~·
Ans. (i) Ammonia liquifies at a pressure 8 atmosphere at -33°C, but
not hydrogen and nitrogen.
(ii) Ammonia is extremely soluble in water, but not hydrogen and
nitrogen.
9. Compare the density of ammonia with that of air. Name
two gases lighter than ammonia.
Ans. The vapour density of ammonia is 8.5 and that of air is 14.4.
The two gases lighter than ammonia are (i) hydrogen (ii) helium.
10. 'Ammonia is highly soluble in water'. Name two other
gases showing similar solubility.
Ans. The other highly soluble gases in water are :
(i) Hydrogen chloride
(ii) Sulphurtrioxide.
11. Name the experiment and state its procedure to
demonstrate the high solubility of ammonia.
Ans. Highly solubility of ammonia can be shown by Fountain
Arun Deep's Sim. Chemistry X 1:3881
 Experiment.
To demonstrate the high solubility of ammonia gas in water.

Fountain Experiment

Apparatus:
1. Round bottomed flask filled with ammonia gas.
2. Mouth of the flask with a rubber stopper with two holes, one
for jet tube and other for dropper containing water.
3. Trough below contains red litmus solution.
Procedure :
1. The dropper containing water is squeezed and few drops of
water enters the flask.
2. Ammonia gas present in the flask gets dissolved in water due
to its high solubility, which creates a partial vacuum in the flask.
3. Since outside pressure is higher, so red litmus solution rush up
the jet tube and emerge as a fountain. (Ammonia gas being
basic changed red litmus blue.)
Ammonia gas is lighter than air, hence it is collected by

13891 Arun Deep~ Sim. Chemistry X

 downward displacement of air.
6. Easily liquified at low temperatures.
7. Liquid ammonia boils at- 33 .soc
8. Solid ammonia melts at-77.5°C
12. Give an equation for the burning of ammonia in oxygen.
State the observation seen.
Ans. Ammonia bums in the atmosphere of oxygen with a pale blue
flame, forming nitrogen gas and water vapour.
4NH3 + 302 burning 2N2 + 6Hp
13. Convert ammonia to nitric oxide by catalytic oxidation of
ammonia. State all conditions.
Ans. When a mixture of2 (vols.) of oxygen and l(vols.) of ammonia
is passed over platinum gauze maintained at 800°C, it reacts to
form nitric oxide and water vapour.

4NH3 + 50 2 s:.c > 4NO + 6Hp + ~

Conditions for the reaction : Ostwald's process
Temperature : 800°C
Catalyst: Platinum (Pt)
14. Draw a simple diagram for the catalytic oxidation of
ammonia in the laboratory.
Ans.

Arttn Deep's Sim. Chemistry X 13901

 15. Give reasons for the observation seen during catalytic
oxidation of ammonia.
Ans. The colourless nitric oxide formed undergoes further oxidation
to give reddish brown vapours of nitrogen oxide.
The platinum(catalyst) continues to emit a reddish glow even
after the heating is discontinued since the catalytic oxidation of
ammonia is an exothermic reaction.
16. Name an industrial process which involves ammonia,
oxygen and a catalyst as its starting reactants.
Ans. The industrial process is called Ostwald's process for preparing
nitric acid.
17. State what an aqueous solution of~ is called. State how
it is prepared giving reasons.
Ans. The aqueous solution of ammonia is chemically ammonium
hydroxide(NHpH) (Liquor Ammonia).
It is prepared by connecting the delivery tube of the apparatus
generating ammonia with an inverted funnel whose rim is just
dipping in water contained in beaker.
This arrangement provides
(i) large surface area for the absorption of ammonia and
(ii) prevents back suction
NH 3 + Hp ---7 NHpH
18. State why an aq. solo. of NH3 (i} turns red litmus blue
(h) is a weak base and a weak electrolyte.
Ans. (i) Ammonia on dissolving in water furnishes ammonium (NH/ )
ions and hydroxyl (OH-) ions.
NH 3 + Hp NH/ + OH-
The presence of OH- turns the red litmus blue.
(ii) When ammonia dissolves in water, it forms ammonium
hydroxide. The ammonium hydroxide dissociates to NH4 +ions
and OH- ions.
However, the degree of dissociation of ammonium hydroxide
molecules is very low. Thus, due to the presence of few OH-
ions it is a weak base, as well as weak electrolyte.
1'3911 Arun Deep~ Sim. Chemistry X
 19. State two different methods of preparing NH 4 CI using
hydrochloric acid. ,
Ans. (i) When ammonium hydroxide is treated with hydrochloric acid,
neutrilisation reaction takes place with formation of ammonium
chloride
NHpH + HCl (dil.) ~ NH4Cl + Hp
(ii) When ammounium carbonate is treated with hydrochloric acid,
it forms ammonium chloride, carbon dioxide and water.
(NH4 ) 2 C0 3 + 2HCl (dil.) ~ 2NH4 Cl + C02 + Hp
20. Convert (i) ammonia (ii) ammonium hydroxide to an
ammonium salt using (a) HN03 (b) H 2 S04•
Ans. (i) From ammonia
NH4 + HN0 3 ~ NH4N0 3
2NH3 + H2 SO4 ~ (NH4 )2SO 4
(ii) From ammonium hydroxide
NHpH + HN0 3 ~ NH4N0 3 + H 20
2NHpH + H2 SO4 ~ (NH4 ) 2 SO4 + 2Hp
21. State a reason why reaction of liquor ammonia with nitric
acid is a neutralization reaction.
Ans. Liquor ammonia is a saturated solution of ammonia in water.
Ammonia, NH 3 dissolves in water to give ammonium hydroxide
which dissociates partially to give NH4+ and OH- ions. Due to
presence of OH- ions, ammonium hydroxide acts as an alkali.

NH 3 (aq) + Hp (!) ~ NHpH (aq)

NHpH (aq) ~ NH/ (aq) + OH- (aq)
The reaction between an acid (nitric acid) and an alkali or base
is a neutralisation reaction.
NHpH (aq) + HN0 3 (aq) ~ NH4N0 3 (aq) + Hp (!)
Hence, the reaction between liquor ammonia and nitric acid is a
neutralisation reaction.
22. State why an aqueous solution of ammonia (NH 4 0H) is
used for identifying cations.
Ans. Because of its colour and solubility in excess NH40H.
A rzm D eep 's Sim. Chemistry X 13921
 23. State how NH4 0H is used for identify :
(i) Fe2+ (ii) Fe3 + (iii) Pb2+
(iv) Zn2+ (v) Cu2+ cations.
Give also a balanced equation in each case for a known
· example.
Ans. (i) A solution with Fe2+ ions, forms dirty green ppt. which is
insoluble in excess ofNH4 0H.
The balanced equation is as follows :

Iron(II) sulphate Dirty green

ppt.
(ii) A solution with Fe ions, forms reddish brown ppt. which is
3+

insoluble in excess ofNH40H.

The balanced equation is as follows :
FeCl3 + 3NHpH ----7 Fe(OH)3 + 3NH4Cl
lron(III) chloride Reddish brown
ppt.
(iii) A solution with Zn 2+ ions, forms gelatin white ppt. which dis-
solves in excess ofNH4 0H to form colourless solution.
The balanced equation is as follows :
ZnS04 + 2NH4 0H ----7 Zn(OH)2 + (NH4 ) 2 S04
Zinc sulphate Chalki white
ppt.

Zn(OH)2 + (NH4 ) 2 S04 + 2NHpH

--t [Zn(NH3) 4]S04 + 4H20
(iv) A solution with Pb2+ ions, forms a chalky white ppt. which is
insoluble in excess ofNHpH.
The balanced equation is as follow~ :
Pb(N0)2 + 2NHpH ----7 Pb(OH) 2 + 2NH4N0 3
Lead(II) sulphate Chalky white
ppt.
(v) A solution with Cu ions, forms a bluish white ppt which dis-
2+

solves in excess ofNH4 0H to form deep blue solution.

13931 Arun Deep~ Sim. Chemistry X

 The balanced equation is as follows :
CuS04 + 2NHpH ~ Cu(OH)2 + (NH 4 ) 2S0 4
Copper(II) sulphate Pale blue
ppt.
Cu(OH)2 + (NH4) 2S04 + 2NHpH
------; [Cu(NH3) 4]S04 + 4H20
Soluble (Deep blue sol.)
24. State why the blue ppt. formed on addition of NH40H to
CuSO 4 so ln. dissolves to give a deep blue solution with
excess of NH 40H. Give an equation for the reaction. State
why Zn(OH) 2 is soluble in excess of NH4 0H.
Ans. CuS0 4 when reacts with excess of ammonia it produces needle
shape crystals of tetraammine copper(II) sulphate complex
which possess a beautiful deep blue colour.

CuS0 4 + 2NHpH ~ (NH 4 ) 2 S04 + Cu (OH) 2 J,

Pale blue. ppt.
25. Give balanced equations for the reducing reactions of
ammonia with
(i) copper (II) oxide (ii) lead (II) oxide
(iiz) chlorine using
(a) excess NH 3 (b) excess Cl 2 •

Ans. (i) 2NH 3 + 3Cu0 ~ 3Cu + 3Hp + N 2[g]

[basic oxide]

(ii) 2NH3 + 3Pb0 ~ 3Pb + 3Hp + N 2[g]

[amphoteric oxide]

(iii) (a) Ammonia [in excess]

2NH3 + 3Cl 2 ~ 6HC1 + N2

6NH3 + 6HCI ~ 6NH 4 CI

8NH3 + 3Cl 2 ~ 6NH 4Cl + N2

[excess]

Arzm Deep's Sim. Chemistry X 139~1

 (b) NH3
[Nitrogen trichloride]

26. State five tests for ammonia where a colour change is

involved.
Ans. Tests for ammonia :
1. Ammonia turns red (or purple) litmus solution to blue.
2. Ammonia turns methyl orange solution to yellow.
3. Ammonia turns phenolphthalein (colourless) solution to pink.
4. Ammonia turns Nesseler' reagent (colourless) solution to pale
brown:
5. Ammonia (when in excess) gives a deep blue coloured solution
with CuS0 4 (aq.)
2 7. State (i) a light neutral gas (ii) an acid (iii) an explosive
(iv) a fertilizer- obtained from ammonia.
Ans. (i) Hydrogen (ii) Nitric acid
(iii) NH4N0 3 (iv)Ammonium sulphate.
28. Name an ammonium salt which is a constituent of
(a) smelling salts (b) dry cells.
Give reasons for the use of the named ammonium salt for
the same.
Ans. (a) Smelling salts :Ammonium carbonate, (NH4) 2C03 is used
as smelling salt. It is an unstable white solid decomposes to give
pungent smelling NH 3 gas.

The pungent smelling NH 3 gas revives a fainted person .

(NH4 ) 2C03 is always kept in a tightly closed container to prevent
it from decomposition.
(b) Dry cells: Ammonium chloride(NH4 CI) is used in dry cells. It
oxidises Zn to Zn 2+ ions. The electrons so produced constitute
the electric current.
29. Give one use with reason of
(z) an aqueous solution of NH3

l395l A run Deep's Sim. Chemistry X

 (it) liquefied NH3 •
Ans. (i) Use of an Aqueous solution of Ammonia (NH3) : An
aqueous solution of~ is called liquor ammonia. Being a base,
it can easily emulsify oils and fats. Therefore, it is used for
removing oil and fat stains from clothes carpets, upholstery etc.
It is also used for cleaning window panes, porcelain articles etc.
(ii) Use of Liqueified Ammonia~) : Liquid ammonia is used
as refrigerant i.e. for producing low temperature. This is due to
the following reasons :
(a) It is highly volatile.
(b) It can be easily liquefied under high pressure and low
temperature.
(c) It's latent heat of evaporation is wiry high.
30. State what are chlorofluorocarbons and give their use. Give
a reason why they are ozone depleting. State a suitable
alternative to chlorofluorocarbons which are non-ozone
depleting.
Ans~ Chlorofluorocarbons (CFC's) are compounds of carbon with
chlorine or fluorine.
CFC are chemicals which like liquefied ammonia gas are used
in refrigeration gas. They are also used as coolants in refrigeration
and A/c Plants and aerosol sprays and cleansing agents.
These CFC's deplete ozone layer and also contribute to global
varming. Thus these CFC's are harmful to life. The CFC's are
decomposed by ultraviolet rays coming from sun to produce
highly reactive chlorine atoms i.e. free Cl radicals.
Suitable alternatives to chloroflurocarbons which are not
depleting ozone are :
HCFC - Hydrochloroflurocarb ons; and HFC - 125
Hydrochloroflurocarbons; which act as a substitute for CFCs,
which are non-ozone depleting.

A run Deep ~ Sim. Chemistry X r39BJ

 IUNIT TEST PAPER 7B -AMMONIA I
Q.l. Choose the letter corresponding to the correct answer
from -A: N0 2 , B: NO, C: N2 , D: N 20.
The gas obtained when -
1. Dry ammonia and dry oxygen gas are ignited together.
2. Ammonia is passed over heated litharge.
3. A greenish yellow gas reacts with excess ammonia.
4. (a) Dry NH3 and 0 2 are passed over heated Pt.
(b) The gaseous product obtained is further oxidised.
5. Ammonium nitrite undergoes thermal decomposition.
Ans. 1. C(N 2 )
2. C(N)
3. C(N 2 )
4. (a) B(NO) (b) A(NO)
5. D(Np)
Q.2. State the colour of:
-
1. Phenolphthalein solution after passage of ammonia through
it.
Ans. Colourless phenolphthalein changes to pink colour.
2. Copper (IT) hydroxide solution after addition of ammonium
hydroxide in excess to it.
Ans. The pale blue precipitate turns into a deep blue coloured solution.
3. The flame obtained on burning dry ammonia in oxygen.
Ans. Greenish yellow flame .
4. The solution obtained on addition of excess ammonium
hydroxide to zinc sulphate solution.
Ans. White gelantinous precipitate dissolves.
5. The vapours obtained when ammonia-oxygen gas mixture
is passed over heated Pt.
Ans. The colourless NO gas first produced is further oxidises to brown
coloured N0 2•

~ A run D eep's Sim. Chemistry X

 Q.3. Give balanced equations for the following conversions -
A, B, C, D and E.

2.1NH,CI I ~- CBE::J ~ I NH,CII

lE
DLJ
(C, D and E are three different gases)

Ans. 1. NHpH + H2 S04 ~ (NH4 ) 2 S04

(NH4 ) 2 S04 + 2NaOH ~ N~S0 4 + 2Hp + 2NH3

2. NH3 + HCl ~ NH 4Cl

6NH3 + 3Cl 2 ~ NH4 Cl + N 2

(excess)
Q. 4. Give reasons for the following.
1. An aqueous solution of ammonia acts as a weak base.
2. A mixture of ammonium nitrate and slaked lime are not
used in the lab. preparation of ammonia gas.
3. Finely divided iron catalyst does-not affect the percentage
yield of ammonia in Haber's process.
4. Ammonium salts are formed when ammonia reacts with
dilute acids in the gaseous or aq. medium.
5. Aqueous solution of lead and zinc nitrate can be
distinguished using an aqueous solution of ammonia.
Ans. 1. Ammonia molecule contains a lone pair of electrons on N-
atom, which accepts a proton from water, and forms ammonium
ion and hydroxide ion, this makes ammonia solution alkaline and
thus, it acts as a base.

NH 3+ Hp ~ NH/+OH-
However, as the concentration of the hydroxyl ions that are
furnished is less, therefore aqueous solution of ammonia acts as
a weak base.
2. Because ammonium nitrate is explosive and decomposes itself.
Arun Deep's Sim. Chemistry X 13981
 3. Formation of NH3 from N 2 and H2 in haber's process is a
reversible reaction. In a reversible reaction, a catalyst does not
increase the yield of the product. It only helps in attaining the
equilibrium in a shorter time.
Fe+Mo
N 2 (g) + 3~ (g) 450-500°C, 900atm

4. Ammonia in gaseous form neutralises acids to form salts.

5. Zinc nitrate forms white gelatinous ppt. while lead nitrate forms
chalky white ppt.
Q.5. Complete the statements by selecting the correct word
from the words in brackets.
1. The salt solution which does not give an insoluble
precipitate on addition of ammonium hydroxide in small
I .
amount is ............. (Mg(N03) 2 I NaNO/Cu(N03 ) 2 ]
2. The alkaline behaviour of liquor ammonia is due to the
presence of ............. ions. (ammonium I hydronium I
hydroxyl)
3. Ammonia in the liquefied form is ....•..•..... (acidic I basic I
neutral)
4. Ammonia reduces chlorine to ............• (nitrogen I
hydrogen chloride I ammonium chloride)
5. The chemical not responsible for ozone depletion is ...•....
. [methyl chloride I ammonia I chloroflourocarbons]
Ans. 1. NaN0 3 2. Hydroxyl 3. basic
4. Ammonium chloride
S.Ammonia
Q. 6. Select the most probable substance from A, B, C, D and E
which need to be added to distinguish :
1. Ammonium sulphate and A. Cone. hydrochloric acid
ammonium chloride
2. Potassium sulphate and B. Ammonia gas
ammonium sulphate
3. LiqLo.r ammonia and C. Barium chloride
liquid ammonia

13991 Arun DeepHim. Chemistry X

 4. Ammonia and sulphur D. Phenolphthalein
dioxide gas
5. Copper (II) oxide and E. Sodium hydroxide
copper (II) chloride
Ans.
1. Ammonium sulphate and C. Barium chloride
ammonium chloride
2. Potassium sulphate and E. Sodium hydroxide
ammonium sulphate
3. Ifiquor ammonia and D. Phenolphthalein
I
liquid ammonia
I
4. Ammonia and sulphur A. Cone. hydrochloric acid
dioxide gas
5. Copper (II) oxide and B. Ammonia gas
copper (II) chloride

Arun Deep~ Sim. Chemistry X P4!JGl

I(C) Stud'l of Compounds - ~tric Nid I
1. Nitric Acid - Discovery - 1. In 8th century, chemists called
nitric acid ' aqua fortis ' meaning strong water as a result of its
corrosive action on many metals.
2. In 1658, Glauber prepared nitric acid by distilling (KN0 3} with
concentrated sulphuric acid and hence the name ' nitric acid' .
3. In 1784 - Cavendish determined the composition of nitric acid.
Occurrence : In free state- During lightning discharge, nitrogen
in the atmosphere reacts with oxygen to form nitric oxide which
is further oxidised to

N2 + 0 2 lightning,
d1scharge
2NO [nitric oxide]

2NO + 0 2 lightning ) 2N02 [nitrogen dioxide]

4. The nitrogen dioxide dissolves in atmospheric moisture in the
presence of oxygen of the air forming nitric acid in the free
state.

4N02 + 2Hp + 0 2 ~ 4HN03 (nitric acid - acid rain)

In the combined state- as its salts in minerals.
(a) Chile saltpetre (NaN03 ) (b) Bengal salt peter (KNO) or
nitre.
Preparation of Nitric ACID- Laboratory method
Nitric acid in laboratory is prepared by distilling potassium or
sodium nitrate with cone. sulphuric acid.
Reaction-
< 2oo•c
Potassium Nitrate + Sulphuric acid Potassium+ nitric
(cone.) bisulphate acid
< 2oo•c

< 2oo•c
KHS0 4 + HN0 3

l'llfM9 Arun Deep ~ Sim. Chemistry X

 . ; itric acid vapours
' Y'
-lt===:=:;'i::L Nitric ncid[liquidfonned]

Outlet for water

Laboratory preparation of nitric acid

Procedure :
A mixture of equal parts by weir-..ht of sodium nitrate or potassium
nitrate and cone. Sulphuric acid are heated in glass retort as
shown in the figure .
Observation : On heating the mixture in glass retort the volatile
nitric acid is displaced and vapours are collected in the receiver
which is cooled from outside with cold water.
Reactants :
1. Cone. H 2 SO4 is used - since it is a non volatile acid and capable
of displacing more volatile nitric acid.
2. Cone. HCI is not used-because being volatile itself not to displace
another yolatile acid.
3. Molar ratro-of mixture taken is 1 : 1.
/-
Temperature of the reaction : The temperature is maintained
less than 200°C.
< 200°C

Higher Temperature > 200°C can cause

(i) Damage to the glass apparatus.
(ii) Further decomposition of nitric acid.
(iii) Formation of hard residual crust.

Arun Deep~ Sim. Chemistry X 140'21

 Industrial Preparation of Nitric Acid : By Ostwald's
process:
1. Reactants :
The ammonia- air mixture is passed into the chamber contains
much air ratio. i.e. I : I 0. Higher ratio of air is used since.
(i) Air is used in all main three reactions. It contains oxidation of
nitric acid.
(ii) but only 2% of oxygen.
2. Catalytic chamber:
In this chamber only the catalyst (Platinum gauge) is initially
heated.
i.e. 4NH3 + 50 2 8:;c > 4NO + 6Hp + 21.5 Kcal
(i) The reaction is exothermic in nature, the heating is done initially
only.
(ii) The heat evolved maintains the further reaction.

Absorption tower
Platinum gauze
[Cawlyst]
Water

+
-..-.;;;..;:...-.:;:..:;.;:.r-,"\1 Outlet for
Air IIO
Oxidation chamber HN01
Manufacture of nitric acid - Ostwald's process

3. Oxidation chamber: The gases leaving the catalytic chamber

are passed through cooling coils before entering the oxidation
chamber.
( i) The gases leaving the catalytic chamber are mainly nitric oxide,

I'4UJJ A run Deep~ Sim. Chemistry X

 steam and residual oxygen at about 700°C.
(ii) They are made to pass through cooling coils which cools the
gases to about 50°C.
(iii) Nitric oxide oxidises to nitrogen dioxide.
so•c
4. Absorption tower: The gases leaving the oxidation chamber
enter the absorption tower which is packed with quartz in layers.
(i) Absorption tower is a steel tower filled with quartz stone and
has a water spray tickling down.
(ii) The gases N02 and residual oxygen move upward and dissolve
in water which is collected at base.

4N02 + 2Hp + 0 2 ~ 4HN03

- Quartz is an - acid resistant. It is packed in layer to slow down
the movement of gases.
5. The product - Nitric Acid : Can be further concentrated
The nitric acid collected in absorption chamber is dilute.
It is concentrated by distillation or boiling (b.p- 121 oc containing
68% HN03 )
Can further be concentrated by further distilling. i.e. upto 98%
Properties of Nitric Acid
A. Physical properties :
1. Colour - Pure acid - colourless
-Commercial acid- yellowish brown.
2. Odour- Suffocating.
3. Taste - Sour
4. Density- Heavier than water-
- pure acid - sp. gravity 1.54
- commercial acid - sp. gravity 1.42
5. Solubility- Highly soluble in water.
6. Boiling point- 86°C
7. Freezing point-- 42°C

Arun Deep~ Sim. Chemistry X IM(4:l

(A) Why nitric acid affects the skin if accidentally falls on it?
- Nitric acid is extremely corrosive in action on the skin causes
pain.
- It combines with the protein of the skin forming a yellow
compound called Xanthoproteic acid.
(B) Why distillation and boiling can not be used to concentrate
beyond certain concentration ?
- An aqueous solution of nitric acid forms a constant boiling mixture
at 121°C.
- A constant boiling mixture is one which boils without change in
composition. Hence dil. HN0 3 cannot be concentrated beyond
68% by boiling.
B. Chemical Prope1·ties :
1. Stability of nitric acid : Pure nitric acid is colourless and
unstable at ordinary temperature.
2. Action of indicators on nitric acid.
Indicator Original colour Changed colour
Moist litmus Blue Red
Methyl orenge Orange Pink
Phenolphthalein Colourless Colourless
3. Ionization of Acid : Dilute HN0 3 completely ionizes into
hydrogen ions IH+I and nitrate ions.
HN0 3 + Hp ~ Hp 1- + NOt
4. Dil. HN0 3 reacts with bases, carbonates, bicarbonates, sulphites
and sulphates.

NaOH (alkali)+ HN0 3 (dil) ~ NaN0 3 + Hp

CaC03 + 2HN03 (dil) ~ Ca(N0) 2 + Hp + C02

Ca(HN0)2 + 2HN0 3 (dil) ~ Ca(N03 ) 2 + 2Hp + 2S02

5. Oxidising Nature : Nitric acid undergoes decomposition and
yield nascent oxygen.

2HN03 (cone.) ~ Hp + 2N02 + 101

ll t>Sl Arun Deep~ Sim. Chemistry X

 A. Non-metals : Cone. nitric acid reacts with non metals liberating
nitrogen dioxide (NO)
(i) C + 4HN03 ~ C02 + 2~0 + 4N02
(ii) S + 6HN03 ~ H2 S04 + 2Hp + 6N02

(iii) P + 5HN03 ~ Hl0 4 + Hp + 5N02

B. Metals :Very dil. HN0 3 reacts with metal and liberate 1~1

(i) Mg + 2HN0 3 ~ Mg(N0 3) 2 + H2

(ii) Mn + 2HN03 ~ Mn (N0) 2 + H2

Dilute Nitric acid reacts with metals to liberate Nitric oxide

(i) 3Cu + 8HN0 3 ~ 3Cu (N0 3) 2 + 4Hp + 2NO

(ii) 3Zn + 8HN03 ~ 3Zn (N0) 2 + 4Hp + 2NO

(iii) 3Fe + 8HN03 ~ 3Fe (N0) 2 + 4~0 + 2NO

C. Cone. Nitric acid : Liberates nitrogen dioxide IN0 2 I

(i) Cu + 4HN03 ~ Cu(N03 ) 2 + 2Hp + 2N02

(ii) Zn + 4HN0 3 ~ Zn(N0 3 ) 2 + 2Hp + 2N02

(iii) Fe + 4HN03 ~ Fe(N03 ) 2 + 2Hp + 2N0 2
Aqua Regia: 1 part cone. HN0 3 + 3 parts HCl
- Mixture of Nitric acid+ Hydrochloric acid in ratio 1: 3 by volume
Gold and Pt reacts with aqua regia.
Test For Nitric Acid:
1. Action of heat- gives reddish brown fumes ofN02
4HN03 ~ 2Hp + 4N02 + 0 2
2. Brown ring test :
(i) Take aqueous solution of nitric acid or nitrate in a test tube.
(ii) Add freshly prepared solution of Ferrous sulphate.
(iii) Now add cone. sulphuric acid carefully from the sides of the
test tube. The brown ring of nitrous ferrous sulphate is formed

Arun Deep~ Sim. Chemistry X lttOBI

 at the junction of the two liquids.
Uses : (i) General uses :
(a) Etching designs on copper and brassware.
(b) Purification of gold : Impurities like Zn, Pb dissolve in it.
(c) Constituent of rocket fuel- as oxidant.
(d) Preparation of fertilizers- calcium nitrate, ammonium nitrate,
nitro chalk.
(e) Preparation of aqua regia- HN0 3 (1 part)+ HCl (3 part)
(iz) Industrial uses :
1. Explosives- Trinitrotoluene [C 7 H5 (N0 2) 3]
2. Nitrates- Potassium Nitrate (used in gun powder)
3. Dyes I drugs I perfumes- In manufacture of dyes I drugs I
perfumes
4. Synthetic fibres- Artificial silk, Nylon.
Salts of Nitric Acid - Nitrates : Nitrates are normal salts of
monobasic nitric acid . In nature occurs as Nitre (KN0 3), Chile
salt petre - (NaNOJ
Preparation of Nitrates :Generally nitrates are prepared with
the action of metals with dil. or cone. nitric acid.
A. From Metals :

Pb + 4HN03 (cone.)~ Pb(N0)2 + 2Hp + Hp

Ag + 2HN03 (cone.) ~ AgN0 3 + Hp + N02
From metallic oxides :

CaO + 2HN0 3 (dil) ~ Ca(N03 ) 2 + Hp

From metallic hydroxides :

KOH + HN0 3 (dil.) ~ KN0 3 + Hp

NaOH + HN0 3 (dil.) ~ NaN0 3 + Hp
From carbonate :

14071 Arun Deep's Sim. Chemistry X

 From metallic sulphite :
K 2S0 3 + 2HN03 -----t 2KN03 + Hp + S02
Action of heat on Nitrates :
1. Alkali metal nitrate :
2KN0 3 ~ 2KN02 + 0 2

2NaN03 ~ 2NaN02 + 0 2
2. Heavy metals.

2Ca(N03 ) 2 ~ 2Ca0 + 0 2 + 4N02

2Zn (N0)2 ~ 2Zn0 + 0 2 + 4N02

ZPb (N03 ) 2 ~ 2Pb0 + 0 2 + 4N02

2AgN0 3 ~ 2Ag + 0 2 + N02

NH4N03 ~ N 20 + H 20
IEQUATION WORKSHEET I
Nitric acid
a. Preparation of nitric acid
Laboratory preparation from nitrates
I. Potassium nitrate [nitre]
<200°C KHS0 4 + HN03
[cone.]
2. Sodium nitrate [chile saltpetre]
NaN0 3 + H2 S04 <200°C

[cone. ]

>200°C

Atmospheric nitrogen to nitric acid

3. Nitrogen to nitric oxide
lightening
discharge
2NO

4. Nitric oxide to nitrogen dioxide

A run Deep's Sim. Chemistry X 114:081
 2NO + 0 1 -+ N02
5. Nitrogen dioxide to nitric acid
4N02 + 2H10 + 0 1 -+ 4HN03
[Nitric acid to soluble nitrates]
2HN03 + CaC03 -+ Ca(N0 3) 2 + Hp + C0 2
Manufacture of nitric acid
Ostwald's process
6. Step 1 [Catalytic chamber]

4N}\ + 502 700 _~~oc 4NO + 6Hp + ~

7. Step 2 [Oxidation chamber]

8. Step 3 [Absorption tower]

4N0 2 + 2Hp + 0 2 -+ 4HN03
b. Chemical properties of nitric acid
Stability of nitric acid
9. Decomposition

Ionization of dilute nitric acid

10. Dissociation
HN0 3 + Hp ~ H3 0 1+ + N0 3 1-

[HNO HP, H 1+ + NO l-
3~ 3

H 1+ + H2o ~
~
H30 1+]
11. Base [sodium hydroxide]
NaOH + HN0 3 [dil.] -+ NaN0 3 + Hp
12. Base [magnesium hydroxide]
Mg(OH) 2 + 2HN03 -+ Mg(NOJ 2 + 2Hp
13. Carbonate [lead carbonate]

1@091 Anm Deep's Sim. Chemistry X

 PbC0 3 + 2HN03 [dil.] ~ Pb(NO:J1 + ~0 + C0 1 [g]
14. Bicarbonate [calcium bicarbonate]
Ca(HC03) 2 + 2HN03 ~ Ca(NO:J1 + 2Hp + 2C0 1 [g]
15. Sulphite [potasium sulphite]
K2 S0 3 + HN0 3 ~ 2KN03 + Hp + S01 [g]
16. Bisulphite [calcium bisulphite]
Ca(HS0 3) 2 + 2HN0 3 [dil.] ~ Ca(NO:J1 + 2Hp + 2S02 [g]
Oxidising nature
Non-metals [cone. nitric acid]
17. Carbon
C + 4HN03 [cone.] ~ C0 1 + 2Hp + 4N0 2 [g]
18. Sulphur
S + 6HN03 [cone.] ~ H2S04 + 2Hp + 6N0 2 [g]
19. Phosphorus
P + 5HN03 [cone.] ~ H 3 P0 4 + Hp + 5N0 1 [g]
Metals
i} Cold, very dilute nitric acid {<1%}
20. Magnesium
Mg + 2HN03 [dil.] ~ Mg(N0 3) 1 + H2 [g)
21. Manganese
Mn + 2HN03 ~ Mn(NO:J 2 + H2 [g]
ii} Dilute nitric acid
22. Copper
3Cu + 8HN03 ~ 3Cu(N03) 2 + 4Hp + 2NO [g]
23. Zinc

24. Iron
3Fe + 8HN03 ~ 3Fe(N03) 2 + 4Hp + 2NO [g]
iii] Cone. nitric acid {hot dil. nitric acid]
25. Copper

Arun Deep~ Sim. Chemistry X t4t61

26. Zinc
Zn + 4HN03 ~ Zn(NOJ 2 + 2Hp + 2N02 [g]
27. Iron
Fe + 6HN03 ~ Fe(N03) 2 + 3Hp + 3N02 [g]
28 . Aquar regia [1 part cone. HN0 3 + 3 parts cone. HCl]
HN0 3 [cone.] + 3HCl [cone.] ~ 2Hp + NOCI + 2[CI)
[Au + 3[CI] ~ AuCI3 [gold (III) chloride]
Pt + 4[CI] ~ PtCI4 ] [platinum (IV) chloride]
Inorganic compounds
29 . Sulphur dioxide [aq.]
3S02 + 2Hp [H,OS,J + 2HN03 ~ 3H2S04 + 2NO
30. Hydrogen sulphide
3H2 S + 2HN03 ~ 3S + 4Hp + 2NO
3 1. Iron [II] sulphate [acidified]
6FeS0 4 + 3H2S04 + 2HN03 ~ 3Fe2(S0 4) 3 + 4Hp + 2NO
c. Tests for nitric acid
32. Heat on nitric acid

4HN0 3 ~ 2Hp + 4N0 2 [g] + 0 2 [g]

[reddish brown fumes evolved]
33. Heat on copper and cone. HN0 3
Cu + 4HN0 3 ~ Cu(N03 ) 2 + 282 0 + 2N02 [g]
[dense reddish brown fumes evolved- blue solution remains]
34. Brown ring test
6FeS04 + 3H2S04 + 2HN03 ~ 3Fe2(S0 4) 3 + 4Hp + 2NO
[FeS0 4 + NO ~ FeS04.NO]
[A brown ring of nitroso ferrous ulphate is formed at the
junction of the two liquids.]

[4':1''1~1 Arun Deep's Sim. Chemistry X

 ·1
1

IQUESTIONS I
! 1. What do you see when concentrated nitric acid is added
to copper.
Ans. A pungent smelling reddish brown coloured gas (N02) is produced
and the solution turns greenish blue.

1. Name the gas produced in the reaction :

Action of concentrated nitric acid on copper.
Ans. Nitrogen dioxide.
2. Choose the correct word from the brackets to complete the
sentence. Sodium nitrate reacts with- (concentrated I dilute)
sulphuric acid to produce nitric acid. Write equation for the
same.
Ans. Sodium nitrate reacts with concentrated sulphuric acid to produce
nitric acid.
< 200°C

3. Write the equations for the following reaction : Between

copper and concentrated nitric acid.

Ans. Cu + 4HN03 (cone.) ~ Cu (N0 3) 2 + 2Hp + 2N02

4. From the formula e listed below, choose, one,
corresponding to the salt having the given description :
AgCI, CuC0 3 , CuS0 4 • 5H 2 0, KN0 3 , NaCI, NaHS0 4 ,
Pb(N03 ) 2 , ZnC03 , ZnS0 4 .7~0.
This salt gives nitrogen dioxide on heating.
Ans. Pb(N0 3 ) 2

heat 2Pb0 (g) + 4N0 2 (g) + 0 2 (g)

Arun Deep's Sim. Chemistry X t4l1:21

 1. Give equations for the action of heat on -
(i) NH4Cl (ii) NH 4N0 3 •
State whether each reaction is an example of thermal
decomposition or thermal dissociation.
(i) Dissociation (ii) decomposition
6
Ans. (i) NH4Cl <====~ NH 3 + HCl (Thermal dissociation)
(ii) NH4N0 3 6 2Hp + Np. (Thermal decomposition)
2. What compounds are required for the laboratory
preparation of nitric acid.
Ans. Potassium nitrate and cone. sulphuric acid.
3. State why pure nitric acid takes on a yellowish brown
colour when exposed to light.
Ans. In the presence of sunlight nitric acid decomposes ev ~n at room
temperature to give nitrogen dioxide, water and oxygen.

The N0 2 so produced dissolves in cone. HN0 3 • The yellow

colour of cone. nitric acid is due to N0 2 dissolved in it.
4. Write an equation for the following reaction :
Copper and concentrated nitric acid.

Ans. Cu + 4HN03 (cone.) ~ Cu (N0 3 ) 2 + 2Hp + 2N02 •

5. The first step in the manufacture of HN03 is the catalytic
oxidation of N~. Name the catalyst used.
Ans. Platinum.

1. Name a solution which gives nitrogen dioxide with copper.

Ans. Concentrated nitric acid (HNO) .
2. When nitric acid is prepared by the action of concentrated
sulphuric acid on potassium nitrate, what is the special
feature of the apparatus used.
I;4J:ifl Arun Deep 's Sim. Chemistry X
Ans. All glass apparatus is used in the laboratory preparation of nitric
acid.
3. Write the equation for the lab. preparation of HN03 from
potassium nitrate and cone. H 2 SO 4•
<200°C
Heat

4. Potassium nitrate prepared from KOH and nitric acid.

State the type of reaction involved.
Ans. Neutralization reaction.
5. State the cone. acid which will oxidise sulphur directly to
H 2S04 • Write the equation for the same.
Ans. Hot and cone. nitric acid will oxidises sulphur directly to sulphuric
acid.

1. X, Y and Z are three crystalline solids which are soluble in

water and have a common anion. To help you to identify
X, Y and Z, you are provided with the following
experimental observations. Copy and complete the
corresponding inferences in.
A reddish-brown gas is obtained when X, Y and Z are
separately warmed with concentrated sulphuric acid and
copper turnings added to the mixture. The common anion
is the ........... ion.
Ans. [NO) ] Nitrate
2. Write a balanced equation for the reaction of cone. HN03
when added to copper turnings kept in a beaker.

1. Write a balanced equation for the reaction of- sulphur

and hot concentrated nitric acid.
Arun Deep~ Sim. Chemistry X 1~141
Ans. S + 6HN03 ~ H 2S04 + 2Hp + 6N02
(Hot and cone.)

2. Dilute nitric acid is generally considered a typical acid

except for its reaction with metals. In what way is dilute
nitric acid different from other acids when it reacts with
metals.
Ans. Metals, lying above hydrogen in the electrochemical series, give
hydrogen from the acid. In case of nitric acid which is a strong
oxidising agent, hydrogen produced in the nascent state reduces
excess nitric acid and produces water and a reduction product
of nitric acid. The reduction product depends on the dilution of
the acid.
3. Write the equation for the reaction of dilute nitric acid
with copper.

Ans. 3Cu + 8HN03 ~ 3Cu(N03 ) 2 + 4Hp + 2NO

4. State why a yellow colour that appears in concentrated
nitric acid when it is left standing in an ordinary glass
bottle.
Ans. It turns yellow because cone. HN0 3 decomposes by the action
of sunlight to give brown coloured N0 2.
4HNQ3 Sunlight 4NQ2 + 2H2Q + 0 2
The brown coloured N0 2dissolves in cone. HN0 3 to give it a
yellow colour.

1. From the substances - Ammonium sulphate, Lead

carbonate, Chlorine, Copper nitrate, Ferrous sulphate -
State :
A compound which releases a reddish brown gas on
reaction with concentrated sulphuric acid and copper
turnings.
Ans. Copper Nitrate.
2. State what is observed when nitric acid is kept in a reagent
bottle for a long time.
1:4151 Arun Deep's Sim. Chemistry X
Ans. Brown vapours are seen in the reagent bottle and nitric acid
turns yellowish in colour.
3. Explain why only all-glass apparatus should be used for
the preparation of nitric acid by heating concentrated
sulphuric acid and potassium nitrate.
Ans. Nitric acid is highly corrossive and a strong oxidising agent. It
attacks rubber and wooden corks. Therefore, all glass apparatus
should be used for the preparation of nitric acid in the laboratory.

1. In the laboratory preparation of nitric acid :

Name the reactants A (a liquid) and B (a solid) used.
Ans. (A) Cone. sulphuric acid C) Potassium nitrate (Nitre)
2. Write an equation to show how nitric acid undergoes
decomposition.
Ans.
3. Write the equation for the reaction in which copper is
oxidized by concentrated nitric acid.

Ans. Cu + 4HN03 ~ Cu(N0 3 ) 2 + 2Hp + 2N02

2008
1. Identify the following substances : a dilute acid B which
does not normally give hydrogen when reacted with
metals but does give a gas when it reacts with copper.
Ans. HN0 3 (Nitric acid)
2. Copy and complete the following table relating to an
important industrial process. Output refers to the product
of the process not the intermediate steps.
Name Inputs Catalyst Equation for Output
of process catalyzed reaction
Ammonia Nitric
+ air acid
Ans.

Arun Deep's Sim. Chemist ry X I'4J6J

 Name of Inputs Catalyst Equation for Output
process catalysed reaction
Ostwald's Ammonia Platinum 4NH 3 + 50 2 Nitric acid

process +air ~4NO+

800°C

6H 20 +heat

3. What is the property of nitric acid which allows it to react

with copper ?
Ans. Nitric acid works as an oxidising agent.
4. Write the equations for the following reactions : Dilute
nitric acid and copper.
Ans.

Copper Dil.nitric acid Copper nitrate Nitrogen monoxide

1. Name the gas evolved (formula is not acceptable).

The gas produced by the action of dilute nitric acid on
copper.
Ans. Nitric oxide (NO)
2. Match each substance A to E listed below with the
appropriate description given below.
(A) Sulphur (B) Silver chloride
(C) Hydrogen chloride (D) Copper (II) sulphate
(E) Graphite.
A non-metal which reacts with concentrated nitric acid
to form its own acid as one of the product.
Ans. (A) Sulphur
3. Correct the following statements.
Copper reacts with nitric acid to produce nitrogen
dioxide.
Ans. Copper reacts with concentrated nitric acid to produce nitrogen
Arun Deep~ Sim. Chemistry X
 dioxide.

1. Select the correct answer from A, B, C D and E

(A) Nitroso Iron (II) sulphate
(B) Iron (Ill) chloride
(C) Chromium sulphate
(D) Lead (II) chloride
(E) Sodium chloride.
The compound which is responsible for the brown ring
in the brown ring test for identify the nitrate ion.
Ans. (A) Nitroso Iron (II) sulphate
2. A blue crystalline solid X on heating gave a reddish
brown gas Y, a gas which re-lights a glowing splint and
a residue is black Identify X, Y and write the equation
for the action of heat on X.

Electron Blapck Brown Gas which

affinity residue coloured rekindles
gas a glowing splinter
(X) (Y)
(i) X = Copper nitrate [Cu(N0 3 h]
Y =Nitrogen gas (N0 2)
(ii) Cu(N0 3h ~ CuO + N0 2 + 0 2

1. Choose from the list substances- Acetylence gas, aqua

fortis, coke, brass, barium chloride, bronze, platinum.
A catalyst used in the manufacture of nitric acid by
Ostwald's process.

Arun Deep's Sim. Chemistry X f41 81

Ans. Platinum
2. State your observation when copper is heated with
concentrated nitric acid in a hard glass test tube.
Ans. At once reddish brown fumes of nitrogen dioxide gas are
evolved. Gradually the copper dissolves in dilute nitric acid to
form greenish blue solution of copper (II) oxide.
Cu + 4HN03 ~ Cu (N0) 2 + 2Hp + N02 t
Reddish brown gas
3. Choose the correct answer from the choices given - The
brown ring test is used for detection of :
(A) co 2-
3 (B) N0-3
(C) S023- (D) Cl-
Ans. (B)N0- 3
4. (i) State the special feature of the apparatus used in the
laboratory preparation of nitric acid?
(ii) State why the temperature of the reaction mixture of
HN03 is not allowed to rise above 200°C.
Ans. (i) All glass apparatus is used because the vapours of nitric acid
are corrosive and destroy materials like rubber and cork.
(ii) The reaction mixture is not heated beyond 200 oc because at
higher temperature :
The nitric acid would decompose :

The residue, sodium sulphate or potassium sulphate, forms a

hard crust that sticks to the glass . Hence, its removal becomes
difficult.
5. Write a balanced equation for- Ferric hydroxide reacts
with nitric acid.
Ans. Fe (OH)3 + 3HN0 3 - - • Fe (N0)3 + 3Hp
2012

1. Name the gas produced when copper reacts with

concentrated nitric acid.
14191 Arun Deep~ Sim. Chemistry X
 Ans. Nitrogen dioxide.
2. State one observation for the following : Zinc nitrate
crystals are strongly heated.
Ans. Reddish brown gas is liberated residue is yellow when hot and
white when cold.
3. Rewrite the correct statement with the missing word/s:
Magnesium reacts with nitric acid to liberate hydrogen gas.
Ans. With very dilute nitric acid.
4. Give reasons for the following : Iron is rendered passive
with fuming nitric acid.
Ans. Iron forms coating of its oxide and nitrate which stops further
reaction.
5. Give a balanced equation for the reactions : Dilute nitric
acid and Copper carbonate.
Ans. CuC0 3 + 2HN03 ~ Cu (N0) 2 + Hp + C02

2013
1. Identify the gas evolved when
(i) Sulphur is treated with concentrated nitric acid.
(ii) A few crystals of KN03 are heated in a hard glass test tube.
Ans. (i) Nitrogen dioxide gas (ii) Oxygen gas
2. State two relevant observations for : Lead nitrate crys-
tals are heated in a hard glass test tube.
Ans. (i) Brown coloured pungent smelling gas - nitrogen dioxide
(N0 2) is produced.
(ii) Buff coloured residue of PbO is obtained in the test tube.
(iiz) Oxygen produced relits a glowing splinter.
3. Give balanced equations for : Oxidation of carbon with
concentrated nitric acid.
Ans. C + 4HN03 ~ 2H20 + 4N02 + C02
2014
1. Fill in the blank from the choices given in the bracket:
Cold, dil. nitric acid reacts with copper to form _ _
(Hydrogen, nitrogen dioxide, nitric oxide).
Arun Deeps Sim. Chemistry X 14201
Ans. Cold, dilute nitric acid reacts with copper to form nitric oxide.
2. Give balanced equations for the following:
(t) Laboratory preparation of nitric acid.
(ii) Action of heat on a mixture of copper and concentrated nitric acid.
Ans. {i) Laboratory preparation of nitric acid.

(ii) Action of heat on a mixture of copper and concentrated nitric

acid.
Cu + 4HN03 ~ Cu(N03) 2 + 2~0 + 2N02
2015
1. State one appropriate observation for - When crystals
of copper nitrate are heated in a test tube.
Ans. The greenish blue crystals of copper nitrate will change to
black residue of copper oxide and give reddish brown gas i.e. ,
nitrogen dioxide on heating.
2. Identify the acid - The acid which is prepared by cata-
lytic oxidation of ammonia.
Ans. Nitric acid
3. Explain the following :
(t) Dil. HN03 is generally considered a typical acid but not
so in its reaction with metals.
(it) When it is left standing in a glass bottle, concentrated
nitric add appears yellow.
(iit) In the laboratory preparation of nitric acid, an all glass
apparatus is used.
Ans. (z) It is because it does not liberate hydrogen gas when treated
with metals. Instead it liberates oxides of nitrogen, such as nitric
oxide, nitrogen dioxide, etc., as it is very powerful oxidising agent.
(ii) Cone. Nitric acid on exposure to sunlight, slowly decomposes
to form nitrogen dioxide gas which is reddish brown in colour.
Nitrogen dioxide gas redissolves in the nitric acid and imparts
it yellow colour.

142-11 Arun Deep s Sim. Chemistry X

 (iii) Nitric acid is a powerful oxidising agent and hence corrodes
rubber or any other stoppers to avoid corrosion, we use all
glass apparatus.
4. From the list of the following salts -
AgCI, MgC12, NaHS04, PbC03 , ZnC03 , KN03, Ca(N03) 2
State the salt which on heating, evolves a brown coloured gas.
Ans. On heating this salt, a brown-coloured gas is evolved is
Ca(N0 3 ) 2
2016
1. Write balanced chemical equation for :
Action of hot and concentrated nitric acid on copper.
Ans. Cu + 4HN03 ~ Cu(N03 ) 2 + 2Hp + 2N02 t
2. Fill in the blanks using the appropriate words given in the
bracket below : (sulphur dioxide, nitrogen dioxide, nitric
oxide, sulphuric acid)
(z) Cold, dilute nitric acid reacts with copper to give .....•...
(iz) Hot, concentrated nitric acid reacts with sulphur to form

Ans. (i) Cold, dilute, nitric acid reacts with copper to given nitric oxide.
(ii) Hot, concentrated nitric acid reacts with sulphur to form
sulphuric acid.
2017
1. Write the balanced chemical equation for- (z) Action of cold
and dilute nitric acid on copper. (iz) Action of cone. nitric acid
on sulphur. (iiz) Laboratory preparation of nitric acid.
Ans. (i) 3Cu + 8HN03 (dil.) ~ 3Cu(N03) 2 + 2NO(g) + 4Hp
(i!} S + 6HN03(conc.) ~ H2S04 + 2Hp + 6N02 (g)
below 200•c

2018
1. Name the gas that is produced : (z) When sulphur is
oxidized by concentrated nitric acid. (iz) During action of

Arun Deeps Sim. Chemistry X l:422l

 cold and dilute nitric acid on copper.
Ans. (i) Nitrogen dioxide (ii) Nitrogen monoxide
2. State the type of salt formed when -· The reactants are
heated at a suitable temperature for the preparation of
nitric acid in the laboratory.
Ans. Sodium or potassium nitrate on reaction with H2S04 can
produce nitric acid in that case sulphate salt will be prepared.
2NaN03 + H2S04 ~ 2HN03 + Na2 + N~S04
3. Giv~ a reason why - For the preparation of nitric acid in
the laboratory, the complete apparatus is made up of glass.
Ans. All glass apparatus is used because nitric acid vapours are
corrosive and may attack rubber, cork or metal but they did
not react with glass.

IADDITIONAL QUESTIONS I
1. State how atmospheric nitrogen converts itselfto nitric acid.
Ans .. (i) During lightning discharge, nitrogen in the atmosphere reacts
with oxygen to form nitric oxide and further to nitrogen dioxide.
(ii) The nitrogen dioxide dissolves in atmospheric moisture forming
nitric acid.
N 0 li.g htning) 2NO
2 + 2 dtscharge

2NO + 0 2 ~ 2N02
4N0 2 + 2Hp + 0 2 ~ 4HN03 (acid rain)
2. Give a word equation and balanced molecular equation
for the laboratory preparation of nitric acid from (i) KN03
(ii) NaN03 •
<20<l'C
Ans. (i) Potassium Nitrate+ Sulphuric acid (cone.)--~
Potassium bisulphate +Nitric_acid
< 200°C
KN03 + ~S04 (cone.) KHS04 + HN0 3
(ii) SodiumNitrate+Sulphuricacid(conc.) ~ SodiumBisulphate
+Nitric acid
NaN0 3 + ~S04 (cone.) ~ NaHS04 + HN0 3
3. In the laboratory preparation of nitric acid from- KN03
or NaN03 State
(1) the acid used
t423-l Arun Deeps Sim. Chemistry X
 (ii) the type of apparatus used
(iiz) the precautions to be taken during the preparation
(iv) the method of collection of the acid
(v) the method of identification of the product i.e. acid formed.
Ans. (i) Cone. sulphuric acid
(ii) Glass retort
(iii) Precautions are :
(a) Use all glass apparatus with no wooden or rubber cork.
(b) Control the temperature carefully at nearly 200 °C.
(iv) Concentrated nitric acid vapours- condense and are collected
in the water-cooled receiver.
(v) The vapours obtained in the receiver on heating alone or with
copper turnings evolve- reddish brown fumes of nitrogen dioxide
which turns acidified ferrous sulphate solution brown- proving
that the vapours are of nitric acid.
4. Give reasons for the following - pertaining to the above
laboratory preparation of nitric acid
(i) concentrated hydrochloric acid is not used as a reactant
in the laboratory preparation.
Ans. Cone. HCl is not used as a reactant in the laboratory preparation
of nitric acid. It is due to the following reasons:
(a) HCl is a volatile acid.
(b) HN0 3, if formed, will oxidise HCl to Cl 2• In the process,
HN0 3 will get reduced to NO or N0 2 • This very little yield, if
any, ofHN0 3 will be obtained and that too will be contaminated
with HCI.
(il) the complete appa~atus in the laboratory preparation does
not contain parts made of rubber or cork.
Ans. The complete apparatus is made of glass only - since the
vapours of nitric acid being highly corrosive and attack
rubber, cork, etc.
(iit) the reaction temperature is maintained below 200°C
Ans. The reaction temperature is maintained below 200°C. This is
because at higher temperatures, HN0 3 decomposes to give
Arun Deep's Sim. Chemistry X f424f
 N0 2• The brown coloured N0 2 dissolves in HN0 3 to give it a
yellow colour. Thus, if the temperature is allowed to go beyond
200°C, the product (HN0 3 ) obtained is not pure (colourless).
(iv) at high temperatures the sodium sulphate or potassium
sulphate formed, forms a crust and sticks to the glass
apparatus.
Ans. Formation of a hard residual crust of the corresponding sulphate
[Na2S04 or K 2 S04 ] which being a -poor conductor of heat,
sticks to the glass and cannot be easily removed from the
apparatus.
5. State the colour of (1) pure nitric acid (it) nitric acid obtained
in the laboratory (iil) nitric acid obtained in the laboratory
after passage of air or addition of water to it.
Ans. (i) Pure nitric acid is colourless.
(ii) Nitric acid obtained in laboratory is pale yellow in colour.
(iii) The pale yellow colour of nitric acid disappears and hence it
becomes colourless.
6. State which reaction of ammonia forms the first step of
Ostwald's process.
Ans. The first step of Ostwald's process involves catalytic oxidation
of ammonia to nitric oxide and water (steam).

4NH3 + S02 700 _;oo"c 4NO + 6Hp + 21.5 k Cal

7. Convert ammonia to nitric acid by the above process giving
all conditions.
Ans. Step I

4NH3 + S02 700 _:o"c 4NO + 6Hp + 21.5 k Cal

Step II
2NO + 0 2 so•c

Step III
4N0 2 + 2Hp ~ 4HN03
8. State how-
(1) a higher ratio of the reactant air

l:42Sl A run Deep~ Sim. Chemistry X

 (it) exothermicity of the catalytic reaction
(iit) use of low temp. in the conversion of NO to N0 2 - affects
each related step in Ostwald's process.
Ans. (i) Excess of air carries the reactions in forward direction as
oxygen is needed in all the three reactions, leading to the
formation of nitric acid.
(ii) The exothermicity of catalytic reaction helps in stopping external
heating, thereby saving on energy.
(iii) Low .temperature (less than 50°C)
9. State why nitric acid (i) stains the skin (ii) cannot be
concentrated beyond 68% by boiling.
Ans. (i) Nitric acid combines with protein of the skin forming a yellow
compound Xanthoproteic acid, stains skin yellow.
(ii) It is because at 68% concentration it forms a constant boiling
mixture, i.e., if heated beyond this concentration then proportion
of water vapour and nitric acid vapour, leaving the dilute acid
does not change. Thus, it cannot be concentrated by boiling.
10. State two conditions which affect the decomposition of
nitric acid.
Ans. The conditions which affect the decomposition of nitric acid are:
(i) Presence of sunlight
(ii) Higher temperature.
11. State the change in colour of pure concentrated nitric acid
on initial and prolonged decomposition.
Ans. Yellowish brown colour is changed to dark yellowish brown colour
on prolonged decomposition.
12. State the cation responsible for turning moist neutral
litmus red on reaction with dil. HN03 •
Ans. Hydrogen jH+I ions and Nitrate ions.
13. State why nitric acid is a strong oxidising agent and yields
varying products such as NO, N0 2 on reaction with metals,
non-metals etc.
Ans. The oxidising property of nitric acid is based on the fact that
when nitric acid undergoes decomposition, it yields nascent
A run Deep~ Sim. Chemistry X 14261
 oxygen, which is very reactive.

2HN03 (cone.) ~ Hp + 2N02 + [0]

2HN03 (dil.) ~ ~0 + 2NO + 3[0]

This nascent oxygen oxidises metals, non-metals, organic and
inorganic compounds. During the process, nitric acid itself gets
reduced to various products (NO, N0 2 , N 2 0, NH3 , etc.)
depending upon the concentration of the acid, reaction
temperature and activity of the metal with which it is reacting.
14. Give an equation for reaction of cone. HN03 with
(z) carbon (il) copper.

Ans. (i) C + 4HN03 ~ C02 + 2~0 + 4N02

(ii) 3Cu + 8HN03 ~ 3Cu (N0 3) 2 + 4~0 + 2NO

15. Convert nitric acid to sulphuric acid using a non-metal.

Ans. s + 6HN03 ~ ~S04 + 2Hp + 6N02

16. State how you would obtain (z) hydrogen (iz) nitric oxide
(iii) nascent chlorine - from nitric acid. State the
concentration of nitric acid used in each case.
Ans. (i) Hydrogen from nitric acid :Cold, very dilute (1 %) nitric
acid reacts with metals like Mg and Mn to give H2 •
Mg + 2HN03 -----+ Mg (N03) 2 + H2
(I% dil. acid)
(ii) Nitric oxide from nitric acid : Dilute nitric acid reacts with
metals like Cu, Ag to give nitric oxide (NO).

3Cu + 8HN03 ~ 3Cu (N0)2 + 4H2 + 2NO

(dil. and cold)
(iii) Nascent chlorine from nitric oxide : A mixture of cone. nitric
acid (I part) and cone. hydrochloric acid (ill parts) (by volume)
reacts with noble metals like gold and platinum. In this reaction,
nascent chlorine is formed as an intermediate.

HN0 3 (cone.) + 3HC1 (conc .) ~ 2~0 + NOCl + 2IC11

17. State why hydrogen is liberated when zinc reacts with dil.

1:42-71 Arun Deep~ Sim. Chemistry X

 HCI but not with dil. HN03 •
Ans. Zinc displace hydrogen from dil. HCl.

Zn + 2HCl(dil.) ~znCI 2 + H2
However, when zinc reacts with dil HN0 3, no hydrogen is
obtained. This is because nitric acid is a strong oxidising agent.
Nitric acid oxidises the hydrogen produced to water and hence
no hydrogen is liberated.
18. State a reason for the inactivity of iron and aluminium on
reaction with fuming HN03 •
Ans. Pure or fuming nitric acid renders metals like iron (Fe) and At-
passive i.e., inactive. This is due to the formation of a thin oxide
coating on the surface of the metal which prevents further action.
19. State your observation when (z) nitric acid is added to saw
dust (iz) cone. nitric acid is heated (a) in absence of copper
(b) in presence of copper.
Ans. (i) Nitric acid being a strong oxidising agent decomposes to give
nascent oxygen, which being very reactive, oxidises organic
compounds to carbon dioxide and water. Saw dust is organic in
nature. When hot cone. HN0 3 is poured over saw dust, it burst
into flames due to oxidation.
(ii) (a) When cone. HN0 3 is heated, it decomposes to give brown
coloured pungent smelling gas nitrogen dioxide (N0 2 ) .
4HNO/conc.) heat 2Hp + 4N02 + 0 2
(b) When cone. HNO, is heated in the presence of copper, brown
0

coloured, pungent smelling N02 is formed alongwith blue coloured

copper nitrate.
Cu + 4HNO/conc.) ---7 Cu(N0 3 ) 2 + 2Hp + 2N02
20. State how addition of nitric acid to acidified FeS04 serves
as a test for the former.
Ans. Nitric acid oxidises iron(II) sulphate to iron (Ill) sulphate with
the liberation of nitric oxide gas.
6FeS04 +3H2 S04 + 2HN03 (dil.)
~ 3Fe2(S0 4) 3 + 4Hp +2NO

Arun Deep~ Sim. Chemistry X 14281

 The nitric oxide so formed reacts wtih more of iron(II) sulphate
to form nitrosoferrous sulppate, which appears in the form of
brown ring at the junction o(ljquids.

FeS04 +NO -------)- FeS04 .NO

21. Name three chemical products manufactured from nitric
acid. Give two general uses of HN03 •
Ans. Three chemical products manufactured from nitric acid.
(i) Explosives (T.N.T., picric acid, nitrocellulose etc.)
(ii) Fertilizers (Ammonium nitrate, calcium ammonium nitrate or
C.A.N.)
(iii) Dyes (Picric acid and other nitro dyes)
Two general uses of nitric acid
(i) For refinning of noble metals like gold, platinum etc.
(ii) For etching on stainless steel.

IUNIT TEST PAPER 7C- NITRIC A CID i

Q.l. Select the letters A, B, C, D orE, which form the gaseous
products of the reactions from 1 to 5.
A : Nitrogen dioxide only
B : Nitric oxide only
C: Hydrogen
D : Nitrogen dioxide and oxygen
E : Nitrogen dioxide and carbon dioxide.
1. Reaction of manganese with cold very dil. nitric acid.
2. Reaction of sulphur with cone. nitric acid.
3. Reaction of zinc with dil. nitric acid.
4. Reaction of carbon with cone. nitric acid.
5. Heat on nitric acid.
Ans. 1. (C) Hydrogen
2. (A) Nitrogen dioxide only
3. (B) Nitric oxide only
4. (E) Nitrogen dioxide and carbon dioxide.
l429l Arun Deep~ Sim. Chemistry X
 5. (D) Nitrogen dioxide and oxygen
Q.2. Select the correct word from the list in bracket to complete
each statement.
1. The oxidised product obtained on reaction of~S gas with
dil. HN03 is .......... (sulphur dioxide I sulphur I sulphuric
acid).
Ans. sulphur
2. Aqua regia is a mixture of one part of ............ and three
parts of ........... (cone. hydrochloric acid/cone. nitric acid)
in which nitric acid ......... (reduces/oxidises) hydrochloric
acid to chlorine.
Ans. cone. nitric acid, cone. hydrochloric acid, oxidises
3. Pure cone. nitric acid or fuming nitric acid renders the
metal ........... (zinc/copper/iron) passive or inactive.
Ans. Iron
4. A mineral acid obtained from cone. nitric acid on reaction
. with a non-metal is .......... (hydrochloric acid I sulphuric
acid I carbonic acid).
Ans. sulphuric acid
5. The reaction of .......... (calcium carbonate I calcium oxide/
calcium sulphite) with dilute nitric acid is an example of a
neutralization reaction.
Ans. calcium oxide.
3. Give balanced equations for the following conversions A
to E.
1. Copper ~ Copper nitrate ~ Copper oxide ~ Copper

2. Sulphur ~ Sulphuric acid ~ Sulphur dioxide

(using an acid)
Ans. 1. A : Cu + 4HN03 ~ Cu (N0 3) 2 + 2Hp + 2NO
B : 2Cu (N0 3) 2 heat 2Cu0 + 0 2 + 4N02

C : CuO + C heat Cu + CO
;
2. D : S + 6HN03 ~ ~SO~ + 2~0 + 6N02
Arun Deep's Sim. Chemistry X 14301
 E: 3S0 2 + 2Hp + 2HN0 3 ~ 3H2 S04 + 2NO
Q.4. Name the oxidised product when the following 1 to 5 react
with nitric acid
1. Sulphur (with cone. acid)
2. Zinc (with dil. acid)
3. Aqueous solo. of S02 (with dil. acid)
4. Acidified iron (II) sulphate (with dil. acid)
5. Carbon (with cone. acid)
Ans. 1. H2 SO 4 2. Zn(N03 ) 2
4. Fe 2(S0 4 ) 3 5. C02
Q.5. Give reasons for the following :
1. Nitric acid is not manufactured from atmospheric nitrogen.
Ans. Direct conversion of atmospheric N 2 into HN0 3 is highly energy
intensive process and hence very expensive.
2. Nitric acid affects the skin if it accidently falls on it, staining
the skin yellow.
Ans. Nitric acid has an extremely corrosive action on the skin- and
causes painful blisters.
It combines with the protein of the skin forming a yellow
compound xanthoproteic acid and hence stains the skin yellow.
3. The yellow colour of nitric acid obtained in the laboratory
is removed by bubbling air through it.
Ans. Yellow colour of the nitric acid is due to dissolved N0 2 • On
bubbling air through it the N0 2 is oxidised to HN0 3 and the
yellow colour of the acid disappears.
4. Nitric acid finds application in the purification of gold.
Ans. Nitric acid is used for purification of gold because it can dissolve
away all impuritiesofbaser metals (Ag, Cu, etc.), leaving behing
pure gold.
5. Nitric acid is a stronger oxidising agent in the cone. state
of the acid than in the dilute stat\:.
Ans. Cone. HN0 3 is a stronger oxidising agent than dil HN0 3 . It is
due to the ease with which cone. HN0 3 decomposes to give

14311 Arun Deep's Sim. Chemistry X

 nascent oxygen, which acts as a powerful oxidising agent.
6. Answer the following questions pertaining to the brown
ring test for nitric acid :
1. Name the chemical constituent of
the brown ring 'Y'. 'X'

Ans. FeS0 4 .NO 'Y'

2. Which of the two solutions - iron (II)
sulphate or cone. sulphuric acid, 'Z'

do 'X' and 'Z' represent.

Brown Ring Test
Ans. X-FeS04 Z-H 2 S0 4
,J,
I
State why the unstable brown ring decomposes completely
1 on disturbing.
A~s. When test tube is disturbed, cone. H2 S04 mixes with water (in
Fe2 S04 solution). Dilution of cone. H2 S04 with water is an
exothermic process. The heat so produced assists in the
decomposition of unstable brown ring.
4. Give a reason why the brown ring does not settle down at
the bottom of the test tube.
Ans. Cone. H2 S04 (density 1.98) is twice as heavy as water (density
: I). As such cone. ~SO4 settles down and iron(II) sulphate
layer remains alone it resulting in the formation of brown ring at
the junction.
5. Name the gas evolved when acidified iron (II) sulphate
reacts with dilute nitric acid in the brown ring test.
Ans. Nitric oxide (NO)
S_O_M_E_T_'H_JN_G_M_O_fl.E_T<_O_D_o_,l
r-1

1. Perform ring test in the laboratory in the presence of your

teacher.
Ans. Brown ring test : Procedure - Take a solution of - a nitrate or
dilute nitric acid in a test tube.
Add to it- a freshly prepared saturated solution of iron [II] sulphate.
Add - cone. sulphuric acid carefully from the sides of the test tube.

Arun Deep's Sim. Chemistry X f.<t::JZI

 [reaction of cone. ~S04 with
Hp is highly exothermic and
the acid may spurt out.]
PeSO, solution
Cool - the test tube thoroughly from
outside under a tap.
Keep the test tube aside - in a test-tube
stand for a short time.
Brown Ring Test
Observation :
A brown ring appears at the junction of the two liquids.
2. Observe action of cone. HN03 on saw dust.
Ans. Nitric acid being a strong oxidising agent decomposes to give
-nascent oxygen which oxidises organic compounds to- carbon
dioxide and water.

l)l33] Arun Deep~ Sim. Chemistry X

 (C})) Stuar of Compounds - Sulphuric acid

Discovery

Sulphuric acid was initially called 'oil of vitriol'.

It was initially prepared by - distilling green vitriol [FeSO4 •7~ 0]
and hence the name- 'oil of vitriol'.

2FeS04 .7Hp ~ Fep3 + S02 + S03 + l4Hp

Later it was obtained by heating metallic sulphates in absence
of air.

Occurrence

H2 SO4 occurs in free state as well as combined state.

I. In free state it occurs in minute traces in hot springs.
2. It is formed near sulphide beds.
3. In combined state in minerals such as metallic sulphates.

Preparation of sulphuric acid

I. By action of heat on sulphur and nitric acid.

S + 6HN03 (cone.) ~ 6N0 2 + 2Hp + H2 S04

2. By dissolution of S03 in water :

S03 + Hp ~ H2 S04

Manufacture of sulphuric Acid - Contact Process

I. Sulphur dioxide is obtained by burning sulphur or iron pyrites.
2. When sulphur is burnt in air, it bums with blue flame forming so2.

Arun Deep~ Sim. Chemistry X l43flil

 Manufacture of sulphuric acid - Contact Process

3. By roasting (F eS 2 ) in excess of air.

4FeS 2 + 1102 Roasting 2Fep 3 + 8S0 2(g)
Purification unit
The mixture ofS0 2 and 0 2 are passed through purification tower.
The impurities present- dust particles and arsenious oxide.
The dust particles are removed in dusting and serubing tower
and arsenious oxide in the arsenic purifier.
Contact Tower
The gaseous mixture of sulphur dioxide and oxygen for catalytic
oxidation of sulphur dioxide contains excess of oxygen.

2 S0 2 + 0 2 Pt (450- 500"C) l-2 atm . 2S03 + 45 k cal

Conditions
1. Catalyst: Vanadium pentoxide (Vp) is preferred to platinized
asbestos as a catalyst because it is cheaper and less poisonous.
It is mixed with promotor usually potassium oxide.
2. Temperature : is around 450° - 500°C.
The catalytic oxidation of S02 to S03 is an exothermic reaction.
V20s
2 S0 2 + 0 2 Pt (450 -· 500"C) 1-2 atm. 2S03 + 45 k cal

!435.! A run Deep~ Sim. Chemistry X

-------------------------===~------
 The conversion of S02 into S03 is about 98%.
3. Pressure: An optimum pressure of about 1-2 atmospheres is
used. High pressure is preferred to have high yield but may
cause damage, therefore an optimum pressure 1-2 atmospheres
is used.
4. Absorption Tower : Absorption of trioxide in 98% sulphuric
acid to give oleum (~Sp 7 ).

S03 + H2 SO4 ~ 2H2 SO4

(a) so3 is an anhydride of sulphuric acid, it is not directly absorbed
in water to give sulphuric acid.
The reaction is highly exothermic,1produces dense fog ofH2 SO4
particles which do not condense eas~ly.
(b) Hence S0 3 is favoured to dissolve in cone. ~SO 4 to give oleum
- which on dilution with requisite amount of soft water to give
sulphuric acid.

IProperties ofSulphuric Acid I

Physical properties
1. It is colourless, odourless and slight sour taste.
2. Nature- Dense, oily, hygroscopic liquid, absorbs moisture from
air.
3. Cone. acid is highly corrosive and chars skin black.
4. Heavier than water (sp. gr. 1.85)
5. Soluble in water in all proportions.
6. Boiling point- 338°C
7. Freezes to colourless crystals having m.p. 10.4 °C.
8. Conductivity: Pure acid : non-conductor
Dilute acid -Good conductor.
Dilution of concentrated acid- To dilute cone. H2S04 water
is not added. But acid is added to water in a controlled matter.
If water is added to the acid, there is sudden increase in
temperature and the acid being in bulk tends to spurt with serious
consequences.

Arun Deep~ Sim. Chemistry X

 Distillation or boiling cannot be used beyond a certain
concentration.
Chemical Properties
1. Acidic Nature :Dilute sulphuric acid turns blue litmus red due
to presence of hydronium ions.
2. Reaction with active metals :

Zn + H2 S04 (dil) ~ ZnS04 + H2

Fe+ H2 S04 (dil) ~ Fe S04 + H2

3. Reaction with metallic oxide :

Nap + H2 S04 ~ Na2 S04 + Hp

CuO + H2 S04 ~ CuS04 + Hp
4. Reaction with metallic hydroxides :

2NaOH + H2 S04 ~ Na2 S04 + 2Hp

Zn(OH) 2 + H2 S04 ~ ZnS0 4 + 2Hp

5. With carbonates:

Na2C03 + H2 S03 ~ Na2 S04 + Hp + C02

CuC03 + H2 S04 ~ CuS04 + Hp + C02

6. With bicarbonates:

2KHC0 3 + H2 S04 ~ K2 S04 + 2Hp + 2C02

7. With sulphite :

Na2 S03 + ~S0 4 ~ Na2 S04 + ~o + S02

Sulphuric acid is a dibasic acid : Because it dissociates in
aqueous solution giving 2H + ions per molecule.
Sulphuric acid is non-volatile Acid
- Cone. H2 SO4 in comparison to HN0 3 and HCl is a less volatile
or non volatile acid with a high boiling point.
- On heating with salts of more volatile acids, cone. H2 S04
displaces the volatile acids from their salts.
l1t3fll A run Deep's Sim. Chemistry X
 <200°C
NaHS0 4 + HCl
< 200°C
NaHS0 4 + HN0 3 (vap.)
Sulphuric acid as an oxidising agent - oxidation reaction
involves addition of oxygen or removal of hydrogen.
- On thermal decomposition it yields nascent oxygen 101 which
helps in oxidation.
Non-metals-

1. C + 2H2 S04 (cone.) ~ C02 + 2Hp + 2S02

2. S + 2H2 S04 (cone.) ~ 3S0 2 + 2Hp

Metals-

1. Cu + 2H2 S04 (cone.) -~ CuS0 4 + 2Hp + S02

2. Zn + 2H2 S04 (cone.) ~ ZnS0 4 + 2Hp + S02

Inorganic compounds -

1. 2HI + H2 S04 (cone.) ~ 12 (Iodine)+ 2Hp + S0 2

2. H2 S + H2 S04 (cone.) ~ S (sulphur)+ 2Hp + S02

Sulphuric acid as dehydrating agent -
It has strong affinity for water- removes elements of water and
accounts as dehydrating agent.
1. Glucose (carbohydrates) :

C6H 1p 6 + H2S04 ~ 6C + 6Hp

2. Organic compounds :
HCOOH + H2 S04 ---+ CO+ Hp
(cone.)
Hydrated salts :
H,so.
CuS04 • 5Hp cone.
CuS04 + 5Hp
blue-hydrous anhydrous
Tests for Sulphuric ACID : Turns acidified K2Crp 7 solution
from orange to green.

Arun Deep's Sim. Chemistry X l'43l:ff

 Test for cone. sulphuric acid :
Test for dil. sulphuric acid : Add dil. sulphuric acid to Barium
chloride solution. A white precipitate (insoluble) is formed.

H 2S04 (dil) + BaC1 2 ~ 2HC1 + BaS04 .,!..

Chemical test to distinguish between :

(a) dilute sulphuric acid and dilute hydrochloric acid.
(b) dilute sulphuric acid and cone. sulphuric acid.
(a) Bring a glass rod dipped in Ammonia solution near the mouth of
each test tubes containing dil. HCI and dil. H2S04 each.
dil. HCl dil. H 2 SO4
white fumes No such
of ammonium chloride fumes
(b) ( 1) Dilute sulphuric acid treated with zinc gives hydrogen gas
which burns with pop noise.
Cone. H 2S04 gives S02 gas with zinc and the gas turns acidified
potassium dichromate paper green.
(2) Barium chloride sol. gives white ppt. with dil. H 2 S04 • This
white ppt. is insoluble in all acids.
Cone. H 2 S04 and NaCI mixture when heated gives white fumes
(dense) if glass rod dipped in Ammonia sol. is brought near it.
Uses of Sulphuric Acid- General uses :
Some uses of sulphuric acid are
(a) It is used as laboratory reagent.
(b) In the manufacture of EXPLOSIVES, METALLURGY.
(c) In STORAGE BATTERIES.
(d) In Dyes and DRUGS.
(e) In the REFINING PETROLEUM.
(t) In FERTILIZERS.
(g) To prepare other acids.
Hydrogen Sulphide (~S)
Preparation- Hydrogen sulphide is obtained in the laboratory
by action of dil H 2S04 on Iron (II) sulphide (FeS).

(439( Arun Deep's Sim. Chemistry X

 FeS + H2S04 (dil) ~ FeS04 + ~S

Formula of Hydrogen Sulphide

V.D. of H2 S = 17
Mol. wt= 2 x V.D. = 34
Physical properties of Hydrogen Sulphide :
1. Colourless, smell like rotten egg.
2. It is poisonous in nature.
3. It is 1.2 times heavier than air.
4. It is fairly soluble in water.
Chemical Properties of Hydrogen Sulphide :
Complete combustion to form S02
2H2 S + 302 ~ 2~0 + 2S02
Converts to sulphur
2H2 S + 0 2 ~2H 2 +S
Reducing nature
H2 S + Cl2 ~ 2HCI + S
2H2 S + S02 ~ 3S + 2Hp
Form sulphides
CuS04 + H2 S ~ CuS ..!, + H2S04
Ag N0 3 + H 2 S ~ Ag2 S + 2HN03
Black of Sulphides- FeS, Pbs, Cus, AgS, NiS
White-ZnS
Yellow - SnS 2 , Cds
Orange - SbS
Medium of precipitation of sulphides- acidic
Pb, Cu, Hg, Ag, Sn, Cd, As, Sb
Medium of precipitation of sulphides- alkaline
Fe, Zn, Co, Mn, Ni
Uses of Hydrogen sulphide -
1. Detection of basic radicals. (ppt coloured sulphides)
2. Preparation of metallic sulphides.
Arun Deep ~ Sim. Chemistry X 1!4401
 I EQUATION WORKSHEET I
Sulphuric acid
a. Manufacture - Contact process
l. Step 1 [sulphur or pyrite burner]
S + 02 ---)- S02 ; 4FeS2 + 1102 ---)- 2Fep3 + 8S02
2. Step 2 [contact chamber]

3. Step 3 [ absorption tower]

S03 + H2S04 ---)- H 2 S2 0 7 ; H 2S20 7 + Hp ---)- 2H2S04
b. Chemical properties of sulphuric acid
As an acid [dilute)
4. Forms hydronium ions in aq. soln.
H2S04 + 2Hp ---)- 2830 + + SO/-
Reaction with
5. Active metal [zinc]
Zn + H2SO4 [ dil.] ---)- ZnSO 4 + H 2 [g]
6. Base [Sodium oxide]
Nap+ H2S04 ---)- Na 2S04 + H20
7. Base [Sodium hydroxide]
2NaOH + H2S04 [dil.] ---)- Na 2S04 + 2Hp
8. Carbonate [Potassium carbonate]
K2C0 3 + H2S04 [dil.] ---)- K 2S04 + Hp + C02 [g]
9. Sulphite [Sodium sulphite]
Na2S03 + H2S04 [dil.] ---)- Na 2S04 + up+ S02 [g]
10. Bisulphite [Sodium bisulphite]
2NaHS0 3 + H2S04 ---)- Na 2 S04 + 2Hp + 2S0 2 [g]

~r1B A run Deep's Sim. Chemistry X

 11. Sulphide [Iron [II] sulphide]
FeS + H2S04 [dil.] --+ FeS04 + H 2S
As a dibasic acid
12. Basicity is two
H 2S04 [aq.] ~ 2H+ + S0/-
13. Dissociates in two steps
H 2 S04 ~ u+ + uso4-
HSO4- --">. u+ + SO 2-
~ 4

14. Forms two types of salts - acid salt - normal salt

NaOH + H2 S04 --+ NaHS03 + Hp
[insufficient] [acid salt]

[excess] [normal salt]

As a non-volatile acid [cone.)

Displaces volatile acid from salt
15. Sodium chloride
<2oo·c NaHS04 + HCI
[cone.] Hydrochloric acid
16. Sodium nitrate
<2oo·c NaHS04 + HN03 [vap.]
[cone.] Nitric acid

As an oxidising agent [cone. acid]

Oxidation of
17. Carbon
C + 2H2S04 --+ C02 + 2Hp + 2S02
[cone.] Carbon dioxide

18. Sulphur
S + 2H 2S04 --+ 3S02 + 2Hp
[cone.] Sulphur dioxide

Arun Deep's Sim. Chemistry X

19. Phosphorus
2P + 5H2S04 ~ 2~P0 4 + 2Hp + sS02
[cone.) Phosphoric acid

20. Copper
Cu + 2H2S04 ~ CuS0 4 + 2Hp + S02
[cone.] Copper sulphate

21. Zinc

[cone.] Sulphur

22. Hydrogen iodide

2HI + H2 S04 ~ Il + 2Hp + so1
[cone.) Sulphur

23. Hydrogen sulphide

H2 S + H2 S04 ~ s + 2Hp + S01
[cone.] Sulphur

As a dehydrating agent [cone. acid)

24. Glucose

6C + 6Hp

25. Sucrose

26. Cellulose

[C 6H 100 51o Cone. H 2S0 4

27. Formic acid

H.COOH Cone. H 2S0 4 CO+Hp

28. Oxalic acid

1.4/431 Arun Deep~ Sim. Chemistry X

 29. Hydrated copper sulphate

[Removal of- water of crystallization]

IQUESTIONS I

1. What do you see when concentrated sulphuric acid is added

· to copper sulphate 5-water.
Ans. The colour of blue crystal of CuS04 .5~0 changes to white
amorphous as the compound loses its water of crystallisation.
CuS04.5H20 Cone. H2SO• > CuS04 + 5~0

2. Name one catalyst used industrially which speeds up the

conversion of sol to sol in the production of sulphuric
acid in the laboratory or industrially. Write the equation
for the conversion of sulphur dioxide to sulphur trioxide.
Why does this reaction supply energy. What is the name
of the compound formed between so4 and sulphuric acid.
Ans. V 20 5 ; It is exothermic reaction; oleum.

1. Write equations for: (z) Dil. ~S0 4 - producing H 2 ,

(iz) Between Pb(N03) 2 solo. and dil. H 2S04 •

Ans. (i) Zn + H2 S04 (dil.) ~ ZnS0 4 + H2

(ii) Pb (N03 ) 2 + H2 S04 (dil.) ~ PbS04 ..j.. + 2HN03

2. Explain how a reagent chosen from : ammonium hydroxide,
barium chloride, sodium chlorid e, sodium hydroxide,
sulphuric acid and nitric acid enabl es to distinguish
between the two acids mentioned therein.
Ans. Barium chloride can be used to distinguish between s• lphuric
acid and nitric acid. Out of these two acids only sulphuric acid
gives a white precipitate with barium chloride solution.

A run Deep's Sim. Chemistry X l'll~l

 1. State the substance/s reacted with dilute or concentrated
sulphuric acid to form the following gases :
(1) Hydrogen
(ii) Carbon dioxide.
State whether the acid used in each case is dilute or
concentrated.
Ans. (i) Zinc (or any other reactive metal) reacts with dil. H2 SO4 to
give hydrogen.

Zn (s) + H2S04 (aq.) ~ ZnS0 4 (aq.) + H2 (g)

(ii) Sodium carbonate reacts with dil. H2 SO4 to give C02

Na2C0 3(s) + H2 S04(aq.) ~ Na2S04(aq) + ~0(1) + C02(g)

The above reaction can also be carried out with NaHC03 (sodium
bicarbonate) or KHC0 3 (potassium bicarbonate)
2. Write the equations for the laboratory preparation of:
(1) Sodium sulphate (Na2S04) using dil. ~S0 4 ,
(il) Lead sulphate (PbSO 4) using dil. ~SO 4 •

Ans. (i) 2NaOH + H2 S04 (dil) ~ Na2 S04 + 2Hp

(ii) Pb(N0 3) 2 + H2 S04 (dil) ~ PbS04 + 2HN03

2003
1. State the name of the process by which H 2 S0 4 is
manufactured. Name the catalyst used.
Ans. By Contact process- vanadium pentoxide (V 20 5 )
2. "Concentrated sulphuric acid is used in the laboratory
preparation of nitric acid and ~ydrochloric acid because it
is ........... (less volatile I stronger) in comparison to these
two acids."
Ans. Less volatile
3. Write the equations for the laboratory preparation of the
following salts using sulphuric acid :

1'44'51 Arun Deep's Sim. Chemistry X

 (i) Copper sulphate from copper
(it) Lead sulphate from lead nitrate

Ans. (i) Cu + 2~S04 (dil) ~ CuS04 + S02 + Hp

(ii) Pb (N0)2 + H 2 S04 ~ PbS04 + 2HN03

2004
1. Name the catalyst which helps in the conversion of sulphur
dioxide to sulphur trioxide.
Ans. Platinum or Vanadium pentoxide.
2. In the Contact process, sulphur trioxide is not converted
to sulphuric acid by reacting it with water. Instead a two-
step procedure is used. Write the equations for the two
steps involved.
Ans. The equations for the two steps involved are :
." +
Sulphur trioxide Sulphuric acid Oleum

Water Sulphuric acid

1. Write balanced equations for the following :

(t) Potassium hydrogen carbonate and dilute sulphuric acid.
(it) Sodium nitrate and concentrated sulphuric acid.

Ans. (i) 2KHC03 + H2 S04 (dil) ~ K 2 S04 + 2Hp + 2C02

(ii) 2NaN03 + H 2 S04 (cone) ~ Na2 S04 + 2HN03

2. Choose the property of sulphuric acid (A, B, Cor D), which
is relevant to each of the preparations (i) to (iii) : A : dil.
acid (typical acid properties), B : Non-volatile acid, C :
Oxidizing agent, D : Dehydrating agent. Preparation of
(t) HCI
(it) ethene from ethanol

Arun Deep's Sim. Chemistry X (4461

 (iit) copper sulphate from copper oxide.
Ans. (i) Non volatile acid (B)
(ii) Dehydrating agent (D)
(iii) dil. acid (A)

1. Name the process used for the large scale manufacture of

sulphuric acid.
Ans. Contact process.
2. Which property of sulphuric acid accounts for its use as a
dehydrating agent.
Ans. Sulphuric acid removes water of crystallization.
3. Cone. H 2 SO4 is an oxidizing agent and a non volatile acid.
Write an equation for each property.
Ans. (i) Sulphuric acid as an Oxidising agent-

C + 2H2 S04 ~ C02 + 2S02 + 2Hp

(ii) Sulphuric acid as an Non-volatile acid-
< 2oo•c
NaHS04 + HCl
4. Select the correct compound from the list - Ammonia,
Copper oxide, Copper sulphate, Hydrogen chloride,
Hydrogen sulphide, Lead bromide- This compound smells
of rotten eggs.
Ans. Hydrogen sulphide.

1. Write balanced equation for the following reactions :

(1) Lead sulphate from lead nitrate solution and dilute
sulphuric acid.
(it) Copper sulphate from copper and cone. sulphuric acid.

Ans. (i) Pb(N0 3 ) 2 + H2 S0 4 (dil) ~ PbS0 4 + 2HN0 3

(ii) Cu + 2H2 S0 4 ~ CuS04 + S0 2 + 2H2 0
(cone.)

l447l Arun Deep~ Sim. Chemistry X

 2. Properties of ~SO 4 are listed below. Choose the property
A B. C or D which is responsible for the reactions (i) to
(\ :. A : Acid B : Dehydrating agent C : Non-volatile acid
D . Oxidizing agent
(t) < ,, i-1 12 0 11 ·!- nH 2 S0 4 ~ 12C + 11H2 0 + nH2 S04 ,
(il) :· i 2H;-S0 4 ~ 3S0 7 + 2H2 0,
(iii) Sa((+ H 2 S04 -;. NaHS0 4 + HCI,
(iv) CuO + H 2 S0 4 ~ CuS04 + H 2 0
(v) Na2 C03 + H 2S04 ~ Na 2S0 4 + H 20 + C02
(Some properties may be repeated)
Ans. (i) B (ii) D (iii) C (iv) A (v) A
3. Dilute hydrochloric acid and dilute sulphuric acid are both
colourless solutions. How will the addition of barium
chloride solution to each help to distinguish between the
two .
•1s. Out of dilute hydrochloric acid and dilute sulphuric acid, Dilute
hydrochloric acid will give a white ppt. of barium
sulphate(BaS04 ) with barium chloride solution.

H2 S04 (c/i/.) -~ BaCI 2 (aq.) ~ BaS04 (s) + 2HCI

HCI (::~q.) + BaC\ 2 (aq.) ~No reaction

4. From HCI, HN0 3 , H 2 SO 4 , state which has the highest
boiling point and which has the lowest.
Ans. H 2S0 4 [358°C] has highest boiling point. HCI [-85°C] has
lowest boiling point.

1. Dilute sulphuric acid will produce a white precipitate when

added to a solution of :
A Copper nitrate B Zinc nitrate
C Lead nitrate D Sodium nitrate
Ans. C Lead nitrate
2. Identify the following substances :Liquid E can be
dehydrated to product ethene.
Arun Deep~ Sim. Chemistry X 14481
Ans. C 2H 50H (Ethanol)
3. Copy and complete the following table relating to an
important industrial processes and its final. Output refers
to the product of the process not the intermediate steps.
Ans.
Name of Inputs Catalyst Equation for catalysed Output
process reaction
Contact Sulphur
Process dioxide
+
oxygen
Ans.

Name of Inputs Catalyst Equation for catalysed Output

process reaction

Contact Sulphur Vanadium 2S02 + 0 2 sulphuric

450"C
process dioxide pentoxide 2S03 trioxide
Yz Os/K~O

+ oxygen
4. Making use only of substances given : dil. sulphuric acid,
Sodium carbonate, Zinc, Sodium sulphite, Lead, Calcium
carbonate : Give eqautions for the reactions by which
you could obtain :
(1) hydrogen (i1) sulphur dioxide
(ii1) carbon dioxide (iv) zinc carbonate (2 steps)

Ans.(i) Zn + H 2S0 4 ~ ZnS0 4 + Hz t

Zinc Oil. sulphuri c acid Hydrogen

(ii) Na2S0 3 + H 2 S0 4 ~ Na 2S04 + so + H 20

Sodium dilute 'Sulphur
Sulphite sulphuric acid dioxide

14491 A run Deep~ Sim. Chemistry X

 Calci um Dilute Carbon
carbonate sulphuric dioxide
acid

(iv) Zn + H2 S0 4 ~ ZnS0 4 l-
H2 t
Zinc Dil. sulphuric acid zinc sulphate

ZnS0 4 + Na2C0 3 ~ ZnC0 3 + N~Su 4

Zinc sulphate Sodium Zinc

carbonate carbonate

5. What property of cone. H 2S04 is used in the action when

sugar turns black in its presence.
Ans. Cone. Sulphuric acid is a dehydrating agent.

6. Write the equations for : (z) dil. H 2 SO 4 and barium

chloride. (iz) dil. H 2SO 4 and sodium sulphide.

Barium chloride Sulphuric acid Barium sulphate

Sodium Sulphide Sulphuric acid Sodium Sulphate

7. Which property of cone. H 2SO4 allows it to be used in

the preparation of HCI and HN03 acids.
Ans. Non volatile acid.

1. Name the gas evolved (formula is not acceptable). -

The gas that can be oxidised to sulphur.
Ans. Hydrogen sulphide (H 2 S)

Arun Deep~ Sim. Chemistry X 14501

 1. Give the equation for :
(z) Heat on sulphur with cone. H 2S0 4•
(iz) Reaction of- sugar with cone. H 2 S0 4 •
Ans. (i) Reaction of sulphur with cone. H 2 S04
S + 2H 2 S04 (cone.) -+ 3S0 2 + 2H2 0
(ii) Reaction of sugar with cone. H 2 S04
C 12 H 22 0 11 + H2 S04 -+ 12C + 11H2 0
Sugar Carbon Water

2. Give a balanced equation for the conversion of zinc

oxide to zinc sulphate.
Ans. ZnO + H 2 S0 4 (dil.) -+ ZnS0 4 + H 2 0
zinc sulphuric zinc water
oxide acid sulphate
3. Select from A, B, C -
A : Sodium hydroxide solution.
B : A weak acid.
C : Dilute sulphuric acid.
The solution which liberates sulphur dioxide gas, from
sodium sulphite.
Ans. C : Dilute sulphuric acid.

1. State your observation when - Sugar crystals are added

to cone. sulphuric acid.
Ans. A lot of effervescence takes place in the test tube. The test
tube gets very hot. So in the end sugar crystals change in the
black residue.
12C + llHp
Black residue
2. Choose the correct answer from the choices - The gas
evolved when dil. sulphuric acid reacts with iron

1~5,1.1 Arun Deep~ Sim. Chemistry X

 sulphide.
(a) Hydrogen sulphide (b) Sulphur dioxide
(c) Sulphur trioxide (d) Vapour of sulphuric acid.
Ans. (a) Hydrogen sulphide
3. Give a balanced equation for - Dilute sulphuric acid is
poured over sodium sulphite
Ans. Na2 S0 3 + H2 S04 (dil.) ~ Na2 S0 4 + Hp + S02 t
4. With the help of balanced equations, outline the
manufacture of sulphuric acid by the contact process.
Ans. Contact process : Sulphur or Pyrite Burner
s+0 2 S02
Contact Tower

Absorption To\\'ea·
S0 3 + H2 S04 --• H2 sp 7
Oleum

Dilution Tank
H2 Sp 7 + Hp - -• 2 H2 S04
5. State the property of sulphuric acid shown by the reaction
of cone. sulphuric acid when heated with
(a) Potassium nitrate
(b) Carbon?
Ans. (a) It behaves as a non volatile acid and helps in the production
of a volatile acid.
<200' C

Non volatile Voolatile acid

acid
(b) It behaves as an oxidising agent and oxidises carbon to carbon
dioxide
C + 2H2 S04 ------. C02 t + 2Hp + 2S02 t
Arun Deep~ Sim. Chemistry X
 1. Name- The gas produced on •·(;action of dilute
acid with a metallic sulphide.
Ans. Hydrogen sulphide (H 2 S)
2. Some properties of sulphuric acid are listed h ,,., .
Choose the role played by sulphuric acid - A, 8, ( : ,,. n
which is responsible for the reactions ( i l to (•·). •. mu.~
role/s may be repeated.
A. Dilute acid B. Dehydratillb .:);, C t , ~
C. Non-volatile acid D. Oxidising agent
(i) CuS0 4·5H20 cone. H 2SO, ) CuS04 + 5H2 0
(ii) S + H 2S04 (cone.) ~ 3S02 + 2H2 0
(iii) NaN0 3 + H 2S0 4 (cone.) <2oooc NaHS0 4 .; r, •

(iv) MgO + H 2 S0 4 ~ MgS0 4 + H 2 0

(v) Zn + 2H2 S0 4 (cone.) ~ ZnS0 4 + S0 2 t 2 H ( •·
Ans. (i) B : Dehydrating agent (ii) D : Oxidising ageni
(iii) C :Non-volatile acid (iv) A : Dilute acid
(v) D: Oxidising agent
3. Give balanced equation for the reaction : Zinc sul phide
and dilute sulphuric acid.
Ans. ZnS + H 2 S04 (dil.) ~ ZnS04 + H2 S

2013
1. State one appropriate observation for : Cone. H 2 SO 4 is
added to a crystal of hydrated copper sulphate.
Ans. The blue coloured hydrated copper sulphate crystals disinte-
grate with a hissing sound, giving off steam and leaving behind
white residue.
2. In the given equation S + 2H 2S0 4 ~ 3S0 2 + 2H2 0:
Identify the role played by cone. H 2 SO 4 i.e.
(A) Non-volatile acid (B) Oxidising agent
(C) Dehydrating agent (D) None of the above.

145"31 Arun Deep's Sim. Chemistry X

 Ans. (B) Oxidising agent
3. Give a balanced equation for : Dehydration of concen-·
trated sulphuric acid with sugar crystals.
Ans. cl 2H220 11 Cone H2so, ) 12C + II H20
4. Identify the substance underlined : A dilute mineral acid
which forms a white precipitate when treated with barium
chloride solution.
Ans. Dilute sulphuric acid.
2014
1. Write balanced equations for the following : Action of
concentrated sulphuric acid on carbon.
Ans. Action of concentrated sulphuric acid on carbon.
C + 2H2SO4 ~ C0 2 + 2Hp + 2S02
2. Distinguish between the following pairs of compounds
using the test given within brackets:
Dilute sulphuric acid and dilute hydrochloric acid (using
barium chloride solution)
Ans. Out of dilute H2 S04 and dilute HCI, only dilute H2 S04 gives
white ppt. ofBaS0 4 with barium chloride solution.
BaCI 2 + H2 S0 4 ----t BaS04 ,J_ + HCI
Wh ite ppt.
BaCI 2+ HCI ----t No ppt. formation
3. State- Any two conditions for the conversion of sulphur
dioxide to sulphur trioxide.
Ans. Two condition for the conversion ofS02 to S03
(i) The mixture of S02 gas and 0 2 gas must be pure and dry and
in the ratio of2 : I by volume.
(ii) The mixture should be passed over platinised asbestos or
vanadium pentaoxide maintained at 450 o C.
4. Give one equation each to show the following properties
of sulphuric acid : (i) Dehydrating property.
(ii) Acidic nature. (iii) As a non-volatile acid.
Ans. (i) Dehydrating property.
HCOOH Cone. H,S0 4 ) CO + ~0
(ii) Acidic nature.
Arun Deep 's Sim. Chemistry X l45'4l
 CuO + H2 S0 4 ~ CuS04 + Hp
(iii) As a non-volatile acid.
heat
NaCI + ~S0 4 (cone.) 2 o.,..,.ooc~)
-<.,..,. NaHS04 + HCI

1. Identify the acid in each case :

(i) The acid which is used in the preparation of a non-
volatile acid.
(ii) The acid which produces sugar charcoal from sugar.
(iii) The acid on mixing with lead nitrate soln. produces
a white ppt. which is insoluble even on heating.
Ans. (i) Nitric acid (cone.) (ii) Cone. sulphuric acid
(iii) Dilute hydrochloric acid
2. Give equations for the action of sulphuric acid on-
(a) Potassium hydrogen carbonate.
(b) Sulphur.
Ans. (a) Action of sulphuric acid on potassium hydrogen carbonate
2KHC0 3 + H2 S04 ~ K2 S04 + 2Hp + 2C02 t
(b) Action of sulphuric acid on sulphur
S + 2H2S04 (cone.) ~ 3S02 + 2Hp
3. In the manufacture of sulphuric acid by the Contact
process, give the equations for the conversion of sulphur
trioxide to sulphuric acid.
Ans. In the contact process for the manufacture of sulphuric acid,
the equations for the conversion of sulphur trioxide to sulphuric
acid are
S03 + H2 S04 (cone.) ~ H2Sp 7
(oleum or pyrosulphuric acid)

1. Write balanced chemical equations for :

Action of dilute Sulphuric acid on Sodium Sulphite.
14551 Arun Deep 's Sim. Chemistry X
 Ans. Na2S03 + H2S0idil.) ~ Na2S04 + Hp + S02 t
2. State your observations when :
(i) Barium chloride solo. is mixed with sodium sulphate
solo.
(ii) Concentra't ed sulphuric acid is added to sugar
crystals.
Ans. (i) BaCI 2 + Na2S04 ~ BaS04 .,!.. + 2NaCI
(White precipitates)
When sodium sulphate is mixed with barium chloride. White
coloured precipitates of Barium sulphate are formed .
Conc.H2S04 ) 12C (s) + 11 ~0

(sugar charcoal
Black spongy mass)
When cone. sulphuric acid is added to sugar crystals black
spongy mass (sugar charcoal) is formed.
3. A, B, C and D summarize the properties of sulphuric
acid depending on whether it is dilute or concentrated.
A: Typical acid property B :Non-volatile acid
C : Oxidizing agent D : Dehydrating agent
Choose the property (A, B, C or D) depending on which
is relevant to each of the following :
(i) Preparation of hydrogen chloride gas.
(ii) Preparation of copper sulphate from copper oxide.
(iii) Action of cone. sulphuric acid on sulphur.
Ans. (i) Preparation of Hydrogen chloride gas.
B :Non-volatile acid
(ii) Preparation of Copper sulphate from copper oxide.
A: Typical acid property
(iii) Action of cone. Sulphuric acid on Sulphur.
C : Oxidizing agent

1. Write the balanced chemical equation for - Action of

concentrated sulphuric acid on sulphur.
Arun Deep s Sim. Chemistry X l456f
Ans. S + 2H2S04 (cone.) heat
2. State one relevant observation for - Action of cone.
sulphuric acid on hydrated copper sulphate.
Ans. Blue coloured copper sulphate crystals crumble with a hissing
sound and change to white powdery mass.
3. State - How will you distinguish between dilute
hydrochloric acid and dilute sulphuric acid using lead
nitrate solution.
Ans. Hydrochloric acid forms a white precipitate with lead nitrate
solution. This precipitate dissolves on wanning the reaction
mixture so as to form clear solution. Sulphuric acid forms a
white precipitate with lead nitrate solution. This precipitate does
not dissolve on warming the reaction mixture.
4. Write balanced chemical equations to show-
(i) The oxidizing action of cone. sulphuric acid on carbon.
(ii) The behaviour of H 2SO4 Jas an acid when it reacts
with magnesium.
(iii) The dehydrating ·property of cone. sulphuric acid with
sugar.
(iv) The conversion of 80 3 to sulphuric acid in the
Contact process.
Ans. (i) C + 2H2S04 (cone.) ~ C02 + 2S02 + 2Hp
(ii) Mg + ~S04 (dil.) ~ MgS04 + H2 (g)
(iii) C 12~p 11
+ 11H2 S0iconc.)~ 12C + 11 H:S04.Hp + MI
(iv) (a) S03 + H2S04 (cone.) ~ ~Sp 7 (oleum)
(b) H2 S20 7 + ~0 ~ 2H2S04 (cone.)
2018

1. Choose the cm;rect answer from the options given :

The catalyst used in the Contact Process is :
(A) Copper (B) Iron
(C) Vanadium pentoxide (D) Manganese dioxide
Ans. (C) Vanadium pentoxide
2. Write a balanced chemical equation for -
Action of concentrated sulphuric acid on carbon.
Ans. C + 2~S04 ~ 2Hp + 2S02 t + C02 t
@5:71 Anm Deeps Sim. Chemistry X
 3. Which property of sulphuric acid is shown by the
reaction of concentrated sulphuric acid with :
(1) Ethanol (ii) · Carbon
Ans. (i) Dehydrating agent
C H OH con e ll ,SO, CH
2 5 160° - 170°C ) 2 5

ethanol cthcne
(ii) Oxidising agent
C + 2H 2 S04 ~ C02 + 2Hp + 2S02

IADDITIONAL QUESTIONS I
1. State why sulphuric acid was called - 'oil of vitriol'.
Ans. Sulphuric acid was initially called 'oil of vitriol'.
It was initially prepared by - distilling green vitriol
[FeS0 4 .7Hp] and hence the name- 'oil ofvitriol'.
heat

2. State how you would convert

(i) sulphur (ii) chlorine
(iii) sulphur dioxide - to sulphur acid.
Ans. (i) S + 6HN0 3 fconc .J ~ 6N0 2 + 2Hp + H2 S04
(ii) Cl 2 + S0 2 + 2Hp ~ 2HCI + H2 S04
(iii) 3S0 2 + 2HN0 3 + 2Hp ~ 3H 2S04 + 2NO
3. State the purpose of the 'Contact process'.
Ans. When sulphur is burnt in air, it burns with a pale blue flame
forming sulphur dioxide and traces of sulphur trioxide.
S+0 2 ~ S0 2 [2S + 30 2 ~ 2S04 (traces)]
Burning of sulphur or iron pyrites in oxygen is preferred to
purified air since heat energy is wasted in heating the unreactive
nitrogen component of the air.
4. In the Contact process
(t) State how you would convert (a) sulphur (b) iron
pyrites to sulphur dioxide in the first step of the
Contact process.
(it) State the conditions i.e. catalyst, promoter,
temperature and pressure in the catalytic oxidation
Arun Deep s Sim. Chemislly X 145.81
 of sulphur dioxide to sulphur trioxide in the Contact
tower. Give a balanced equation for the same.
(iiz) State why the above catalytic oxidation reaction
supplies energy.
(iv) Give a reason why- vanadium pentoxide is preferred
to platinum during the catalytic oxidation of sulphur
dioxide.
(v) Give a reason why the catalyst mass is heated
electrically - only initially.
(vz) State why sulphur trioxide vapours are absorbed in
concentrated sulphuric acid and not in water to
obtain sulphuric acid.
Ans. (i) S + 0 2 ~ S02
4FeS 2 + 1102 ~ 2Fep 3 + 8S0 2
(ii) Catalytic oxidation of sulphur dioxide to sulphur
trioxide.
VzOs
2 S02 + 0 2 ~4=5().=5=
0<f=C=J.=
2a=tm::::::os::: 2 S03 + ~
[Above equation for the catalysed reaction is exothermic-
hence supplies energy.]
Catalyst: Vanadium pentoxide [Vp 5] or platinum [Pt].
Temperature: 450-500°C Pressure: I to 2 atmospheres
Conversion ratio : 98% of sulphur dioxide converted to
sulphur trioxide.
(iii) The catalytic oxidation of S02 to S03 is an - exothermic
reaction. Thus this reaction supplies energy in the form of
heat.
Y20 s
2S02 + 0 2 ~4=5().=5=
0<f=C=I-=
2a=tm=os::: 2S03 + 45 K cals
( iv) Vanadium pentoxide is preferred- to platinized asbestos
as a catalyst since it is comparatively - cheaper and less
easily poisoned or susceptible to impurities.
(v) The catalyst- mass is- only initially heated electrically,
since the catalytic oxidation of sulphur dioxide is an

l459l Arun Deep's Sim. Chemistry X

 exothermic reaction and the heat produced maintains the
temperature at 450- 500°C.
(vi) Even though sulphur trioxide is an acid anhydride of
sulphuric acid- it is not directly absorbed in water to give
sulphuric acid.
The reaction is highly exothermic resulting in production
of- a dense fog of sulphuric acid particles which do not
condense easily.
Hence sulphur trioxide vapours are - dissolved in cone.
sulphuric acid to give oleum which on dilution with- the
requisite amount ofsoft water in the dilution tank gives-
sulphuric acid of the desired concentration [about
98%].
5. Give a reason why concentrated sulphuric acid is kept in
air tight bottles.
Ans. Concentrated sulphuric acid has a great affinity for water and
as such it is a hygroscopic liquid. Being Hygroscopic, it absorbs
moisture from the atmosphere and hence cone. sulphuric acid
is kept in air tight bottles.
6. State the basic steps with reasons, involved in diluting a
beaker of cone. H 2 SO4 •
Ans. For dilution of cone. H2 S04 , the cone. acid is always added to
water and water is never added to the cone. acid even though
heat is evolved in both cases.
Reason: If water is added to cone. H2 S04 the heat produced
is sufficient to spontaneously vaporise a part of the few drops
of water added. This is because the amount of water is very
small and bioling point of water is much lower than cone. ~SO4 ,
which is in bulk. Due to this sudden vaporisation of water cone.
acid tend to spurt out and cause serious injuries.
On the other hand, if cone. H2 S04 is added to water, tho.) heat
produced in this case can only raise the temperature of water
slightly because water is an bulk. Thus, in this case spurting of
the cone. acid is avoided.
7. Give reasons why dilute sulphuric acid :
Arun Deep~ Sim. Chemistry X I¢60;J
 (i) behaves as an acid when dilute.
(ii) is dibasic in nature.
Ans. (i) Acidic properties of sulphuric acid are due to the presence
of- hydronium ions [H3 0 +J formed when H 2S04
dissociates in aq. solution.
H 2S04 ~ 2H+ +SO/-
H+ + H20 ~ H 30 + X2
[H+ ions hydrated in aq. solns. to Hp+ ions]
H 2S04 + 2Hp ~ 2Hp+ + S042-
(ii) Sulphuric acid dissociates in- aq. solution giving 2H+ ions
per molecule- of the acid. Hence its- basicity is two.
H 2 S0 4 [aq.] ~ 2H+ +SO/-
[H2S04 + 2Hp ;,..____ 2Hp+ + S042-]
[Basicity is the number ofH+ ions formed by dissociation
of one molecule of the acid in its aq. soln.]
8. Convert dil. H 2 S04 to-
(1) Hydrogen (il) Carbon dioxide
(iit) Sulphur dioxide (iv) Hydrogen sulphide
(v) An acid salt (vt) A normal salt.
Ans. (i) Oil H2SO4 to hydrogen by the action of any active metal
(say zinc) on dil. H 2S04
Zn + H2S04 ~ ZnS04 + H2 t
Zinc Oil. sulphuric acid Zinc sulphate
(ii) Oil. H2 S0 4 to carbon dioxide by the action of any carbonate or
bicarbonate on dil. H2 S04
CaC03 + H 2S04 ~ CaS04 + H 20 + C02
Calcium Dilute Carbon
carbonate sulphuric acid dioxide
(iii) Oil. H 2S04to sulphur dioxide by the action of any sulphide on
dil. H2 S0 4
Na2 S03 + H2 S0 4 ~
Na2S0 4 + Hp + S02
(iv) Oil. H2 S04 to hydrogen sulphide by the action of any sulphide
on dil. H 2 S04

14611 Arun Deep~ Sim. Chemistry X

 FeS + H2 S04 (dil.) ~ FeS04 + H2 S j
( v) Dil. H2 SO4 to an acid by the action of insufficient strong base
with excess of dil. H2 S04
NaOH + ~S0 4 ~ NaHS0 4 + Hp
(insufficient) Sodium bisulphate

(vi) Dil. H2 SO4 to a normal salt by the action of sufficient (or excess
of) strong base (NaOH) with excess of dil. H2S04
2NaOH + H2 S04 ~ Na2 S04 + 2Hp
(Excess) Sodium bisulphate

9. Give equations for formation of two different acids from

cone. H 2 SO 4 •
State the property of sulphuric acid involved in the above
formation.

Ans. (i) NaCl + ~S0 4 (cone.) NaHS0 4 + HCI.

(ii) NaN0 3 + H2 S04 (cone.)

Property of Sulphuric acid involved in the formation ofthese
acids : Cone. H2 SO4 is a non-volatile acid.
10. Give equations for oxidation of cone. H 2S04 giving the
oxidised products -
(t) Carbon dioxide (it) Sulphur dioxide
(iit) Phosphoric acid (iv) Copper (II) sulphate
(v) Iodine (vt) Sulphur respectively.

Ans. (i) C + 2H2 S04 ~ C02 + 2S02 + 2Hp

(ii) S + 2H2 S04 ~ 3S02 + 2Hp,

(iii) 2P + 5H2 S04 ~ 2Hl04 + 2Hp + 5S02

(iv) Cu + 2H2 S0 4 ~ CuS04 + S0 2 + 2H2 0
(cone.)

(v) 2HI + H2 S0 4 (cone. ) ~ I2 + 2H2 0 + S0 2

(vi) H2 S + H2 S0 4 (cone.)~ S + 2H20 + S0 2
Arun Deep's Sim. Chemistry X 14621
 11. Give a reason why concontrated and not dil H 2S0 4 -

behave as an oxidising and dehydrating agent.

Ans. (i) Cone. H 2SO 4 behaves as an oxidising agent because cone.
H 2SO 4 when heated decomposes to give nascent oxygen
which acts as a strong oxidising agent.
heat Hp + S02 + [O]
Nascent oxygen

On the other hand, dil H 2 S0 4 on heating does not

decompose to give nascent oxygen and as such cannot
behave as an oxidising agent.
(ii) Cone. H2 SO 4 behaves as a dehydrating agent because
cone. H2SO 4 act as a great affinity for water and hydration
of cone. H2 S0 4 is an exothermic reaction.
On the other hand, dil H2S0 4 has no affinity for water
and hence cannot act as a hydrating agent.
12. Give the equation for the reaction cone. sulphuric acid
with-
(1) glucose
(il) sucrose
(ii1) cellulose
(iv) an organic acid containing one carbon atom and two
hydrogen atoms
(v) an organic acid containing two carbon and two hydrogen
atoms
(vl) an alcohol
(vii) hydrated copper (II) sulphate.
Ans. (i) Reaction of cone. H 2 S0 4 with glucose, C 6H 12 0 6 -

Dehydration.
C6Hl20 6 Cone. H2SO, ) 6C + 6H20
(ii) Reaction of cone. H 2 S0 4 with sucrose, C 12 H 22 0 11 -
Dehydration.
cl2H22011 Cone H2SO, ) 12C + 11H20
14631 Arun Deep's Sim. Chemistry X
 (iii) Reaction of cone. H 2S0 4 with cellulose, (C 6H 10 0 5)n-
Dehydration.
(C6HI005)n Cone. HzSO• ) 5nC + 5nH20
(iv) Reaction of cone. ~SO 4 with an organic acid containing
one carbon atom and two hydrogen atoms, HCOOH
(formic acid or methanoic acid) - Dehydration.
HCOOH Cone. HzSO• ) CO + H20
Formic acid

(v) Reaction of cone. ~S0 4 with an organic acid containing

two carbon atom and two hydrogen atoms, [COOH] 2
(oxalic acid or ethanedioic acid) - Dehydration.
COOH
I
COOH
Oxalic acid Carbon Carbon
monoxide dioxide
(vi) Reaction of cone. H 2 SO 4 with an alcohol (other than
methanol) - say ethyl alcohol or ethanol, C 2HpH -
Dehydration.
C2H50H Cone. HzS04 ) C2H4 + H20
Ethyl alcohol Ethene
(vii) Reaction of cone. H 2 SO 4 with hydrated copper (II)
sulphate, CuS04 • 5Hp (blue vitriol)- Dehydration.
CuS04 . 5H20 Cone HzSO• ) CuS0 4 + 5H20

Blue crystals White powder

13. State the observation seen when cone. H 2 S0 4 is added
to-
(i) sucrose
(iz) hydrated copper (II) sulphate.
Ans. (i) Cone. H 2SO4 dehydrates sucrose to carbon, called sugar
charcoal. This is in the form of a black spongy charged mass of
carbon.

Sucrose Sugar Charcoal

Arzm Deep's Sim. Chemistry X IA64I

 (ii) Cone. H2 SO4 dehydrates blue crystals of copper (II) sulphate
pentahydrate (blue vitriol) to copper sulphite, which is in the
form of a white powder.
CuS0 4 • 5H20 Conc.Hlso. > CuS04 + 5~0

Blue crystals White powder

14. State how addition of-
(1) copper
(it) NaCI to hot cone. H 2 SO 4 serves as a test for the
latter.
Ans. {i) Copper turnings when heated with cone. H2S04 gives a
colourless suffocating gas with a smell ofburning sulphur(S0 2).
The gas turns orange coloured acidified potassium dichromate
solution green. This can be used as a test for cone. ~S04 •
Cu + 2~S04 heat

(ii) Common salt (NaCl) when heated with cone. ~S04 gives a
colourless gas pungent smell only which (HCl) gives white fumes
with NH3 • This can be used as a test for cone. ~S04 •

15. Give two tests for dilute sulphuric acid with balanced
equations. State why
{t) BaCI 2
(il) Pb(NOJ 2 are used for the above tests.
Ans. (i) Barrium chloride solution on treating with dilute sulphuric
acid forms white ppt. of barium sulphate, which is insoluble in
all acids
BaC1 2 + H2 S04 (dil) ~ 2HC1 + BaS04 J,
(ii) Lead nitrate on treating with dilute sulphuric acid forms
white ppt oflead sulphate, which is insoluble in all acids.
Pb (N0 3) 2 + ~S0 4 (dil) ~ 2HN03 + PbS0 4 J,
16. Give a test to distinguish dilute sulphuric acid from dilute
HCI and dilute HN03 •

K46,5l Arun Deep's Sim. Chemistry X

 Ans. Test to distinguish dil. H~04 fro rn dil. HCI and HN03_
BaCl2 soln. when added to dil. H2 SO, gives a white ppt. of
BaSO4, but with dil. HCl and dil. HN03, nL white ppt. is produced
-since BaCl 2 and Ba(N0)2 are soluble ir. dil. H2S0 4 •
17. State three different chemical compounds other than acids
manufactured industrially from sulphuric c. cid.
Ans. (i) Barium sulphate (ii) Lead sulphate
(iii) Sodium sulphate

1 UNIT TEST PAPER 7D- H 2S04 I

Q.l. Select the correct answer from the choice in brackets.
1. The oxidised product obtained when sulphur reacts with
cone. H 1 SO 4• (H1 S/SO/H1 S03 ).
Ans. S0 2
2. The dehydrated product obtained when cane sugar reacts
with cone. ~S0 4 • (CO I C I C01 )
Ans. C
3. The type of salt formed when excess of caustic soda reacts
with sulphuric acid. (acid salt I normal salt)
Ans. Normal salt
4. The reduced product obtained when hydrogen sulphide
reacts with cone. ~S0 4 • (S01 / S I ~0)
Ans. S0 2
5. The salt which reacts with dil. H 1 SO 4 acid to give an
insoluble ppt. [Cu (N03) 1 I Zn (N03 ) 1 I Pb (N03) 1 ].
Ans. Pb(N0 3 ) 2
Q.2. Iron pyrites ~ Colourless acidic gas ~ Sulphur
trioxide ~ Oleum ~ Sulphuric acid.
1. Give a balanced equation for the conversion ' A'.
Ans. 4FeS 2 + 1102 ~ 2Fep 3 + 8S02
2. The gaseous mixture of the product of conversion ' A'
and air contains dust particles as an impurity. Name
another impurity in the same mixture.
Arun Deep~ Sim. Chemistry X f466l
Ans. Arsenious oxide (Asp)
3. Is the conversion 'B' an exothermic or an endothermic
reaction. Would lowering the temperature favour or
retard the forward reaction.
Ans. Conversion ofS02 into S03 is an exothermic reaction. As such
lowering of temperature will favour the forward reaction i.e.
Formation ofS0 3 •
4. If the product of conversion 'B' is an acid anhydride of
H p04 , the anhydride of conversion 'A' is ......... .
Ans. Acidic.
5. State why water is added for the conversion 'D' and not
for the conversion 'C'.
Ans. S0 3 is not directly dissolved in water to give H2 S04 • This is
because the dissolution of so3in water is highly exothermic
resulting in production of dense fog of sulphuric acid particles
which do not condense easily.
Q.3. Give balanced equations for the following reactions using
sulphuric acid.
1. Formation of a black mark on a piece of wood on addition
of cone. H 2SO4 to it.
Ans. (C 6H 100 5 )n + H2 S04 (cone.) -----)- 6(C)n + 5(Hp)n
2. Oxidation of a foul smelling acidic gas, heavier than air
and fairly soluble in H 2 0 by cone. ~S0 4 •
Ans. H2 S + H2 S04 (cone.) -----)- S + 2Hp + S02
3. Formation of an acid salt from sulphuric acid and (a) an
alkali (b) a sodium salt.
Ans. (a) Formation of an acid salt from sulphuric acid and an alkali
(KOH)
KOH + H 2 S04 (dil.) -----)- KHS0 4 + 2Hp
(b) Formation of an acid salt from sulphuric acid and a sodium salt
(NaCl)

4. Formation of a hydrocarbon from an organic compound.

lifo~l Arun Deep's Sim. Chemistry X
 Ans. Cone. H 2S0 4 ) CH
2 4
+ H 20
Ethyl alcohol Ethylene
5. Formation of sulphur dioxide using a metal below
hydrogen in the activity series.
Ans. Cu + 2H2S04 (cone.) -----+ CuS04 + 2Hp + S02
Q.4. Match the conversions in column 'X' using sulphuric acid,
with the type of chemical property of sulphuric acid A to
E it represents in column 'Y'.
'X' 'Y'
1. Nitre ~ Nitric acid A : As an oxidising agent
2. Copper(II) oxide ~Copper B: As a dibasic acid
(II) sulphate
3. Copper ~Copper (II) C : As an acid when dilute
sulphate
4. Ethanol (ethyl alcohol] D : As a least or non-volatile
~~thene acid
5. Sodium hydroxide~ E : As a dehydrating agent
Sodium bisulphate and
sodium sulphate
Ans. 'X' 'Y'
1. Nitre~ Nitric acid D : As a least or non-volatile
acid
2. Copper (II) oxide~Copper C : As an acid when dilute.
(II) sulphate
3. Copper~Copper (II) A : As an oxidising agent
sulphate
4. Ethanol (ethyl alcohol] E : As a dehydrating agent
~ Ethene

5. Sodiumhydroxide~sodium B : As a dibasic acid

hi sulphate and sodium sulphate
Q.5. Select the correct substance from the substances A to J
which react with the sulphuric acid to give the product 1
Arun Deep ~ Sim. Chemistry X ~
 to 10. [State whether the acid used in each case is dilute
or concentrated].
A : Iron B : Sodium carbonate
C : Sodium chloride D: Formic acid
E : Sodium nitrate F : Sodium sulphite
G : Ethyl alcohol H : Sodium sulphide
I : Sodium hydroxide (excess)
J : Hydrogen sulphide
1. Product- Sulphur dioxide
2. Product- Sulphur
3. Product--Hydrogen
4. Product-Hydrochloric acid
5. Product-Sodium sulphate
6. Product-Carbon dioxide
7. Product-Carbon monoxide
8. Product-Nitric acid
9. Product-Hydrogen sulphide
10. Product-Ethene
Ans. 1. F : Sodium sulphite 2. H : Sodium sulphide
3. A: Iron 4. C : Sodium chloride
5. I : Sodium hydroxide 6. B : Sodium carbonate
7. D : Formic acid 8. E: Sodium nitrate
9. H : Sodium sulphide 10. G : Ethyl alcohol
Q.6. Give reasons for the following :
1. Sulphuric acid forms two types of salts with an alkali.
Ans. Sulphuric acid forms two types of salts, viz. , sulphates and
bisulphates (or hydrogen sulphates) with alkalies because it is a
dibasic acid, i.e. one molecule of H 2S04 on dissociation gives
two H+ ions.

[insufficient] [acid salt]

l'469l Arun Deep~ Sim. Chemistry X

 2NaOH + H2S04 ~ Na2 S04 + 2Hp
[excess] [normal salt]
2. Cone. sulphuric acid is used as a laboratory reagent in
the preparation of iodine from hydrogen iodide.
Ans. Cone. H2 S04 oxidises HI to iodine.
2HI + H2SO4 (cone.) heat

3. Barium chloride solution can be used to distinguish

between dil. ~S0 4 and dil. HN03 •
Ans. BaCl2 soln. when added to dil. H2S04 gives a white ppt. of
BaS04 , but with dil. HN0 3, no white ppt. is produced since
BaCI 2 and Ba(N03 ) 2 are soluble in dil. H2 S04 •
4. The gaseous product obtained differs when zinc reacts
with dilute and with cone. ~SO 4 respectively.
Ans. The metal reacts differently with dilute acid and concentrated
acid. That is the character of metal.
With dilute sulphuric acid, zinc gives hydrogen.
Zn + H2 S04 (dil.) ~ ZnS0 4 + H2
The same metals will react differently with concentrated
sulphuric acid to give sulphur dioxide gas.
heat

5. Ethanol can be converted to ethene using cone. sulphuric

acid. ·
Ans. Ethanol can be converted into ethene by heating it with cone.
H2 S04 because cone. H2 S04 is a strong dehydrating agent.
C2HpH Conc. HzSO, ) C2H4 [ethene-ethylene] + Hp

Arun Deep's Sim. Chemistry X J470J

I[!] Oroanic Cflemistr~

Organic chemistry - It is the chemistry of specific carbon

compounds.
Lavoisier- Classified substances into organic and inorganic.
Hydrocarbons- The simplest organic compounds of carbon
and hydrogen only e.g. methane (CH4), ethane (C 2 H 6) , ethene
(C 2H 2 ) etc.
Sources of organic compounds - Plants , Animals,
Petroleum, dyes and drugs are all natural sources.
- 90% of organic compounds are prepared by synthetic
reactions - synthetic sources.
Organic chemistry- A Justification
(a) Tetravalency ofC-atom -Atomic number of carbon= 6 (2,
4). It shares 4 electrons with other atoms to complete its octet
forming four covalent bonds. Thus carbon shows tetravalency.
(b) Catenation- "Due to self linking of carbon atom through co-
valent bonds to other carbon atoms (or other atoms) to form a
large number of compounds is known as CATENATION".

I I I I
- C- C- C- C-
1 I I I
Formation of single, double and triple bonds : due to
tetravalency.

- C - C - single bond "' C = C / double bond

I I /
-c =c- triple bond
"'
Isomerism - Isomers are organic compounds having the
same molecular formula but different structural formula.

1:1~;7,11'1 Arun Deep's Sim. Chemistry X

 Difference Between Organic And Inorgttnic Compounds:
Property Organic compounds Inorganic compounds
Composition Few elements (C, H, 0, Have all elements
N, S, P, Halogens)
State Solid, liquid, gas Solids (generally)
Nature Covalent compounds Ionic compounds
Melting and low High
boiling points
Solubility Soluble in organic solvents Soluble in water
Conductivity Non - conductors of Good conductors of
electricity electricity
Combustibility Combustible Non combustible
Reactivity Slow-molecular reactions Fast-ionic reactions
Catenation, Exhibit Not exhibit
Isomerism

Hydrocarbons And Classification

Hydrocarbons : The compounds of carbon and hydrogen are
called hydrocarbons.
Classification of Hydrocarbons
IHydrocarbons I
Aliphatic open Cyclic or closed
chain compounds chain compounds

Saturated Unsaturated
Alkanes (Paraffins)
CnH2n+2 I I
Alkenes (Olefins) Alkynes

A run Deep~ Sim. Chemistry X J472J

 Saturated
Hydrocarbons ~Alkanes-<=
Unsaturated
Homologous Series - Series of organic compounds where
the successive members follow a regular structural pattern and
each member differs in molecular formula by a - CH2group.
Characteristics of Homologous Series -
I. Elements have same functional groups.
2. Same general formula.
3. Molecular weight increases down series.
4. Physical properties show a gradual gradation with increase in
number.
Important homologous series are- Alkanes, Alkenes, Alkynes,
Alcohol, Aldehydes, Carboxylic acids, Ketones.
1. Alkanes- General formula Cn H2n+2
if n = 1 then CH2+2 = CH2 Methane
n = 2 then C2H2x2+2 = C2H6 Ethane
n = 3 then C3H2, 3+2 = C3H8 Propane
n = 4 then C4 H2, 4+z = C4H 10 Butane
n = 5 C5H2x5+2 C5HI2 Pentane

2. Alkenes- General formula Cn~n

" C = C/

l.n=l
/ "
2. n=2 C2H2•2 C2H4 Ethene
3. n = 3 C3H2•3 C3H6 Propene
4. n =4 C4H2•3 C4Hs Butene
5. n = 5 C 5H2, 5 C 5H 10 Pentene
3. Alkynes - General formula CnHzn-2
n= 1 CIHO
n =2 C2H2•2-2 Ethyne
n=3 C3H2•3-2 Propyne
1'473] A run D eep 's Sim. Chemistry X
 n=4 C4H2•4-2 = C4H6 Butyne
n=5 C sH 2•s-2 = CsHs Pentyne

Structural Formula : Molecular formula

H
I
Methane H-C -H
I
H

H H
I I
Ethane H- C -C- H
I I
H H
H H H
I I I C1Hs
Propane H- C - C-C-H (H 3C - CH2 --CH 3)
I I I
H H H

H H H H
I I I I C4H IO
Butane H -C-C-C-C- H (H 1C - CH 2 - CH3)
I I I I
H H H H

H H
ALKENES "' C = C/
H/ "'H
Ethene
H H
I I / H C3 H6
Propene H- C-C = C (CH 3 - CH = CH z)
I
H
I
H
"-H
H H H
I I I / H CHx
1-Butene H-C -C-C=C (H 3C - CHz- CH = CH z)
I I I "-H
H H H
Arun Deep's Sim. Chemistry X 1474]
Alkynes HC = CH
H3C- = CH
~C-C = CH
Organic compounds with double or triple bonds are unsaturated
hydrocarbons.
Isomerism : Isomers are organic compounds having same
molecular formula but different structural arrangement.
e.g. Isomers of butane 1. n-butane 2. iso-butane

H H H H
I I I I
H-C-C-C-C-H
I I I I
H H H H

H H H
Iso-butane
I I I
HC-C-C-H
I
H
I
H
I
H-C-H
I
H

Isomers of Alkynes
1. I butyne (C 4H6) CH3 - CH2 - C = CH
2. n butyne (C 4H6) C~- C = C- CH3
Hydrocarbons- Compounds containing hydrogen and carbon
only.
Molecular formula- CXHy , where x andy are whole numbers.
Aliphatic hydrocarbons are divided into two groups :
1. Saturated hydrocarbons- Homologous series of alkanes
2. Unsaturated hydrocarbons- Homologous series of Alkenes
and alkynes.

14'75.1 Arun Deep~ Sim. Chemistry X

 Saturated Unsaturated compound

1. Carbon atoms are joined by 1. Carbon atoms are joined by

single covalent bond. double or triple bonds.

I I I -C=C--C=C-
-C-C-C-
I I I 1 I

2. They are less reactive. 2. They are more reactive.

3. General formula CnH2n+2· 3. General formula CnH2n and
CnH2n-2
4. They do not change the 4. They discharge the reddish
reddish brown colour of brown colour of bromine
bromine. water.
5. Show substitution reaction. 5. Show addition reaction.

Preparation of Methane and Ethane

A. Preparation of Methane in Laboratory :
Methane is prepared by heating [CH3C00Na] Sodium acetate
with soda-lime [NaOH + CaO]

cH3 :·cooN~-+
~------------·
N;o: H ~ cH4 + Na2co3
Sod. acetate Sod. hydroxide Methane (Sod. carbonate]
[from soda-lime]
A mixture of sodium acetate and soda-lime is taken in a hard
glass boiling tube. The boiling tube is heated, first gently and
then strongly. On heating, methane gas is evolved which is
collected over water by the downward displacement of water
as shown in Figure. Since methane gas is collected over water,
it shows that methane is insolubl~ "in water.
Properties of Methane :
1. Gas at ordinary temperature is colourless and udourless.
2. Almost insoluble in water.
3. m.p = 182.5° C, b.p = 161.5°C
4. V.D. = 8

Arun Deep's Sim. Chemistry X f476l

 5. Substitution Reactions :
CH + Cl s~nlight > CH Cl + HCl
4 2 diffused 3

CH3Cl' + Cl2 ~ CRzC1 2 + HCI

CRzCl + Cl2 ~ CHC13 + HCI

+ HCl
Carbon tetrachloride
6. Oxidation- burning in oxygen

CH4 + 202 ~ C02 + 2Rz0 + 11

(excess)

2CH4 + 302 (limited) ~ 2CO + 4Rz0 + 11

7. Catalytic oxidation -
c c c
I I I
Butane C-C-C-C C-C-C Pentane C-C-C-C-C C-C-C-C C-C-C
I
c
c
I
Butene C-C-C=C C-C=C-C C-C=C
c c H
I I \ I \ I
Pentene C-C-C-C=C C-C-C=C-C C-C-C=C C-C-C=C C=C C=C
I \ I \
H H H
Pentyne C-C-C-C: C C-C-C:C-C c-c-e=c
I
Butyne C-C-C:C C-C:C-C c
OH
I
OH c c
I I I
Propanol C-C-C-OH C-C-C Butanol C-C -C-C-OH C-C-C-C C-C-C-OH C-C-OH
I
c
OH OH 0
I I II
Prentanol C-C-C-C-C-OH C-C-C- C-C C-C-C-C-C Butanoic Acid C-C-C-C-OH
co
I II
C-C-C-OH

Cu tube
2CH4 + 0 2 200oc > 2CHpH
methanol

Pyrolysis : 2CH4 1soo•c

HC =CH + 3H 2

14771 Arun Deep's Sim. Chemistry X

 Uses of Methane :
l. Illumination and domestic fuel.
2. Chloroform- Solvent for rubber, wax, anaesthesia.
3. Carbon black- Black pigment in shoe polishes
4. Methanol- Solvent for varnishes.
B. Preparation of Ethane in Laboratory:
In place of CH3C00Na we take CH 3 C~COONa

(Sodium propionate)
CaO
CH3 - C~ COONa + NaOH -~:::,....---7 C2H6 + N~C0 3
Sodium propionate Soda lime Ethane
Properties of Ethane -
Physical properties -
l. Colourless, odourless.
2. Almost insoluble in water.
3. V.D = 15
4. Substitution reactions :
Diffused>
Sunlight
monochloro ethane
C 2H 5CI + Cl2 ~ C2H4 CI2 + HCl
dichloro ethane
C 2H4 Cl2 + Cl2 ~ C2H3Cl3 + HCI
C2 H3Cl3 + Cl2 ~ C2H2CI 4 + HCl
C 2 ~Cl 4 + Cl2 ~ C2CI 6 + HCI
hexachloroethane
5. Oxidation -
2C2 H6 + 702 (excess) ~ 4C0 2 + 6~0 + d
2C 2 H6 + 502 (limited) ~ 4CO + 6H20 + d
Chemical properties-
(i) Ethane bums in limited oxygen to give CO and water.
C 2H6 + 502 (limited) ~ 4CO + 6~0 + d

Arun Deep~ Sim. Chemistry X 1'47.81

(ii) 2C2H6 + 0 2 Cu tube
20<fc ) 2C 2 H 50H (ethano l)

(Catalyst-Cu tube, temp., 200° C, pressure- 100 atm)

(m...) c2H 6 + 0 2 MoO

3so - soooc CH3 CHO
(ethanol)

(iv) Pyrolysis :
50<fC )
AW,
ethane ethene

Uses of Ethane :
(i) As illuminant.
(ii) Solvent for rubber, waxes, as an anaesthesia
--~

(iii) A black pigment in shoe polishes, printers ink.

(iv) Solvent for varnishes, resins, a low freezing liquid in
thermometers.
ALKENES:
Introduction : Alkenes are unsaturated aliphatic hydrocarbons
containing- C = C- in their molecule.
Alkenes are olefins.
General formula- C0 H20
Sources of Alkenes - Seldom occur free in nature.
They are produced.by thermal cracking of petroleum.
Structural formula of ethene :

H H
\ c=(
I \
H H
Preparation of Ethene - (Lab. preparation) By heating
Ethanol ( 1 vol) and cone. ~SO 4 (2 vol) at 170° C or catalyst
Alp 3 at 350° C.

Jm91 Arun Deep's Sim. Chemistry X

 Laboratory preparation of ethene [C2H 4] gas

H H H H
I I Con. H , SO, i I
H-C-C-CH HC-C=C-H+H20
At 170'C
I I (Ethene)
H OH
Ethene is collected by downward displacement of water.
Properties of Ethene - Physical Properties :
(i) Gas is colourless and has a pleasant odour.
(ii) Slightly soluble in water, soluble inorganic compounds.
(iii) Slightly less denser than air.
(iv) m.d. = 169° C, b.p. = I 04°C
Chemical Properties -
(i) Addition reactions (Hydrogenation) :

H 2C-CH2
I I
H H
ethane

(ii) Halogenation : H 2C = C~ + Cl2 H2C - CH2

I I
Cl Cl
I, 2 dichloro ethane

Br Br
I, 2 dibromo ethane

Arun Deep~ Sim. Chemistry X F480I

(iv) ~c = c~ + ~ ce~. > C2 H4 I2
1, 2 dicloro ethane
(v) Halogen acid :

~C = C~ + HCl ----+ CH3 C~Cl

~C = CH2 + HBr ----+ CH 3 C~Br

(vi) Sulphuric acid

~C = CH2 + H2S04 (cone) ----+ H2C -CH2

I I
H HS04
ethyl hydrogen sulphate
(vii) With Ozone :
~C=C~+0 3 ether > H,C - 0 - CH2
-1 I
0 -- 0
ethylene ozonide
(viii) Polymerisation -

nH C = Cl-l high temp.> [ - H 2C - Cl-l -]n

2 ~"'"2 h1gh press .. "'"2
catalyst
Uses of Ethylene :
(i) Oxy-ethylene torch is used for welding and cuttings of metals.
(ii) Used in hardening of oils.
(iii) Manufacture of synthetic chemicals and polymers like polythene
(P.V.C.), insulators.
Alkyne : (Acetylene)
Alkynes : unsaturated hydrocarbons containing - C =C -
triple bond.
General formula: CnH2n-2 and the first member is C2H2 i.e.
CH = CH.
Sources- Naturally occurring alkynes are encountered less.
Acetylene is prepared from natural gas -
Structural formula : CH = CH ; C2 ~
H- C =C - H (ethyne)
1:~&11! Arun Deep's Sim. Chemistry X
 PREPARATION OF ETHYNE- Calcium carbide and cold
water. Cold water is added drop wise through a thistle funnel
into conical flash containing calcium carbide.
C H - OH CH+Ca(OH) 2
c/111 + H-OH ~Ill
\ c CH
ethyne
or or
Ca C2 (Calcium carbide) 2Hz 0
Properties : Physical properties -
(i) Slightly lighter than air.
(ii) Colourless, faint garlic odour
(iii) Very slightly soluble in water.
(iv) m.p. = 82°C ; b.p. = 75°C
Chemical Properties of Ethyne :
1. Addition reactions :

(i) HC =CH+ ~ Ni
JOO"C ) H-C=C-C +~
I I
H H
(ii) Halogens: HC =CH + Cl2 CCI 4 ) H -- C = H- Cl, + ~
I I -
Cl Cl

~
Cl Cl
I I
H-C-C-H
I I
Cl Cl
(iii) Halogen Acids :

HC =CH+HBr ~ H-C=C-H
I I
H Br
/0\.
(iv) Ozone : HC =CH+O3 ~ H-C-C
I I
0-0
[acetylene oxozide]

Arun Deep~ Sim. Chemistry X lliiJ

2. Oxidation - with dil KMnO 4
COOH
HC ;: CH + 4/[0] KMn0 4 ) I
COOH
Uses of Ethyne-
1. Production of oxy-acetylene torch for welding and cutting
metals.
2. Ripening of green fruits.
3. Manufacture of organic compounds.
4. Manufacture of synthetic products -polymers.
Alcohols - Methanol and Ethanol
Alkane corresponding alcohol- Methanol (CH30H)
General formula- C0 H2n+ l OH
-Structural formula:
H H H
I I I
H- C- OH (Methanol) H - C - C - OH (Ethanol)
I · I I
H H H
Preparation of Methanol and Ethanol
boil
CH3 - Ar + KOH (aq) CH3 - OH + KBr
C2 H5 Br + KOH (aq) boil C2H50H + KBr
Properties of Methanol and Ethanol :
Physical properties :
(i) Colourless and faint odour.
(ii) Soluble in water and all organic solvents.
(iii) b.p. methyl alcohol, 64.5°C, Ethyl alcohol 78.3°C
Chemical properties :

(i) Sodium - 2CH30H + 2Na ~ 2CH30Na + H2

methanol

1483:1 Arun Deep's Sim. Chemistry X

 (ii) Sulphuric acid -
C H OH
2 5
ConcH,SO,
11'c
CJ-1
~"2
= Cl-1 + l-1 O
~"2 ~"2

ethene
(iii) Acetic acid
CH30H + CH3COOH concH,so, CH3 - COO- CH3 + ~0
methyl acetate

C2H50H + CH3COOH Cone H, SO, CH3COO - C2H 5+ H20

Uses of Methanol and Ethanol -

Methanol Ethanol

(i) As a solvent- for paints As a solvent for gums and resins.

and varnishes.
(ii) As an antifreeze. In thermometers and spirit lamps.
(iii) In manufacture of chemicals. In manufacture of aldehyde.
formaldehyde.

Carboxylic Acids - Acetic Acid

Carboxylic acids are organic compounds containing carboxylic
group i.e.
0
II
-C-OH
0 0
I II
i.e. H - C - OH(formic acid) or CH3 - C - OH (acetic acid)
Acetic acid is a fatty acid depending upon the number of as
COOH and is a monobasic acid.
Formic acid : H- COOH
Acetic acid : CH3 - COOH
Propanoic acid : CH3 - CH2 - COOH
Preparation of Acetic Acid :
(i) By oxidation of ethyl alcohol

Arun Deep~ Sim. Chemistry X l>ilaitl

 K,Cr,O, ) CH CHO + H 0
acidified 3 2
acetaldehyde
K,Cr,O, '
CH3CHO + I 0 I --ac-idi-'-.fie-d~) CH3COOH
acetic acid
Properties of Acetic or Ethanoic Acid :
Physical properties :
(i) At ordinary temperature acetic acid is a colourless liquid.
(ii) Pungent odour like vinegar: Miscible with water:
(iii) Boils at ll8°C.
(iv) Liquefaction below 16.5°C.
Chemical properties of Acetic acid :
(i) Litmus- Turns blue litmus to red.
(ii) Sodium carbonate I bicarbonate -
2CH3COOH + Na2C03 ~ 2CH3C00Na + Hp + C02
CH3COOH + NaHC0 3 ~ CH3COONa + H20 + C02
(iii) Active metals : Na, Mg, Zn :
2CH3COOH + 2Na ~ 2CH3COONa + ~

2CHFOOH + Mg ~(CH 3 C00) 2 Mg + H2

(iv) Acidic Nature :
CH3COOH + NaOH ~ CH3C00Na + H20
2CH3COOH + Ca(OH)2 ~ (CH3C00)2 Ca + 2~0

(v) Alcohol :
Cl
2CH3COOH + C2H50H Cone H,so,) (CH COOC H)+ 21-J 0
dry HCI 3 2 5 ~'"2

Uses of Acetic acid :

(i) hi nianufacture of organic compounds like vinyl acetate :
(ii) In the food industry - used as vinegar.
(iii) As a solvent- It dissolves phosphorus, sulphur, iodine.
(iv) As a laboratory reagent.
(v) As a coagulant.

114.651 Arun Deep~ Sim. Chemistry X

 IQUESTIONS]
2006
1. Which one of the elements - Li, Be, B, C, 0, F, N(•
shows the property of catenation.
Ans. C (carbon).
2. Write a balanced equation for:
(i) Reaction of ethane and oxygen in presen ce of
molybdenum oxide.
(ii) Preparation of CH~ from anhydrous sodium
ethanoate (sodium acetate).
(iii) Reaction of heating ethanol at 170° C in the pn~senct'
of cone. H 2 SO~.
(iv) Preparation of carbon tetrachloride from methaneo

Ans. (i) C 2H(i + 0 2 ~!__ -)> Cf-1 3CHO + Hp

(ii) CH 3COONa + NaOH -- - -~~~~~ CH 4 + Na 2C0 3

soda lime

1-1 H H II

(iii) H- ~:- ~ - II -~~n~ 7:/t\~ 1-1 -- t- 0 ' (j --- H + Hp

I I
H OH

(iv) CH 4 + 4CI 2 cu;·t;_ CC1 4 + 4HCI

3. Give the lUPAC nam~ and the functional group for :

(i) CH3 - CH 2 - CHO
(ii) H 3C - CH2 - CH2 - OH
Ans. (i) IUPAC name : Propanal
0
I
Functional group: --- C - H (Aldehydic group)
(ii) IUPAC name : Propan-1-ol
Functional group: OH (Alcoholic group)
Arun Deep s Sim. Chemistry X 14861
 4. Draw the structural formula of ethyne. How does the
structure of alkynes differ from that of alkenes.
Ans. Structural formula of ethyne
H-C =C-H
In alkynes there are - C =C -triple covalent bonds but in
alkenes there are ""'-c = c/ double covalent bonds.
/ "'-..
5. Fill in the blanks with the correct words :
Alkenes are the (analogous I homologous) series
of (saturated I unsaturated) hydrocarbons. They
differ from alkanes due to the presence of (double
I single) bonds. Alkenes mainly undergo (addition
I substitution) reactions.
Ans. (i) homologous series (ii) unsaturated hydrocarbons
(iii) double bonds (iv) addition reactions
6. Draw the structural formulae ofthe two isomers of Butane.
Give the correct IUPAC name of each.

H H H H
I I I I
Ans. (i) H- C- C- C- C- H [IUPAC name - butane]
I I I I
H H H H

H H H
I I I
(ii) H- C- C- C - H [IUPAC name - 2 methyl propane]
I I HI
H
H- C- H
I
H

2007
1. Give the IUPAC names of the compounds numbered (i)
to (v).

l~87:l Arun Deep's Sim. Chemistry X

 H
~ ..
I
(i) H-C-C=C-H [CH3 -C =CH]
I
H

H H H H H
I I I I I
(ii) H-C-C-C-C-C-H
I I I I I
H H 0 H H
H

H H H
I I I
(iii) H-C-C-C-H
H
I H
I I
H-C-H
I
H

H H
I I
(iv) H - c- c [CH3 - COOH]
I I
H OH
H H
I I
(v) H-C-C-H
I I
Cl Cl
Ans. (i) Propyne (ii) Pentan-3-ol
(iii) 2-Methylpropane (iv) Ethanoic acid
(v) I, 2-Dichloroethane
2. Copy and complete the table which relates to three
homologous series of Hydrocarbons :
General Formula Cnlhn Cnlhn-2 Cnlbn+2
IUPAC name- of the homologous series
Characteristic bond type Single bond
IUPAC name-of the first member of the series
Type of reaction - with chlorine Addition

A run Deep's Sim. Chemistry X ~

Ans. (i) Alkenes, Alkynes and Alkanes
(ii) Double, Triple, Single
(iii) Ethene, Ethyne, Methene
(iv) Addition Substitution
3. Name the type of reaction by which X (compound of C
and Br) can be prepared from ethane.
Ans. By substitution reactions.
2008
1. The formation of 1, 2-dibromoethane from ethene and
bromine is an example of :
A Substitution
B Dehydration
C Dehydrohalogenation
D Addition
Ans. D Addition
2. Name the organic compound prepared by each of the
following reactions :

(i) C 2H 5COONa + NaOH ~

(ii) CH3I + 2[H] ~

(iii) C 2H 5Br + KOH (alcoholic soln.) ~

(v) CaC2 + 2H2 0 ~

Ans. (i) C2H5 COONa + NaO H ~ C2H6 + NazC0 3

Sodium Sodium hydroxide Ethane
propanoate
Organic compound formed is Ethane.

Methyl Iodide Methane

Organic compound formed is Methane
(iii) C2H5Br + KOH (ale.) ~ C2 H4 + KBr + H20
ethyl bromide Ethene

Arun Deep~ Sim. Chemistry X

 Organic compound forq1ed is Ethene.
(iv) CaC 2 Ca(OH)2
Calcium carbide Acetylene Calcium hydroxide
Organic compound formed is Acetylene.
3. Write the equation for the following :
(i) Calcium carbide and water
(ii) Ethene and water (steam)
(iii) Bromoethane and an aqueous solution of sodium
hydroxide.
Ans. (i) CaC 2 + 2H20 ~ Ca(OH)2 + C 2H 2
Calcium Water Calcium Acetylene
carbide hydroxide
(ii) CzH4 + H 20 ~ C 2H 50H
Ethene Water Ethanol
(iii) C 2H 5Br + NaOH(aq) ~ C 2H 50H + NaBr
ethylbromide Sodium Ethanol Sodium
hydroxide bromide
4. Distinguish between the saturated hydrocarbon ethane
and the unsaturated hydrocarbon ethene by drawing their
structural formulae.
Ans. Saturated Unsaturated
hydrocarbon hydrocarbon
(ethane) (ethene)
H H
H-C-C-H
I I H H
! I
I I H-C=C-H
H H (Double bond)
(Single bond)

5. Whicl). type of reaction i.e. addition or substitution is

shown by ethane and ethene ?
Ans. ethane ~ Substitution, ethene ~ addition reaction
6. Write the equation for the complete combustion of
ethane.

Arun Deep's Sim. Chemistry X J~90l

 7. Name the alcohol, aldehyde and acid formed when ethane
is oxidised.
Ans. Alcohol obtained from ethane is' ethyl alcohol [C 2H50H].
The aldehyde obtained from ethane is acetaldehyde [CH3
CHO].
The acid obtained from ethane is acetic acid [CH3COOH].
8. Why is pure acetic acid known as glacial acetic-acid ?
Ans. Pure acetic acid is known as glacial acetic acid because it
freezes below 16.5°C to an icy mass (glacier).
9. What type of compound is formed by the reaction
between acetic acid and an alcohol ?
Ans. Ester is formed by the reaction between acid and an alcohol.

Ethanoic acid Ethanol Ethyl ethanoate

(acid) (alcohol) (ester)
10. By what type of reaction could a compound containing .
C, H .and Cl - be obtained from ethyne ?
Ans. Addition reaction

CH =CH + Cl2 ~ CH = CH + Cl 2 ~ CHC12 - CHC12

ethyne I I 1, 1,2,2 tetrachloro ethane
Cl CI
1,2 dichloro ethene
11. State the term for the reaction in which the hydrogen of
an alkane is replaced by chlorine.
Ans. Substitution reaction.
2009
1. Which of the following statements is wrong about
alkanes ?
(A) They are all saturated hydrocarbons.
(B) They can undergo addition as well as substitution
reaction.
Arun Dup's Sim. Chemistry X
 (C) They are almost non polar in nature.
(D) On complete combustion give out carbon dioxide
and water. 1u

Ans. (B) They can undergo addition as well as substitution

reaction.
2. Write balanced equation for : Acetic acid is warmed
with ethanol in the presence of con. H 2 S04 •

Ans. CH3 COOH + C2H50H conc.H 2so. ) CH3COOC 2H5 + H20

3. Find the odd one out in each case and explain your
choice.
(i) C 3 H 8 , C 5H 10 , C 2H 6, CH4
(iii) Formic acid, Nitric acid, Acetic acid, Propanoic
acid.
Ans. (i) C 5 H 10 [All others are alkane, this is an alkene]
(ii) Nitric acid [This is the only inorganic acid rest all are
organic acids]
4. Identity the substances 'S' based on the information
given below :
The reddish brown liquid 'S' is dissolved in water.
When ethyne gas is passed through it, turns colourless.
Ans. Bromine solution
5. Fill in the blanks with the correct words from the
brackets.
Generally ionic compounds exist in (i) ........... (solid/
liquid/gas) state. Melting and boiling points of covalent
compounds are generally (ii) ........... (low/high). The
general formula for alkane is (iii) ....... .. (CnH ln I Cn
H ln-l I Cn H 2 n+ 2). For alkynes the generai formula is
(iv) ........... (CnH2n I CnH2n-2/CnH2n+2)
Ans. (i) Solid (ii) low

6. Give chemical equation for the following :

Arun Deep's Sim. Chemistry X ~
 (i) The laboratory preparation of methane from
sodium acetate.
(ii) The reaction of one mole of ethene with one mole
of chlorine gas.
(iii) The preparation of ethyne from 1, 2 -
dibromoethane.

sodium acetate sodium hydroxide Methane sodium carbonate

(ii) CH2 = CH2 + Cl2 ---- CH2 - CH 2

I I
Cl Cl
1, 2 dichloroethane

(iii) CH 2 -CH 2 + 2KOH(alc) .......A__.. 2K Br + 2HP + CH = CH

I I Potassium water e 'lyne
Br Br Bromide

7. State how the following conversions can be carried out:

(i) Ethyl chloride to Ethyl alcohol.
(ii) Ethyl chloride to Ethene.
(iii) Ethene to Ethyl alcohol.
(iv) Ethyl alcohol to Ethene.
Ans. (i) By treating ethyl chloride with aqueous KOH.
(ii) By heating ethyl chloride with alcoholic KOH.
(iii) By passing ethene into concentrated H2 S04 at 80°C
and high pressure or by hydrating of ethene.
(iv) By heating ethyl alcohol with concentrated H2 S04 at
170°C.
8. Define isomerism. Give the IUPAC name of the isomer
C 4H 10 which has a branched chain.
Ans. (i) Isomerism : Organic compounds having the same
formula but different structural formulae are called
isomers and this property is known as isomerism.
Example : n pentane & isopentane
lt!:93j A run Deep~ Sim. Chemistry X
 CH3 - CH2 - CH2 - CH2 - CH3
n Pentane

H 3 C - H 2C - HC - CH3
I
CH3
lso pentane
:-~--;M---3-l

(ii) c4 H 10 i HJC-CH-CHJ 1
-------·--·+----------~
CH3 2 Methyl propane
2010
1. Select the correct answer
(i)
The organic compound, which gives a red
precipitate with ammoniacal cuprous chloride a~d
undergoes an addition reaction -
(A) Ethane (B) Ethene
(C) Ethyne (D) Ethanol
(ii) The organic compound which when mixed with
ethyle alcohol, [ethanol], makes it spurious.
(A) Methanol (B) Methanoic add
(C) Methanal (D) Ethanoic acid
Ans. (i) (C) Ethyne
(ii) (A) Methanol
2. Draw the structural formula of-
(i) Ethanoic acid (ii) But-2-yne

H 0
I II
Ans. (i) H - C - C - OH (Ethanoic acid)
I
H

H H
I I
(ii) H- C-C-C= C- C- H (But-2-yne)
I I
H H
Arun Deep's Sim. Chemistry X li!J
 3. Compound 'X' is bubbled through bromine dissolved
in CC14 and the product formed is CH2 Br- CH2 Brr
(i) Draw the structural of X and state what type of
reaction X has undergone.
(ii) State your observation for the above reaction.
(iii) Name the compound formed when steam reacts
with A in the presence of phosphoric acid.
(iv) What is the procedure for converting the product
of (b) (iii) back to X?
Ans. (i) CH2 Br - CH 2 Br
H H
I I
H-C=C-H
The above reaction is called addition reaction.
(ii) The colour of bromine colour fades.
Phosphoric
acid
Ethene (Ethanol )
(iv) Ethanol can be converted into ethene, by dehydrating
it with cone. sulphuric acid.

Ethanol Ethene
2011
1. Name a gaseous hydrocarbon cominonly used for welding
purposes.
Ans. Acetylene
2. Give reasons for the following -
(i) almost 90% of all known compounds are organic in
nature.
(ii) it is dangerous to burn methane in an insufficient
supply of air.
Ans. (i) Because of ability of carbon to catenate i.e forms straight
chain, branched chains or ring like compounds.

lfl'95l A run Deep~ Sim. Chemistry X

 (ii) Because carbon monoxide is produced in an insufficient
supply of air. This gas is extremely poisonous for human
beings as it cuts off the oxygen supply by forming
carboxyhaemoglobin in the blood.
3. Choose the correct answer -
(i) The functional group present in acetic acid is :
(A) Ketonic C = 0
(B) Hydroxyl - OH
(C) Aldehydic - CHO
(D) Carboxyl - COOH
(ii) Unsaturated hydrocarbons undergo :
(A) a substitution reaction
(B) an oxidation reaction
(C) an addition reaction
(D) none of the above
(iii) The number of C - H bonds in ethane molecule are:
(A) Four (B) Six
(C) Eight (D) Ten
Ans. (i) (D) Carboxyl - COOH
(ii) (C) an addition reaction
(iii) (B) Six
4. Select the correct answer the choices given :
(i) The catalyst used for conversion of ethene to ethane
is commonly......... [nickel/iron/cobalt]
(ii) Acetaldehyde when oxidized with acidified ·
potassium dichromate, forms ....... [ester/ethanol/
acetic acid]
(iii) Ethanoic acid reacts with ethanol in presence of cone.
~S0 4 , so as to form a compound and water. The
chemical reaction which takes place is called ........ .
[dehydration/hydrogenation/esterification]
Ans. (i) Nickel (ii) Acetic acid
(iii) Esterification
A run Deep's Sim. Chemistry X I496·J
 5. Write balanced chemical equations for the following :
(i) Write the equation for the reaction taking place
between 1, 2 - dibromoethane and alcoholic
potassium hydroxide.
(ii) Monochloro ethan is hydrolysed with aqueous KOH.
(iii) A mixture of sodalime and sodium acetate is heated.
(iv) Ethanol under high pressure and low temperature
is treated with acidified potassium dichromate.
(v) Water is added to calcium carbide.
(vi) Ethanol reacts with sodium at room temperature.
Ans. (i) CH2- CH2 + 2 KOH ~ 2KBr + CH = CH + 2Hp
I I Acetylene

Br Br
I , 2- dibromo ethane

(ii) CH3 CH2 Cl + KOH<•q> ~ CH3 CH2 OH + KCl

Monochloro Ethanol
ethane

(iii) C~ COONa + NaOH CaO Na2 C03 + CH4 t

Sodium Ethanoate Methane
2[0]
(iv) CH3 C~ OH ----~ CH3 COOH + Hp
K,Cr,O,/ H,SO,
Ethanol Ethanoic acid
(v) CaC 2 + 2Hp ~ Ca (OH) 2 + CH = CH
Calcium carbine Acetylene

Ethanol Sodium ethoxide

2012
1. State the observation : Bromine vapours are passed into
a solo. of ethyne in carbon tetrachloride.
Ans. Ethyne decolorizes the reddish brown colour ofbromine solution.
2. From - Ethyne, ethanol, acetic acid, ethene, methane.
Choose the one which relates to (i) to (iv).
(i) An unsaturated hydrocarbon used for welding
hf97il Arun Deep's Sim. Chemistry X
 purposes.
(ii) An organic compound whose functional group is
carboxyl.
(iii) A hydrocarbon which on catalytic hydrogennation
gives a saturated hydrocar bon.
(iv) An organic compound used as a thermometric
liquid.
Ans. (i) Ethyne (ii) Acetic acid
(iii) Ethene (iv) Ethanol
3. (i) Why is pure acetic acid known as glacial acetic acid?
(ii) Give a chemical equation for the reaction between
ethyl alcohol and acetic acid.
Ans. (i) Pure acetic acid freezes below 20°C to form a transparent
solid which looks like ice and hence, it is called glacial
· acetic acid.
(ii) C2HpH + CH3COOH cons.H2s o. )CH3COOC2H5 + Hp
4. Rewrite the correct statement with the missing word/s.
Ethyl alcohol is dehydrated by sulphuric acid at a
temperature of about 170°C.
Ans. Ethyl alcohol is dehydrated by concentrated sulphuric acid at a
temperature of about 170°C.
5. Give the structural formula for the following :
(i) Methanoic acid (ii) Ethanal
(iii) Ethyne (iv) Acetone
(v) 2-methyl propane.
0
II
Ans. (i) H-C-OH (Methanoic acid)
H 0
I II
(ii) H- C -C - H (Ethanal)
I
H

A run Deep ~ Sim. Chemistry X

 (iii) H - C= C - H (Ethyne)

H 0 H
I II I
(iv) H-C-C-C-H (Acetone)
I I
H H

H H H
I I I
(v) H-C-C-C-H (2-methyl propane)
I 21 I I
3

H H
H-C-H
I
H

2013
1. Identify the gas evolved when : sodium propionate is
heated with soda lime.
Ans. Ethane gas
2. Give suitable chemical term for : A reaction in which
hydrogen of an alkane is replaced by a halogen.
Ans. Subsitution reaction
3. Give a chemical test to distinguish between : Ethene gas
and ethane gas.
Ans. To the given gas add few drops of bromine solution in carbon,
tetra-chloride. In case of ethene gas, the reddish colour of
bromine discharges. However, in case of ethane gas the reddish
colour of bromine does not discharge.
4. Identify the statement that is incorrect about alkanes :
(A) They are hydrocarbons.
(B) There is single covalent bond between carbon and
hydrogen
(C) They can undergo both substitution as well as
addition reactions
(D) On complete combustion they produce carbon
m Arun Deep~ Sim. Chemistry X
 dioxide and water.
Ans. (C) They can undergo both substitution as well as addition
reactions.
5. Give balanced equations for the laboratory preparations
of:
(i) A saturated hydrocarbon from iodomethane.
(ii) An unsaturated hydrocarbon from an alcohol.
(iii) An unsaturated hydrocarbon from calcium carbide.
(iv) An alcohol from ethyl bromide.
Ans. (i) CH3I + 2H (from Zn/Cu couple) ~ CH4 +HI
160C

(iii) CaC2 + 2Hp ~ Ca(OH)2 + C 2 ~

(iv) C2H5Br + KOH (aq) ~ C2HpH + KBr

6. Give the structural formulae for:
(i) An isomer of n-butane.
(ii) 2-propanol.
(iii) Diethyl ether.

Ans. (i) H H H
I I I
H- C - C C - H [!so-butane]
I I I
HH-C-HH
I
H

(ii) H H H
13 21 II
H- C - C - C - H (2-propanol]
I I I
H OH -H

(iii) H H 0 H H
I I II I I
H-C- C-C-C - C- H [Di-ethyl ether]
1 I I I
H H H H
Arun Deep~ Sim. Chemistry X mHI
 7. Give reasons for :
(i) Methane does not undergo addition reactions, but
ethene does.
(ii) Ethyne is more reactive than ethane.
(iii) Hydrocarbons are excellent fuels.
Ans. (i) All the four covalent bonds between the carbon and
hydrogen are fully shared. Thus the hydrogen atom can
only be substituted by more reactive atoms or group of
atoms. There is no scope of addition of reactive atoms in
its molecule.
However, in case of ethene there is a double bond between
the two carbon atoms. These bonds are under strain and
hence can be easily broken by more reactive atoms to
form addition compounds which are saturated in nature.
(ii) =
Ethyne has a triple covalent bond (--C C-) between
two carbon atoms, whereas ethene has a double covalent
bond (--C = C - ) between the two carbon atoms. So,
the strain in the bounding of ethyne is far more than ethene.
This accounts of the reactivity of ethyne as its bonds break
more easily than that of ethene.
(iii) All the constituents of hydrocarbon (carbon and hydrogen)
are highly combustible and do not have any uncombustible
content. So, hydrocarbons are excellent fuels.
2014
1. The I.U.P.A.C. name of acetylene is,
(A) propane • (B) propyne
(C) ethene (D) ethyne.
Ans. (D) ethyne
2. Ethanol reacts with sodium to give .............. (sodium
ethanoate, sodium ethoxide, sodium propanoate)
Ans. sodium ethoxide
3. Give one word or phrase for- hydrocarbons containing a
0
II
-C- functional group.

IIIII Arun Deep's Sim. Chemistry X

 0
Ans. Hydrocarbons containing a -C-
functional group ---+ Alkan
one or Ketonic functional group.
4. Write balanced equation for preparation of
(i) ethane from sodium propionate.
(ii) ethanol from monochloroethane and aq. sodium
hydroxide.
Ans. (i) Preparation of ethane from sodium propionate.

CH 3 -C~.COONa + NaO H c~o > C2H6 + Na2C0 3

(ii) Preparation of ethanol from monochloroethane and aq.

sodium hydroxide.
boil

5. Distinguish between : Ethane and ethene (using alkaline

potassium permanganate solution)
Ans. Ethane and ethene (using alkaline KMn0 4 )
Ethene decolourises the colour of alkaline KMnO 4 but ethane
does not
6. State the conditions required for :
(i) Catalytic hydrogenation of ethyne.
(ii) Preparation of ethyne from ethylene dibromide.
Ans. (i) One volume of ethyne gas is mixed with two volumes of
hydrogen gas and passed over heated nickel at 300°C,
when an addition reaction takes place with the formation
of ethane gas.
CH H Ni
CH 2 H Ni CHJ
Ill + I II + I Joooc ) II
CH H CH 2 H CH3
Ethyne gas Ethene gas Ethane gas

(ii) Zinc dust is added to a mixture of95% ethyl alcohol and

5% of ethylene dibromide. The mixture is gently warmed
when ethyne gas is liberated.
Ar1m Deep's Sim. Chemistry X lliJ
 CHBr 95% alcohol
CH
II + Zn warm
Ill + ZnBr2
CHBr CH
7. Write structural formula of:
(i) ethanol. (ii) 1-propanal.
(iii) ethanoic acid. (iv) 1, 2, dichloroethane.
Ans. Give the structural formula:
H H
I I
(i) Ethanol H -C-C-OH
I I
H H
H H 0
I I II
(ii) 1-propanal H-C-C-C-H
I I
H H
H 0
I II
(iii) Ethanoic acid H-C-C-OH
I
H

H H
I I
(iv) 1, 2, dichloroethane H -C-C-H
I I
Cl Cl
8. Match A and B with (i) and (ii) :
A alkynes (i) C .H 2 .+2
B alkane (ii) C .H 2 . _ 2
Ans. A a lky nes (ii) C n H 2n- 2
B alkane (i) C .H 2 . +2
2015
1. Select from the list - Ammonia, ethane, hydrogen
chloride, hydrogen sulphide, ethyne
(i) The gas is used for welding purposes.
(ii) This gas is also a saturated hydrocarbon.
Ans. (i) Ethyne (ii) Ethane
~ Arun Deep~ Sim. Chemistry X
 2. State which of the following statements does not describe
the property of alkenes :
(A) They are unsaturated hydrocarbons
(B) They decolourise bromine water
(C) They can undergo addition as well as substitution
reactions
(D) They undergo combustion with oxygen forming
carbon dioxide and water.
Ans. (C) They can undergo addition and substitution reactions.
Alkenes do not undergo substitution reaction.
3. State one appropriate observation when : The gaseous
· product obtained by dehydration of ethyl alcohol is passed
through bromine water.
Ans. The reddish brown colour ofbromine solution gets decolourised.
4. Give balanced chemical equations for the following con-
versions:
(i) Ethanoic acid to ethyl ethanoate.
(ii) Calcium carbide to ethyne.
(iii) Sodium ethanoate to methane.
Ans. (i) Ethanoic ac id to ethyl ethanoate
Cone. H,SO,
Wann

Ethyl ethanoate

(ii) CaC 2 + 2 Hp ~ Ca(OH)2 + CH _ CH

Calcium carbide Calcium hydroxide

CaO
(iii) CH 3 C00Na + NaOH --~ Na2C0 3 + CH4
300°C

Methane
5. Using their structural formulae identify the functional
group by circling them:
(i) Dimethyl ether.
(ii) Propanone.
A run Deep~ Sim. Chemistry X
Ans. (i) Dimethyl ether

I H H I
1 1~1
I H-?~?-H
I H H I
Ether Group
(ii) Propanone

i c®c
IH, d H,
I

Ketonic Group
6. Name the following :
(i) Process by which ethane is obtained from ethene.
(ii) A hydrocarbon which contributes towards the
greenhouse effect.
(iii) Distinctive reaction that takes place when ethanol
is treated with acetic acid.
(iv) The property of element by virtue of which atoms of
the element can link to each other in the form of a
long chain or ring structur.e.
(v) Reaction when an alkyl halide is treated with
alcoholic potassium hydroxide.
Ans. (i) Hydrogenation (addition) (ii) Methane
(iii) Esterification (iv) Catenation
(v) Dehydrohalogenation
2016
1. Fill in the blanks : Conversion of ethene to ethane is an
example of ............ (hydration I hydrogenation).
Ans. Conversion of ethene to ethane is an example of hydrogenation.
2. Write balanced chemical equations for :
Preparation of ethanol from ethyl chloride.
la1J A run Deep~ Sim. Chemistry X
 Ans. C 2H 5CI + NaOH(aq) ~ C 2HpH + NaCI
3. Identify the term/substance in each of the following :
(i) The catalyst used in the conversion of ethyne to
ethane.
(ii) The type of reactions alkenes undergo.
Ans. (i) Nickel or platinum or palladium.
(ii) Addition reactions . .
4. Write the IUPAC names of:
H H H H H
I I I I I
(a) H-C=C-C-H (b) H-C-C=C-C-H
I I I
H H H
H H
I I
(c) H-C-C=O
I
H
Ans. 1. Propene 2. 2-butyne 3. ethanal
5. Write a balanced chemical for:
(i) Burning of ethane in plentiful supply of air.
(ii) Action of water on calcium carbide.
(iii) Heating of Ethanol at 170°C in the presence of cone.
sulphuric acid.

2C 2H 6 + 702 ~ 4C02 + 6Hp

(ii) CaC 2 + 2Hp ~ Ca(OH) 2 + C2H 2 t

(iii) C 2HpH Cone. H2SO• ) C2H4 + ~0

ethanol ethylene
6. Give the structural formulae of:
(i) 2-methyl propane (ii) Ethanoic acid
(iii) Butan - 2 - ol
Arun Deep~ Sim. Chemistry X ~
 Ans. (i) H H H
I I I
H-C-C-C-H
HI I H
I

H -y- H [2-Methyl propane]

H

(ii) H 0 (iii) H H OH H
I II I I I I
H-C-C-0-H H-C-C-C-C-H
I I I I I
H [ethanoic acid) H H H H [butan - 2 - ol)

7. Compound A is bubbled through bromine dissolved in

carbon tetrachloride is as follows :

A Br,ICCI, fHzBr
CH2Br
(i) Draw the structure of A.
(ii) State your observation during this reaction.
H-C=C-H
Ans. (i) I I
H H
CH2 == CH2 + Br2
(Orangish Br Br
red) I, 2 dibromo ethane (colourless)
(ii) Bromine water turns colourless.
2017
1. Fill in the blanks from the choices given in brackets -
The compound formed when ethene reacts with hydrogen
is - - - · [CH4, C 2H 6, C 3H 8 ]
Ans. The compound formed when ethene reacts with hydrogen is
C2H6.
2. Choose the correct answer from the options given - If
the molecular formula of an organic compound is C 10H 18
it is-
A. Alkene B. Alkane
C. Alkyne D. Not a hydrocarbon
(g Arun Deep's Sim. Chemistry X
 Ans. C. Alkyne
3. Identify the substance underlined -An organic compound
containing - COOH functional group.
Ans. Ethanoic acid [CH3--COOH]
4. Write the balanced chemical equation for - Preparation
of methane from iodomethane.
Ans. CH) + 2(H) · Zn/Cu couple CH4 + HI
5. Identify the term or substance based on the descriptions
given below:
(i) Ice like crystals formed on cooling an organic acid
sufficiently.
(ii) Hydrocarbon containing a triple bond used for
welding purpose.
(iii) The property by virtue of which the compound has
the same molecular formula but different structural
formulae.
(iv) The compound formed where two alkyl groups are
0
linked by -~- group.
Ans. (i) Glacial acetic acid (ii) Ethyne or acetylene
(iii) Isomerism (iv) Ketone or Alkanone
6. Give a balanced chemical equation for each of the
following-
(i) Preparation of ethane from sodium propionate.
(ii) Action of alcoholic KOH on bromoethane.
Ans. (i) C2H5COONa + NaOH ~ C2H6 + Na 2C0 3
(ii) CH3 Br + KOH ~ CHpH + KBr
7. State one relevant observation for the following reaction
- Addition of ethyl alcohol to acetic acid in the presence
of concentrated sulp~~ric acid.
Ans. On warming the mixture gives fruity smell.
8. Draw the structure formula for each of the following -
(i) 2, 3 - dimethyl butane (ii) Diethyl ether
(iii) Propanoic acid
Arun Deep~ Sim. Chemistry X ~
 H Cl-1 1 CH 1 1-1
·I I 11 . I . I I
0

Ans. (i) 1-1 - c - c --c - c - H . [2, 3 dimethyl butane]

I I I I
II 1-1 II H

II II H H
I I I I
(ii) H- C- C - 0 - C- C- H fDicthyl ether]
I I I I
H H 1-1 H
H H 0
I I II
(iii) 1-1 - C - C -- C - OH [Propanoic acid]
I I
H H
2018
1. Choose the correct answer from the options given -
(1) The organic compound which undergoes substitution
reaction is :

(C) CIIIHI8 (D) C2H6

(it) The IUPAC name of dimethyl ether is :
(A) Ethoxy methane (B) Methoxy methane
(C) Methoxy ethane (D) Ethoxy ethane
Ans. (i) (D) C2 H6
(ii) (B) Methoxy methane
2. Give one word or a phrase for the following statement :
The tendency of an element to form chains of identical
atoms. I
Ans. Catenation
3. Give the IUPAC name for :
H H H
I I I
(i) H - C = O (ii) H - C - C-C-OH
I I I I
H H H H

I509J A run Deep s Sim. Chemistty X

 H H
I I
(iii) H,C- C = C - CH,
Ans. (i) Methanal
(ii) Propanol
(iii) But-2-enc
4. Write the structural formula of - The two i.w nners of
butane.
Ans.

H 1-1 H 1-1 1-1 1-1 II

I I I I I · I I
1-1 - C - C - C --C - 1-1 H- C - C - C - 11
I I
1-1 H 1-1 1-1
I I I
II
I I
II
(n- bulanc) H - C- C
Butane I
1-1
( lsobulanc )
2 Methyl hulanc

5. Name the gas that is produced - During reaction of

ethanol and sodium.
Ans. Hydrogen
6. Give the :
(i) IUPAC name of the homologous series
(ii) Characteristic bond type
(iii) IUPAC name of the first member of the series - in each
case i.e. (a) and (b) relating to the homologous series of
hydrocarbons - whose general formula is - (a) CnH 2n _ 2
(b) CnH2n + 2

Ans. (A) Alkynes (B) - C =C -

(C) Ethyne (D) Alkane

I I
( E) - C ···-· C -- (F) Methane
1 I

7. A compound X (having vinegar like smell) when treated

with ethanol in the presence of the acid Z, gives a
compound Y which has a fruity smell. The reaction is :

C 2H 50H + X ~ Y + H 20

A run Deeps Sim. Chemistry X 15101

 (1) Identify Y and Z.
(il) Write the structural formula of X.
(iii) Name the above reaction
Ans.
.... ...........................................................,
CH , cool! Ji---+· ·------C~~1~10H i -~.....;;I1_SC_)_,+ CH , COO C,H, + I-1 1 0
.@ L.. i , . L .. .. ! @ [thy! c tlHUHl<l tc

(i) Y is ethyl ethanoate and Z is concentrated sulphuric acid .

H 0
I II
(ii) H - C - C -· OH
I
II
(iii) Esterification reaction
IADDITIONAL QUESTIONS I
1. Explain the term 'Organic Chemistry'. State the 'Natural
sources' and 'Importance' of organic compounds.
Ans. (a) Organic Chemistry-It is the chemistry of specific carbon
compounds except- oxides, carbonates, bicarbonates and
metallic carbides.
(b) Plants, Animals, Petroleum, dyes and drugs are all natural
sources.
(c) Compounds of organic origin are : Food- carbohydrates,
vitamins Dyes-azodyes Clothing- cotton, silk and wool Fuels
-petrol Medicines- penicillin Explosives- trinitrotoluene.
2. Explain the 'unique nature of carbon atom' with specific
reference and meaning to -
'Tetravalency' - leading to formation of single,
(a)
double and triple bonds
(b) 'Catenation' -leading to formation of straight chain,
branch chain and cyclic compounds.
Ans. Some unique properties shown by carbon atom are :
(a) Tetravalency (b) Catenation
(c) Ability to form multiple bonds.
[§II] Arun Deep :S Sim. Chemistry X
 (a) Tetravalency : Atomic number of carbon is 6. Its
electronic configuration is 2, 4. Therefore, it has four
electrons in its valence shell. Carbon atom can neither
lose nor gain electrons to complete its octet (not possible
from energy point of view). Therefore, carbon atom
completes its octet by sharing four electrons with other
atoms, i.e., it can form four covalent bonds, called its
tetracovalency. For example:
H
H I
Methane, CH4 ..H
H:C:H or H-C-H
I
H
H H
Ethene, C 2H4
.. ..
H H
H : C : : C : H or H- C = C- H
I I

(b) Catenation : The property by virtue of which a large

number of atoms of the same element get linked together
through single or multiple covalent bonds, forming straight
or branched chains and rings of different sizes, is called
catenation. Carbon shows catenation to the maximum
extent due to strong carbon-carbon bonds and its
tetracovalency.
In this process of catenation, carbon atoms form straight
or branched chains and cyclic rings of various sizes and
can involve single, double or triple covalent bonds.
3. State reasons for 'Justification of a separate branch' for
'Organic Chemistry.
Ans. This is due to the following reasons :
(i) The number of known organic compounds is very large
as compared to the number ofknown inorganic compounds.
(ii) Organic compounds involve only a few elements (C, H,
0, N, S, P, F, Cl, Br, I etc.), whereas inorganic compounds
involve all the known elements.
(iii) Organic compounds have complex nature and have high
molecular mass.
(iv) Organic compounds involve covalent bonds whereas

Arun Deep's Sim. Chemistry X [5~21

 inorganic compounds involve electrovalent bonds.
(v) Organic compounds show isomerism whereas inorganic
compounds do not show isomerism.
(vi) The properties of organic compounds are different from
inorganic compounds.
All these facts convince us to study organic chemistry as
a separate branch of chemistry.
4. State five differences between the characteristics of
organic and inorganic compounds. State how organic
compounds are classified.
Ans. (a) Characteristics of organic compounds :
l. These are made up of only a few elements C, H, 0,
N, S, X (CI, Br, l)
2. These involve covalent bonds.
3. These are generally gases or liquids
4. They have low melting and boiling points.
5. They are combustible.
6. They show molecular reations.
7. They show isomerism.
8. These are non-conductors of electrocity.
9. There are generally insoluble in water but soluble in
organic solvents.
Characteristics of inorganic compounds :
1. These are made up of all the known elements.
2. These involve ionic bonds.
3. These are generally solids.
4. They have high melting and boiling points.
5. They are non-combustible.
6. They show ionic reactions.
7. They don't show isomerism.
8. These are generally good conductors of electricity.
9. These are generally soluble in water but insoluble in
organic solvents.
(b) Classification of Organic Compounds
Aliphatic - Open Chain Compounds
lr5ttS] Arun Deep~ Sim. Chemistry X
 Hydrocarbons
[Compounds containing carbon and hydrogen only]
Saturated Unsaturated
Alkanes Alkenes
Methane Ethene [C 2H4]
Ethane [C 2H6]
Alkymes
Ethyne (C 2H2)
Cyclic - Closed Chain Compounds
Homocyclic Heterocyclic
(only C atoms) (C, 0, N, S atoms)
Aromatic Aromatic
e.g., Benzene e.g., Pyridine
5. Explain the term 'Homologous series'. State the general
characteristics of members of the series with special
reference to molecular mass or molecular formula.
Ans. Homologous series is a series of organic compounds, that are
grouped into a smaller number of series of compound.
General Characteristics of homologous series :
(i) The members of a series have same functional group.
(ii) Two consecutive members of a homologous series differs
each other in their composition by- CH2 unit.
Example:
Alcohol (-OH)
CH3 - OH' CH3 - Cl-l
. .2
- OH' CH3 - Cl-l
~'1
- CH2 - OH
(iii) The members of a homologous series can be represented
by same general formula.
Example :
Alcohol- CnRzn+PH
Aldehyde- CnRzn+tCHO
Carboyxlic acid- CnRzn+ICOOH
Arun Deep~ Sim. Chemistry X 15141
 (iv) The members of a particular homologous series have
almost same chemical properties due to presence of same
functional group.
(v) The physical properties (like solubility, melting point, boiling
point, state) of members of a homologous series either
gradually increase or decrease with increase in molecular
mass.
(vi) The members of a homologous series can be prepared by
same or common general method of preparation.
(vii) The first member of homologous series generally shows
certain different chemical behavior than other members
of the series.
6. Differentiate between - 'Molecular formula' and
'Structural formula'- of an organic compound. Write
the 'condensed structuralformula' and 'branched structural
formula' of ethene.
Ans. Molecular formula Structural formula
It shows all the atoms in a It shows the actual arrangement
molecule or formula unit. of atoms in a molecule.
The 'condensed structural formula' and 'branched structural
formula' of ethene :
Molecular Condensed Structural Branched Structural
formula formula formula

H H
'\ /
C=C
/ '\
H H
7. State what are 'Alkyl groups'. State the alkyl group of the
parent alkane - methane and ethane.
Ans. Alkyl Group : It is obtained by removing one hydrogen atom
from a molecule of an alkane.
Methane : Methyl (Alkyl group)
Ethane : Ethyl (Alkyl group)
l:s:til Arun Deep's Sim. Chemistry X

..,"':_
 8. State what are 'Functional groups'. Name the following
functional groups -
'/C=C, ; -C=C- ;-OH ; -CHO ; -COOH;
/

I
X = -F, -CI, -Br, -1 ; -<(=0; -C-0-C
Ans. Functional Groups : An atom, radical or bond which defines
the structure ofan organic compound and give if its characteristic
properties.

Functional group Name Example

)>c~ C- C doubte bond ~C = CH2

(Ethene or ethylene)
-C=C- C- triple bond HC=CH
(Ethyne or acetylene)
-OH Alcoholic H3C- OH
(Methanol or methylalcohol)
-CHO Aldehyde H-CHO
(Methanal or formaldehyde)
-F Fluoride HF-F
(Fluoromethane or methyl
flouride)
-Cl Chloride H3C- Cl
(Chloromethane or methyl
chloride)
-Br Bromide H 3C- I
(lodomethane or methyl
iodide)
0
I
~=0 Ketone II
H 3C-C-CH3
(Propanone or acetone)

Arun Deep~ Sim. Chemistry X rst 6J

 H
Aldelyde ' c=o
H/
(Methanal or formaldenyde)
-C-0-C Ether H 3C- 0 - CH3
(Methoxymethare or
dimethyl ether)

9. Explain the terms- 'Isomers' and 'Isomerism'. State the

'Characteristics of isomers' with reference to-
Properties of isomers ; Number of isomers with relation
to carbon atoms in the isomer.
Differentiate between- 'Chain isomerism' and 'Position
isomerism'- with suitable examples.
Ans. Two or more compounds having the same molecular formula
but different physical and chemical properties are called isomers .
and this phenomenon is known as isomerism.
Isomers have the same number of atoms of each element in
them and the same atomic weight but differ in other properties.
For example, there are two compounds with the molecular
formula C2Hp. One is ethanol (ethyl alcohol), CH3CHpH, a
colorless liquid alcohol; the other is dimethyl ether, CHpCH3,
a colorless gaseous ether.
Alkanes with more than three carbon atoms form isomers. The
various isomers differ in the framework of the carbon chains.
Differentiate between- 'Chain isomerism' and 'Position
isomerism'
Chain isomers: Compounds having same molecular formula
with difference in carbon chain pattern like linear or branch are
called chain isomers. 1-Pentyne is chain isomer for 3-methyl
Butyne.
CH 3 - CH2 - CH2 - C =CHand CH3 - C(CH3 ) - C = CH
Position isomers: Compounds having same molecular formula
with difference in position of the functional group are called
position isomers. 1-Butyne and 2-Butyne are position isomers.
CH3 - CH2 - C=CH and CH3 - C = C - CH3 •

l:5:1fliJ Arun Deep's Sim. Chemistry X

 10. Explain the term - 'Nomenclature'. State its need with
reference to organic compounds. State the basic rules of
Nomenclature by the trivial system - with suitable
examples. Explain the longest chain rule and the smallest
number for functional groups rule of Nomenclature by
the IUPAC system - with suitable examples.
Ans. (a) Nomenclature : Nomenclature is the system of
assignment of names to organic compounds.
Need for Nomenclature : Very large number of organic
compounds with varying molecular structure need a
systematic method of nomenclature. Further many a times
same molecular formula represents two or more
compounds (isomerism).
(b) Nomenclature by Trivial System : In this method, name
of an organic compound is derived from its ;
(i) Source (e.g., benzoic acid is obtained by distillation
from gum benzoin, fructose or fruit sugar from fruits
etc).
(ii) Latin or Greek origin (e.g. , formic acid, HCOOH is
present in sting of red ants, formicus in Latin means
an ant).
(iii) Properties (e.g. , palmitic acid is an acid derived from
palm oil etc).
(c) (i) Longest Chain Rule : In the nomenclature of
alkanes, the longest continuous chain if C-atoms is
selected. For this, alkyl groups, if present, are written
in the expanded form. For example,
I

I 2 3 4 3 4
CH3 - CH - CH -CH3 CH 3 -CH -CH - CH3
I I 2l ~I
C2Hl C2Hl CH 2 CH 2
2, 3-Diethy lbutane (wrong) ,j 61
CH 3 CH3
3, 4-Di methyl hexane (correct)

(ii) Smallest Number for Substituent : Once the

principal chain is selected, it is numbered in such a
say that the substituent gets the lowest number. For
Arun Deep's Sim. Chemistry X lslel
 example,
CH 3
I 2 Jl 4 (Wrong)
CH3 -CH 2 - CH -CH3
4 3 (Correct)
3-Methylbutane (Wrong)
2-Methylbutane (C orrect)

4 3 2 I (Correct)
CH3 -CH 2 -CH =CH 2
I 2 3 4 (Wrong)
But-3 -ene (Wron g~
But-1-ene (Correct)

11. Explain the term- 'Hydrocarbons'. State the two main

groups of hydrocarbons with examples. Draw a chart
differentiating- 'Alkanes, Alkenes and Alkynes'- with
respect to :
(i) General formula
(ii) Characteristic bond
(iii) IUPAC and the common name of the first three
members and condensed/branched/electronic
structural formula of each
(iv) Availability of electrons
(v) Reactivity
(vi) Characteristic reaction.
Ans. Hydrocarbons - They are aliphatic open chain organic
compounds containing carbon and hydrogen only.
Molecular formula is CxHY where X andY are whole numbers.
1. Saturated hydrocarbons- Homologous series of alkanes.
2. Unsaturated hydrocarbons - Series of alkynes and
alkenes.
(i) General formula :
Alkanes- C0 H 2n+ 2
Alkynes- C0 H 20_ 2
(ii) Characteristic bond
Alkanes - > C - C < single bond
Alkenes - > C = C < double bond
=
Alkynes- > C C < triple bond
J519l Arun Deep's Sim. Chemistry X
 (iii) IUPAC Name Condensed/branched/electronic
structural formula of each

Homologous IUPAC Common Condensed Branched

Series Name Name Structural Structural
formula formula
ALKANES
CH 4 H
METHANE Methane CH 4
I
H-C-H
I
H

I
1 c2 ~ ETHANE Ethane H 3C-CH 3
H H
I
H- C-C-H
I
I I
H H

i H H H
I I I
IC 3 H8 PROPANE Propane H 3 C-CH 2- C~
H-C-C-C-H
I
I I I
iI H H H
I

ALKENES I
H H
I \. /
C2H 4 I ETHENE Ethy lene
C=C
/ \.
H H

H H H 1
I I /
Propylene H3C·CH=CH 2 H-C-C = C
I
H 'H
I
I
I
I
H
I
H
I
H
I /
HI
~- -::~tUTENE 2·_C_H_:t~_k_-_kC_-C
__=~ \1
!

3
1-B'cy e LH
_ l-e n-- _ _C_·C_H
__
1

Arun Deep's Sim. Chemistry X 1'5201

ALKYNES

C:J-h ETHYNE Acetylene HC=CH H- C=C - H

H
I I
C3H4 PROPYNE Methyl H 3C-C=CH
acetylene H-C=CT-H I
H j

H H I
II c~6 1-BUTYNE I Ethyl H3C-CH2-C =CH H-1- c==c-~-H~
I
I Iacetylene I I :
l I
I I H H I
(iv) Availability of electrons
Alkanes -Not available
Alkenes - Available
Alkynes - Available
(v) Reactivity
Alkanes - Less reactive
Alkenes - More reactive
Alkynes - Most reactive
(vi) Characteristic Reaction
Alkanes- Substitution reaction
Alkenes- Addition reaction
Alkynes -Addition reaction
12. Draw the structural formula of each of the following :
ALKANE ALKENE AIKYNE
(a) Methane (a) No corresponding (a) No corresponding
alkene alkyne
(b)Ethane (b)Ethene (b)Ethyne
(c)Propane (c) Propene (c)Propyne
(d) Butane (d) Butene (d)Butyne

1'5211 Arun Deep~ Sim. Chemistry X

-Chain isomers -Position isomers -Position isomers
(i) 1-butane (n-butane) (i) 1-butene (ii) 2-butene (i) 1-butyne (ii) 2-butyne
(ii) 2-methyl propane -Chain isomer
[iso-butane] (i) 2-methyl prop 1-ene
(e) Pentane (e) Pentene (e)Pentyne
-Chain isomers - Position isomers -Position isomers
(i) 1-pentane (i) 1-pentene (i) 1-pentyne
[n-pentane] (ii) 2-pentene (ii) 2-pentyne
(ii) 2-m ethyl butane - Chain isomer - Chain isomer
[iso-pentane)
(iii) 2-2 dimethyl- (i) 2-methyl but-1-ene (i)3-methyl but-1-yne
propane[neo-pentane] (ii) 3-methyl but-1-ene
ALCOHOL ALDEHYDES CARBOXYLICACIDS
(a) Methanol (a) Methanal (a) Methanoic acid
[methyl alcohol] (formaldehyde] (formic acid)
(b)Ethanol (b)Ethanal (b) Ethanoic acid
[ethyl alcohol] [acetaldehyde) [acetic acid]
(c) Propanol (c) Propanal (c) Propanoic acid
[propionaldehyde) [propionic acit!)
-Position isomers (d)Butanal (d) Butanoic acid
[butraldehyde) [butyric acid)
(i) 1-propanol - Chain isomer
[n-propylalcohol]
(ii) 2-propanol (i) 2-methyl propanoic
[iso-propylalcohol] acid (iso-butyricacid]
(d) Butanol KETONES ALKYL HALIDES
-Position isomers (a) Propanone [acetone] (a) Monochloro methane
(i) 1-butanol (b) 2-Butanone (b) Bromoethane
(ii) 2-butanol (ethyl methyl ketone] [ethyl "romide)
-Chair isomers (c) 3-Pentanone
(diethyl ketone] (c) Iodomethane
[methyl iodide]
(i) 2-methyl propan 1-ol
(ii) 2-methyl propan-2-ol EUlER FSfER
(e) Pentanol (a} Methoxy methane (a) Methyl methanoate
(dimethyl ether] [metlzylformate]

Arun Deep's Sim. Chemistry X ~

-Position isomers (b) Methoxy ethane (b) Methyl ethanoate
(i) 1-pentanol [ethyl methyl ether] [methyl acetate]
(ii) 2-pentanol (c) Ethoxy ethane (b) Ethyl ethanoate
(iii) 3-pentanol )dietflyl ether] [ethyl acetate)
Ans. ALKANE BRANCHED CONDENSED
Structural formula Structural formula
H
I c
(a) Methane H-C-H (H-CH3)
I
H

H H
I I
(b) Ethane H-C-C-H C2H6
I I (H3C-CH 3)
H H

H H H
I I I C3I-Is
(c) Propane H- C-C-C-H (H,C- CHr-CH 3)
I I I
H H H

H H H H
I I I I C4HIO
(d) Butane H - C - C - C -C-H (H,C - CH 2 - CH3)
I I I I
H H H H
Chain isomers
H H H H
I I I I
(i) 1-butane H- C-C - C-C-H CH 3-CH 2-CH 2-CH 3
I I I I
H H H H

(ii) 2-methyl propane H H H

I I I
H-C-C-C- H

HI I HI
H-C-H
I
H
)'5231 Arun Deep~ Sim. Chemistry X
(e) Pentane 1111 1 H 3C-CH 2-CH2-CH2-CH 3
H-C-C-C-C-C-H
I I I I I
H H .H H H
Chain isomers

(i) !-pentane H H H H H H 3 C-CH 2-CH 2-CH 2-C~

I I I I I
H-C-C-C-C-C - H
I I · I I I
H H H H H

(ii) 2-methyl butane H H H H H 3C- CH- CHz- CH;

I I I I I
H--C--C--C--C-H CH3
I
H
I I I
H H
H-C- H
I
H

(iii) 2-2 dimethylpropane H

CH3
I I
H-C-H
H3C-C - CH3
I
I I
H-C-C-C-H
I CH3

~ I ~
H-C - H
I
H

ALKENE
(a) No corresponding alkene
(b) Ethene H H CzH4

" C=C /
(H 2C = CH2)

H/ "
H
Arun Deep~ Sim. Chemistry X ~
: I
j /
(c) Propene H H
I I /H
H-C-C=C
I
H I
H "'H
(d) Butene H H H
C4Hs
I /H I I (H3C - CH 2 - CH = CH 2)
H-C-C-C-C
I I "- H
H H
-Position isomers

(i) 1-Butene H H H C4Hs

I/ H I, I (H 3C - CH2 - CH = CH 2)
H-C-C-C-C
I I "- H
H H

(ii) 2-Butene H H ~C-CH=CH-C~

I I
H - C-C=C-C-H
I I I I
H H H H

Chain Isomers

(iii) 2-methyl prop-1 ene H

I
H -- C - H

H
I I
H-C-C = C - H
I I
H H

(e) Pentene H H H H 2 C=CH-CH 2-C~-CH 3

I I I
H - C=C - C - C - C - H
I I I I I
H H H H H
1·525-l Arun Deep's Sim. Chemistry X
Pos{tion isomers
(i) 1-pentene H H H H 2C=CH-CH2-CH 2-CH3
I I I
H- C=C-C - C-C-H
I I I I I
H H H H H

(ii) 2-pentene H H H H 3C-CH=CH-CH 2-CH 3

I I I
H-C-C=C-C - C-H
I I I I I
H H H H H

Chain isomers
(i) 2-methyl but-1-ene

H CH,
2 I
I 4 J I
H 3 C - CH 2- C =CH 2
H--C-H
H H I
14 13 ? I
H-C-C-C-C - H
I I I
H H H

(ii) 3-methyl but-1-ene

H
I
H- C- H

14 I'
H - C-C~- C-C-H
? I

I I I I
H H H H

ALKYNE
(a) No corresponding alkyne
(b) Ethyne .· H - C =C - H CH::CH

(c) Propyne H H 3C- C=C - H

I
H - C-C:: C - H
I
H
Arun Deep's Sim. Chemistry X 1526!
(d) Butyne- Position isomers
H H
I I
H-C'!__d-C2 C~H
(i) 1-butyne
I I
H H
(ii) 2-butyne H H
I I
H- C-C-C-C-H
I I
H H
(e) Pentyne- Position isomers
(i) 1-pentyne
H H H
I I I
H-T-T - T - C=C-H Ht::-CH2-CH2-C=CH
H H H
(ii) 2-pentyne

?I I Ht::-CH 2- C= C-CH3
H-C-c-c-c-C-H
I I I
H H H
Chain isomers
(i) 3-methyl 1but-1-yne
4 3 2 I
H H Ht::-CH -c-cH
I I I
H-C'!__d-d C~H CH3

k I
H-C-H
I
H

ALCOHOL
(a) Methanol H H~-OH
I
H-C-OH
I
H

I'B2WJ Arun Deep~ Sim. Chemistry X

(b) Ethanol H H H~ - CH-OH
I I
H- C-C-OH
I I
H H
(c) Propanol -Position isomers

(i) 1propanol H H H
I I I
H-C-C-C-OH
I I I
H H H

H OH H OH
(ii) 2-propanol
I I I I
H- C-C-C - H H~ -CH - CH3
I I I
H H H
(d) Butanol- Position isomers
(i) !-butanol

H H H H
14 13 I 2 II
H- C- C- C- C- OH
I I I I
H H H H

(ii) 2-butanol H H OH H OH
14 13 12 II 4 3 21 I

H- C-C - C - C - H H 3C - CH 2- CH - CH3
I I I I
H H H H
Chain isomers
(i) 2-methyl propan-1-ol

H
I
H- C- H
H I H
13 2 II
H- C-C - C- OH
I I I
H H H

Arun Deep's Sim. Chemistry X

(ii) 2-methyl propan-2-ol

H
I
H H---.!c-H
I .,I
H-C--C-OH
I II
H H-C-H
I
H
(e) Pentanol- Position isomers
(i) 1-pentanol
j 4 3 2 ).
H H H H H H 3 C -CH2-CH.-CH2-cH2-0H
I I I I I
H - d - C4-d-d-d-OH
I I I I I
H H H H H
(ii) 2-pentanol
H H H H H
15 14 13 12 II
H-C-C-C-C-C-H
I I I I I
H H H H H
(iii) 3-pentanol
H H OH H H OH
~ 4 31 2
15 14 I3 12 II 1
H 3 C- CH2-CH- CH 2- CH,
H-C-C-C-C-C-H
I I I I I
H H H H H

ALDEHYDES
(a) Methanol 0 H-CH=O
I
H-C-H

(b) Ethanol H 0
I I
H-C-C-H
I
'·l
Ji52al Arun Dupt Sim. Chemistry X
(c) Propanal ~ ~ ~ ~C-CH 2 - CH=O
H- C-C-C - H
I I
H H
(d) Butanal H H H 0
I I I II
H-C - C- C-C-H
I I I
H H H
KETONES
(a) Propanone H 0 H
I I I
H-C-C-C - H
I I
H H
(b) 2-Butanone H 0 H H
I II I I
H- C- C- C- C- H
I I I
H H H
(c) 3-Pentanone
H H 0 H H
I I II I I
H- C- C-C - C-C - H
I I I I
H H H H
EI1IER
(a) Methoxy methane
H H
I I
H-C - 0 - C- H
I I
H H
(b) Methoxy ethane
H H H H3C-O-CH2 -CH3
I I I
H-C-0-C - C- H
I I I
H H H
Arun Deep~ Sim. Chemistry X !:530!
(c) Ethoxy ethane
H H H H •l-1.,C-CH 2 -0-CH2 -CH3
I I I I
H-C-C-0-C-C-H
I I I I
H H H H
CARBOXYLIC ACIDS
(a) Methanoic acid H-0-0H H-COOH
II
H

H 0
(b) Ethanoic acid
I II
H-C-C-OH
I
H

(c) Propanoic acid H H 0

I I I
H-C-C-C-OH
I I
H H
(d) Butanoic acid - Chain isomers - (i) 2-methyl-propanoic acid

I I I ~ H3C- CH2- CH2- COOH

H-C-C-C-C-OH
I I I
H H H

ALKYL HALIDES
(a) Monochloro methane H
I
H-C-CI
I
H
(b) Bromoethane H H
I I
H-C-C-Br
I I
H H

fMfJ Arun Dtep's Sim. Chemistry X

(c) Iodomethane H ~C-I
I
H-C-1
I
H
ESTER
(a) Methyl methannoate
0 H 0
II I I
H-C-0-C-H H-C-O-CH 3
I I
~
H H
(b) Methyl ethannoate
H 0 H
I I I
H-C-C-0-C-H
I I
H H
(c) Ethyl ethannoate
H 0 H H
I I I I
H-C-C-0-C-C-H
I I I
H H H
13. Give the IUPAC name vf the compounds numbered (i)
to (v).

(i) H H H H (ii) H CH3 H (iii) HBr 0

I I I I I I I I I II
H-C-C-C-C--OH H-C-C - C--OH H-C-C- CH-C--OH
I I I I I I I I I I
HCH3 H H HCH3 H H H CH3

(iv) HH H H (v) H H 0 H
I I I I I I II I
H-C-C-C-C=O H-C-C-C-C-H
I I I I I I
HCI\H HCI\ H
Ans. (i) Methyl butanol, 2-Methyl-1-butanol
(ii) 2, 2-dimethyl propanol
Arun Deep~ Sim. Chemistry X 11@1
 (iii) 2-Bromocyclo pentan-1-ol
(iv) 3-Methylbutanal
(v) 3-Methyl-2-butanone
14. Give balanced equations for the laboratory preparations
of - Alkenes, Alkynes, Alcohol and Acids.
(a) METHANE (CH4] from- Sodium ethanoate by- decarboxylation
(sodium acetate)
(b)METHANE (CH4] from- lodo methane from - an alkylhalide
[metllyl iodide]
(c) ETHANE (C2H6] from-sodium propanoalte by- decarboxylation
(sodium propionate]
(d) ETHANE (C2HJ from-Bromo ethane from-an alkylhalide
(etllyl bromide]
(e)ETIIENE [C2H 4] from-Ethanol by- dehydration
[etllyl alcollol]
(t) ETIIENE [C2H4 ] from-Bromoethane by-dehydrohalogenation
(etllyle bromide]
(g) ETHYNE [C2~] from-Calcium carbide from-a calcium compound
(b)ETHYNE [C2~] from-1,2, dibromoethane by-dehydrohalogenation
[etllylene dibromide)
(i) ETHANOL [C2"s0Hl from-Bromo ethane by-hydrolysis of
(etllyl bromide] alkylhalide
(j) ETHANOL [C2H50H] from-Ethene [etltylene] by-hydration of ethene
(k) ETHANOIC from-Ethanol by-oxidation of alcohol
ACID (CH3COOH) [ethyl alcollol]

Ans. a. CH3COONa + NaOH -----) CH4 + N3zC03

b. CH) + 21HI -----) CH4 + Ill

c. C 2 H5COONa + NaOH -----) C 2 H6 + N3zC0 3

d. C2H 5Br + 2(H) -----) C 2H6 + HBr

e. C2H50H conc.Hl so. (excess> CH2 = C~ + ~0

17o•c
ethanol ethene Dehydration of ethanol
Reaction with ~S0 4 170°C

!1568] Arun Deep~ Sim. Chemist ry X

 H H
I I
f. C2H 5Br+KOH ~H-C=C -H +Br+~O

g. CaC 2 + 2HOH ~ C2~ + Ca(OH)2

CH
h. C2H4 - Br2 + KOH ~ Ill + 2KBr + 2~0
CH
i. C2H5 - Br + KOH ~ C2H50H + KBr

j. C2H4 + ~S0 4 (cone . )~ C2HpH + S02

OH + 0 ~ CH3COOH
k. C2 H5 -

15. Give equations for the conversions of- Methane, Ethane,

Ethene, Ethyne, Methanol, Ethanol and Ethanoic Acid.
MEIHANE EIHANE
.J, to .J,to
(a) Carbon tetrachloride (a) Hexachloroethane by-Substitution [diffused
sunlight]
(b) Carbon dioxide (b) Carbon dioxide by-Oxidation-Complete
(c) Methanol (c) Ethanol by-Oxidation
.J,to .J, to (i) Catalytic using-
.J, Methanal Ethanat catalyst copper [Cu]
.J, to .J, to (ii) Controlled using-
Methanoic acid Ethanoic acid acidified ~Cr2 0 7
(d) Methanal (d)Ethanal by-Oxidation- Catalytic-
using catalyst MoO
(e)Ethyne (e)Ethene by- Pyrolysis
[dehydrogenation)
EIHENE EIHYNE
(a) Ethane (a) Ethane [2 steps) by- Catalytic
hydrogenation-~
(b) 1,2 dichloroethane (b) 1,1,2,2 by- Halogenation- C~
tetrachloroethane
(c) 1,2 dibromoethane (c) 1,1,2,2 - Br2
tetrabromoethane
(d) 1,2 diiodoethane (d) 1,2 diiodoethene -~
Arun Deep's Sim. Chemistry X ~
(e) Bromoethane/ (e) 1,1-dibromo& by- Halogen acids- HBr/
Chloroethane 1,1-dichloro ethane HO
(t) Polyethylene by- Polymerization
(t) Copper or Silver by-Ammoniacai-
CuCI/AgN03
Acetylide
ETHANOL [ethyl alcohol] ETHANOICACID [acetic acid]
-!, to -!,to
(a) Carbon dioxide- by burning (a) Sodium acetate- using alkali-
NaOH
(b)Ethanal (b) Calcium acetate- using alkali-
Ca(OH)2
-!,to
Ethanoic acid- by oxidation using
acidified ~Cr2 07
(c) Sodium ethoxide- using- sodium (c)Ammonium acetate- using
alkali- NHpH
(d) Ethyl ethanoate- using- ethanoic (d) Ethyl ethanoate- using-
acid and cone. ~SO4 ethanol and cone. H2SO4
[ethyl acetate]
(e) Ethene- using cone. H 2SO 4 at 170°C.
Ans. Conversion of Methane (CH4) to :
(a) Carbon tetrachloride
__ .su_nl--"ig'-ht_lu_v_/{',.~)
dif_f_ CH3Cl + HCl
methyl chloride
CH3CI + CI 2 -) C~CI 2 + HCl
methyl chloride dichloromethane
CH2CI 2 + Cl 2 -) CHC1 3 + HCI
trichloromethane

carbon tetrachloride

This reaction is a substitution reaction.

(b) Carbon dioxide (C0 2)
CH4 + 202 -) C02 + 2H20

['5.35'[ Anm Deep~ Sim. Chemistry X

 When methane is burnt in excess of air or oxygen with pale
blue flame it gives carbon dioxide gas, water and heat energy.
This reaction is complete 6xidiation reaction.

(c) Conversion of Methane to Methanol ~ Methanal

~ Methonic acid

+ 0 a..tube ) 2CH OH
2 473k 120 atm . 3 •

methane methanol

This reaction is carried out in a copper tube. Cu acts as a catalyst.

In this reaction, methane is oxidised to methanol or methyl
alcohol. In this reaction, methane is heated up to a temp. of
200°C under a pressure of 120 atm.

101 CH3OH 101 . ) HCHO

CH4 K2Cr2 07/dii.H 2S04 K2Cr207/dii.H 2S04

methanol methanal

[0]
)
HCOOH
methanoic acid
Methane can also be converted into methanol by controlled
oxidation of methane in the presence of acidified K 2Cr207"
OR
OJ tube )
473k 120 atm .
methane methanol

CKOH~
~HCHO

[0] )
CHpH K Cr 0 HCHO HCOOH
2 2 7

methanal methanoic acid

In this reaction, methane is oxidised in a copper tube methane
is heated upto a tern. of 475 k under a pressure of 120 atm.
Copper tube acts as a catalyst. This is carried out as catalystic
oxidation.
Arun Deep's Sim. Chemistry X li5$1
(d) Conversion of methane to Methanal

+ 02 MoO ) HCHO + ~0
350-SOO"C

methane methanal
This reaction involves the catalytic oxidation. In this reaction,
methane is heated with catalyst molybdenum oxide (MoO) it a
temp. of350- 500°C, methanol is formed.
(e) Conversion of Methane to Ethyne (C 2H 2)

methane ethyne
When methane is heated to about 1500°C in an electric arc and
then suddenly cooled, the product is C2H2 and Hydrogen.
Conversion of Ethane (C 2HJ to
(a) Hexachloroethane (CzC16 )
diff .sunlight /uv I&

This reaction is a substitution reaction.

(b) Carbon dioxide (C02)

(c) Ethanol ~ Ethanal ~ Ethanoic acid

J:S3?Z!J .Arun Deep's Sim. Chemistry X

 ethane ethanol

MoO )
350-500°C
ethane ethanal

(d) Ethanal (C~CHO)

CH
2 6
+ 02 MoO)
35o-soooc
cH3cH 0 + ~0
ethane ethanal

ethane ethene

Conversion of Ethene to :
(a) Ethane (H2C - CH2)
I I
H H
Nickel
300°C
> ~C-C~ Ethane

ethene (ethylene) I I
H H
ethane
(b) 1,2, dichloroethane

) ~c - c~ 1' 2, dichloroethane

ethene (ethylene)

Cl Cl
(c) 1, 2, dibromoethane

Arun Deep~ Sim. Chemistry X ~

 ) H2C- CH2 1, 2, dibromoethane

ethene (ethylene)

Br Br (colourless)
(d) 1, 2 diiodoethane
C2H4 + ~ ----). C2H412 1, 2 diiodoethane
(e) Bromoethane
room
temp.
) ~C - C~ Bromoethane

ethene (ethylene) I I
H Br
C2H4 + HCl ----). C2H5Cl Chloroethane
(t) Polyethylene
high temp .
n ~C = C~ high presssure catatrst (~C - C~)n Polyethylene
Conversion of Ethyne to :
(a) Ethene
Nickel Nickel )
H-C= C-H+ H2 ) H-C=C-H+~
300"C 300°C

I I
H H
H H

H-C-C-H

H H
Ethane (alkane)
(b) 1, 1, 2, 2 tetrachloroethane
H- C= C- H + Cl 2 ca. ) H- C = C- H + Cl2
Ethyne (acetylene) I I
Cl Cl
!·539! A run Deep's Sim. Chemistry X
 Cl Cl
I I
H-C-C-H
I I 1, 1, 2, 2 tetrachloroethane
Cl Cl
(c) 1, 1, 2, 2 tetrabromoethane
H- Cs C - H + Br2 m4 ) H- C = C - Br2 m4 )
I I
Br Br
Br Br

H-C-C-H
I I 1, 1, 2, 2 tetrabromoethane
Br Br
(d) 1, 2 diiodoethene
C 2~ + 12 ~ C2H212 1, 2 diiodoethene
(e) 1, 1, Dibromoethane
H-C=C-HBr2 ~ H-C=C-H+HBr ~

I I
H Br
H Br
I
H-C-C-H
I
Br
H
I
-
1, I, Dibromoethane

Similar reaction with HCl for dichloroethane

(f) Copper acetylide I Silver acetylide
HC= CH + 2CuCl + 2NH40H ~
Cu- C= C- Cu + 2NH4Cl + 2H20 Copper acetylide
HC = CH + 2AgN03 + 2~4 0H ~
Ag- C= C - Ag + 2NH4N03 + 2~0 Silver acetylide
Arun Deep's Sim. Chemistry X l§i!D
 Conversion of Ethanol to :
(a) Carbon dioxide
C 2 H4 + ~S04 so•c ) C2 H5 - HS04
ethene cone. 30 atmos.

ethyl hydrogen sulphate steam ethanol

C 2H50H + 302 ~ 2C02 + 3H20
Combustion of ethanol

(b) Ethanal ~ Ethanoic acid

ethanol ethanal ethanoic acid

Oxidation of ethanol
(c) Sodium ethoxide
2C2H 50H + 2Na ~ 2C2H50Na + H2
ethanol sodium sodium ethoxide Reaction with sodium
(d) Ethyl ethanoate
conc.H2SO,
C 2H 50H + CH3COOH or dry HCI gas CH3 - COO - C2H5 + H20
ethanol acetic acid ethyle acetate - ester

Reaction with acetic acid

(e) Ethene

C H OH conc.H2 SO, (excess) CH = CH + ~0

2 s 17o• c 2 2
ethanol ethene Dehydration of ethanol
Reaction with H2 SO4 170°C
Conversion of Ethanoic Acid (Acetic Acid) to :
(a) Sodium acetate (CH3 COONa)
CH3COOH + NaOH ~ CH3COONa + H20
acetic acid sod. acetate
Reaction with NaOH
1'5!1-::!tl Arun Deep's Sim. Chemistry X
 (b) Calcium acetate
2CH3COOH + Ca(OH)2 ~ Ca(C2H 30 2) 2 + 2~0
acetic acid calcium hydroxide calcium acetate
(c) Ammonium acetate
CH3COOH + NH40H ~ C2H30 2NH4 + ~0
acetic ammonium ammonium acetate
acid hydroxide

(d) Ethyl ethanoate

acetic acid ethanol ethyl acetate - ester

16. Give reasons for

(i) alkanes are said to be saturated organic compounds
(ii) alkenes are known as olefins
(iii) alkenes are more reactive than alkanes
(iv) ethanoic acid is known as an aliphatic monocarboxylic
acid.
Ans. (i) Alkanes do not undergo addition reactions and that is why
they are called saturated hydrocarbons or saturated organic
compounds. In alkanes all the four valencies of carbon
atom are fully satisfied by forming single covalent bonds.
(ii) Alkenes are called olefins because alkenes on treatment
with halogens form oily products. (Latin : oleum= oil, ficare
=to make)
(iii) Due to the presence of C = C (carbon - carbon double
bond) alkenes are more reactive than alkanes.
(iv) Ethanoic acid (CH3 - COOH) contains only one- COOH
group (carboxylic acid group) that is why it is called a
monocarboxylic acid. As ethanoic acid does not contain a
benzene right it is an alphatic monocarboxylic acid.
17. Explain the terms -
(i) Denaturated alcohol
(ii) Glacial acetic acid

Arun Deep~ Sim. Chemistry X 1:5421

 (iii) Esterification
Ans. (i) Denaturated alcohol- Ethyl alcohol containing pyridine
or copper sulphate is termed- denaturated alcohol. It is
used for- industrial applications only and hence made
undrinkable.
(ii) Glacial acetic acid - Anhydrous acetic acid on cooling
below 16.5°C crystallizes out in the pure form, forming a
crystalline mass resembling ice. Hence pure acetic acid is
called glacial acetic acid.
(iii) Esterification- It is known as condensation of an alcohol
with an acid. Acetic acid on heating with an alcohol and
dehydrating agent [cone. H2 SO4] gives an ester - ethyl
acetate .
18. Give a chemical test for to distinguish between
(i) Ethane, ethene and ethyne
(ii) Ethanol and ethanoic acid.
Ans. (i) Tests to distinguish between ethane, ethene and ethyne
I. Test- Br2 water test: Pass the gas through Br2 water.
Ethane: Brown colour ofBr2 water is not discharged.
Ethene : Brown colour of Br2 water is discharged.
Ethyne: Brown colour ofBr2 water is discharged.
2. Test - Baeyer's reagent : Pass the gas through
Baeyer's reagent (alkaline solution ofKMn04).
Ethane : Purple colour of Baeyer's reagent is not
discharged.
Ethene : Purple colour ofBaeyers reagent is discharged.
Ethyne: Purple colour ofBaeyers reagent is discharged.
3. Test: Pass the gas through ammoniacal cuprous chloride
solution.
Ethane : No ppt.
Ethene : No ppt.
Ethyne: Red ppt. of copper acetylide is formed .
4. Test : Pass the gas through ammonical silver nitrate
solution.
l543l Arun Deep's Sim. Chemistry X
 Ethane: No ppt.
Ethene : No ppt.
Ethyne : White ppt. of silver acetylide is formed.
(ii) Tests to distinguish between ethanol and ethanoic
acid
1. Test :Add a few drops of blue litmus solution to the given
liquid.
Ethanol : No change in colour.
Ethanoic acid : Blue litmus turns red.
2. Test :Add a pinch of sodium carbonate to the given liquid.
Ethanol : No action.
Ethanoic acid : Brisk effervescence with the evolution
of C02•
19. Give the main uses of -
(i) Methane (ii) Ethane
(iii) Ethene (iv) Ethyne
(v) Ethanol (vi) Ethanoic acid.
Ans. The main uses of : (i) Methane and (ii) Ethane -
(a) Illuminant and domestic fuel : In the form of natural gas or
gobar gas. [Hydrocarbons - have high calorific value. They
are easily combustible and the reaction- is exothermic -
releasing heat energy. Hence they are excellent fuels]
(b) In manufacture of chemicals: Used as:
(1) Chloroform : Solvent for rubber, waxes. As an
anaesthesia.
(2) Carbon black : A black pigment in shoe polishes,
printers ink etc.
(3) Formaldehyde : An antiseptic, preservative for
biological specimens.
(4) Methanol : Solvent for varnishes, anti-freeze for
automobiles.
(5) Ethanol: Solvent for resins, a low freezing liquid in
thermometers.
1run Deep ~ Sim. Chemistry X 1'5~1
(iii) Ethene -
(a) Production of oxy-ethylene torch : For welding
purposes and cutting metals.
(b) Ripening of green fruits : Artificial ripening and
preservation of fruits.
(c) Catalytic hydrogenation : Used in hardening of oils.
(d) It is also used in manufacturing of: (i) Synthetic
chemicals : Ethylene glycol [anti-freeze], di-ethyl
ether [solvent], ethylene oxide [fumigant], mustard
gas [chemical warfare]. (ii) Polymers :
Polyetheylene, polyvinyl chloride [P.V.C.]- used in
packaging, insulators, containers, rain coats etc.
(iv) Ethyne -
(a) It is used for producing oxy-acetylene flame for
welding and cutting purposes as it produces
temperature as high as 3500°C.
(b) It is used as an illuminant in oxyacetylene lamp.
(c) It is used in the manufacture of solvent like westron
(C 2H2Cl4 ) and westrosol (CHCl = CC12).
(v) Ethanol - Main Uses of Ethanol
(a) As a solvent- For gums and resins
(b) In thermometers and spirit levels - Low freezing
mobile liquid. [freezing point- 114.1 °C).
· (c) In manufacture of chemicals - Acetaldehyde
[dyes], acetic acid [manufacture of vinegar],
chloroform [antiseptic] diethyl ether [anaeshetic].
(vi) Ethanoic acid -
Uses :
(a) It is used as a solvent for many organic reactions.
(b) It is used as vinegar for preparing pickles etc.
(c) It is used for preparing various organic compounds
like acetone, acetic anhydride ester etc.
(d) It is used as cogulating agent in rubber industries.
(e) It is used for making perfumes and medicines.
lf45l Arun Deep's Sim. Chemistry X
 I UNIT TEST PAPER 8- ORGANIC CHEMISTRY I
Q.l. Draw the branched structural formula of the following
organic compound·s whose IUPAC names are given
below.
1. Pent-1-ene
2. But-2-yne
3. 3-methyl pentane
4. 2-methyl-prop-1-ene
5. Pentane-3-ol
6. 1, 1, 2, 2 tetrabromoethane
7. 2-methyl butan -2-ol
8. 2, 2 dimethylpropan-1-ol
9. 2, 2 dimethyl propane
10. 2-bromo-4-chloro pentane
Ans. 1. HF- CH2 - CH2 - CH - CH3
2. H 3C - C = C- CH3
ca,
I
3. H 3C-CH2 - CH -CH 2 -CH3

CH1
I
4. H,C-CH2-CH - CH2- CH ,

OH
I
5. H,C-CH2- CH - CH2- CH,

H Br
I I
6. H -C-C- H
I I
H Br

OH
I
7. H,C- CH2- CH - CH.1

Arun Deep~ Sim. Chemistry X 15461

Q.2. Select the correct answer from the choice in brackets.
1. The vapour density of the fifth member of the homologous
series of alkanes. [22 I 36 I 29]
2. The isomer of pentane which has '1' C atom attached to
'4' other C atoms [n -I iso-- I neo--] pentane.
3. The IUPAC name of the product of reaction of ethylene
with hydrogen bromide. [ethyl bromide I bromoethane I
dibromoethane]
4. The IUPAC name of methyl acetylene. [1-butyne I
propyne I ethyne]
5. The functional group in ethanoic acid. [aldehydic I carl>oxyl
I hydroxyl]
Ans. I. 36 2. neo-pentane
3. bromoethane 4. propyne
5. carboxyl
Q.3. Give balanced equations for the following conversions.

1.11 ,2, dibromoethane I~I Acetylene IJ4 Silver acetyl ide

2.1 Ethanol\ ~ IEthene ~~ Ethyl iodide

3.j Bromoethane I~~ Ethane j ? Sodium propanoate

4.j Sodium ethanoate I~~ ~Methanol ~Methanal ~Methanoic acid

s.j Sodium acetate+ H,jJ:L jAcetic acid I~ Ethyl ethanoate

I5!!VI Arun Dup~ Sim. Chemistry X

 Ans. 1. CH2Br + 2KOH ~ CH + 2KBr + 2~0
I Ill
CH2Br CH
H-C=C-H+2AgN03 +2NH40H ~ Ag -C=C-Ag+2NH4N03 +2Hp
Acetylene Silver acetylide
(whiteppt.)

H H
2 · CH3C l-lOH
·"2
Cone. H, SO,
l1o''C >
I I
H- C = C- H
+ l-lO
·"2
CH3 - C~- I+ NaOH (ale.)~ C~ = C~ + Nal + ~0
Ethyl iodide Ethene

ether ) C 2H6 + HBr

Sod. propanoate Ethane

4. CH3COONa + NaOH CaO

K,Cr,O/H .
CH4 + [0] Oxidation (G,)
Methane Methanol

K,Cr,O/H'
CH30H + [0] ----'~'---+
(G,)
HCHO + 2~0
Methanol Methanal
K,Cr,O/H.
HCHO + [0] ----'~'---+
(G,)
HCOOH
Methanol Methanoic acid

CH3COOH + C2H50H c;:~~~~~·) CH3COOC2H 5 + ~0

Acetic acid Ethanol Ethyl ethanoate
Q.4. Select from the letters A to G the correct answer
corresponding to the statements from 1 to 5 :
A : Ammoniacal CuCI2, B : Trichloromethane,
C : Trichloroethane, D : Bromine solo.,
E : Aqueous KOH F: Ethene,
Arun Deep~ Sim. Chemistry X fS<t8l
 G : Sodalime, H: Ethanol,
I: Ethyne.
1. The organic compound which forms carbon tetrachloride
on reaction with chlorine.
2. The reagent which can distinguish between ethene and
ethyne.
3. The substance which reacts with bromoethane to give
ethanol.
4. The substance which gives bromoethane on reaction with
hydrogen bromide.
5. The substance which reacts with acetic acid to give
CH3 COOC 2H 5 •
Ans. 1.- B
Explanation : CHC1 3 + Cl 2 Sunlight CC1 4 + HCl
Tricholoromethane Carbon tetrachloride
2. -A
Explanation : [Only ethyne gives red ppt. of dicopper acetyl ide
with ammoniacal Cu2CI 2 or CuCl]
3.- E
Explanation :
CH 3 C~Br + KOH (aq.) ~ CH3 C~OH + KBr + H 20
Bromoethane Ethanol
4. -F
Explanation : HF = CH2 + HBr ~ H 3C - CH2Br
Ethene Bromoethane
5.- H
Explanation :
CH3COOH + C 2H50H Cone. H2SO CHFOO~H5 + Hp
Acetic acid Ethanol Ethyl acetate
Q.5. Give balanced equations for the following conversions.
1. An alkyne to an alkene.

15~91 Arun Deep~ Sim. Chemistry X

 2. An alkene to an alkane.
3. An alkane to an alcohol.
4. An alcohol to an alkene.
5. A carboxylic acid to an ammonium salt
Ni
Ans. 1. H- C = C - H + H2 -3-
00'-c~ H - C= C- H + H2
I I
H H
Ni
2. JOO'c HzC - CH 2
I I
H H
Cut tube )
3. 200"C
2CROH ~

H H
4• CH3 CH2 OH Cone. H, SO, I I HO
170"C > H- C=C- H + 2

5. CH3COOH + NH40H ~ CHFOONH4 + H20

Q.6. Give reasons for the following :
1. Concentrated sulphuric acid maybe added during
esterification of acetic acid.

Acetic acid Ethyl alcohol Ethyl acetate Water

Cone. H2SO4, a strong dehydrating agent helps in the removal

of water thus shifting the equilibrium in the forward direction,
resulting the formation of more of ethyl acetate (ester).
2. Isomers belonging to the same homologous series may
differ in physical properties but not in chemical properties.
Ans. Isomers of the same homologous series have the same
functional group (if any) and 'as such have similar chemical
properties. As isomeres are different compounds they differ in
one or more of their physical properties.
3. A given organic compound can be assigned only one name
on the basis of the IUPAC system.
Ans. This statement is not correct.

A run Deep~ Sim. Chemistry X [55~.1

 Correct statement is :
An organic compound may have more than one IUPAC name
(out of al l these one is a preferred IUPAC name) but two
compounds cannot have the same IUPAC name because this
may lead to confusion.
4. Substitution reactions are characteristic reactions of
saturated organic compounds only.
Ans. Addition reactions are not possible in case of saturated organic
compounds. Saturated organic compounds can only undergo
substitution reactions.
5. Acetic acid is considered an aliphatic monocarboxylic acid.
Ans. Acetic acid or ethanoic acid, CH3COOH has one carboxylic
acid group (--COOH). Hence it is a monocarboxylic acid. As
it has no benzene ring in it, it is not aromatic and hence it is an
aliphatic monocarboxylic acid.

1,&5'11 A run Deep's Sim. Chemistry X

I[!] 9?ractica£ CFtemistry

Identification Of Gases :
I
Gas Identification
Water vapour Colour : Colourless liquid : odour -
odourless,
Litmus :Neutral.
Test: Turns white anhydrous CuS04 to
blue.
Blue cobalt chloride to pink.
Colour : Colourless Odour : odourless,
litmus,
neutral.
Test : Burning match stick extinguished,
produces
pop sound.
Colourless, odourless, Neutral to litmus.
Burning things glow in it.
ACIDIC GASES
Carbon dioxide Colourless, odourless, blue litmus turns red.
(C0 2) Burning match stick is extinguished.
Sulphur dioxide Colourless, suffocatingodour,-blue litmus
turns red.
(S0 2) Test : When passed through lime water
turns milky.
Chlorine (CI 2) Greyish yellow in colour, pungent smell,
moist blue
litmus turns red.
Test : Turns blue litmus red and then
bleached it.
Hydrogen Colourless, pungent odour, turns moist blue
chloride (HCI) litmus red.
Arun Deep~ Sim. Chemistry X
 Test. Forms white curdy ppt. on passing
through
' J
AgN03 .
Hydrogen Colourless, odour- rotten eggs, turns blue
sulphide litmus red.
(H2S) Test : Turns KMn0 4 from pink to
colourless.
Nitrogen Reddish brown in colour, irritating odour,
dioxide turns blue litmus red.
Test : Liberates violet vapours with KI.
Ammonia gas Colourless, Pungent odour, turns red litmus
(NH3 ) blue.
Test : Gives white dense fumes when a
rod dipped in cone. HCI is brought near
NH3 gas.
CATIONS: (Positive ions): Fe+2, Fe+3, Cu2+, Ca2+, Zn2+, Pb2+,
NH I+
4
Addition of NaOH Solution :
Cation Precipitate formed
Fe 2+ Dirty green ppt., insoluble in excess
Fe 3 + Reddish brown ppt, insoluble in excess
Cu2+ Pale blue ppt., insoluble in excess
Ca2+ Milky white ppt., insoluble in excess
Zn 2+ Gelatinous white ppt., soluble in excess
Pb 2+ Chalky white ppt., soluble in excess
NH I+ On heating, a gas is evolved.
4

Flame Test :
i Method Colour imparted Blue glass Metal
I . Pt. wires thoroughly cleaned and heated
in flame alongwith cation.
Golden yellow Pale yell ow Sodium (Na 1) !
I+
2. Imparts no colour. dipped in HCI. Lilac Violet Potassium (K)
3. Reintroduced in the flame. Brick red Pale green Calcium (Na2+)
4. Pt. wire with salt. Green Pale green Copper (Cu1+ )

15'531 Arun Deep's Sim. Chemistry X

 2-
ANIONS : Co 3 SO 2- s2- CO 2- CL 1- NO 1-
' 3'' 4 ' 3' 3

Experiment Observation

Carbonate (CO/-) Colourless, odourless gas evolves

To salt add dil H2S04 and heat. turns lime water milky.
Sulphite (S0 32-) :

To salt add dil. H2 S04 Colourless gas, suffocating odour

and heat. evolves, turns lime water milky.A
white ppt. with barium chloride
is formed.
Sulphide (S 2-) :

To the salt add H2SO4 Rotten egg smell evolves.

and heat.
Sulphite (SO 42-) : To the salt A white ppt. is formed soluble
solution add soln. of BaC1 2 • in dil. HCI.
Chloride (en : To the salt Colourless gas evolved which
add cone. H2 SO4 and heat. gives white dense fumes when a
rod dipped in NH40H is brought
near it
Nitrate (N03 1-) : To the Reddish brown fumes evolve.
salt add cone. H2S04
and Cu turnings and heat.

USE OF pH - in soil analysis, water analysis etc.

pH value : pH value represents the strength of acidic and
alkali solution. It is expressed in terms ofH+ ion concentration.
pH =- log 10 H+
pH values:
less than 7 -acidic ; 7 = neutral ; more than 7 Alkaline
Identification of pH values- using a universal indicator pH scale
showing different pH value.
~(--------'A'-"c'-"id""ic,___ _~) Neutral ~(---....:.A.:..:;Ik:o::ae..::lin""e:.....__~)

Arun Deep's Sim. Chemistry X l55lf:J

 Red Orange Yellow Green Blue Indio Violet
0 I 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 II 12 13 14

pH scale
(a) Use of pH in soil analysis- pH- 3 acidic, 4 to 5 strong acidic,
6-7 high cone. of Cu.
(b) Use of pH in water analysis: 1 to 5 acidic, 7 neutral and
8 to 14 alkaline.
(c) In medical field: The pH ofblood is around 7. 4 and of saliva
is 6.5.

IQUESTIONS I
1. State the colour of the residue obtained on cooling when
the following carbonates are heated :
(t) zinc carbonate (it) lead carbonate
(iit) copper carbonate.
Ans. (i) In case of zinc carbonate, residue is yellow when hot and
white when cold.

White White residue

(ii) In case of lead carbonate, residue is reddish-brown when hot

and yellow when cold
heat PbO + C0 2
White yellow residue

(iii) In case of Copper carbonate, residue is black when cold.

heat CuO + C02
Light Green black residue

1. Sodium hydroxide solution is added first in a small

quantity, then in excess to the aqueous salt solutions of
copper (II) sulphate, zinc nitrate, lead nitrate, calcium
lsssl Arun Deep's Sim. Chemistry X
 chloride and iron (III) sulphate. For each of the aqueous
salt solutions, state -
H I
(a) the colour of the precipitate when NaOH is added in
a small quantity ;
(b) the nature of precipitate (i.e. soluble or insoluble)
when NaOH is added in excess.
Ans. (a) (i) blue (ii) white gelatinous
(iii) white chalky (iv) curdy white
(v) Reddish brown.
(b) (i) Insoluble (ii) Soluble
(iii) Soluble (iv) Insoluble
(v) insoluble.

1. The questions below refer to the following salt solutions

listed A to F : A : Copper nitrate B : Iron (II) sulphate
C : Iron (Ill) chloride D : Lead nitrate E : Magnesium
sulphate F : Zinc chloride.
(i) Which two solutions will give a white precipitate
when treated with dilute hydrochloric acid followed
by barium chloride solution. (i.e. white ppt. insoluble
in dil. HCl)
(H) Which two solutions will give a white ppt. when
treated with dil. HN0 3 and AgN03 solo.
(iiz) Which solo. will give a white ppt. when either dil.
HCl or dil. H 2 SO4 is added to it.
(iv) Which solo. becomes a deep/inky blue colour when
excess of ammonium hydroxide is added to it.
(v) Which solution gives a white precipitate with excess
ammonium hydroxide solution. /
Ans. (i) Band E [Iron(II) Sulphate and Magnesium sulphate]
(ii) C and F [Iron(II) chloride and Zinc chloride]
(iii) D [Lead nitrate]
(iv) A [Copper nitrate]

Arun Deep's Sim. Chemistry X · ('5561

 ( v) D [Lead nitrate]

1. From the list of substances given- Ammonium sulphate,

Lead carbonate, Chlorine, Copper nitrate, Ferrous
sulphate - State : A substance that turns moist starch
iodide paper blue.
Ans. Chlorine
2. State what is observed when excess of ammonia passed
through an aqueous solution of lead nitrate.
Ans. When ammonia is passed through an aq. solution oflead nitrate,
chalky white precipitate of lead hydroxide is formed which is
insoluble in excess of ammonia.

Chalky white ppt.

3. Give one test each to distinguish between the ~ollowing

pairs of chemicals solutions -
(z) Zn(N03) 2 and Ca(N03) 2
(iz) NaN0 3 and NaCI
(iiz) Iron [III] chloride and copper chloride.
Ans. (i) Add NaOH solution in excess to the two solutions. The
one in which white ppt. initially formed dissolves in excess of
NaOH solution is Zn(N03) 2 solution and the other is Ca(N0 3) 2
solution.
(ii) Add freshly prepared ferrous sulphate solution to the two
solutions. Then by the side of the test tube, pour cone. sulphuric
acid (H 2S04) to each slowly. The one in which brown ring
appears is sodium nitrate solution while the other is sodium
chloride sol.
(iii) Add NaOH solution to both the solutions. The one which give a
reddish brown ppt. is Iron( II) chloride solution and the one which
gives blue ppt. is copper chloride solution.
4. Give a reason why carbon dioxide and sulphur dioxide
cannot be distinguished by using lime water.
r[@ Arun Deep~ Sim. Chemistry X
 Ans. Because both turns lime water milky.

1. Salts A, B, C, D and E undergo reaction (i) to (v)

respectively. Identify the anion present in these salts on
the basis of these reactions.
(i) When AgN0 3 solution is added to a soln. of A, a
white precipitate, insoluble in dilute nitric acid, is
formed.
(ii) Addition of dil. HCI to B produces a gas which turns
lead acetate paper black.
(iii) When a freshly prepared solution of FeSO4 is added
to a so ln. of C and cone. H 2 SO 4 is gently poured
from the side ofthe test-tube, a brown ring is formed.
(iv) When dil. H 2SO 4 is added to D a gas is produced
which turns acidified ~Cr2 0 7 soln. from orange to
green.
(v) Addition of dil. HCI toE produced an effervescence.
The gas produced turns limewater milky but does
not effect acidified ~Cr2 0 7 soln.
Ans. (i) Chloride Cl 1- (ii) Sulphide s2-
(iii) Nitrate N0 32- (iv) Sulphite S032-
(v) Carbonate cot .
2. How will the addition of barium chloride soln. help to
distinguish between dil. HCI and dil. H 2SO4 •
Ans. Barium chloride does not react with dil HCl but with dil H2SO4
gives a white ppt. of barium sulphate.

1. The salt which, in solution gives a pale green ppt. with

sodium hydroxide solution and a white precipitate with
barium chloride solution is :
A: Iron (III) sulphate B: Iron (II) sulphate
C: Iron (II) chloride D: Iron (ill) chloride
Ans. B: Iron (ll) sulphate
A run D eep's Sim. Chemistry X 15581
 1. Carbon dioxide and sulphur dioxide gas can be
distinguished by using :
(A) Moist blue litmus paper
(B) Lime water
(C) Acidified potassium dichromate paper
(D) None of the above.
Ans. (C) Acidified potassium dichromate paper
2. Identity the substances 'R' based on the information
given below :
The pale green solid 'R' turns reddish brown on
heating. Its aqueous solution gives a white precipitate
with barium chloride solution. The precipitate is
insoluble in mineral acids.
Ans. Ferrous sulphate (Fe 2 S0 4).
3. Give one chemical test to distinguish between the
following pairs of compounds.
(z) ZnS0 4 and ZnC12
(iz) FeC1 2 and FeC13
(iiz) Calcium nitrate soln. and Calcium chloride soln.
Ans. (i)
ZnS0 4 solution ZnC12 solution
Add BaCl 2 solution to the above Add BaC1 2 solution to the above
solution white precipitates of solution no effect is visualised

ZnS0 4 + BaC1 2 ~ BaS04 ..(.. ZnC1 2 + BaC1 2 ~ No visual

(White ppt) effect
+ ZnC1 2
(ii) Iron (ii) chloride Iron (ii) chloride
Add sodium hydroxide to the Add sodium hydroxide to the
above solution. above solution.
Dirty green ppts. are formed Reddish brown ppts. are
observed
A run Deep's Sim. Chemistry X
 FeC12 + 2Na0H ~ FeC1 3 + 3NaCl
2NaCl + Fe (OHh ,!.. ~ 3NaCl + Fe(OHh ,!..
(iii) Calcium nitrate Calcium chloride
To this solution add silver nitrate. To this solution add silver
·. No reaction takes place · nitrate. White precipitates of
silver chloride are formed.
Ca(No 3) 2 + Ag N0 3 ~ CaCI 2 + 2Ag N0 3 ~ 2AgCl +
No reaction Ca(N0 3h
(Curdy white precipitate)

1. Select the correct answer from A, B, C, D and E -

(A) Nitroso Iron (II) sulphate (B) Iron (IIJ) chloride
(C) Chromium sulphate (D) Lead (II) chloride .
(E) Sodium chloride.
The com'p ound which is responsible fo'r the green
'- colour formed when so2 is bubbled through acidified
potassium dichromate solution.
Ans. (C) Chromium sulphate
2. State your observation -
(1) A piece of moist blue litmus paper
(it) Paper soaked in potassium permanganate solution-
is introduced into a gas jar of sulphur dioxide.
Ans. {i) Moist blue litmus turns red and finally colourless as
so2 act as an acidic gas and then a bleaching agent.
( ii) The pink colour of potassium permanganate paper turns
colourless because of bleaching property of sulphur
dioxide.
3. Write the equation for the reaction of magnesium
sulphate solution with barium chloride solution.
Ans. MgS0 4 + BaC12 ~ BaS04 + MgC1 2
2011
1. Choose from the list of substances - Acetylence gas, aqua
fortis, coke, brass, barium chloride, bronze, platinum.
Arun Deeps Sim. Chemistry X 15601
 An aqueous salt solution used for testing sulphate radical.
Ans. Barium chloride.
2012
1. Name the gas which turns acidified potassium dichromate
clear green.
Ans. Sulphur dioxide gas (SO.)
2. Identify the anion present in the following compounds :
(i) Compound X on heating with copper turnings and
.concentrated sulphuric acid liberates a r.eddish
brown gas.
(ii) When a solution of compound Y is treated with silver
nitrate solution a white precipitate is obtained which
is soluble in excess of ammonium hydroxide solution.
(iii) Compound Z which on reacting with dilute sulphuric
acid liberates a gas which turns lime waer milky,
but the gas has no effect on acidified potassium
dichromate solution.
(iv) Compound L on reacting with Barium chloride
solution gives a white precipitate insoluble in dilute
hydrochloric acid or dilute nitric acid.
Ans. (i) Nitrate ion, N0 3- (ii) Chloride ion, Cl-
(iii) Carbonate ion, CO/- (iv)Sulphate ion, S0/-
3. State one chemical test between each of the following
pairs:
(i) Sodium carbonate and Sodium sulphite
(ii) Ferrous nitrate and Lead nitrate
(iii) Manganese dioxide and Copper(ll) oxide
Ans. (i) Treat each of the compound with dilute sulphuric acid. In
case of sbdium carbonate a colourle-ss and odourless gas
is evolved. In case of sodium sulphite a colourless gas
evolved which has a choking smell and causes coughing.
(ii) To each of the aqueous solutions of compounds add
aqueous sodium hydroxide solution. A dirty green
precipitate is formed in case offerrous nitrate, whereas a
white chalky precipitate is formed in case oflead nitrate.
(iii) Heat each of the compound with cone. hydrochloric acid.
In case of manganese dioxide a greenish yellow gas
f561) Arun Deeps Sim. Chemistry X
 (chlorine) is evolved. In case of copper(Il) oxide, no gas
evolved and a bluish green solution is formed.
4. State one observation :A zinc granuJe is added to copper
sulphate solution.
Ans. The blue colour of copper sulphate solutio, fades to form a
colourless solution.
5. Give balanced equation for the reaction :
Silver nitrate solution and Sodium chloride solution.
Ans. Ag N0 3 (aq.)+ NaCl (aq.) ~ AgCl (g)+ NaN0 3 (aq.)
2013
1. Give a chemical test to distinguish between :
(1) NaCl solo. and NaN03 solo.
(it) HCl gas and ~S gas.
(iit) Calcium nitrate solo. and zinc nitrate solo.
(iv) Carbon dioxide gas and sulphur dioxide gas.
Ans. (i) Add silver nitrate solution to sodium chloride solution and
sodium nitrate solution. In case of sodium chloride, a curdy
white ppt. is formed. In case of sodium nitrate solution
the reaction mixture remains colourless.
(ii) Moist lead acetate paper turns black in case of hydrogen
sulphide gas, but does not change its colour in case of
hydrogen chloride gas.
(iii) To each of the solution add first sodium hydroxide solution
in small amount and then in excess. In case of calcium
nitrate a fine white precipitate is formed, which does not
dissolve in excess of sodium hydroxide. In case of zinc
nitrate a gelatin like white precipitate is formed which
dissolves in excess of sodium hydroxide.
(iv) To each of the gas add few drops of acidified potassium
dichromate solution. In case of carbon dioxide no change
takes place. In case of sulphur dioxide, potassium
dichromate solution turns blue.
2. From A: CO; B: C02 ; C: N02 ; D: S03 - State which will
not produce an acid on reaction with water.
Ans. A: CO
A run Deep s Sim. Chemistry X 1"5621
 2014
1. Distinguish between : Sodium nitrate and sodium sulphite
(using dilute sulphuric acid)
Ans. Sodium nitrate will not react with dilute sulphuric acid.
Sodium sulphite reacts with dil. sulphuric acid to liberate foul
smelling hydrogen sulphide gas.
2. State your observation :When moist starch iodide paper
is introduced into chlorine gas.
Ans. The starch iodide paper turns blue due to the liberation of free
iodine.
3. The flame test with a salt P gave a brick red flame. What
is the cation in P?
Ans. Cation in Pis Ca2+(calcium ion).
4. Gas Q turns moist lead acetate paper silvery black.
Identify the gas Q.
pH of liquid R is 10. What kind of substance is R?
Ans. The gas Q is H2 S (Hydrogen sulphide).
The substance R is a alkaline.- .

1. Select the gas that has a charateristic rotten egg smell.

[ammonia, ethane, hydrogen chloride, hydrogen sulphide,
ethyne]
Ans. Hydrogen sulphide
2. State one relevant observation :When hydrogen sulphide
gas is passed through lead acetate solution.
Ans. When hydrogen sulphide gas is passed through lead acetate
solution, it forms a black precipitate oflead sulphide.
3. Identify the anion present in each of the following
compounds: A, B, C :
(z) Salt 'A' reacts with cone. ~S04 producing gas which
fumes in moist air and gives dense fumes with ammonia.
(iz) Salt 'B' reacts with dil. ~S04 producing a gas which
turns lime water milky but has no effect on acidified
potassium dichromate solution.
(iiz) When barium chloride solution is added to salt ·
l563l Arun Deeps Sim. Chemistry X
 solution. 'C' a white precipitate insoluble in dilute
hydrochloric acid is obtained.
Ans. (i) Chloride ion (Cl-)
(ii) Carbonate ion (CO/) or bicarbonate ion (HC0 3- 1)
(iiz) Sulphate ion (S04 2- )
4. Identify the cation present in each of the following
compounds - W, X, Y, Z :
(1) To solution 'W', ammonium hydroxide is added in
minimum quantity first and then in excess. A dirty
white precipitate is formed which dissolves in excess
to form a clear solution.
(il) To solution 'X' ammonium hydroxide is added in
minimum quantity first and then in excess. A pale
blue precipitate is formed which dissolves in excess
to form a clear inky blue solution.
(iiz) To solution 'Y' a small amount of sodi~m hydroxide
is added slowly and then in excess. A white insoluble
precipitate is formed.
(iv) To a salt 'Z' calcium hydroxide solution is added and
then the mixture is heated. A pungent smelling gas
turning moist red litmus paper blue is obtained.
Ans. (z) Zn2+ (Zinc Ion) (ii) Cu2+ (Copper (II) Ion)
(iii) Ca2+ (Calcium Ion) (iv) NH/ (Ammonium Ion)

1. Identify the cations in each of the following cases :

(1) NaOH solution when added to the solution 'A'-
gives a reddish brown. precipitate.
(iz) NH 40H solution when added to the solution 'B'
gives white ppt which does not dissolve in excess.
(iiz) NaOH solution when added to the solution 'C' gives
white ppt which is insoluble in excess.
Ans. (i) Ferric (Fe3+) ion (ii) Plumbous (Pb2+) ion
(iiz) Calcium (Ca2+) ion

Arun Deeps Sim. Chemistry X !5641

 2017
1. Choose the correct answer from the options ..:.. A chloride
which forms a precipitate that is soluble in excess of
ammonium hydroxide, is :A. Calcium chloride. B. Ferrous
ch:oride. C. Ferric chloride. D. Copper chloride.
Ans. D. Copper chloride.
2. Identify the substance underlined- Cation that does not
for;:t a precipitate with ammonium hydroxide but forms
one with sodium hydroxid~
Ans. Magnesium ions.
3. Identify the salts P and Q from the observations given below:
(z) On performing the flame test salt P produces a lilac
coloured flame and its solution gives a white
precipitate with silver nitrate solution, which is
soluble in ammonium hydroxide solution.
(ii) When dilute HCI is added to a salt Q, a brisk
effervescence is produced and the gas turns lime water
milkjr~ When NH40H solution is added to the above
mixture [after adding dilute HCI], it produces a white
precipitate which is soluble in excess NH40H solution.
Ans. (i) The salt P is potassium chloride.
Reason : K+ ions give lilac colour to flame and Cl- ions
react with silver nitrate to form silver chloride precipitate
which is soluble in excess of ammonium hydroxide.
(ii) The salt Q is zinc carbonate.
Reason: C03- 2 ions are responsible for the liberation of
carbon dioxide with HCI. The salt formed is zinc chloride
which forms white precipitate with ammonium hydroxide.
This precipitate is soluble in excess ofammonium hydroXide.
2018
1. State one relevant observation - Barium chloride solution
is slowly added to sodium sulphate solution.
Ans. BaCl2 + Na2S04 ~ BaS04 + 2NaCl
White ppt. of barium sulphate is formed and solution turns turbid.
2. Give a chemical test to distinguish between the following
pairs of chemicals: (z) Lead nitrate solution and Zinc
~ Arun Deeps Sim. Chemistry X
 nitrate solution. (iz) Sodium chloride solution and Sodium
nitrate solution.
Ans. (i) Add ammonium hydroxide to the solutions oflead nitrate
and zinc nitrate dropwise and then in excess.
Lead Nitrate Zinc Nitrate
1. On adding ammonium 1. On adding ammonium
hydroxide chalky white hydroxi~ gelatinous white
precipitates of lead precipitates of zinc hydroxide
hydroxide are formed. are formed.
Pb(N0 3) 2 + 2NHpH ~ Zn(N03) 2 + 2NHpH ~
Pb(OH) 2 + 2NH4N0 3 Zn(OH) 2 + 2NH 4N0 3
2. On adding excess of 2. On adding excess of
ammonium hydroxide, the ammonium hydroxide, the
precipitates do not precipitates dissolves forming
dissolve. a soluble complex.
Zn(OH) 2 + 2NH 4N0 3 +
2NHpH ~ [Zn(NH 3) 4]
(N0 3) 2 + 4Hp
(ii) Add silver nitrate solution to both sodium chloride and
sodium nitrate solution and observe.
Sodium Chloride Sodium Nitrate
l. Add silver nitrate solution l. Add silver nitrate solution tc
sodium chloride nitrate.
NaCl + AgN03 ~ AgCl.J,- No reaction will take place.
+ NaN0 3
You will observe curdy white NaN0 3 + AgN0 3 ~ No
precipitates of silver chloride. reaction

IADDITIONAL QUESTIONS I
1. The following materials are provided - solutions of cobalt
chloride, ammonia, potassium permanganate, lime water,
starch-iodide, sodium hydroxide, lead acetate, potassium
iodide. Also provided are litmus and filter papers, glowing
splinters and glass rods. Using the above how would you
drstinguish between : (a) a neutral, acidic and a basic gas
 (b) oxygen and hydrogen gas (c) carbon dioxide and sulphur
dioxide gas (d) chlorine and hydrogen chloride gas
(e) hydrogen sulphide and nitrogen dioxide gas (f) ammonia
and carbon dioxide gas (g) zinc carbonate and potassium
nitrate (h) hydrated copper sulphate and anhydrous copper
sulphate (i) ammonium sulphate and sodium sulphate.
Ans. (a) Neutral gas does not effect litmus paper. Acidic gas turns
blue litmus paper red and basic gas turns red litmus blue.
(b) Oxygen is obtained by heating KMN04 whereas hydrogen
gas is obtained with the action ofZn and dil H2S04 .
(c) No effect of C0 2 on KMn04 or K2Crp7 whereas S02
turns K2 Cr20 7 from orange to green.
(d) Chlorine decolourises the colouring matter whereas HCl
does not.
(e) H2S gas turns KMnO 4 from pink to colourless and N02
liberates violet vapours with KI.
(f) NH3 turns red litmus blue and S02 turns blue litmus red.
(g) Lime water turns zinc carbonate milky and no effect on
potassium nitrate.
(h) Hydrated copper sulphate anhydrous copper sulphate.
Take some dry CuS04 onfilter paper. It will be white in
colour.
anhydrous copper sulphate white in colour.
CuS04 (white powder)
Now keep it in air for some time, it will absorb water
vapous from atmosphers, its colour will change to blue.
(i) Ammonium sulphate and sodium sulphate : When
ammonium sltfphate is heated with NaOH, gas ammonia
is producedwhich turns red litmus blue. But sodium
sulphate has no reaction with NaOH.
2. Give a chemical test to distinguish between the following:
(l) Sodium carbonate and sodium sulphate
(it) Potassium chloride and potassium nitrate
(iit) Copper carbonate and copper sulphite
(iv) Lead chloride and lead sulphide
(v) Iron (II) sulphate and iron (Ill) sulphate
(vt) Calcium sulphate and zinc sulphate
 (viz) Lead nitrate and zinc nitrate
(viiz) Copper sulphate and calcium sulphate
(ix) Manganese dioxide and copper (II) oxide
(x) dil. HCl, dil. HN03 , dil. H 2S04•
[explain the procedure for the preparation of the
solutions for the above tests wherever required]
Ans. (i) Sodium carbonate and sodium sulphate : Add BaCl 2
solution to N~C0 3 ,a white precipitates produced which
are soluble in dil. HCL
Na0 2 ~ + BaC12 ----+ BaC03 + 2NaCl
sodium carbonate white ppts.

BaC0 3 + 2HC1 ----+ BaC1 2 + ~0 + C02

Now add BaC1 2 solution to sodium sulphate, white ppts.
produced which are insoluble in dil. HCL
Na2 S04 + BaC1 2 ----+ BaS04 + 2NaCl
sodium sulphate white ppts.

BaS04 is insoluble in dil. HCI.

BaS04 + HCl----+ No reaction.
(ii) Add cone. H2SO4 to potassium chloride and heat.
colourless gas produced which gives dense-white fumes
when a glass rod dipped in ammonia is brought near it.
To the salt solution potassium nitrate, add cone. H2 S04
and copper turnings and heat.
Reddish brown fumes evolved which gives violvet
vapours and turns potassium iodide paper brown.
(iii) On adding dilute ~SO4 to copper carbonate acid heating,
a colorless odour less gas is evolved which turns lime water
milky and has no effect on KMn0 4 or ~Cr2 0 7 solution.
CuC0 3 + ~S04 ~ CuS04 + C02 + H20
Copper carbonate

Arun Deep~ Sim. Chemistry X 15681

 C02 gas turns lime water milky.
Now add dil. H2 S04 to copper sulphite and heat.
A colourless gas with suffocating odour evolved which
turns lime water milky and changes then pink colour of
acidified KMn04 to colourless .and orange colour of
acidified K2Cr20 7 to clear green.
(iv) Added Mn02 and cone. H2S04 to the salt Lead Chloride
and heat it.
A greenish coloured yellow coloured gas with punget odour
is evolved which turns moist starch iodide paper blue black.
Now add dil. ~SO4 to Lead sulphide and heat.
Colourless gas with rotten egg smell is evolved. The gas
evolved turns moist lead acetate paper silvery black.
(v) Iron (ll) sulphate is when reacted with small amount of
NaOH solution, dirty green precipitates of Iron (II)
hydroxide are produced which are insoluble in excess of
NaOH.
FeS04 + 2NaOH ~ Na2S04 + Fe(OH)2
, dirty greeh ppts.
Iron (III) sulphate is when reacted with small amount of
NaOH solution, reddish brown precipitates of Fe(OH)3
are formed which are insoluble in excess ofNaOH.
Fe(S04 ) 3 + NaOH ~ N~S0 4 + Fe(OH)3
reddish brown ppts.
(vi) Add sol. of NaOH to calcium sulphate solution. milky
white ppts. of calcium hydroxide are formed which are
soluble in excess ofNaOH.
CaS04 + 2NaOH ~ Ca(OH)2 + Na2S04
1 white ppts.
Now add NaOH to zinc sulphate a white ppts ofZn(OH)2
are produced which are soluble in excess ofNaOH.
ZnS04 + 2NaOH ~ Zn(OH)2 + Na2S0 4
Zn(OH)2 + 2NaOH ~ 2~0 + N~Zn0 2
(excess) sodium zincate

Arun Deep~ Sim. Chemistry X

 Also when sol. ofNH40H is add to CaS04, no ppts. are
formed i.e., no reaction whereas when a sol. ofNH40H
is add to ZnSO 4 , gelatinous white ppts. are formed which
are soluble is excess ofNH40H.
(vii) When a sol. ofNH40H in small amount is added to lead
nitrate sol. a chalky white precipitates of lead hydroxide
are produced. The precipitats so formed are unsoluble in
excess of NH40H.
Pb(N0 3) 2 + 2NH40H ~ 2NH4 N0 3 + Pb (OH) 2
ppts.

Pb(OH)2 + NH 40H ~ No reaction.

' (excess)

Now add .NH4(0H) in small amount to zinc nitrate, a

Gelatinous white precipitates of Zn(OH) 2 are formed
which are soluble in excess ofNH40H.
(viii) When a sol. ofNaOH in small amount is added to copper
sulphate, pale ..blue precipitates of copper (II) hydroxide
are formed which are insoluble in excess ofNaOH.

pale blue ppt.

Cu(OH)2 + N~S04 + NaOH ~No reaction

(excess)

Now add sol. of.NaOH to calcium sulphate sol. milky

white ppts. ofCa(OH)2 are formed which are insoluble in
excess of NaOH.
(ix) Test: I. Add cone. HCI to the sol. and heat
2. Filter the sol. after reaction.
Manganese dioxide (Black): Greenish coloured gas is
evolved Mn0 2 + 4HCI ~ MnCI 2 + 2~0 + Cl2
Filterate is brownish in colour.
Copper (II) oxide : There is no evolution of chlorine
gas.

A run Deep's Sim. Chemistry X l570 I

 CuO ~ 2HC1 + CuC12 + ~0

Filterate is blueish colour.

(x) Oil. HCl is prepared by dissolving HCl gas in water. It
ionises to H30 + and Cl- ions. HCl gas is prepared by
explosive mixture of equal volumes of hydrogen gas and
chlorine gas.
~O+Cl/g) sun light ) 2HCl(g)
~O+HCl ;;:::==== Hp+ + Cl- ~ HCl
hydronium

dil. HN03 :

Nitric acid is prepared by distilling a mixture of sodium

nitrate with cone. H2 S04 •
NaN0 3 + H2S04 _<....:.2oo 0 c~
.:....:..__c NaHS0 4 + HN0 3
dil. H 2S04 :

dil. H2S04 is obtained by dissolving sulphure trioxide gas

in water
S0 3 + Hp ------) H2 S04 .

3. Identify the cation (positive ion) and ~nion (negative ion)

in the following substances, A, B and C. Also identify P,
Q, R, S, T, U, V, W.
(a) Substance' A' is water soluble and gives a curdy white
precipitate 'P' with silver nitrate solution. 'P' is
soluble in ammonium hydroxide but insoluble in dil.
HN0 3 • Substance 'A' reacts with ammonium
hydroxide solution to give a white precipitate 'Q'
soluble in excess of NH4 0H.
(b) A solution of substance 'B' is added to barium
chloride solution. A white ppt. 'R' is formed, insoluble
in dil. HCI or HN0 3 • A dirty green ppt. 'S' is formed
on addition of ammonium hydroxide to a solution of
' B' and the precipitate is insoluble in excess of
ammonium hydroxide.
(c) Substance 'C' is a coloured, crystalline salt which

15711 Arun Deep's Sim. Chemistry X

 on heating decomposes leaving a black residue 'T'.
On addition of copper turnings and cone. H 2 S02 to
'C' a coloured acidic gas 'U' is evolved on heating.
A solution of 'C' is added to NaOH solo. until in
excess. A pale blue ppt. 'P' is obtained insoluble in
excess of NaOH. A solution of 'C' then added to
NH4 solo. in excess to gives an inky blue solution
'V'. A solution of 'C' is warmed and hydrogen
sulphide gas is passed through it. A black ppt. 'W'
appears.
Ans. (a) Substance A to soluble in water and gives curdy white
ppts. P with silver nitrate sol.
A + AgN0 3 ---t P
ppts.

' P' ppts. are soluble in NH40H but insoluble in HN03.

Here
A---t HCI w cation, cl- anion.
P ---tAgCI
Original reaction
HCl + AgN0 3 ~ AgCl + HN03
(A) ppts. (P)

AgCI + 2NH40H ~ Ag(NH3) 2CI + 2~0

(soluble)
Q
Here A ---t HCl
P ---t AgCI
Q ---t Ag(NH3) 2CI
(b) A solution of substance B is added to barium chloride
solution White ppts. Rare formed which are insoluble in
dil. HCl or HN0 3 .
B stands for FeS03 , R stands for BaCl2,
S stands for Fe(OH)2

Arun Deep's Sim. Chemistry X 151~1

 .nee 'C' which is coloured, crystalline which on
.ng decomposes and give black residue. 'T'
\_(heating 'C' gives black residue. This shows that 'C' is
; uSO4 and black residue 'T' is Cu2+ : when H 2 SO4 is
added to 'C' and coppertumigs, on heating it gives coloured
gas ' V' . Brownish gas is escaped when 'C' is added to
NaOH, pale blue ppts. are formed. Which are insoluble is
excess of NaOH.
The reaction shows that 'V' is FS04 solution pale blue
ppts. which are insoluble in excess NaOH solution 'P' is
Cti(OH)2 . When 'C' is passed through ~S gas, black
ppts. are formed. This shows W is CuS.
C ~ CuS04 T ~ Cu2+
V ~ FeS04
w~cus

IUNIT TEST PAPER - CHEMISTRY PRACTICALS I

Q.l. Match the 'cations' A to F and the solubility of ppt. G or
H with the correct colours from 'X' and 'Y'.
I' X ' O n A dd ition of Catio n So lubil ity o f ' Y ' O n Addition of Cation So lubility o f
NaOH in Excess ppt. In e xcess N H4 O H in Excess ppt. in excess
!
!I. Reddish brown ppt. A · Ca 2+ G : Soluble 6. Dirty green ppt. A :Ca 2+ G : Soluble
!2 Pale blue ppt. B : Zn 2+ H Insoluble 7. No. Ppt. Formed B : zn2+ H . Insoluble
c
13. Gelati nous white ppt. Fe 2+ 8. Gelatinous whi te ppt. c Fe 2+
[4. Chalky white ppt. D · Cu2+ 9. Pale blue ppt. D : Cu2+
' Mi lky w hite ppt.
[5. E. Pb 2+ I 0. Chalky white ppt. E : Pb2+
i F . Fe
J+
F · Fe 2+
I
!

Ans. 'X' On addition of excess NaOH

A: Ca2+ Milky white ppt. Insoluble
B: Zn 2+ Gelatinous white ppt. Soluble
C: Fe2+ Dirty green ppt. Insoluble
D: Cu 2+ Pale blue ppt. Insoluble
E : Pb2+ Chalky white ppt. Soluble
F: Fe 2+ Reddish brown ppt. Soluble

l5.:zsl Arun Deep's Sim. Chemistry X

 'Y' On addition of NH40H in Excess
A: Ca2+ No ppt. formed Insolubh
B: Zn 2+ Gelatinous white ppt. Soluble
C: Fe2+ Dirty green ppt. Soluble
D: Cu2+ Pale blue ppt. Soluble
E: Pb2+ Chalky white ppt. Insoluble
Q.2. Select the correct 'anion' of a salt from the anions given,
which matches with description 1 to 5.
A: CO/-, B: N03 1-, C: SO/-, D: Cl-, E: S2-
1. The salt solo. reacts with AgN0 3 solo. to give a white
ppt. insoluble in dil. HN03 •
2. The salt solo. reacts with Ba(N03) 2 solo. to give a white
ppt. insoluble in dil. HN0 3•
3. The salt solo. reacts with Ba(N03) 2 solo. to give a white
ppt. soluble in dil. HN0 3 but insoluble in dil. H 2SO4 •
4. The salt reacts with dil. H 2SO4 on heating evolving a gas
which turns KMnO4 solo. pink to colourless.
5. The salt reacts with cone. H 2S04 on heating evolving a
coloured gas which turns potassium iodide paper brown.
Ans. (1) Cl- ion (D) (2) SO/ - ion (C)
(3) CO/ - ion (A) (4) S2- ion (E)
(5) N0 31- ion (B)
Q.3. Give balanced equations for the conversions A and B.
1. Metallic carbonate A Ba(N01h White precipitate
Bdii.Het ) precipitate dissolves

2. Metallic sulphide A Pb(CH]coohsotn. Black precipitate

3. Metallic salt A BaCl2 soln. Barium sulphite B dil. HCl

Barium chloride
4. Metallic chloride A conc. H2S0,6 ) Gas evolved B
AgN03,t. ) White precipitate

A run Deep ~ Sim. Chemistry X 15741

 5. Metallic salt A BaCI2 White precipitate insoluble in
dil. HCI
Ans. I. N~C0 3 + Ba(N03 ) 2 ~ BaC03 + 2NaN03
(White ppt.)

BaC03 + 2HCL ~ BaCI 2 + Hp + C02

(Soluble)

2. Turns moist lead acetate paper- silvery black.

Pb(CH 3C00)2 [colourless]+ H2S ~PbS~ [black]
+ 2CH3COOH
3. Na3S03 + BaCI 2 ~ BaS03 -!- + 2NaCl
(White ppt.)

BaS03 + 2HCI ~ BaCI 2 + Hp + S02

(Soluble)

4. NaCl + H2 S04 _c_

on_c.~) NaHS0 4 + HCl

HCI + AgN0 3 ~ AgCI ..1. + HN0 3

White ppt.

White ppt.

Q.4. Complete the table given below :

Heat on Gas · c olour Odour Nature! Solubility Colour v
evolved of gas of gas of gas j of gas in of residue
I water if any
I I. KN01
2. (NH4)zCr: 01
3. ZnCO> I
4. Zn + dil. H2S04
I
5. Na2S + dil. H2S04
6. NruSOJ + dil. H2S04
7. NaCI +cone. H2S04
8. NaNO,+Cu+conc.l ·bSO.
9. MnOz +cone. HCI
I0. NH4CI + NaOH '

f575f Arun Deep~ Sim. Chemistry X

Ans.
I kat on (ias 11 Colour I Odour I
Nature Soluhillly Colour of i
e\olvcd of gas I ol gas ol g,ls ofgasd 1.:s1du~ 1f j
\\atcr <tny I
- - - - - -- -·-
I KNO, --;~~-t·olouri~~~ourb~-r---
N.:utral ~;:~1bl.: ---Wiu~l
-

I
' 2. iNII~I , er,u7 (ircenish I
N, Colourless Irritating Neutral lnsoluhk
Grey
3. ZnCU; C()~ Colourless Odourkss Acidic So luhk White I
4 . / n r dil. tt2 so~ 112 Colourkss Odourk" INeutral Insoluble - iI
' ~ . N~2 S t- diUI 2 SO~ II~S Colourless Sulfocatmg IAc1d1l' Soluble -
II
so, Colourless Sulli>eatmg At:llllc Soluble - I
6. Na 2 S03 + dil. II2SC\

: 7. NaCI + cone. H 2 so~ IICI Colou rless Pungent Acidic Soluble -

8. NaNO, , Cu" cone II , SO, N02 Reddish Irritating Acidic Soluble -

brown I
9. rvtn< >2 + cone. IICI Cl, Pal~ green Pungent Neutral Soluble - II
; I 0. Nll_1Cl + NaOII Nll 3 Colourless Pungt.!nt Uasic Soluble - I
Q.5. Select the correct word from the words in bracket.
1. The solution which on heating with CaC03 evolves C02
gas. [cone. H 2 S04 I dii.H2 S04 I dil. HCI]
2. The solution which can be used to distinguish an
ammonium salt from a sodium salt. (CuCI2 soln.l NH40H
I dil. H 2S04 I AgN03 soln.]
3. The pH of blood is around 7.4, of saliva is 6.5 and of acid
rain is around 4.5. The solution which is slightly alkaline
of the three. [saliva I acid rain I blood)
4. Decomposition of [NaCI I NaHC0 3 I NaN0 3 ] by dil.
H 2 SO4 , forms an unstable acid.
5. A metal which reacts with an alkali to liberate hydrogen.
(iron I copper I aluminium]
Ans. 1. dil. HCl 2. CuC12 soln.
3. blood 4. NaHC0 3
5. aluminium.

Arun Deep~ Sim. Chemistry X

 (c) Substance 'C' which is coloured, crystalline which on
heating decomposes and give black residue. 'T'
On heating 'C' gives black residue. This shows that 'C' is
CuSO4 and black residue 'T' is Cu2+ : when H 2SO4 is
added to 'C' and copper tumigs, on heating it gives coloured
gas 'V'. Brownish gas is escaped when 'C' is added to
NaOH, pale blue ppts. are formed. Which are insoluble is
excess of NaOH.
The reaction shows that ' V' is FS04 solution pale blue
ppts. which are insoluble in excess NaOH solution ' P' is
Cti(OH)2• When ' C ' is passed through ~S gas, black
ppts. are formed. This shows W is CuS.
C ~ CuS0 4 T ~ Cu2+
V ~ FeS04 P ~ Cu(OH)2
w~cus

IUNIT TEST PAPER - CHEMISTRY PRACTICALS I

Q.l. Match the 'cations' A to F and the solubility of ppt. G or
H with the correct colours from 'X' and 'Y'.
I! ' X' On Addition of Cation Solubili ty of 'Y' On Addition of Cation Solubility of
ppt. In excess ppt. in excess
! NaOH in Excess NH' O H in Excess
!I. Reddish brown ppt. A Ca 1• G : Soluble 6. Dirty green ppt. A : Ca1• G : Soluble
!2. Pale bl ue ppt. 8 : Zn2 + H . Insoluble 7. No. Ppt. Formed 8 : Zn2+ H . Insoluble
!3. Gelatinous white ppt. C : Fe 2+ 8. Gelatinous white ppt. c Fe1+
J4. Chalky white ppt. D : Cu 2+ 9. Pale blue ppt. D : Cu2•
!5. Milky white ppt. E . Pb2+ I0. Chalky white ppt. E Plf+
F · Fe l+ F : Fel+
I
Ans. 'X' On addition of excess NaOH
A: Ca2+ Milky white ppt. Insoluble
B: Zn 2+ Gelatinous white ppt. Soluble
C: Fe2+ Dirty green ppt. Insoluble
D: Cu 2+ Pale blue ppt. Insoluble
E : Pb 2+ Chalky white ppt. Soluble
F: Fe 2+ Reddish brown ppt. Soluble

15731 Arun Deep 's Sim. Chemistry X

 'Y' On addition of NH40H in Excess
A: Ca2+ No ppt. formed Insoluble
B: Zn 2+ Gelatinous white ppt. Soluble
C: Fe2+ Dirty green ppt. Soluble
D: Cu2+ Pale blue ppt. Soluble
E: Pb2+ Chalky white ppt. Insoluble
Q.2. Select the correct 'anion' of a salt from the anions given,
which matches with description 1 to 5.
A: CO/-, B: NO/-, C: S042-, D: Cl-, E: S2-
1. The salt solo. reacts with AgN0 3 solo. to give a white
ppt. insoluble in dil. HN0 3•
2. The salt solo. reacts with Ba(N03) 2 solo. to give a white
ppt. insoluble in dil. HN03 •
3. The salt solo. reacts with Ba(N03) 2 solo. to give a white
ppt. soluble in dil. HN0 3 but insoluble in dil. H 2SO 4•
4. The salt reacts with dil. H 2S04 on heating evolving a gas
which turns KMnO4 solo. pink to colourless.
5. The salt reacts with cone. H 2S04 on heating evolving a
coloured gas which turns potassium iodide paper brown.
Ans. (1) Cl- ion (D) (2) SO/- ion (C)
(3) CO/- ion (A) (4) s2- ion (E)
(5) N0 3 1- ion (B)
Q.3. Give balanced equations for the conversions A and B.
1. Metallic carbonate A Ba(NOJh White precipitate
BdiLHCt ) precipitate dissolves

2. Metallic sulphide A Pb(CH3COOhsoln. Black precipitate

3. Metallic salt A BaCI2 soln. Barium sulphite B diL HCI

Barium chloride
4. Metallic chloride A Gas evolved B
AgN03,t>. ) White precipitate

Arun Deep's Sim. Chemistry X 15741

 5. Metallic salt A BaCI2 White precipitate insoluble in
dil. HCI
Ans. I. N3.zC0 3 + Ba(N0) 2 ~ BaC03 + 2NaN03
(White ppt.)

BaC0 3 + 2HCL ~ BaCI 2 + Hp + C02

(Soluble)

2. Turns moist lead acetate paper- silvery black.

Pb(CH3C00)2 [colourless]+ H2S ~PbS..!- [black]
+ 2CH3COOH
3. Na3 S03 + BaCI 2 ~ BaS0 3 ..!- + 2NaCI
(White ppt.)

BaS0 3 + 2HCI ~ BaCI 2 + Hp + S02

(Soluble)

4. NaCI + H2 S04 _c:..:.o:.:..:.nc.~) NaHS04 + HCI

HCI + AgN0 3 ~ AgCI l + HN0 3

White ppt.

White ppt.

Q.4. Complete the table given below :

Heat on Gas · Colour Odour Nature! Solubility Colour v
evolved of gas of gas of gas i of gas in of residue
i water if any
I I. KN01
2. (NH4)2Cr: 01 •
I, I
!
3. ZnCO> I
4. Zn + dil. H:S04 i
5. NazS + dil. Hz S04 I
6. NazSOJ + dil. HzS04 j

7. NaCI +cone. H2S04 l

8. NaNO,+Cu+conc.l -bSO, i
9. Mn02 +cone. HCI I
I
I 0. NH4CI + NaOH
~-----------~--~--~---L--__L_ __ ~---

15751 A run Deep~ Sim. Chemistry X

Ans.
Ileal on (ias Colour OJ ou r I
Nal urcl So lu hi lily Colm~;:-;;;:-i
evolved of gas or gas u r g.ts or gasd r.:siuuc if 1

r- ----
I -- ~"" ""' I
~~~r ~l!>olublc
,- - - - - - -- -
I KNO; 0: ( 'o lourlcss OJo urkss ---W hih:l
I
2, (N II~J 2 l' r~<J7 (irce ni sh I
N1 Co lou rless Irritatin g N.:ulra lj lnsol ubk Grey
3. ZnCU; co, Co lourless Odo urkss Ac idic Sul uhle While I

4 , / n " d il. 11 2 so4 II, Colourless Odo urkss Neu tra l Inso lu ble -

Co lourless Su Ito cal in g Acid ir -

I
' ), Na, S t- J ii. .II 2 S04 112S So luble I

so, Co lou rless Su JlilCali ng i\ciJ ic So luble - I

, 6 . Na 2 S03+ Ji l. 11 2 so4

II C I Co lo urless Punge nt Ad die So luble -

' 7. NaC I + co ne. H 2 so~

8. NaNO, , Cu<cone , II : SO, N0 2 Redd ish lrrilatin g Ac idic So luhk -

brown
9. Mn< >2 + cone. Ill' I C l, Pale: green Punge nt Neutral So luble - iI
• 10. Nl1_1 C l + NaO II Nll 3 Co lo urless Pung\.!nt So lubk -
Bas ic I

Q.5. Select the correct word from the words in bracket.

I. The solution which on heating with CaC03 evolves C0 2
gas. [cone. H 2S04 I dii.H 2S04 I dil. HCI]
2. The solution which can be used to distinguish an
ammonium salt from a sodium salt. [CuCI 2 soln. I NH 40H
I dil. H 2S04 I AgN0 3 soln.]
3. The pH of blood is around 7.4, of saliva is 6.5 and of acid
rain is around 4.5. The solution which is slightly alkaline
of the three. [saliva I acid rain I blood)
4. Decomposition of [NaCI I NaHC0 3 I NaN0 3 ] by dil.
H 2SO4 , forms an unstable acid.
5. A metal which reacts with an alkali to liberate hydrogen.
[iron I copper I aluminium]
Ans. 1. dil. HCl 2. CuC1 2 soln.
3. blood 4. NaHC0 3
5. aluminium.

A run Deep's Sim. Chemistry X

 CHART- 8
GIVE REASONS- STATE OBSERVATIONS
Give reasons for tile following :-
1. Ionisation potential is termed as a periodic property.
Ans. Ionisation potential is a periodic property as it is directly related
to electronic configurations of elements and shows a regular
gradation i.e., INCREASES as one mows from left to right -
across a period because the size decreases because of nuclear
charge and small ATOMIC SIZE.
Down a group ~ I.P. or I.E. ionisation energy DECREASES
as one moves down a group from top to bottom because of
INCREASE in atomic size due to addition of extra shells. This
increase in size overcomes the effect of an increase in the
nuclear charge. ·
2. Atomic radius of sodium is more than the atomic radius
of chlorine.
Ans. Both Sodium [ 11 Na] and Chlorine [ 17CI] are in the same IIIrd
period. In a period, the size of the atom decreases from left to
right. Thi s is because the nuclear charge i.e., ATOMIC
NUMBER increases from left to right in the same period.
Chlorine is to the right and hence has smaller atomic radius
than sodium.
3. Ionisation potential increases across a period from left
to right but decreases down a group.
Ans. IONISATION POTENTIAL (l.P.) or IONISATION
ENERGY (I.E.) or IONISATION ENTHALPY : depends on
: (i) atomic size (ii) nuclear charge and because atomic size
decreases and greater nuclear charge, greater is the attraction
for electrons of the outer-most shell from left to right across a
period and more energy is required to remove the electron(s).
Hence, Ionisation Potential tends to INCREASE as one moves
from left to right across a period.
DOWN A GROUP : The atomic size of element increases
.;,. ~to additi on of extra shells. This increase in the atomic size
[§ZlJ A run Deep s Sim. Chemistry X
 OVERCOMES THE EFFECT of an increase in the nuclear
charge. Hence, IONISATION POTENTIAL decreases as one
moves down a group.
4. Formation of NaCl involves transfer of valence electrons.
and not sharing of electron pairs.
Ans. In the formation ofNaCI sodium (Na) has 1 valence electron
which it can lose easily to attain stable electronic configuration
of the nearest noble gas neon. 1

And (CI) chlorine has 7 valence electrons, short of8 electrons

and can easily attain stable electronic configuration of nearest
noble gas argon.
Hence, to form NaCI involves transfer of valence electrons.
5. Ammonia molecule shows the presence of a lone pair of
electrons while methane does not.
Ans. Formation of ammonia molecule : Nitrogen atom has five
valence electrons and hydrogen atom has one valence electron.
In ammonia each ofthree hydrogen atoms are bonded to nitrogen
atom by a pair of shared electrons (one electrons from the
hydrogen atom and one from the nitrogen). Thus, the nitrogen
atom in ammonia is left with a lone pair of electrons.

e~ Lone pair
H xN~H
•x ~ Shared pair
H
Ammonia molecule
Methane CH4 :

H H
.
X H
•X I
.
H x ·C• x H
X
H xN~ H or
• x ~ Shared pair
H-C-H
I
H H
H
Before combination After combination

Methane has one atom having 4 valence electrons

4 hydrogen atoms, each having one valence electron. Hydrogen
atoms are bonded to carbon atom by a pair of electrons. [One

Ar un Deep s Sim. Chemistry X 15781'

 electron from hydrogen and one from carbon atom] .
6. The lone pair effect of oxygen atom of water molecule
leads to formation of a hydronium ion.
Ans. Lewis structure of hydrogen and oxygen

H x ·o ~

Two hydrogen atoms share 1 electron each with oxygen atom

to form water molecule
•• ~Lone pair
H~O~H
/ H\' Shared pair
Shared pair
Lone pair

There are two lone pairs.

H~0~ H+ H+~ [H ~0~ H]+~ [H-OHJ..-H]

W~~er Hydrogen ion H
Hydronium ion Hydronium ion

Hydronium ion has a lone pair, two single covalent bond and
one co-ordinate bond.
7. Sodium bicarbonate exhibits properties of an acid in solo.
but sodium carbonate does not.
Ans. Sodium bicarbonate (NaHC03) exhibits properties of an acid
as NaHC0 3 when put in water produces weak acid carbonic
acid (HF03) and turns litmus purple to red.
NaHC0 3 + H20 ~ NaOH + ~C0 3
Strong alkali Weak acid
Also NaHC0 3 contains (H+ ion) which separates out on
dissolving in water.
Actually NaHC0 3 is alkaline as it is used as ANTACID to
remove acidity.
NaC0 3 sodium carbonate does not have H+ ions which can
separate out in water. It is slightly alkaline and turns litmus
purple to blue.
8. A solution of magnesium chloride in water is slightly acidic

I'51Z91 A run Deep s Sim. Chemistry X

 in nature.
Ans. MgCI 2 is slightly acidic in nature as MgCI 2 put in water turns
purple to red.
MgCI 2 + 2H20 ~ Mg(OH)2 + 2HCI
Weak alkali Strong acid
9. Volumes of gases are converted to standard temperature
and pressure and then compared.
Ans. Volumes of gases change with temperature and pressure.
Hence, a standard value of temperature and pressure is chosen
to which gas volumes are referred.
10. Inert electrodes are used during electrolysis of fused
salts namely lead bromide.
Ans. Duringtheelectrolysisoffused salt like lead bromide the IN ERT
ELECTRODES namely GRAPHITE ELECTRODE is used
as GRAPHITE is unaffected by the reactive bromide vapours.
____:,. Pb2+ + 2Br1-
PbBr2 ~
11. During electroplating of an article, the article is always
kept at the cathode.
Ans. During electrolytic reaction, the metal is always deposited at
cathode by the gain of electrons.
Reaction at cathode :
Ag 1+ + le- ~ Ag (deposited)

Ammeter

Na[Ag(CN) 2] soln.

Electroplating of an article with silver

12. Lithium is considered as a light, soft metal with a low
melting point.
A run Deep 's Sim. Chemistry X l580l
 Ans. Lithium is LIGHT because it has large atomic size, hence low
density and light.
Lithium is soft because it possess valence electron.
Lithium has LOW MELTING POINT because it has I valence
electron which cannot bind the atom firmly and energy binding
the atoms - is low.
13. Potassium is considered the most electropositive metal
in the acitivity series of metals.
Ans. Activity series of metals is prepared on the bases "The case
with which the metals lose their electrons and form ions."
Since (K) potassium metal which ionize most readily is at the
top of the series.
lose electrons
Metal most eas il y
Positive ions
/
K ICations]
K - le- ~ K 1+

14. Tin is alloyed with lead in 'solder' and antimony with lead
and tin in the alloy 'type metal'.
Ans. Tin (Sn) lowers melting point of alloy solder and hence is used
to make ELECTRICAL FUSE and for soldering purposes.
(Sb) Antimony and (Sn) Tin both lower the melting point and
enhance CASTABILITY, enhance expansion capacity on
solidification and hence is used in PRINTING BLOCKS.
15. An alkali & not an acid is used for concentration of bauxite
are during the metallurgy of aluminium.
Ans. Alkali (NaOH) is used : The impurities present in bauxite
mainly Fe20 3 and Si02 remain unaffected with cone. NaOH
since impurities are not AMPHOTERIC. Bauxite being
amphoteric- reacts with base forming salt [sodium aluminate] .
and water. Hence, impurities are separated out.
16. Addition of silver nitrate or lead nitrate to hydrochloric
acid serves as a test for dil. HCI.
Ans. When AgN0 3 is added to dil. HCI a white ppt. ofSilverchloride
(AgCI) is formed.

15811 A run Deep :~ Sim. Chemistry X

 AgN0 3 + HCl ~ AgCl-1, + HN0 3
white ppt.
White ppt. form ed is SOLUBLE in excess NH 4 0H and
insoluble in dil. HNO, and cold water.
~

When lead nitrate Pb(N0)2 is added to dil. HCl a WHITE

PPT. is formed . This ppt. of PbC1 2 is SOLUBLE in HOT
WATER.
Pb(N0 3) 2 + 2HC1 ~ PbC12 -1, + 2HN03
white ppt.
17. Crude gold can be purified by addition of cone. nitric acid
to it but crude copper cannot.
Ans. Cone. nitric acid due to its OXIDISING nature dissolves copper
to form N0 2 •
Cu + 4HN03 ~ Cu[N03) + 2H 20 + 2N0 2
Where as gold being noble metal is not dissolved in cone. HN03
and gold can be purified by cone. HN0 3 .
18. Cone. H 2S04 is a strong oxidising an a dehydrating agent,
but in the dilute form, is not.
Ans. Cone. H2 S04 acts as strong oxidising agent as on thermal
decomposition it yields -NASCENT OXYGEN (0) which
helps in oxidation.
H2S04 ~ H20 + S02 + [0]
Cu+O ~ CuO
CuO + H2S04 ~ CuS0 4 + H20
Cu + 2H2 S04 ~ CuS0 4 + 2H 20 + S0 2
Cone. H2 S04 acts as strong DEHYDRATING agent due to its
strong AFFINITY for water.
I2C + I lHzO
(cane sugar) Sugar charcoal
19. Mem hers of the homologous series of organic
compounds have similar chemical properties.
Ans. All members ofhomologous series have same FUNCTIONAL
groups. Same GENERAL FORMULA and hence SIMILAR

A run Deep 's Sim. Chemistry X 1582]

 CHEMICAL properties.
20. Ethane does not exhibit isomerism but butane does.
Ans. ISOMERISM is possible only with hydrocarbons having 4 or
more carbon atoms, because ONLY THEN WE CAN HAVE
TWO OR MORE DIFFERENT ARRANGEMENTS or
PATTERNS of carbon atoms. No isomerism is possible in
hydrocarbons containing I, 2 or 3 carbon atoms per molecule
because then ONLY ONE ARRANGEMENT OF CARBON
ATOMS is possible.
No isomerism is possible in CH 4 as it contains 1 carbon atom.
Butane (C 4 H 10 ) contains 4 carbon atoms and shows isomerism.
21. Addition reactions are characteristic of ethene while
substitution reactions of ethane.
Ans. Addition reactions are shown by ethene C 2 H4 or
H - C = C- 1-1 because ethene is unsaturated hydrocarbon
I I
H H
with double bond and on addition of an attacking reagent e.g.
hydrogen, halogen etc. yields - a SATURATED product.

I H
I

I I
H H
H
I
Ethane H - C - C - H contains single covalent bond is

SATURATED hydrocarbon. Direct displacement or substitution

of an atoms or group of atoms by another atom or group e.g.,
replacement of ' H' atom by 'Cl' or ' Br' atoms.
22. Reaction of bromoethane with alcoholic KOH is termed
as a deltydroltalogenation reaction, of ethanol with cone.
H 2 SO 4 a dehydration raction and of catalytic
decomposition of ethane with Al 2 0 3 at elevated
temperatures a dehydration reaction.
Ans. Reaction of bromoethane with alcoholic KOH is termed as a
DEHYDROHALOGENATION reaction because it involves
elimination of HYDROGENHALIDE (HBr).

15831 A run Deep s Sim. Chemistry X

 H H H H
I I I I
H-C-C- H +- KOH _1_
3o_il~ H --- C=C ···· H -t KBr + H,O
I I (alcoholic) H2C = CH,
lJ:r:: : $i] ·ethene
C,H; Br
Bromo ethane

Reaction of ETHANOL with SULPHURIC ACID in presence

of Al 20 3 at 350° is DEHYDRATION reaction because
elimination of H 20 takes place.

H H H H
I I I I
cone. H,SO, 170°C
H - C-C - H H - C = C - H + HP
or AI,O, - 350°C
I I H,C = CH,
U.T·.-.-9BJ [ethenc]
[CH,.CH,.OH]
Ethanol
State the Colour change or Observation in each case with
a reason wherever necessary.
l. [i] dil. HCI Iii] NaOH solo. is added to [a[ neutral litmus
so/n. [bJ metltyl orange lcJ pltenolphtlta/ein.
Ans. (i) Oil. HCI is added to:
(a) Neutral litmus sol. :Changes to red.
(b) Methylorange: Changes to pink or red .
(c) Phenolphthalein : No change
(ii) NaOH sol. is added to:
(a) Neutral litmus sol. :Changes to blue colour.
(b) Methyl orange : changes to yellow.
(c) Phenolphthalein : Changes to deep pink.
2. A blue litmus paper is dipped in an aq. solo. of [a] sodium
bicarbonate [b) sodium carbonate.
Ans. (a) No change in colour.
(b) No change in colour.
Both (a) and (b) are bases.

Arun Deep :~ Sim. Chemistry X 15841

 3. NH 40H solo. is added to the salts containing the cations-
[al Mg 2+ lbl Fe2+ [c) Fe3+ [dl Cu2+ lei zn2+ [fl Pb 2+.
Ans. (a) Mg2 ' - Dull white ppt. insoluble in excess.
(b) Fe 2' - Dirty green ppt. insoluble in excess.
(c) Fe 3 ' - Reddish brown ppt. insoluble in excess.
(d) Cu2 ' - Pale blue ppt. soluble in excess.
(e) Zn 2 ' - White gelatinous ppt. soluble in excess.
(f) Pb 2 ' - Chalky white ppt. insoluble in excess.
4. Iron reacts with [a] dil. H 2S0 4 (b) copper (II) sulphate
solution.
Ans. (a) Hydrogen gas is evolved.

Fe+ H2S04 dil. ----'-----+ FeS04 + H2 t

(b) Fe+ CuS04 - - t FeS04 + Cu
blue colour green colour
Blue colour ofCuS04 changes to green colour ofFeS04 .
5. Dil. HCI is added to [a) AgN0 3 acidified with dil. HN03
[b) Pb(N03) 2 [c) Zn(N03) 2 solos.
Ans. (a) When dil. HCI is added toAgN0 3 acidified with dil. HNOy
White ppt. insoluble in nitric acid but soluble in NH 40H
so ln.

(b) In Pb(N03) 2 so ln.- a white ppt. of PbCI 2 ,} is formed.

(c) In Zn(N03) 2 soln.- dil. 2HCI - - t ZnCI 2 + 2HN03
6. [a) Trilead tetroxide [b) potassium dichromate is heated
with cone. hydrochloric acid.
Ans. Oxidation ofHCI takes place in both cases
(a) Trilead tetroxide is treated with cone. HCI, chlorine gas is
produced.
Pb30 4 + 8HCI - - t 3PbCI 2 + 4Hp + Cl 2 (gas)
cone.
(b) Chlorine gas is produced
K 2Crp7 + 14HCI - - t 2KCI + 2CrCI 3 + 7H 20 + 3CI 2
l585l A run Deeps Sim. Chemistry X
 7. NH 3 gas is [a] burnt in air (b) passed over heated [i] CuO
[ii] PbO.
Ans. (a) When NH 3 gas is burnt in air(N 2 ) nitrogen gas is evolved
along with water. Ammonia burns with a yellowish green
flame .
4NH 3 + 302 ~ 2N 2 + 6H2 0
In presence of PLATINUM at 800°C ammonia produces
(NO) nitric oxide which oxideses to N0 2 reddish brown
colour.
(b) (i) CuO ~ gets reduced to Cu and N 2 gas is evolved.

2NH3 + 3Cu0 ~ 3Cu + 3Hp + N2 t

Black solid Reddish brown solid gas

(ii) When NH 3 is passed over heated PbO, lead oxide

(yellow) is reduced to greyish lead and N2 is produced.
3Pb0 + 2NH 3 ~ 3Pb + 3H 20 + N2
Ye ll~ Greyish gas
8. Cu is added to [a] dil. HN0 3 [b) cone. HN0 3 [c) NaN0 3
& cone. H 2 SO4 mixture - and heated.
Ans. When Cu is added to
(a) Oil. HN0 3, it is oxidised to Cu(N03) 2 and NO is produced.
3Cu + 8HN0 3 ~ 3Cu(N03) 2 + 4H 20 + 2NO
cone.

(b) Cone. HN0 3 oxidises Cu and N0 2 is evolved.

Cu + 4HN0 3 ~ Cu(N03) 2 + 2H 20 + 2N0 2
cone.
(c) When NaN0 3 and cone. H2SO4 mixture is heated, volatile
HN0 3 is produced.
NaN0 3 + H2 S04 ~ NaHS04 + HN0 3
9. Dilute nitric acid is added to acidified iron (II) sulphate
solution.
Ans. FeS0 4 .NO nitrosoferrous sulphate a brown compound is
obtained.
6FeS04 + 3H 2 S04 + 2HN03 ~ 3Fe2 (S04 ) 3 + 4H2 0 + 2NO

An.m Deep s Sim. Chemistry X 15861

 FeS04 + NO ~ .FeS04 .NO
Nitrosoferrous sulphate
(Brown compound)
10. Dilute H 2S04 reacts with [a] FeS [b) BaCI2 solo. [c) lead
nitrate soln. (d) zinc nitrate soln.
Ans. Dil. H2S0 4 reacts with
(a) FeS- H2S is produced.
FeS + H2 S04 ~ FeS04 + H2St
(b) BaCI 2 soln.- a white ppt. ofBaS04 is produced

BaC1 2 +H 2S0 4 ~ BaS04 {. +2HCI

I ~1' .
white ppt.
(c) Pb(N03 ) 2 solution~ Insoluble ppt. oflead sulphate is
formed.

Pb(N0 3) 2 + H2 SO4 ~ PbSO 4 {. + 2HN03

Insoluble ppt.

(d) Zn(N03) 2 forms a ppt. of ZnSO 4

Zn(N03) 2 + H2SO4 ~ ZnSO 4 + 2HN03
11. Cone. H 2S04 is reacted with [a] Cu [b) H 2S [c) cane sugar
[d) hydrated CuS04 solo.
Ans. When cone. ~SO4 reacts with
(a) Copper Cu ~ S02 gas is evolved.
Cu + 2H 2SO4 ~ CuSO4 + 2H20 + S02
(b) ~S ~ gets oxidised to sulphur.

H2S + H2S04 ~ ~ + 2H20 + S02 t

con. sulphur
(c) Cane sugar C 12 H220 11 ~ Sugar gets charred (sugar
charcoal is formed) and water is removed.

(cane sugar) Sugar charcoal

(d) Hydrated CuS04 solution ~A dirty white powder of
158.71 Arun Deeps Sim. Chemistry X
 copper sulphate is obtained as water of crystallisation is
removed.
II ,SO,
1.:0 111.: .

131uc Dirty whit.: powder

12. (a] Methane (b] ethene (c] ethyne - are bubbled

respectively into (a] Bromine solo. in CCI 4 (b] cold dil.
alk. KMn0 4 solo. (c] ammoniacal copper chloride solo.
(d( ammoniacal silver nitrate soln.
Ans. (a) When methane is bubbled in
(i) Bromine so ln. ~ no change in colour takes place.
(ii) Cold dil. alk. KMnO4 so ln. - -----7 no change in colour
takes place.
(iii) Ammonical CuCI 2 so ln. -~ no change is observed.
(iv) Ammonical AgN0 3 soln. ~ no change is seen.
(b) When ethene C 2 H4 is bubbled
(i) In bromine soln .
Reddish brown colour of bromine soln . gets
decolourised.
(ii) Cold dil. alk. KMn04 soln.
The purple colour fades .
(iii) Ammoniacal CuCI 2 soln.
No change observed.
(iv) Ammoniacal AgN0 3 so ln.
No change is seen.
(c) When ethyne [C 2H2] is bubbled in
(i) Bromine so ln.
The REDDISH BROWN \.-r'LOUR gets
DECOLORISED .
(ii) Cold dil. alk. KMn04 soln.
Purple colour fades.
(iii) Ammonical CuCI 2 soln.
Red ppt. of copper acetyl ide is formed .

A run Deeps Sim. Chemistry X 15881

 (iv) Ammonical AgN0 3 soln .
White ppt. of silver acetylide is formed.
13. Ba(N03) 2 solo. is added to aqueous solutions of Jal K 2C03
(bJ K 2S03 (cJ K 2S0 4 (d] Cu(N03) 2 Je] ZnCI 2 - followed
by slow addition of dil. HCI acid.

Ans. (a) K2C0 3 + Ba(N0) 2 ~ BaC0 3 J.. + 2KN03

whitt: ppt. soluble

A white ppt. is formed which is soluble in dil. HCI.

(b) K ~ S0 3 + Ba(N0)2 ----t BaS0 3 J.. + 2KN0 3
white ppt. soluble

A white ppt. which is soluble in dil. HCI

(c) K2S04 + Ba(N03) 2 ~ BaS04 J.. + 2KN0 3

\\"hite ppt. soluble

A white ppt. is formed which is msoluble in dil. HC I

(d) Ba(N03) 2 + Cu(N0 3) 2
No reaction takes place.
14. Solutions of lead nitrate and sodium chloride are mixed
together.

Ans. Pb(N03] 2 + 2NaCI ~ PbCI 2 J.. + 2NaN03

white ppt.

A white ppt. ofPbCI 2 is formed which is soluble in HOT water.

I
J589J A run Deeps Sim. Chemistry X